UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE Research Report 1978

University of Melbourne Parkville, Victoria 3052 UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE Research Report 1978

University of Melbourne Parkville, Victoria 3052 A summary of departmental research activities and investigations, including published contributions to science and literature, during the research year, January 1 to December 31, 1978 CONTENTS Reports from departments connected with faculties are placed in alphabetical order under faculty headings. Reports from departments not connected with faculties are then placed in their own alphabetical order.

AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY I

ARCHITECTURE, BUILDING AND TOWN & REGIONAL PLANNING Architecture and Building 11 Town and Regional Planning 14

ARTS Classical Studies 15 Criminology 17 East Asian Studies 19 English 20 Fine Arts 23 French 25 Geography 27 Germanic Studies 30 History 32 History and Philosophy of Science 38 Indian Studies 41 Indonesian and Malayan Studies 42 Italian 43 Middle Eastern Studies 44 Philosophy 47 Political Science 49 Psychology 52 Russian 58 The Horwood Language Centre 59

DENTAL SCIENCE Conservative Dentistry 60 Dental Medicine and Surgery 62 Dental Prosthetics 64

ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE Accounting 66 Economic History 68 Economics 69 Graduate School of Business Administration 73 Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research 75 Legal Studies 80 Regional and Urban Economic Studies 81

EDUCATION 82 Centre for the Study of Higher Education 91

ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering 93 Civil Engineering 96 Electrical Engineering 103 Industrial Science 107 Mechanical Engineering 108 Mining and Metallurgy 113 Surveying 116

LAW 117

MEDICINE Anatomy 121 Biochemistry 123 Community Health 129 Medical Biology (Walter and Eliza Hall Institute) 130 Medical History 137 Medicine (Austin Hospital and Repatriation General Hospilal) 138 Medicine (Dept. of the James Stewart Professor, Royal Melbourne Hospital) 147 Medicine (St Vincent's Hospital) 153 Microbiology 157 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 161 Obstetrics and Gynaecology (Mercy and Austin Hospitals) 163 Ophthalmology 165 Otolaryngology 167 Paediatrics 169 Pathology 173 Pathology (Austin Hospital) 175 Pharmacology 177 Physiology 180 Howard Florey Institute of Experimental Physiology and Medicine 184 Psychiatry 189 Radiology 193 Surgery (Austin Hospital and Repatriation General Hospital) 194 Surgery (Dept. of The Hugh Devine Professor, St Vincent's Hospital) 197 Surgery (Dept. of The James Stewart Professor, Royal Melbourne Hospital) 200

MUSIC 203

SCIENCE Botany 205 Chemistry 213 Computer Science 222 Genetics 224 Geology 227 Human Movement Studies 234 Mathematics 235 Meteorology 241 Optometry 245 Physics 248 R.A.A.F. Academy — Chemistry 257 - Mathematics 257 - Physics 258 Statistics 260 Zoology 262

VETERINARY SCIENCE Veterinary Clinical Sciences 266 Veterinary Paraclinical Sciences 270 Veterinary Preclinical Sciences 274

Centre for Environmental Studies 276

Social Studies 280

Archives 283

The Library 285

Student Health Service 287

University Assembly 288

ABBREVIATIONS

The abbreviations of thc titles of journals used in the lists of Published Work are based on those given in World List of Scientific Periodicals published in the vears 1900- 1960 (4th edition, 1963). INTRODUCTION

The Research Report for 1978 follows the form adopted for 1977 in being more concise than in former years. The change has been generally welcomed, mainly on the grounds that although individual projects are no longer described in detail it is now easier to discern the general scope of research activity in each department, and the broad fields within which the projects fall. Although the Report is now a smaller volume.-it hardly competes in compactness with the Australian Research Directory, the first edition of which has been published by the Department of Science solely in microfiche. The Directory is an important innovation, though one difficult to bring to fruition. It is too soon yet to be sure that such a survey of research (within defined fields) for the whole of Australia will be sufficiently complete and up-to-date to be readily useful. Total expenditure on research in the University of Melbourne, as calculated for the Tertiary Education Commission, rose from S10 million in 1977 to more than SI 1 million in 1978. Research- related expenditure from other University funds would greatly increase the totals. This level of support has been won with great difficulty in adverse circumstances, and the small increase in the total conceals significant shifts in thc availability of support between disciplines and fields of inquiry. In particular, basic or fundamental research, however defined, is increasingly difficult to fund, and the few new sources of support for some areas of applied research which have emerged in the past few years have not helped those basic disciplines which must remain the core of any major university's research activities. The skilled entrepreneurship which has won support for much important applied research in the University cannot be similarly exercised in fields in which there is no immediate outside interest in supporting the work. Within the University, the procedures by which funds in support of research arc distributed to individuals and departments were examined during 1978 by the Committee on Research and Graduate Studies. In the main, the usefulness of the existing programmes survived a critical scrutiny, though it became evident that thc University will need to devise some new procedures to maintain impetus in research in areas of particular excellence and public need. That there arc many such projects within the extraordinary variety of research activities pursued in the University this volume attests.

J R. Poynter Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research)

30th May, 1979. AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY Chairman of department: Professor N. McC. Tulloh

A. AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Head of section: Professor A. G. Lloyd Professor ALAN GRAHAME LLOYD Senior Lecturers NEIL HENRY STURGESS ALISTAIR STUART WATSON Tutor Vacant

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Farm financial management and payment systems for agricultural products. 2. Stabilization of farm incomes. 3. Land leasing and tenure arrangements in East Java. 4. Wheat supply. 5. An economic study of the Victorian scallop fishing. 6. Energy policy.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books 1. EDWARDS, G. W. and WATSON, A.S. - Agricultural Policy, in Surveys of Australian Economics, Volume I - ed F. H. Gruen for the Academy of Social Sciences in Australia, pp. 187-240, George Allen and Unwin, Sydney (1978). 2. LLOYD, A. G. - Energy, Agriculture and the Built Environment: Economic Reality in Energy, Agriculture and the Built Environment - Towards an Integrative Perspective, ed R. King, pp. 25-36. Melb Uni Centre for Environmental Studies (1978).

Articles 1. ALAOUZE, C. M., WATSON, A. E. and STURGESS. N. H. - Oligopoly Pricing in the World Wheat Market, American Journal of Agricultural Economics 60(2): 173-185 (1978). 2. ALAOUZE, C. M. STURGESS, N. H. and WATSON, A. S. - Australian Wheat Storage: A Dynamic Programming Approach, Australian Journal of Agricultural Economics 22(3): (1978). 3. CLARK, J. H., STURGESS, N. H., WILTON, J. W. and STONE, P. M. - A Simulation Model to Evaluate the Time-Quantity Response in Specialized White Veal Production, Canadian Journal of Agricultural Economics 26(2): 1-17 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Agricultural Science 1. BELIN, P. — An economic study of the Victorian scallop fishery

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress WIJAYA, H. — Land leasing and tenure arrangements in East Java

MAgrSc Theses in Progress READ, P. M. — Farm financial management and payment systems for agricultural products BRENNAN, J. — Stabilization of farm incomes - supply response and risk KENT, M. — Stabilization of farm incomes — financial aspects

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Rural Credits Development Fund, Reserve Bank:Two grants for topics 1, 2 and 3 above. Fisheries Research Fund, Victorian Division of Fisheries and Wildlife: For topic 5.

1 2 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

B. AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION Head of section: Dr H. S. Hawkins Senior Lecturers HENRY STUART HAWKINS HARTLEY ARNOLD PRESSER Lecturer JOHN WILLIAM CARY Senior Research Fellow PETER WILLIAM SALMON Research Fellows LEON LOFTUS JAMES ERNEST McALLISTER RUTH ELLEN WESTON Research Assistants ROBERT ANDREW PATTERSON (until 23/6/78) CANAPATHIP1LLAI SRI-PATHMANATHAN RESEARCH PROJECTS IN PROGRESS 1. Development of adult educational models for farm management. 2. Psychological stress factors in the dairy industry. 3. Impact of regional planning schemes on adjacent rural areas of large cities and rural towns. 4. Personal psychology of change in management. 5. Farm management adjustment strategies. 6. Occupational mobility of farmers.

PUBLISHED WORK 1. CARY, J. W. and WESTON, R. E. - Social Stress in Agriculture - The Implications of Rapid Economic Change. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne (1978). 2. SRI-PATHMANATHAN, C. - Agricultural Extension Research Project Abstracts - 1966- 78. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne (1978). 3. SRI-PATHMANATHAN, C. - The Training Needs of Agri-business - a Commodity Systems Approach. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne (1978). 4. PATTERSON, R. A. - 77je Role of Agricultural Consultants in the Rural Industry. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne (1978). 5. SALMON, P. W. and BOCK, I. M. - Rural Community Attitudes Towards Land Use in the Geelong Region. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne (1978). (Also published as Research Report Series No. 3, Geelong Regional Planning Commission.) 6. WOOG. R. A. - An Evaluation ofthe Role of Extension in the Australian Pig Industry. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. WOOG, R. A. - An Evaluation of the Role of Extension in the Australian Pig Industry.

Master of Agricultural Science 2. BREWIN, D. C. H. — An Investigation of Soil Conservation Programs and Practice 3. CHILDS, J. R. - An Economic and Psychological Assessment of Managerial Ability 4. HESLOP, A. J. — Agricultural Extension Among Australian Fruitgrowers of Italian Descent 5. KENNEDY, G. T. — Some Social and Economic Aspects of Farm Syndication 6. SRI-PATHMANATHAN, C. - The Training Needs of Agri-business in Australia

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress BARDSLEY, J. B. — An Investigation of the Communication Process Between an Extension Organization and its Clientele

MAgrSc Theses in Progress DOWSLEY, K. J. — Factors Influencing Decision Making in a Cereal Growing Area HOLMES, W. E. - Economic and Adjustment Planning NANCARROW, R. J. - Educating Farmers for Pesticide Use PATTERSON. R. A. - The Role of Agricultural Consultants in the Rural Industry AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 3

POUSSARO, H. D. - Decision Making in Resource Maintenance SCOTT, B. J. - Criteria for Evaluating and Ranking Agricultural Research Projects SUTRISNA. I. B. — The Use of Television in Agricultural Extension in Bali UNDERWOOD, C. A. — Extension Needs in the Queensland Dairy Industry WYLIE, P. B. - Change and Uncertainty in Agricultural Extension

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Australian Extension Services Grant: Personal Psychology of Change in Management, Australian Extension Services Grant: Farm Management Adjustment Strategies. Australian Extension Services Grant: Occupational Mobility of Farmers. Rural Credits Development Fund: Occupational Mobility of Farmers. Victorian Department of Agriculture: Support of Senior Research Fellow.

C. ANIMAL PRODUCTION Head of section: Professor D. E. Tribt Professors DEREK EDWARD TRIBE NORMAN McCALL TULLOH Reader ROLF GEORGE BEILHARZ Senior Lecturers ANTHONY COLTHUP DUNKIN GEOFFREY ROGER PEARCE Lecturers HORACE PHILLIP LEDGER PETER THOMAS DOYLE Tutors IAN ALEXANDER BARBER ALISON ANNE CHRISTIE Research Fellow GEOFFREY DAVID HUTSON Research Assistants JANET BEARD ROSEMARY JANE BELYEA RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Ruminant and non-ruminant nutrition. 2. The growth, body composition and carcass quality of farm animals. 3. The behaviour of farm animals. 4. The utilization of crop and animal by-products and residues. 5. Energy efficiency in animal production systems. 6. The use of feed supplements by grazing animals. 7. The husbandry and management of pigs and sheep. 8. The genetic improvement of farm animals.

PUBLISHED WORK Book 1. BOWKER, W. A. T., DUMSDAY, R. G., FRISCH, J. E., SWAN, R. A. and TULLOH, N. M. — Beef Cattle Management and Economics; 254. Australian Vice- Chancellors' Committee, Canberra (1978).

Chapters of Books 1. BELYEA, R. J. and TRIBE, D. E. - Energy Use in Agricultural Systems in Energy, Agriculture and-the Built Environment, ed R.J.King. 103-108, Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne (1978). 2. TRIBE, D. E. and BELYEA, R. J. - The Third World, in Energy. Agriculture and the Built Environment, ed R. J. King. 85-90, Centre for Environmental Studies, Universitv of Melbourne (1978).

Articles 3. BEILHARZ, R. G. - Effect of sexual behaviour on reproductive success. Round Table C, Introduction. Proc. First World Conf. Ethol. Applied to Zoolechnv. Madrid. I: 503-506 (1978). 4 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

4. DOVE, H. - Utilization of amino acids by pre-ruminant lambs. III. The influence of age and thc dietary proportions of essential and non-essential amino acids on the levels of urea, ammonia and free amino acids in the blood plasma of milk-fed lambs. Ausi. J. Agric. Res 29: 145-160 (1978). 5. FOOT, J. Z. and TULLOH, N. M. - Effects of two paths of liveweight change on the efficiency of feed use and on the body composition of Angus steers. J. Agric. Sci.. Camb. 88: 135-142 (1977). 6. GODDARD, M. E. and BEILHARZ, R. G. - Natural selection and animal breeding. Proc. Third Int. Conf. Soc. Adv. Breeding Res. Arid Oceania. Animal Breeding Papers 4-19, 4-21. 7. HEMSWORTH, P. H., BEILHARZ, R. G. and BROWN, W. J. - The importance of the courting behaviour of the boar on the success of natural and artificial mating. Appl. Anim. Ethol. 4: 341-347 (1978). 8. HEMSWORTH, P. H., BEILHARZ, R. G. and FINDLAY, J. K. - The importance of courting behaviour of the boar on the success of natural and artificial matings. Proc. Ausi. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 247 (1978). 9. HEMSWORTH, P. H., WINFIELD, C. G., BEILHARZ, R. G. and GALLOWAY, D. B. - Influence of social conditions post-puberty on the sexual behaviour of the domestic male pig. Anim. Prod. 25: 305-309 (1977). 10. HENDROSOEKARJO, S. and PEARCE, G. R. - Utilization by sheep of dried pig faeces containing a high concentration of copper. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 3: 31-39 (1978). 11. HILLIARD, E. P. and PEARCE, G. R. - Limitations of guidelines governing rates of application of pig manure to land. Agric. Environm. 4: 65-75 (1978). 12. H UTSON, G. D. and BUTLER, M. - A self-feeding race that works. J. Agric. Vict. 76: 335- 336 (1978). 13. HUTSON, G. D. and HITCHCOCK, D. K. - The movement of sheep around corners. Appl. Anim. Ethol. 4: 349-355 (1978). 14. IKIN, T. L. and PEARCE, G. R. - Feedlotting of slow-growing lambs at different stages of growth. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 18: 355-360 (1978). 15. LAHORE, R. and CROKE, B. - Energetics of stockfeed production. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 3: 1-14 (1978). 16. I.OBATO, J. F. P. and PEARCE, G. R. - Variability in the intake of supplements by grazing sheep. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 164 (1978). 17. MacLEAN, D. and PEARCE, G. R. — Equipment for measuring the intake of molasses blocks bv individual cattle within a group. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 176 (1978). 18. MeDONALD, C. L., BEILHARZ, R. G. and McCUTCHAN, J. - The behaviour of cattle at electric fences. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 245 (1978). 19. MOIR, R. J. and DOYLE, P. T. - A procedure for reinsertion of displaced intestinal cannulue. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 102 (1978). 20. NATASASMITA, A. and TULLOH, N. M. - Body composition of swamp buffalo. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 239 (1978). 21. NGIAN, M. F. and PEARCE, G. R. — Effects of sodium hydroxide treatment on thc utilization of piggery waste. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 160 (1978). 22. NGIAN. M. F., PEARCE, G. R., NGIAN, K. F. and LIN, S. H. - Anaerobic digestion of sodium hydroxide pretreated pig faeces using sheep rumen liquor or anaerobic digester mixed liquor as inoculum. Agric. Environm. 4: 139-154 (1978). 23. PEARCE, G. R. and HILLIARD, E. P. - Composition of pig diets as affecting waste composition and utilization. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 159 (1978). 24. STANOGIAS, G. and PEARCE, G. R. - Digestibility by cattle of diets containing dried pig faeces. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 3: 155-161 (1978). 25. TULLOH, N. M. - Australia's contribution to university education in animal production in developing countries. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 2-12 (1978). 26. WILLIAMS, K. C. and DUNKIN, A. C. - Effect of synthetic lysine and feeding method on the voluntary intake of pigs. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 151 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. HEMSWORTH, P. H. - Social and sexual factors affecting reproduction in the domestic boar

Master of Agricultural Science 1. BIRRELL, H. A. - Aspects of Pasture Utilization by the Grazing Animal 3. EGAN, J. K. — Management Factors Affecting the Productivity of Merino Ewes 4. H A MILTON, D. - A Study of Grazing Sheep and Cattle Separately and Together on A nnual Pasture 5. HILLIARD, E. P. - Composition of Commercial Pig Diets and Utilization of Piggery Wastes AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 5

6. HITCHCOCK, D. K. - The Behaviour of Sheep in Narrow Lane-ways 7. NGIAN, M. F. — Treatment Processes to Enhance the Biodegradability of Pig Faeces 8. RANGKUTI, M. — Nutritional Value of Crop Residues and By-products for Sheep 9. TUPPER, G. J, — Vegetative and Sheep Production on a Semi-arid Grassland in response to Fertilizers and Deferred Grazing

THESES IN PROGRESS

PhD Theses in Progress

CAMPBELL, R. G. - The Effect of Early Nutrition on the Growth and Body Composition ofthe Pig GODDARD, M. E. - A Breeding Programme for Guide Dogs for the Blind IBRAHIM, M. N. H. — The Utilization hy Animals of Crop Residues and By-products LOBATO, J. F. P. - Variability in the Intake of Supplements by Grazing Sheep NATASASMITA, A. — Bodv Composition of Swamp Buffaloes STANOGIAS, G. - Studies'on the Utilization of Piggery Waste WILLIAMS, K. C. - Utilization of Synthetic Lysine by the Growing Pig

MAgrSc Theses in Progress

ALGAR, D. - The Nutrition and Behaviour of Emus BR1EN, F. D. — Nutritional and Hormonal Aspects of Reproductive Performance in Ewes CORR, P. V. - Investigation into Bait Materials Palatable lo the European Wild Rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus) in Victoria COATS, S. T. — Sensory Perception of Electric Fences by Animals CROKE, B. — Energy Inputs and Outputs on Non-Irrigated Dairy Farms DAVIS, G. T. — The Influence of Pre-Slaughter Management on Weight Changes and Meat Quality in Pigs DORNOM, H. P. — Energy Inputs on Non-Irrigated Dairy Farms FRANKLIN, J. R. — The Effect of Visual Auditorv and Olfactory Stimuli on Sheep Movement GRAINGER. C. - Pre and Post Calving Feeding of the Dairy Cow HEMMING, A. - Feeding Practices wilh Thoroughbred Horses DUCK-KYO, KIM - Nitrogen Balance in the Growing Pig KROKER, G. A. - The Nutritional Management of Pregnant Beef Heifers MACLEAN, D. N. A. - Intake of Molasses Blocks by Cattle MeDONALD, C. L. - Behaviour of Cattle at Electric Fences PEEL, C. J. - The Induction of Lactation in Dairy Cows POLLARD, T. G. — Factors Affecting the Intake of Supplements bv Cattle SHEPHERD, R. C. H. - Studies of Wild Rabbit Populations (Oryctolagus cuniculus) in the Mallee and Central District of Victoria SMITH, G. A. — Work Performance in Milking Systems TANGD1LINTIN. F. K. - Alkali Treatment of Straws THOMAS, G. W. — Experiments with Dairy Cattle Concerning Induced Parturition and Calf Rearing TOLAND, P. C. — Whole versus Farm Processed Grain for Cattle

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED

Grants have been received as follows: Australian Meat Research Committee: Growth and Body Composition Studies. Ruminant Nutrition. Nutrient Requirements and Growth of Meat Sheep. Australian Pig Research Committee: Utilization of Different Levels and Sources of Dietary Protein and Specific Amino Acids and Carbohydrates. The Nutrition and Management of the Young Pig and Its Relation to Subsequent Performance and Carcass Composition. Pre-Slaughter Treatment of Pigs in Relation to Weight, Shrinkage and Meat Quality. Reserve Bank of Australia: Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of Piggery Wastes. Wool Research Trust Fund: The Behaviour of Sheep in Relation to Handling in Yards and Sheds. KMM Pty. Ltd.: The Intake of Molasses Blocks by Grazing Animals. 6 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

D. FORESTRY Head of section: Mr J. H. Chinner Reader JOHN HARDING CHINNER Senior Lecturer AHI BHUSAN RUDRA Lecturers TERENCE JOHN BLAKE MICHAEL CHARLES FELLER Tutor GARY CLIFFORD JOHNSON Research Fellow WILFRED GUY TUDDENHAM

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Silviculture and growth of Eucalyptus obliqua. 2. Management planning models. 3. Management of native Callitris stands in the Northern Territory. 4. Management information systems. 5. Optimization of production and stock control in sawmilling. 6. Coppicing and bud development in eucalypts. 7. Effects of salinity by agroforestry using coppiced eucalypts. 8. Effects of salinity on eucalypt growth and development. 9. Effect of heat stress on physiology of eucalypts. 10. Root/shoot relations in eucalypts. \\. Effects of pine planting on nutrient cycling and soil fertility. 12. Induction of sporulation in apparently sterile fungi isolated from roots. 13. Effect of host stress on fungal pathogenicity. 14. Digital image analysis for the remote sensing of changes in the natural environment. '5. Root/shoot relations of Eucalyptus with special reference to root physiology.

PUBLISHED WORK Article 1. RUDRA, A. B. — A study of some thinning regimes in Pinus radiata. Proc. 8th I.F.A. Conf. 2, Adelaide (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. BREN, L. J. — Numeric Predictions of Hydrologic Processes on a Forested Catchment 2. TOMASELLI, I. - The Influence of High Temperature on Some Physical and Mechanical Properties of Pinus radiata D. Don

Master of Forest Science 3. BOLZA, ELEANOR — The Mechanical Properties and Characteristics of the Timber of Spotted Gum. Eucalyptus maculata Hook 4. CHESTERFIELD, E. A. - A Synecological Study of the Glenmaggie Reservoir Catchment

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BAKER, T. G. — Studies on the Distribution and Cycling of Nitrogen in Forests HATELEY, R. F. - A Sampling Strategy for Vegetation Study HOGG, J. — Vegetative Mapping Using Additive andSubtractive Colour Photographic Techniques PERERA, BADRANI - Root/Shoot Relations of Eucalypts with Special Reference to Root Physiology TUDDENHAM, W. G. — Multiband Imagery for Monitoring Spatial and Temporal Changes in the Biosphere

MForSc Thesis in Progress ADES, P. K. — Control of Salinity by Agroforestry using Coppiced Eucalypts AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 7

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Soil Conservation Authority of Victoria Rural Credits/Reserve Bank Water Research Foundation of Australia

E. PLANT SCIENCES Head of section: Professor L. L. Stubbs Professor LIONEL LESLIE STUBBS Reader JOHN HEATHERBELL WILSON Senior Lecturers GERALD MARTIN HALLORAN DOUGLAS GEORGE PARBERY Lecturer MICHAEL JOHN DALLING Tutors RICHARD DESMOND CAVEN PHILLIP ANTHONY SALISBURY Senior Associates YVONNE AITKEN ALBERT TONKIN PUGSLEY Research Fellow URI KUSHNIR

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Factors affecting in vitro stability of nitrate reductase from wheat leaves. 2. Extraction and characterization of acid proteinase from wheat leaves. 3. Degradation of ribulose-1, 5-biphosphate carboxylase by proteolytic enzymes. 4. Identification of aminopeptidases in wheat leaves and investigation of their possible role in senescence. 5. Amino acid transport and nitrogen redistribution in wheat. 6. Investigation of harvest index as a criterion of the yielding ability of a genotype. 7. Determination of pasture species with high winter productivity in southern Victoria. 8. Developmental basis of maturity differences in agricultural species. 9. Studies on rehabilitation of mined areas on Groote Eylandt (N.T.). 10. Symbiotic and nutritional factors influencing growth of Acacia spp. recolonizing mined areas in northern Australia. 11. Effect of heathland vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi on growth of tomato. 12. Investigation of factors responsible for proteoid root development in lupins. 13. Physiological, genetical and agronomic evaluation of new crop species for Australian agriculture. 14. Genetic and physiological studies of factors affecting grain size in barley. 15. Genetic and physiological factors influencing hardseededness expression in subterranean clover. 16. Physiological and genetical studies of grain protein in wheat. 17. Genetic control of spikelet number in hexaploid wheat. 18. Physiology of growth and establishment in bread wheat and its ancestors. 19. Selection of large grain size and high protein content in Triticum dicoccoides and transference to bread wheat. 20. Incorporation of gibberellin insensitivity in wheat for yield improvement. 21. Study of genetic basis of tolerance to salinity in cereal and pasture species. 22. Effect of barley yellow dwarf virus on physiology and yield of perennial ryegrass. 23. Testing for resistance to take-all (Gaeumannomyces graminis) in 'wild' progenitors of wheat. 24. Selective isolation of little known soil fungi by use of an organic fungicide.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. AITKEN, Y. — Flower initiation in relation to maturity in crop plants. IV. Sowing time and maturity type in peafPisum sativum LJ in Australia. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 29: 983-1001 (1978). 2. FRITH, G. J. T., GORDON, K.H.J, and DALLING. M. J. - Proteolytic enzymes in green wheat leaves. I. Isolation on DEAE-cellulose of several proteinases with acid pH optima. Plant & Cell Physiol. 19: 491-500 (1978). 8 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

3. FRITH, G, J. T„ SWINDEN, L. B. and DALLING, M. J. - Proteolytic enzymes in green wheat leaves. II. Purification by affinity chromatography, and some properties of proteinases with acid pH optima. Plant & Cell Physiol. 19: 1029-1041 (1978). 4. FRITH, G. J. T„ SWINDEN, L. B. and DALLING, M. J. - Proteolytic enzymes in green wheat leaves. III. Inactivation of acid proteinase II by diazoacetyl-DL-norleucine methyl ester and l,2-epoxy-3-(P-nitrophenoxy)-propane. Plant & Cell Physiol. 19: 819-824 (1978). 5. FRITH, G. J. T„ PEOPLES, M. B. and DALLING, M. J. - Peptide hydrolases isolated from wheat leaves. Plant Physiol. 61: Suppl. SI35 (1978). 6. GORDON*. K. H. J., PEOPLES, M. B. and MURRAY*, D. R. - Ageing-linked changes in photosynthetic capacity and in Fraction I protein content of the first leaf of pea Pisum sativum L. New Phvtol. 81: 35-42 (1978). 7. KELLOCK. A. W., STUBBS, L. L. and PARBERY, D. G. - Seed-borne Fusarium species on subterranean clover and other pasture legumes. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 29: 975-982 (1978). 8. PARBERY, D. G. and EMMETT, R. W. - Hypotheses regarding appressoria, spores, survival and phytogeny in parasitic fungi. Revue de Mycologie 41: 429-447 (1977). 9. PARBERY, D. G. — A consideration of tolerance to parasites in plants. Ann. appl. Biol. 89: 373-378 (1978). 10. PARBERY, D. G. — Phyllachora, Linochora and Hyperparasites in Taxonomy of Fungi - Proc. Int. Symp. on Taxonomv of Fungi, University of Madras 1973, ed C. V. Subramanian. 263-277 (1978). 11. PARBERY, D. G. and BLAKEMAN, J. P. - Effect of substances associated with leaf surfaces on appressorium formation by Colletotrichum acutatum. Trans. Br. mvcol. Soc. 70: 7-19 (1978). 12. PEOPLES, M. B. and DALLING. M. J. - Degradation of ribulose-l,5-biphosphate carboxylase by proteolytic enzymes from crude extracts of wheat leaves. Planta 130: 153-160 (1978). 13. RAHMAN, M. S. and WILSON, J. H. - Determination of spikelet number in wheat. III. Effect of varying temperature on ear development. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 29: 459-467 (1978). 14. RAHMAN. M. S., HALLORAN, G. M. and WILSON, J. H. - Genetic control of spikelet number per ear with particular reference to rate of spikelet initiation in hexaploid wheat, Triticum aestivum L. em. Thell. Euphytica 27: 69-74 (1978). 15. SHERRARD, J. H. and DALLING, M. J. - Effect of casein on the extractibility and stability of nitrate reductase from wheat leaves. Ann. Bot. 42: 1421-27 (1978). 16. SHERRARD, J. H. and DALLING, M. J. - Some observations on the in vitro stability of nitrate reductase from wheat leaves. Plant Physiol. 61: Suppl. S361 (1978). * Botany School, University of Melbourne.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. FRITH, G. J. — Characterization of Enzymatic aspects of Nitrogen Mobilization in Wheal Plants , 2. LENNE, J. M. - Studies on the Biology and Taxonomy of Colletotrichum species 3. PARSONS, W. T. — The Ecology and Physiology of two species of Carduus as Weeds of pastures in Victoria 4. RAHMAN. M. S. - Determination of Spikelet Number in Wheat

Master of Agricultural Science 5. BROWN, J. S. - Studies on Speckled Leaf Blotch (Septoria tritici) of Wheat 6. LANGKAMP, P. J. — Studies on the Rehabilitation of Mined Areas on Groote Eylandt (Northern Territory)

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BERRY, G. J. — The influence of Genotype and Environment on Yield of Pisum BOWKER, W. A. - A study of the Epidemiology of Barley Yellow Dwarf Virus and of its effect on the Growth of Perennial Ryegrass (Lolium perenne) GARDNER, W. K. - Biology of Vesicular-Arbuscular Mycorrhiza in Wheat Crops in Rotation with Legumes and under Minimum Tillage KIRKHAM, R. P. — Interspecific Hybridization between Lycopersicum esculentum and L. peruvianum LANGKAMP, P J. — An Investigation of Factors controlling Establishment. Growth and Survival of Selected Plant Species on Groote Eylandt AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 9

NOBLli, C. L. - Genetic and Physiological Aspects of Salt Tolerance in a range of Agricultural Species PEOPLES, M. B. - Investigations of the Degradative Processes involved in the Turn-over of Rihulose 1.5, Biphosphate Carboxylase in Wheat Leaves SHERRARD, J.H. — A Study of Factors influencing the Stability of Nitrate Reductase in Wheat Leaves SIMPSON, R. J. - Amino Acid Transport and Nitrogen Redistribution in Wheat WATERS, S. P. — Identification of Aminopeplidases in Wheat Leaves and their Possible Role in Senescence

MAgrSc Theses in Progress BAMAKHRAMAH, H. S. - Harvest Index as a Criterion ofthe Yielding Ability ofa Genotype COFFEY, S. G. — Introduction and Evaluation of some New Crop Species of Potential Importance for Australian Agriculture CRAIG, A. D. - Winter Productivity of Pastures in Southern Australia ELLIS, S. E. — The Physiological Basis of Genotype Differences in Yield FAIRWEATHER, J. V. - Study of the Influence of Vesicular-A rbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi on the Growth of Tomato Plants MULVANY, L. - Testing for Take-all (Gaeumannomyces graminis) Resistance in 'Wild' Progenitor and Related Species of Wheat SALISBURY, P. A. - Inheritance of Hardseededness in Subterranean Clover (Trifolium subterraneum)

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Rural Credits Development Fund (Reserve Bank of Australia): Physiological, genetical and agronomic evaluation of the potential for new crop species for Australian agriculture. Rural Credits Development Fund (Reserve Bank of Australia): Support for a visiting research fellow from Israel. Wheat Industry Research Council: Provision of cold room facilities for genetical and physiological studies of wheat yield and quality. Wheat Industry Research Council: Research in relation to wheat breeding. Wheat Industry Research Council: Development of new selection criteria for use in breeding for high protein in cereals. Wheat Industry Research Council: Overseas travel grant for Dr J. H. Wilson. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Survey of the efficiency of nitrogen utilization by wheat cultivars used by Victorian wheat breeders. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Take-all resistance in wheat — 'wild' progenitor and related species. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Biology of vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhiza in wheat crops in relation to legumes. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Wheat improvement programme at Mt. Derrimut. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Funds to support visit of a research fellow from Israel. Australian Wool Corporation: Wool Research Trust Fund: Winter productivity in pastures of southern Australia. Groote Eylandt Mining Company Pty. Ltd.: Studies on the revegetation of mined areas on Groote Eylandt. Australian Research Grants Committee: Study ofthe relation between the activity of proteases in wheat leaves and translocation of nitrogen to the grain.

F. SOIL SCIENCE Head of section: Dr L. A. Douglas Senior Lecturer LYLE ANGUS DOUGLAS Lecturer PHILLIP MICHAEL CHALK Tutor ALISON McINTOSH ROSE 10 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Losses of gaseous N from soil following N- fertilizer applications. 2. Effect of piggery effluent applications on the elemental contents of soil and plants. 3. Production of urease by bacteria isolated from piggery effluent. 4. Characteristics and sources of diffuse agricultural runoff in the Westernport catchment. 5. Effect of herbicides on soil biological processes. 6. Nitrogen-fixation abilities associated with plants growing in saline soils.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. DOUGLAS, L. A., SOCHTIG, H. and FLA1G, W. - Colorimetric determination of urea in soil extracts using an automated system, in Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. J. 42: 291-292 (1978). 2. MAY, P. B. and DOUGLAS, L. A. — Use of urease inhibitors to increase the efficiency of urea, in Plant Nutrition eds A. R. Ferguson, R. L. Bieleski, J. B. Ferguson. New Zealand D.S.I.R. Information Series No. 134, pp. 287-293 (1978). 3. RIAZI, A. and DOUGLAS, L. A. - Effect of K and N fertilizers and mycorrhiza on tomato plants in pots containing podzolic soil, in Plant Nutrition eds A. R. Ferguson, R. L. Bieleski. I. B. Ferguson. New Zealand D.S.I.R. Information Series No. 134, pp. 294-299 (1978). 4. RIAZI, A., DOUGLAS, L. A. and FIELD, J. F. B. - Effect of fertilizers on nutrient leaching patterns of two soil types, in Amer. Soc. Agron. Conf. Proc, p. 196 (1978). 5. SMITH, C. J. and CHALK, P. M. — Losses of nitrogenous gases from soils during nitrification of ammonia fertilizer, in Plant Nutrition eds A. R. Ferguson, R. L. Bieleski, I. B. Ferguson. New Zealand D.S.I.R. Information Series No. 134, pp. 483-490 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. MAY, P. B. — An investigation of the use of soil urease inhibitors 2. PEVERILL, K. I. - Availability of phosphorus and sulphur in soil 3. RIAZI, A. — Availability of nitrogen and potassium in two Victorian soils

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress SMITH, C. J. — Investigation of chemodenitrification as a nitrogen loss mechanism in soil

MAgrSc Theses in Progress FISHER, H. - Production of urease by bacteria isolated from piggery effluent GREENHILL, N. — Characteristics and sources of diffuse agricultural runoff in the Westernport catchment REID, R. - Effect of piggery effluent applications on the elemental contents of soil and plants

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Effect of different cultivation treatments on wheat yields and soil properties. Rural Credits Development Fund (Reserve Bank of Australia): Nitrogen fixation by plants growing in salt-affected soils. J. M. Higgins Research Foundation: Improvement in the efficiency of fertilizer urea by using soil urease inhibitors. ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING Chairman of department: Mr G. R. Tibbits Professors ALLAN RODGER JOHN COLEMAN SCRIVENER Senior Lecturers ALLAN BROWNLEE COLDICUTT HELEN MARGARET TIPPETT GEORGE RICHARD TIBBITS Lecturers MILES BANNATYNE LEWIS PETER HENRY MILWARD WILLIAMS DEBORAH WHITE Part-time Lecturers WALTER E. MOHR Research Fellows ALLAN WILLINGHAM Research Assistants SUSAN COLDICUTT PETER HAYNES LOVELL ELIZABETH VINES RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The use of roof spaces for heat collection — Professor A. Rodger. 2. The role of super-elites in the Third World — Professor A. Rodger. 3. Energy, agriculture and the built environment — Professor A. Rodger. 4. Creativity within the design process — Professor A. Rodger. 5. Thermal performance and life-time costs of public housing units in Victoria, Tasmania and Queensland - A. B. Coldicutt. 6. Energy requirements and use, and user satisfaction in housing — A. B. Coldicutt. 7. The performance of 'radiant wall' heating in improved public housing in- Tasmania — A. B. Coldicutt. 8. The performance of hot water coil in slab heating in a tall building in the University of Melbourne - A. B. Coldicutt. 9. Thc thermal environment of buildings - design guidelines — A. B. Coldicutt. 10. Interactive (passive) solar design - window management system - A. B. Coldicutt. 11. The control of infiltration/ventilation and coordination in dwelling in south-eastern Australia - A. B. Coldicutt. 12. The behaviour of structural masonry - Professor J. C. Scrivener. 13. Organisation and management aspects of architectural and building practice: alternative strategies for project delivery; team development in multi-disciplinary project groups - H. Tippett. 14. Classification of research material for practice and project management research — H. Tippett. 15. Renovation and restoration of old buildings — P. Lovell. 16. The development of building technology - Dr M. B. Lewis. 17. Reference work of architects in Australia — Dr M. B. Lewis. 18. The morphology of Melbourne - Dr M. B. Lewis. 19. Reader of source material on Australian architecture — G. Tibbits. 20. Manual of Architectural History Research — Victorian Section - E. Vines. 21. Typology of church architecture in Victoria — E. Vines. 22. Documentation of listed historic buildings and structures in Victoria — A. Willingham.

PUBLISHED WORK Book 1. WHITE, D. et al. - Seeds for Change: Creatively Confronting the Energy Crisis. Patchwork Press, Melbourne, 1978.

Chapters of Books 2. RODGER, A. - Agriculture Oil and the Built Environment, and, Relevance and the Built Environment, in The Human Ecology of Settlements. Proc. of Third CHEC Conf, ed Hale. L.J., Winckelman, Frankfurt (1978).

Articles 3. LEWIS, M. B. - Sources of Australian Vernacular, Art Assoc. of Aust.: Architectural Papers 1976, ed D. Saunders, 73-83, Sydney, Education Office Art Gallery of New South Wales. 151 (1978).

11 12 FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE, BUILDING, TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

4. LEWIS, M. B. - Assessment ofthe Architectural and Historic Significance of the Elgin Street Locality, Hawthorn Conservation Studv: Elgin Street Area, Melbourne, Loder and Bayly: 29- 32 (1978). 5. LEWIS, M. B. — Comments on the Development, Hawthorn Conservation Study: Harcourt Street Area. Melbourne, Loder and Bayly: 14-26 (1978). 6. LEWIS, M. B. and McWILLIAM, G. - Comments on the Early Development and the Significance of the Area, Hawthorn Conservation Study: Hawthorn Grove Area, Melbourne. Loder and Bayly: 17-26, 39-40 (1978). 7. LEWIS, M. B. - Victorian Primitive, Part 1, Chartered Builder 17 (1978). 8. RODGER, A. - Crisis Challenge and Opportunity, Proc. of 21st Aust. Survey Congress, Adelaide (April 1978). 9. RODGER, A. - The difficulty of getting from here to there: inertia of the built environment, in King, Ross, ed Energy. Agriculture and the Built Environment. C.E.S. University of Melbourne, 111-121 (1978). 10. SCRIVENER. J. C. - 77ie Future of Concrete Masonry as a Structural Material, 9. Proc. Annual Conf. ofthe Concrete Masonry Assoc. of Aust., Sydney (March 1978). 11. TIBBITS, G. R. - The Classical Tradition in Victoria, 1850-1890: Represented Structure and Style. Art Assoc. of Aust.: Architectural Papers 1976. ed D.Saunders, 85-102, Sydney, Education Office Art Gallery of New South Wales, 151 (1978). 12. TIPPETT, H. - Education in the Team Delivery Mode, Proc. Int. Construction Res. CIB Commission W-65, Haifa. November. 12 (1978). 13. WILLIAMS, P. H. M. ed - 77je Chartered Builder Vol. 24 (Oct-Dec 1978).

Reports 14. COLDICUTT, A. B. et. al. - Thermal Performance and life-time costs of public housing units in Victoria and Tasmania. Faculty Research Report Melbourne, Australian Research Council Project No. 57, 215 (1978). 15. COLDICUTT, A. B. and WHITE, D. - Interactive Systems for the Reduction of Heating and Cooling Loads in Houses. Faculty Research Paper No. 34, Melbourne, 17 (1978). 16. COLDICUTT, A. B. - Computer Calculation of Thermal Performance of Buildings. Faculty Research Paper No. 36, Melbourne, 23 (1978). 17. COLDICUTT, A. B. — Thermal Properties of Construction. Faculty Research Paper No. ENV 1, Melbourne, 28 (1978). 18. LEWIS, M. B. et. al. - Collins Street Report, Melbourne. National Trust of Australia (Victoria), 79 (1978). 19. LEWIS, M. B. with JACOBS LEWIS VINES, and DARYL JACKSON EVAN WALKER ARCHITECTS PTY. LTD. - North Fitzroy Conservation Study, Melbourne, Fitzroy City Council, 85 (1978). 20. LEWIS, M. B. with ALLEN, J. et. al. - Report of the Project Coordination Committee on Historical Archaeology, Canberra. PCCHA 24 + A129 (1978). 21. MOHR, W. E. - Project Management and Control tn the Building Industry, University of Melbourne, 216 (1978). 22. LOVELL, P. H. - Dwelling Repair and Renovation, Part B: Stonework Decay and Preservation. Faculty Research Paper No. 33, Melbourne, viii + 77 (1978). 23. TIPPETT, H. — Basic Finance - business decisions in architectural practice. University of Melbourne, iv + 130 (1978). 24. TIPPETT, H., WOZNIAK, M., LOVELL, P. and OLIVER, S. - Building Project Investigations, Faculty Research Paper No. 44, Melbourne, 46 (1978). 25. TIPPETT, H., WOZNIAK, M. and LOVELL, P. - Building Project Summaries, Faculty Research Paper No. 45, Faculty of Architecture, Melbourne, 90 (1978). 26. WH 1TE, D. and COLDICUTT, A. B. - Low Energy Cost Effective Dwelling for Melbourne. Faculty Research Paper No. 43, Melbourne, 29 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Building 1. LI HOCK HUNG — Analytical survey of architectural profession in Singapore

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ABIDIN, I. S. — Investigation into the Design of an Urban Environmental Systems Model BREALEY, T. B. — Identification and Measurement of Significant Environment Variables and the Study of this Interaction ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING 13

DOWNTON, P. — Establishment and explication of fundamental structures in man-environment relations LINZEY. M. P. T. - A Theory of Systems related to Design

MArch Theses in Progress ANDREWS, J. - Briefing information DOVEY, K. — Perception of meaning in architecture ECONOMO, M. - Model specifications for educational buildings FOOKS, M. — Appraisal of buildings in use FOX, P. — The computer as an aid to design synthesis and evaluation HALAFOFF, S. - Cluster grouping of operating theatres KIDD, B. - Factors involved in community location of housing for the elderly MISSINGHAM, G. — Comparison between behavioural and semantic response to architectural space. MOORE, D. - Holistic approach lo design conceptualisation and communication OGILVY, E. - Conceptions of community and the planning of urban areas ONGAN, A. — System planning - an approach to industrialised building PREST, D. — Computer applications in architectural practice RIGG, M. - Medium density housing ROGERS, R. - Development of a 'design to cost' target manual SMITHSON, P. - Elaslomeric building sealants WILLINGHAM, A. - The architecture of Davidson and Henderson

MBIdg Theses in Progress DYNAN, K. - Design of a computer system for a mathematical model to assist in the allocation of resources in large scale building programmes in the Victorian P.W.D. EILENBERG, I. - Safely in the building industry MARSHALL, G. - Programme network planning procedure

MBldgSc Theses in Progress CAMPBELL, R. - Thermal behaviour of materials, new techniques in solar energy and the design of buildings to conserve energy FREEDMAN, C. — Development of a common data base for an in-house mini-computer in an architect's office GAIRNS, D. - Concrete masonry walls under lateral loading HOLMES, I. — Development of prefabricated modular buildings, complete with associated services, suitable for use in remote bases in cold regions LOVELL, P. - Renovation and rehabilitation of C19lh buildings McELHINNEY, K. - Design and implementation of a computerised management system for the building industry SALOMONSSON, G. — Evaluation of construction processes

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Australian Housing Research Council: Thermal Performance and life-cycle cost of Public Housing Australian Housing Research Council: Renovation and Rehabilitation of Older Australian Dwelling. Australian Heritage Commission: Documentation of noted Historic buildings and structures in Victoria. Australian Heritage Commission: Manual of Architectural History Research — Victorian Sectio" TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING Chairman of department: Professor F. W. Ledgar Professor FREDERICK WILLIAM LEDGAR Senior Lecturers CHRISTIAN MARIO GUTJAHR BASIL TREVOR TYSON Lecturers RUTH GAIL BOOKMAN WILLIAM JAMES NIGEL FLANNIGAN ANTOINETTE LOGAN NICHOLAS PHILPOT LOW GRAHAM EWAN OGILVY ANTONY PATTERSON WINFIELD WILLIAMS RAYMOND GORDON WYATT RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Analysis of recent changes in the Victorian planning framework. 2. The evolution of planning controls in the City of Melbourne (Local Government Area) since 1950. 3. Urban indicators and city shape. 4. Urban strategy selection through computer search techniques. 5. Recent directions of regional policy in Australia. 6. Evaluation of the Fitzroy — Collingwood Rental Housing Association.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. OGILVY, G. E. - Tribunal Goes Full Circle Space 7 (Jan/Mar 1978). 2. OGILVY, G. E. — Submission to the Board of Inquiry into Housing Commission Land Deals. Polis .5(1): 13-17 (1978). 3. WILLIAMS, A. P. W. — Victorian Town Planning Appeals Tribunal. Index of Appeals Decisions (VTPAI). Consolidated Index of Appeals decisions (from 190578 to 180978). Faculty Research Paper No. 41 (1978). 4. WILLIAMS, A. P. W. — Victorian Town Planning Appeals Tribunal. Index of Appeals Decisions (VTPAI). Selected Appeals (from 070777 to 180978). Faculty Research Paper No. 42 (1978). 5. WYATT, R. G. - The Death and Life of Great Australian Planners, in Polis 5(2): 67-71 (1978). Reports 6. LOW, N. P. - What is Public Participation in Planning? Faculty Research Paper No. 39 (1978). 7. EDGINGTON, D. and WYATT, R. G. - Classification Techniques in Urban Planning: Their Use and Suitability. Faculty Research Paper No. 46. (1978). 8. SMITH, J. and WYATT, R. G. - Threshold Analysis: Past and Present - Future? Faculty Research Paper No. 40 (1978). 9. WYATT, R. G. - Melbourne's Metropolitan Strategy — The Search for Legitimacy. Faculty Research Paper No. 46 (1978). THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Town and Regional Planning 1. CAMPBELL, G. J. - Social Aspects of Planning Decisions at Livingston New Town 2. LAWTHER, L. H. - Conceptual Design of a Regional Information System for the Melbourne Metropolitan Area THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress ALONSO, P. A. G. — Environmental Standards Development MTRP Theses in Progress FAUBEL, B. - Citizen Participation: Authority and Decision-making at Local Government Level ONGAN, A. S. — Effect of Land Use Zoning on the Relationship between Life-style and Urban Form SHIELDS, J. - Comparison of Legislative and Institutional Planning Frameworks SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED The following grant has been received: Department (Federal) of Environment, Housing and Community Development: Evaluation of the Fitzroy-Collingwood Rental Housing Association.

14 CLASSICAL STUDIES Chairman of department: Professor G. W. Clarke Professors GRAEME WILBER CLARKE GEORGE HENRY GELLIE Readers KENNETH JOHN McKAY ALBERT DENNIS PRYOR Senior Lecturers PETER JAMES CONNOR JOHN ROBERT CHARLES MARTYN ROGER DAVID SCOTT Lecturers JOHN BERNARD BURKE EFSTATHIOS GAUNTLETT KENNETH ROBIN JACKSON Tutors D1MITRIS DEDES JEFFREY NEVILLE KEDDIE Research Fellow RUSH REHM RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The Epistles of Cyprian. 2. The Plays of Euripides. 3. The Workshop of Nikosthenes. 4. The Epigrams of Callimachus. 5. Hellenistic Greek Literary Symbolism. 6. The Comedies of Plautus. 7. Neo-Latin Literature. 8. Juvenal's Satires. 9. Modern Greek Folksong and the Rebetiko tragoudi. 10. The Poet Angelos Sikelianos. 11. The Epics of Homer.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. CONNOR, P. J. - Roman Art in the National Gallery of Victoria. Melbourne (1978). 2. MARTYN, J. R. C. ed - loannis Audoeni Epigrammatum Vol. II. Brill, Leiden (1978). 3. REHM. R. - Aeschvlus. The Oresleian Trilogy: A Theatre version. Hawthorn Press, Melbourne (1978).

Articles 4. BURKE, J. B. - Review of K. Arvanitakis and S. Lake, Kali Archi. (Athens, 1977). Antipodes 9: 47-48 (1978). 5. CONNOR, P. J. - Attic neck-amphorae decorated with black bands. Archaologischer Anzeiger: 273-281 (1978). 6. CONNOR, P. J. - The Actian miracle. Propertius 4.6. Ramus 7: 1-10 (1978). 7. CONNOR, P. J. - Propertius 2.19.24: Calamus aucupatorius. Latomus 37: 977-979 (1978). 8. GELLIE, G. H. - Euripides' The Bacchae: A Study in Ecstasy. Viewpoints 77: 213-217 (1976). 9. GELLIE, G. H. - Some Hints for Reading Oedipus Rex. Viewpoints 78: 207-213 (1977). 10. GELLIE, G. H. - Witch or Wretch: Euripides' Medea. Viewpoints 79: 164-170 (1978). 11. McKAY, K. J. - Review of E. V. George, Aeneid VIII and the Aetia of Callimachus, (Leiden, 1974). Mnemosyne 30: 446-7 (1971). 12. McKAY, K. J. - Review of V. Schmidt, Sprachliche Untersuchungen zu Herondas, (Berlin, 1968). Mnemosyne 31: 98 (1978). 13. MARTYN, J. R. C. - Montaigne and George Buchanan, Humanistica Lovaniensia 26: 132- 142 (1977). 14. MARTYN, J. R. C. - Some textual emendations in Juvenal, Hermes 106: 213-219 (1978). 15. MARTYN, J. R. C. - The value of the computer in editing texts with an Open Tradition, A LLC Bulletin 6. 3. 242-4 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy GORMAN, P. - Plotinus and the Pythagoreans

15 16 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress KEDDIE. J. N. - The Claudian Books of Tacitus WEBB, J. - Bronze Age Religion in Cyprus

MA Theses in Progress BUTLER, J. — Studies in Early Christian Biography DON, A. — Suetonius' Life of Titus FORD, P. — Virgil and the Supernatural GRENNESS, .1. - The Early Books of Malalas HOGAN, S. — Dionysius of Alexandria HOLMES, A. M. — Greek Knowledge of Egyptian Religion 6 — 4 Cent. HOUGH. J. — Theophanes' Account of the Emperor Heraclius MeDONALD, J. — The Role of the Gods in Apollonius' Argonautica PITCHER, R. - People in Martial STALLMAN, C. - Studies in Early Patristic Literature TYLER, T. — Aelred of Rievaulx: de standardo CRIMINOLOGY Chairman of department: Mr S. W. Johnston Reader STANLEY WILLIAM JOHNSTON Senior Lecturer KERRY LEON MILTE Lecturers DENNIS CHALLINGER LYNNE FOREMAN STANLEY AUSTIN LOVEGROVE DEIDRE NGAIO GREIG

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Revision of Victorian sentencing legislation — S. W. Johnston. 2. The sanctions of world law — S. W. Johnston. 3. A study of the police occupational role - K. L. Milte. 4. Police strategies against patrol preventable crime - K. L. Milte. 5. Homicide in Victoria (1964-1976) - K. L. Milte. 6. Political terrorism — K. L. Milte. 7. Analysis of official data on young offenders - D. O. Challinger. 8. Controlling shoplifting — D. O. Challinger. 9. The welfare role of the Victoria Police Force - L. E. Foreman. 10. Family and juvenile courts in Australia - L. E. Foreman. 11. The feasibility and implications of establishing a family-oriented welfare system in Australia - L. E. Foreman. 12. Social welfare research in Australia — L. E. Foreman. 13. Thc place of the law in road traffic control - S. A. Lovegrove. 14. Driver's response to the amber and red lights at signalised intersections — S. A. Lovegrove. 15. Personality and juvenile offending - S. A. Lovegrove. 16. Driver's observance of the give-way-to-the-right rule at uncontrolled cross-intersections — S. A. Lovegrove.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. MILTE, K. L. and MILLER, S. L. - Principles of Police Planning: Armed Robbery. Government Printer, Victoria (1978). 2. ROBINSON, C. D. - The Operation of Driver Disqualification as a Sanction, Department of Criminology, University of Melbourne.

Chapters of Books 3. CHALLINGER, D. - Treatment of Victorian Prisoners: A Report on Victorian Prison Practice with regard to the United Nations' Minimum Standard Rules and the Draft Australian Rules, in The Future of Social Welfare in Victoria, Government Printer, Victoria (1978). 4. FOREMAN, L. E. - The Interest of the Child Shall be Paramount: A Viewpoint, in The Health. Education and Welfare of the Child, ed by C. J. Cochrane and R. J. Andrews, Thc Fred and Eleanor Schoncll Educational Research Centre. University of Queensland (1978).

Articles 5. MILTE. K. L., BARTHOLOMEW, A. A. and GALBALLY, F. E. J. - Homosexual Necrophilia, Medicine. Science and the Law, 18(1): 29 (1978). 6. MILTE, K. L. - Extradition and the Terrorist, Australian and New Zealand Journal of Criminology. 11(2): 89-94 (1978). 7. LOVEGROVE, S. A. - Approach Speeds at Uncontrolled Intersections with Restricted Sight Distances, Journal of Applied Psychology, 63(5): 635-642 (1978). 8. LOVEGROVE, S. A. - Personality and Short-Term Re-offence Behaviour Among Young Australian Male Probationers. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Criminology, 11(\): 13- 18 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts I. MILTE. K. L. — Contemporary Australian Police Administration

17 18 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress FOREMAN, L. E. - The Welfare Role of Victoria Police

MA Theses in Progress BENNETT, P. H. - Police Discretion BROWN, G. P. — An examination of police patrol strategies in Metropolitan Melbourne. HART, M. C. - Authority and the Prison Officer STEWART, R. W. — Identifying Personal Factors Related to Being a Successful Detective

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Criminology Research Council. Australian Bankers Association. Mayne Nickless Pty. Ltd. State Savings Bank of Victoria. Savings Bank of South Australia. EAST ASIAN STUDIES Chairman of department: Professor H. F. Simon Professor HARRY FELIX SIMON Senior Lecturers in Chinese TSAI-HSIEN CHANG ROBERT CHENG-I KING Senior Lecturer in Japanese WILLIAM BRAITHWAITE EGGINGTON Lecturer in Chinese CHRISTINE McEACHRAN LIAO Lecturer in Japanese LESLIE RUSSELL OATES Senior Tutor in East Asian Studies JOAN ALISON ANDERSON Tutor in Japanese CHIZU PATRICIA SHERRIFF

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Sentence structure in standard Chinese. 2. Sayable texts in Chinese. 3. Script reform and romanisation in China. 4. Contemporary Chinese and Japanese literature. 5. Succession issues in the China Dynasty. 6. Nationalism and romanticism in post-war Japan.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. KING, J. T.. KING, R. C. I. and HU, J. - Basic Chinese - English Dictionary, J. T. King, Melbourne (1978).

Articles 2. CHANG, T. H. - Fact and Fiction about the Chinese Language, The Journal of Chinese Teaching and Studies. 1(1): 1-9 (1977). 3. KING. R. C. I. - Emperor Yung-cheng's Usurpation: The Question of Yin-ti, Ch'ing-shih Wen-t'i, Hoover Institution. Stanford. 111(9): 112-122 (November 1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress LIAO, CM - Syntax, Symbol and Image in the Poetry of Bian Shi-lin, Ai Qing and 7.ang Ke-jia

MA Theses in Progress ENDREY, A. A. - Hu Feng as a Marxist Literary Theorist HUA, F. - A Study of Some Selected Leftist Writers from 1930-1942 IRVING. R. - The Writings of Liu Ding-zhen and Deng-Ke LIM. G. — The Writings of Wang Wen hsing NAILER, C. - Ch'ii Yiian: The Emerging Personality TROPP, L. — Some Features and Problems of Contemporary Chinese in 'Back to the Countryside' Fiction

19 ENGLISH Chairman of department: Mr T. J. Kelly Professor of English Language & Literature GEORGE HARRISON RUSSELL Robert Wallace Professor HOWARD FELPERIN Professor VINCENT THOMAS BUCKLEY Readers THOMAS PYE DOBSON HUME DOW THOMAS BRIAN TOMLINSON CHRISTOPHER KEITH WALLACE-CRABBE Senior Lecturers ROBIN MARSHALL GROVE EVAN LLOYD JONES TIMOTHY JOHN KELLY MARY TERESA TOMLINSON Lecturers TERENCE COLLITS JAMES MARK QUENTIN DAVIES MARY DOVE RICHARD DOUGLAS JORDAN PETER DANIEL STEELE Lockie Fellow in Creative Writing & Australian Literature PETER FRANK PIERCE Tutors DAVID NEIL BENNETT DAVID CARTER •ADELE AUDREY CHESSELL MICHAEL DAVID FUNSTON SNEJA MARINA GUNEW JOANNE LEE DOW PAULINE ANNE NESTOR BARRY NONWEILER WILLIAM JAMES SIMPSON Part-time Lecturer Professor Emeritus IAN RAMSAY MAXWELL * Part-time RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Blake's Milton design sequences: Blake's Composite Art - M. Davies. 2. Conrad's novels: Shakespeare's Measure for Measure — T. Collits. 3. Developments in Australian Culture, 1888-1903: Two directions in twentieth century poetry - C. Wallace-Crabbe. 4. Further Essays on seventeenth century poetry and drama: Keats in his manuscripts; Study of Elizabeth Taylor's Fiction — R. Grove. 5. Gambling as theme and motif in nineteenth century British Literature and Narrative painting; The Fiction of Robert Louis Stevenson; the 'vulgar' element in modern Australian drama - P. Pierce. 6. Langland's Piers Plowman C-Version — G. Russell. 7. "Literary Theory in Australia", articles on Shakespeare, Jonson, Milton — H. Felperin. 8. Literary uses of concepts of the Ages of Man in the Middle Ages and Renaissance — M. Dove. 9. Renaissance Neo-Platonism - R. Jordan. 10. Shakespearian Comedy - T. J. Kelly. 11. The philosopher figure in the novels of Flann O'Brien and James Stephens: "Unifying patterns in the Ladybird Volume or D. H. Lawrence's Chymical Dispensation" - S. Gunew. 12. Transition: Joyce and W.C. Williams - D. Bennett.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. JONES, E. - Recognitions A.N.U. (1978). 2. STEELE, P. D. - Jonathan Swift: Preacher and Jester Clarendon (1978).

Chapters of Books 3. FELPERIN, H. - Romance and Romanticism: Some reflections on The Tempest and the Heart of Darkness, in Kay and Jacobs, eds Shakespeare's Romances Reconsidered. 60-76, University of Nebraska Pr. (1978).

20 ENGLISH 21

4. GROVE. R. - Uniting Airv Substance: The Rape of the Lock. I7l 2-I737, in Alexander Pope. ed H. Erskine-Hill, 67-104.' 5. PIERCE. P. - Big Toys and the Play-making of Patrick White, in Patrick White: A Critical Symposium, eds R. Shepherd and K. Singh (1978).

Articles 6. CARTER, D. - Milton's Frail Paradise, The Critical Review. 20: 3-14. 7. CHESSELL, A. - Wyatt's Owen Thing, 77re Critical Review. 20: 42-54. 8. DANIEL, H. - Recoil from disorder: David Ireland's The Chantic Bird, Australian Literary Studies, 4: 471 (1978). 9. DANIEL, H. - The Picaresque Mode in Australian Fiction, Southerly, 3 (1978). 10. DAVIES, M. — Review of Joseph A. Wittreich, Jr., Angel of Apocalypse for Modern Language Review, 86-87. 11. GROVE, R. - King Lear and the Casebook, The Critical Review. 20: 88-98. 12. GROVE, R. — From the Island: Elizabeth Taylor's novels, Studies in the Literary Imagination, XL No. 2: 79-95, Georgia State University. 13. PIERCE, P. - Pictures of Savage Lands: Rider Haggard's Romance Fiction, ACLALS Bulletin. Vol. V, No. I (1978). 14. PIERCE, P. - Revaluing Australian Legends: Some Plays by Jack Hibberd, Australian Literary Studies. Vol. 8. No. 3 (1978). 15. PIERCE, P. - Worlds of their Own: Preoccupations in Recent Fiction, Meanjin, Vol. 37. No. I (1978). 16. PIERCE, P. - Recent Fiction, Meanjin. Vol. 37. No. 3 (1978). 17. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. - Popular Paterson, Overland No. 70: 34-38. 18. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. - Matters of Style: Judith Wright and Elizabeth Bishop, Westerly, No. 1: 53-57 (1978). 19. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. - Mendeleef, Grass Roots and thc Wombat Mandala, The Carleton Miscellany. XVII(\), 37-40.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Arts 1. SCAHILL, J. - Islenda Saga 2. MYLONAS, M. - Poetry and Externals: A Study of W. H. Auden

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ARTHUR. K. - T. S. Eliot and Samuel Beckett COLLITS, T. J. — Greek and Shakespearian Tragedy CURTIS, P. - A Critical Study of Chaucer's Canterbury Tales DANIEL, H. - The Outsider and Societv: A Study of the Post-War Australian Novel FORSYTH, J. — Shakespeare in the Eighteenth Centurv GODDARD, J. - Medieval Drama HANRAHAN, J. - James Joyce's Ulysses SHARR, R. - The Religious Subject in While's Early Novels

MA Theses in Progress BARNES, J. - The Poetry and Plavs of Christopher Marlowe BELL, P. - Public Service Writing' COLLETTE, A. - The Nineteenth Centurv Novel CHRISTOFF. P. - Ezra Pound CRENNAN, P. - Historv in Yeats, Eliot and Pound DOWN, K. - Samuel Johnson EDWARDS, B. - Myth and Archetype GROWNEY, P. — Innocence and Experience — William Blake GUILE. M. - D. H. Lawrence HANSFORD, A. - Troilus and Criseyde HARRIS, J. - Australian Poetry - 1950-1970 KELLY. V. - Aspects of the Nineteenth Centurv Novel KEMENY, A. - Virginia Woolf KERR. J. — Tense and Narrative Style in the Gawain Poet 22 FACULTY OF ARTS

KIRBY, G. - Anthony Trollope: The Pallisser Novels LANG, D. - Wordsworth's Poetry LING, A. - The Novels of Patrick White LYNCH, A. - Chaucer's Early Poetry MAHER, M. - Christina Stead MONTGOMERY, B. - Shakespearian Studies McGUINNESS, H. - The Short Story: D. H. Lawrence, Faulkner McMULLEN, D. - The Novels of Thomas Keneally NESTOR, M. - Dickens and the Family O'SHEA, H. — Seamus Heaney PERRETT, M. - Greek Tragedy PRICE, G. - Jonathan Swift RADIC, L. — The Changing Face of Comedy ROJTER, A. - Shakespearian Comedy SALUSINSZKY, I. - Modern Literary Criticism SHAW, G. - George Eliot SPENCELEY, J. - Saul Bellow's Humour SYMES, B. - Alexander Pope WALLACE, J. - Breton Lays

LINGUISTICS SECTION Reader RICHARD JANUSZ ZATORSKI Lecturer GEOFFREY McLAREN MILLAR Tutor ELIZABETH HASTINGS PEARCE

PUBLISHED WORK Periodical 1. ZATORSKI, R, J. ed — Working Papers in Linguistics, No. 4, University of Melbourne, Linguistics Section (1978). FINE ARTS Chairman of department: Sister M. Manion Professor JOSEPH TERENCE BURKE Senior Lecturers LAURENCE JOHN COURSE MARGARET MANION MARGARET PLANT Lecturers ANN ELISABETH GALBALLY BASIL JAMES GILBERT Senior Tutor BIRUTA RUTH ZUBANS Tutors LEIGH ASTBURY •LESLEY BORLAND •CAROLINE COFFEY •ELIZABETH FINK •MARGARET RIDDLE •VIVIEN THWAITES Research Assistant VERA VINES Curator *JUNF. MAUREEN STEWART Asst. Curator DINA CUTTS * Part-time

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Benjamin West and the Anglo-American Revival of History Painting - J. Burke. 2. William Blake's reading in the Library of the Roval Academy after his admission as a student - J. Burke. 3. Invented Orders in Architecture 1700-1840 - J. Burke. 4. The Reliability of Teacher Assessments of H.S.C. Art Appreciation - L. Course. 5. The Art of Frederick McCubbin, a monograph — A. Galbally. 6. Resources for tertiary film study in Australia - B. Gilbert. 7. The development of the Australian Film and Television School, Sydney, 1969-79 — B. Gilbert. 8. Aspects of low-budget film production facilities in Victoria - B. Gilbert. 9. Marginal illustrations in a group of 13th and 14th century French psalters — M. Manion. 10. A comparative study of medieval illuminated manuscripts — M. Manion. 11. Image, word and donor in a group of 15th century Flemish paintings — M. Manion. 12. The connection between the English St. Ives school and Australian painting - R. Zubans. 13. Dictionary of Biography entries on E. Carrick Fox, E. Phillips Fox, G. Folingsby and M. Meldrum - R. Zubans.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. GALBALLY, A. and PLANT, M. - Studies in Aust. Art, Department of Fine Arts, University of Melbourne (1978). 2. PLANT, M. - Paul Klee - Figures and Faces, Thames and Hudson, London (1978).

Articles 3. ASTBURY, L. - George Folingsby and Australian Subject Painting, Studies in A ust. Art, op. cit.: 45-56 (1978). 4. COFFEY, C. - Pietro da Cortona's project for the Church of San Firenze in Florence, Mitteilungen des Kunsthistorischen Institutes in Florenz. XXII: 85-118 (1978). 5. GALBALLY, A. - Australian Artists Abroad: 1880-1914, Studies in Aust. Art. op. cit.: 57-66 (1978). 6. GILBERT, B. J. - Film Periodicals: A Historical Survey, Part II: Britain, Cinema Papers 15: 238-239: 279; 283 (1978). 7. GILBERT, B. J. - Film Periodicals: A Historical Survey. Part III, Europe, Cinema Papers 16: 330-331 (1978). 8. GILBERT, B. J. - Film Study Resources Guide, Cinema Papers 16: 373 (1978). 9. GILBERT, B. J. - Film Study Resources Guide, Cinema Papers 17: 71 (1978). 10. GILBERT, B. J. - Film Periodicals: A Historical Survey, Part IV: Australia 1918-1969, Cinema Papers IS: 121-163 (1978). 11. GILBERT, B. J. — Film Study Resources Guide (Film Literature Indexes), Cinema Papers 18: 153 (1978).

23 24 FACULTY OF ARTS

12. MANION, M. — The frescoes of S. Giovanni a Porta Latina: the shape of a tradition, A ust. J. of Art. Vol. 1: 93-112 (1978). 13. PLANT, M. - Quattrocento Melbourne: Aspects of Finish 1973-1977. Studies in Aust. Art, op. cit.: 99-111 (1978). 14. VINES, V. - Jacques Daref. Some questions of Iconography, Aust. J. of Art. 1:41-57 (1978). 15. ZUBANS, R. - the Australian Eye: E. Phillips Fox, "The Ferry" [8 minutes, Film Aust (1978)].

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts 1. BORLAND, L. — Some Attitudes to the Fine Arts Present in Diderot's Encyclopedic 2. CONDON, V. — Ms. Douce 313. A Fourteenth Century Franciscan Missal in the Bodleian Library, Oxford 3. FINK, E. - The Art and Criticism of Blamire Young 4. TIPPING, M. - The Life and Work of Ludwig Becker (1808-1861) with a Critical Analysis of his Australian Oeuvre and an Appreciation of His Contribution to Artistic and Scientific Developments in Victoria

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress EDQUIST, H. — Thematic Development and Design in Piero della Francesco GREGORY, J. — The Chrislological cycle of Ottoman manuscripts from Reichenau and Echternach: the case for their common origin in the Trier-Echternach Complex PLANT, M. — Italian fresco Painting in the Fourteenth Century RIDDLE, M. - A Study of Joseph the Patriarch in Early Christian and Medieval Art VINES, V. — Concepts of reality as evidenced by certain Netherlandish Artists of the Fifteenth Century

MA Theses in Progress ASTBURY, L. - Late 19th Century Australian Subject Painting CUTTS, D. — The Iconographical Tradition of King David the Musician EDQUIST, R. - A Study and Catalogue ofthe Sadeler Collection of Prints in the Baillieu Librarv FULLERTON, P. - The War Cartoons of Norman Lindsay in The Bulletin 1914-18 KIRBY, S. — Mallarme and the French Symbolists LEGGE, M. — The Iconography of Vulcan's Forge in the Renaissance SEEGER, C-L. - Archaic Greek Sculpture SIMONS, P. - Family Group Portraiture in the Florentine Quattrocento SMITH, P. — Stylistic relationships between the Decorative Arts and Painting in English 18th Century Art THOMSON, J. - Kenneth Rowell, Painter and Stage Designer THWAITES, V. - Aspects ofthe Art of Rosso Fiorentino VAUGHAN, G. - 77te Art of Maurice Denis before 1910 ZUBANS, R. - The Art of E. Phillips Fox

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Grant for comparative study of manuscripts in Australasian collections. FRENCH Chairman of department: Dr A. K. Holland Professor COLIN RYDER DUCKWORTH Reader ALLAN KEITH HOLLAND Senior Lecturers THOMAS RAYMOND CASEY PATRICIA ANN CLANCY MICHELINE GIROUX STANLEY JOHN SCOTT COLIN BERNARD THORNTON-SMITH GRAEME DOUGLAS WATSON Lecturers DIANE KATRINE KEUNEMAN LEO LAS GOURGUES WINIFRED ANN TRINDADE Principal Tutor MARGARET ISOBEL DENAT Senior Tutors SOPHIE BLACK SYLVIA ANNE GUTIERREZ Tutors GENEVIEVE DAVISON RONA JEAN THOMAS RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS Language 1. Romance linguistics (including Old Provencal and Calabrian Greek) - Scott. 2. Word frequency lists and vocabulary lists - Thornton-Smith. 3. Preparation of revised edition of Graded French Vocabulary Topics Melbourne. Oxford University Press, xii + 199 (1972) - Thornton-Smith. 4. Phonetics and stylistics — Holland. 5. Language acquisition theories in Beginners' French — Gutierrez. 6. Aspects of the Anglo-Norman verb — Trindade.

Literature 7. Narrative structures in Old French and Middle High German Tristan romances - Trindade. 8. Mme. Leprince de Beaumont and the education of women in the 18th century - Clancy. 9. Children's literature in the 18th century — Clancy. 10. A physical bibliography of Manon Lescaut - Holland. 11. An edition of the English text and Louis XVI's translation of Horace Walpolc's Life and Reign of Richard HI - Duckworth. 12. A biography of the comte d'Antraigues: The Handsome Intriguer - Duckworth. 13. French drama in performance: 18th to 20th centuries - Duckworth. 14. Translation, with preface and notes, of Hubert dc Castclla — Notes d'un vigneron australien. Melbourne, George Robertson, 1882 (87) - Thornton-Smith. 15. 19th century poetry — Casey. 16. 20th century poetry - Black. 17. New Zealand reactions to Beckett's Waiting for Godot — Duckworth. 18. Bachelard — Keuneman. 19. The theatre of Sartre — Keuneman. 20. Problems in literary criticism — Keuneman. 21. Various Mauriac studies, including Mauriac and Jansenism - Thornton-Smith.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress FLINTOFT, M. L. — Landscape of Desire and Threat: a Literary Study of Medieval French Garden Imagery GALLI, B. A. M. — The Idea of the Transcendanl in Early Romantic Poetry WANIS, V. — The Family Constellation in the Fiction of Herve Bazin

MA Theses in Progress D'ARCY — S. F. — La rhelorique medievale dans la pofsie des troubadours EGAN-LEE, J. A. — Barthes and the Banishment of Man from Literature LASCAR IS, T. P. — Etude, descriptive de la langue de 'Fauvel' MORGAN, M.-T. — La femme dans les oeuvres romanesques de George Sand

25 26 FACULTY OF ARTS

PINDER. J. M. — Structure narrative des Vies de saints en ancien francais WILSON. G. J. - Morality and Personal Relationships in the Fiction of Jean-Paul Sartre WOODMAN. S. M. — Evolution stylistique et thematique dans l'oeuvre de Daudet WORTHINGTON. M. J. — Mutation et hranle dans les oeuvres de Montaigne

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. DUCKWORTH, C. R. - Waiting for Godot: Interpretation. Performance. Reaction. Paper given at AULLA Congress, Brisbane (August 1978). 2. DUCKWORTH, C. R. — Review of Michel Gilot, Les Journaux de Marivaux: Itineraire moral et accomplissement esthetique, in AUMLA. No. 47. 78-79 [not previously recorded (Mav 1978)]. 3. DUCKWORTH, C. R. - Voltaire at Ferney: an unpublished description. Studies on Voltaire and the 18th centurv. CLXXIV. 61-67 (1978). 4. DUCKWORTH, C. R. - Review of S. E. Gontarski, Beckett's Happy Davs: A manuscript study, in Journal of Beckett Studies, Vol. 3. 100-103 (Summer 1978). 5. THORNTON-SMITH, C. B. - De Bordeaux a Mesplus anciens souvenirs: une autobiographie spirituclle rctouchee, Travaux du Centre d'Etudes et de Recherches sur Francois Mauriac 3: 1-19 (1978). GEOGRAPHY Chairman of department: Professor H. C. Brookfield Professor HAROLD CHILLING WORTH BROOKFIELD Readers ERIC CHARLES FREDERICK BIRD THOMAS MELVILLE PERRY JOHN ROBERT VICTOR PRESCOTT ARTHUR ALAN WILCOCK Senior Lecturers JOHN SIRLES MASSEY GEOFFREY JAMES MISSEN Lecturer ROBERT GORDON FREESTONE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Analysis of shoreline changes during thc past century - E. Bird. 2. Environmental problems on humid tropical coasts - E. Bird. 3. Population and environment studies in tropical islands - H. Brookfield. 4. Regional impact of land settlement in southeast Asia - H. Brookfield. 5. Review of Australian geographical bibliography — R. Freestone. 6. The Australian Garden City and Suburb - R. Freestone. 7. Quantitative methods of terrain classification — J. Massey. 8. Agricultural and pastoral land-use dynamics in Australia, c.1890 to present - J. Massey. 9. Automated production of colour animated movies showing computer-produced map - J. Massey. 10. Preparation of year-specific encoding forms for small-area agricultural and pastoral land use data — J. Massey. 11. Development of methods of data processing and display for an Australian small-urea agricultural and pastoral information system: 1900 to the present — J. Massey. 12. Formal and informal sectors in Kelantan, Malaysia - G. Missen. 13. Malay settlements in Kuantan, Malaysia - G. Missen. 14. Historical geography of Australia in thc late 18th and early 19th centuries with special reference to the work of Mathew Flinders — T. Perry. 15. Growth of Melbourne's inner suburbs — T. Perry. 16. International boundaries in Africa and maritime boundaries in the Pacific and South China Sea - J. Prescott. 17. International interaction in the early history of geographical thought — A. Wilcock.

PUBLISHED WORK Books I. BIRD, E. C. F. - The Geomorphology of the Gippsland Lakes Region. Ministry for Conservation, Environmental Studies Series, Publication Nr>. 186, viii + 158, 1978.

Chapters of Books 2. BIRD, E. C. F. — Thc nature and source of beach materials on the Australian coast, in Landform Evolution in Australasia, eds J. L. Davies and M. A. J. Williams, ANU Press, Canberra, 144-57 (1978). 3. BIRD, E. C. F. — (Erosion of the sea coast), in International Yearbook, Science and Humanity, Znanie Publications, Moscow, 73-83 (1978) [in Russian], 4. BIRD, E. C. F. - (Unsolved problems in coastal geomorphology). in The Future ofScience, Znanie Publications, Moscow, 166-75 (1978) [in Russian]. 5. BIRD. E. C. F. — Energy regimes in Australian coastal waters, in Energy Across the Coastal Zone, eds M. L. Schwartz and T. Terich, The Coastal Society, Arlington, Virginia. USA, 158- 70 (1977). 6. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — The environment of informality: a comparison between Caribbean and Pacific, in Food, Shelter and Transport in Southeast Asia and the Pacific, eds P. J. Rimmer, D. W. Drakakis-Smith and T. G. McGec. Australian National University, Department of Human Geography Publication HG/12, Canberra. 257-274 (1978). 7. PERRY, T. M. with POYNTER, J. R. - The Development of Australia ... in The Times Atlas of World History Times Books Ltd., London: William Collines Publishers Ptv. Ltd.. Sydney and Auckland, 1978. 8. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. — Drawing Australia's marine boundaries, in Australia's offshore resources: implications of the 200 mile zone, ed G. W. P. George. Australian Academv of Science, Canberra, 22-46 (1978).

27 28 FACULTY OF ARTS

Articles 9. BIRD, E. C. F. - The work of the Commission on the Coastal Environment in the Pacific region, Proc. 3rd Annual Conf.. Coastal Soc. 193-202 (1977). 10. BIRD, E. C. F. - A glossary of coastal geomorphology. Paper for I.G.U. Regional Conference, Lagos, 28 (1978). 11. BIRD, E. C. F. - Environmental problems on humid tropical coasts. Paper for UNESCO Division of Marine Sciences, 6 (1978). 12. BIRD, E. C. F. - Geomorphological features on humid tropical coasts. Paper for UNESCO Division of Marine Sciences, 20 (1978). 13. BIRD, E. C. F. and McARTHUR, J". A. - Delimitation of humid tropical coasts. Paper for UNESCO Division of Marine Sciences, 22 (1978). 14. BROOKFIELD, H. C. - Editorial introduction: unweeded garden island? UNESCO/UNFPA Fiji Island Reports 3: 1-12 (1978). 15. BROOKFIELD, H. C. - Land holding and land use on Taveuni island. UNESCO/UNFPA Fiji Island Reports 3: 21-84 (1978). 16. BROOKFIELD, H. C. - Editorial introduction: small is beautiful? UNESCO/UNFPA Fiji Island Reports 4: 1-8 (1978). 17. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — Third world development. Progress in Human Geography 2: 121-32 (1978). 18. COHEN, M., ENGLISH, J. and BROOKFIELD, H. C. - Functional diversity at the base of the urban system in Peninsular Malaysia. J. Trop. Geog. 45: 12-25 (1978). 19. FREESTONE, R. G. - Minneapolis Public Library and T. B. Walker - The Politics of Library Location 1918-1923, Hennepin County Historv. Part one, 37(2): 5-13; Part two, 37(3): 10-16 (1978). 20. MISSEN, G. J. and LOGAN, M. I. - National and local distribution systems and regional development: the case of Kelantan in West Malaysia. Antipode, 9(3): 60-74 (1978). 21. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. - Mining the seabed and the law of the sea, Optima. 26(4): 222-40 (1977). 22. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. - Africa's boundary problems, Optima. 25(1): 2-21 (1978).

Visual Aids 23. MASSEY, J. S. - A 20-minute, 16-mm colour animated movie, Mapping Drought and Pluvial Phases of Victoria. Australia: January 1905 lo December 1977. has been made which shows 876 computer-produced maps of relative monthly rainfall. This complements an earlier 20-minute black and white movie. Computer Mapping Victoria's Agricultural and Pastoral Land Use: 1906 to 1975. which shows 70 computer-produced, annual maps for each of five agricultural and pastoral land use items.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Science 1. BRINSMEAD, G. J. S. — A geographical studv of the dairv manufacturing industry in Gippsland. 1840-1910 2. WILLIAMS, M. S. — Geomorphology of Mallacooia inlet

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BIRD, J. F. — Historical geography of Victoria's lakes and wetlands BOSTON, K. G. — The physiographic role of Spartina TEH, TIONG-SA — Beach ridge-systems in Malaysia

MA Theses in Progress BALLOCK, M. J. — Land-use and planning in Pakenham Shire CABENA, P. B. — Transhumance in the Victoria Alps COHEN, S. E. - Urban development in Kuala Pilah District. Malaysia CROOKS, M. L. — The Grampians: environmental interpretation and recreational planning LANCASHIRE, C. I. — Historical geography of central Victoria ROSENGREN, N. J. - Coastal dune systems in east Gippsland SHARP, N. R. - Land-use and settlement in the Daylesford region TUAN-MU, A. C. K. - An investigation into the methodology of projecting the future population of Melbourne GEOGRAPHY 29

MSc Theses in Progress GELL, R. A. — Beach systems on the Victorian coast QUINN, P. B. — Erosion surfaces in geomorphology of southern central Victoria WHITE, S. — Past land forms and their relation to quaternary calcareous dune ridges at Bat Ridge. Portland. Victoria

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Movements of sand dunes on the Victorian coast - Bird. ARGC: Regional impact of land settlement in southeast Asia - Brookfield. ARGC: Malay settlements in Kuantan, West Malaysia - Missen and Swift, Monash University. Ministry for Conservation, Victoria: Channel and bank stability on the Latrobe River - Bird. ORSTOM: Analysis of sedimentary cores obtained on Lakeba, Fiji - Brookfield. UNESCO: Environmental problems on humid tropical coasts - Bird. UNESCO: Population and environment studies in tropical islands - Brookfield. UNU: Environmental changes on the coasts of Indonesia - Bird. GERMANIC STUDIES Chairman of department: Dr H. Maclean Professor GERHARD SCHULZ Reader HECTOR MACLEAN Senior Lecturers MARION ADAMS CHRISTIAN GRAWE JOHN STANLEY MARTIN Lecturers BRUCE C. DONALDSON HEINRICH ALFRED HESSE GILBERT VAN HOEYDONCK LENNART PALLSTEDT (temporary) HANS JOACHIM POTT EVA RUFF Principal Tutor ALMA JOHNSON

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Expressionist Literature — M. Adams. 2. A Reference Grammar of Dutch — B. Donaldson. 3. Translation into English of C. van Haeringen"s Nederlands tussen Dints en Engels — B. Donaldson. 4. Critical Commentary of Goethe's Torquato Tasso - C. Grawe. 5. Introduction to Weimar Classicism — C. Grawe. 6. Translation of Jane Austen's Emma — C. Grawe. 7. Peter Huchel und die Tradition der deutschen Erlcbnislyrik - H. Hesse. 8. Rhetoric of the Dutch regional novel — G. Van Hoeydonck. 9. Textbook on the analysis of comics — G. Van Hoeydonck. 10. Wedekind's Dramatic Work - H. Maclean. 11. Analysis of Swedish Textbooks — J. Martin. 12. Teaching migrants in Sweden - J. Martin. 13. Translation of novels by Arne H. Lindgren - J. Martin. 14. History of German Literature 1789-1830 - G. Schulz.

PUBLISHED WORK Books

1. GRAWE, C. — Erlauterungen und Dokumenle zu Friedrich Scfiiller "Maria Stuart". Reclam. Stuttgart, 214, 1978. 2. SCHULZ, G. ed - J. Raggesen: Der Karfunkel oder Klingklingel-Almanach (18091. Lang, Bern, XL1II + 186, 1979. 3. VAN HOEYDONCK, G. — Omtrent "Een roos van vices" van Jan Walkers. Mantcau, Brussels and Den Haag, 40, 1978. 4. VAN HOEYDONCK. G. and DE VOS. L. eds Geschuwde Interpretaties. Case-studies ait de Nederlandse Literatuur. Antwcrpen, Restant Uitgavcn, 210, 1978.

Chapters of Books 5. MARTIN. J. S. - Gardariki in the writings of Snorri Sturluson, in Proc. of the Russian Colloquium. University of Melbourne, August 26-27, 1976. ed Nina Christesen and Jill Scurficld, 1-17. Melbourne, 1977. 6. SCHULZ, G. - Die metaphorische Darstellung des Gcgensatzes Einsamkeit - Offentlichkeit in der deutschen romanlischcn I.vrik, in Romantik in Deutschland. cd R. Brinkman. Mctzler. Stuttgart, 611-624, 1978.

Articles 7. VAN HOEYDONCK. G. and DE VOS, L. - Stilzwijgendheid omtrent hel vanzelfsprckendc. in Restant. Vol. VII. I: 3-8. 8. VAN HOEYDONCK, G. and LOUAGE, J. - Aanzct tot een sosiologie van het geschrevene: Slcgtc en andcre distribusic. in Restant. Vol. VII. I; 170-191. 9. VAN HOEYDONCK. G. - De Kus van Jan Wolkers, in Restant. Vol. VII. I: 198-201.

30 GERMANIC STUDIES 31

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy I. ADENEY, M. A. — Drama as Thought: A Study ofthe Medieval Religious Drama in Germany and- England

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress PERCZUK, Y. - Max Frisch's Novels and the Romantic Tradition

MA Theses in Progress ACKER, U. — Hans Arp's Die Wolkenpumpe FRIEDEL, M. — Motive aus Hoffmanns Die Elixiere des Teufels im zeitgenossischen Konlext KALITO, J. - The Theme of Self-Realisation in the Novels of Max Frisch

GRANT RECEIVED The following grant has been received: ARGC: Grant for Professor Schulz' History of German Literature. HISTORY Chairman of department: Dr A. M. H. Patrick Max Crawford Professor GREGORY MOORE DENING Ernest Scott Professor GEOFFREY NORMAN BLAINEY Readers WILLIAM CULICAN LAWRENCE ROY GARDINER DONALD EDWARD KENNEDY NOEL DAVID McLACHLAN LESLIE LLOYD ROBSON Senior Lecturers GRAEME JOHN DAVISON JOHN BRADLEY HIRST SOW THENG LEONG DONALD FARQUHAR MACKAY DONNA MERWICK JOY PARNABY ALISON MARY HOUSTON PATRICK RONALD THOMAS RIDLEY IAN GORDON ROBERTSON Lecturers CARNEY THOMAS FISHER JOHN HARVEY FOSTER PATRICIA ANN GRIMSHAW ALLAN JOHN JOHNSTON JOHN FREDERICK LACK COLIN JAMES MITCHELL DAVID JOHN PHILIPS CHARLES ORVIS SOWERWINE CHARLES FRANCIS ZIKA Principal Tutor JACQUELINE TEMPLETON Senior Tutor SUSIE EHRMANN Tutors BENITA HELEN CARTER JENNIFER ELLIS JOHN LECHTE PAMELA MACLEAN PHILIPPA CATHERINE MADDERN BEVERLEY DALE ROBERTS ANTONIO GIUSEPPE SAGONA NICHOLAS VLA HOG IANNIS Research Fellow. DAVID PATRICK BRIAN FITZPATRICK Research Associate BARBARA FALK Associate DANNY SPOONER

A. AMERICAN HISTORY 1. JOHNSTON, A. J. - The Black Community of Washington, 1860-1880; Ethnicity and the American Past. 2. MERWICK, D. - Land Acquisition in Albany, New York, 1650-1700; Culture Contact between English and Dutch in Albany, New York, 1650-1700.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress HOWE, A. - Anglo-Dutch Politics in Colonial New York City. 1700-60

B. ANCIENT HISTORY AND PRE-HISTORY 1. CULICAN, W. - Phoenicia and the Phoenician Colonics (a chapter for the forthcoming Vol. Ill of the new Cambridge Ancient History); Surveys of Iron Age Culture in Phoenicia. Philistia. and Syria (articles for the new Encyclopaedia of Ancient Civilisation [Mayflower]). 2. RIDLEY, R. T. - Roman History.

32 HISTORY 33

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress GILLAM, R. A. — The Origin and Characteristics of the Cult ofthe Goddess Hathor, from the Earliest Times to the Thirteenth Dynasty TABBERNEE, W. - The Opposition to Montanism from Church and Stale VL A HOG I ANN IS, N. - Mithridates VI, King of Pontus

MA Theses in Progress HOOPER, E. R. — Antiquarian Theory concerning the Origin of the Celts in Central and Western Europe in Prehistoric Times HORSLEY, A. — Roman Lugdunum MARENDY, E. - The Gaulish Religion and Rome SAGONA, A. - Pre-historic Settlement Patterns: East Anatolia SAGONA, C. - Sea Peoples of the Middle East WHITING, M. K, — The Iconography on some Earlv Christian/Gnostic Amulets ZIMMER, J. K. - Islamic Jewellery

C. ASIAN HISTORY 1. FISHER, C. T. - The Great Ritual Controversy in Ming China. 2. LEONG, S. T. - A Social History of the Hakka of South-east China, especially their Ethnic Identity.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress MOLLER, A. G. - An Intellectual Biography of Fu Ssu-'Nien UNDERDOWN, M. R. — The Japanese Role in Mongolian Nationalist Movements

D. AUSTRALIAN HISTORY 1. DAVISON, G. J. - The University of Melbourne's Social Survey, 1941-3 (with J. F. LACK); Collaboration in the forthcoming Bicentennial History of Australia. 2. FALK, B. - Five Generations of Jewish Assimilation in Australia; The Ethos of Australian Universities. 3. GRIMSHAW, P. A. - Women in Colonial Australia. 4. HIRST, J. B. - Social and Political History of New South Wales, 1788-1860. 5. LACK, J. F. - The University or Melbourne's Social Survey, 1941-3 (with G. DAVISON); Australian Invasion, Disaster and Utopian Writings. 6. PARNABY, J. E. - Biography of Sir Charles Gavan Duffy. 7. ROBSON, L. L. - A History of Tasmania from the Earliest Times to 1856 (the first of two volumes, completed); The Image of the Australian Soldier formed by the British Public and thc Image of the British Public formed by the Australian Soldier during the Great War. 8. TEMPLETON, J. - Social History of Australia in the 1920's; Empire Migration and the 'Population Problem' in the 1920's.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BARRETT, A. H. B. - The Civic Frontier: the Origin of Local Communities and Local Government in Victoria, 1834-1870 COPE, G. S. - The Woollen Industry in Nineteenth-Centurv Victoria DUNSTAN, W. D. - The Melbourne Citv Council 1860-1890: A Studv in Urban Politics EAGLE, M. E. - Painting in Sydnev from World War I to 1930 FAHEY, J. C. - Wealth and Poverty in Northern Victoria HUEGE de SERVILLE, P. - The Upper Classes in Victoria, 1850-1914 JOHNSTONE, B. - History of the Origins. Formation and Early Development of the Broken Hill Associated Smelters Pty. Ltd. JORDAN, D. J. — Nettie Palmer: Australian Women and Writing 34 FACULTY OF ARTS

McCONVILLE, C. J. - Urbanisation of the Irish: Migration from Ireland to Melbourne and Sydney from 1850 to 1900 REEVES. A. P. — Trade Unions and Communism: Industrial Recovery in Australia and Great Britain 1930-1939 i tMPLfcloN, j. - the boys Come Home: A Study of World War I Veterans

MA Theses in Progress

ASHER, L. — The Women's Electoral Lobby and its Relation to other early Australian Feminist Groups BLASKETT, B. - Aboriginal Reaction to White Settlement in the Port Phillip District. 1835-1850 CARTER, J. D. — The Role of Collectors of Archaeological Relics in Victoria prior to Professional Archaeological Studies CRITCHETT, J. F. - A Historv of the Framlingham and Lake Condah Mission Stations, 1860- c.1940 EDWARDS. D. H. — Precipitation and Patterns of Settlement, and the Process of Suburbanization in the Diamond Valley Region. 1856-1956 GIBBS, C. R. - The Cessation of Transportation to Van Diemen's Land, 1835-1853 JONES, G. D. - Nineteenth-Century Middle Class Women: their Employment in the Teaching Profession, with special reference to the Emigration of Educated Women from the U.K. wanting Employment as Governesses KISS, R. E. — Fitzroy in the Nineteenth Century KNIGHT, M. D. - the Career of Joseph Cook, particularly in relation to his Leadership of the Conservative Freetraders, and Conservatism of the 1900's LEMON, A. G. L. - Biography of James Balfour LEWIS, R. - The Administration of the White Australia Policy in Victoria, c.1880-1910 McMULLIN, A. F. R. - The Australian Home Front's Awareness of the Nature of the First World War McPHERSON, A. B. - William Butterfield and the Building of St. Paul's Cathedral, Melbourne MARRIOTT, R. W. - Urban-Rural Interaction: The Development of Ballarat's Rural Hinterland, 1850-1881 MILLMAN, J. - The Organization and Administration of Institutions for the Mentally III in Victoria. 1850-86 O'BRIEN, L. — Destitute Old Age in Victoria in the Colonial and Early Commonwealth Period PEOPLES, K. J. - Bendigo Churches and the First World War POOK, H. F. - Depression and Government in Victoria, 1929-1932: A Study in Labor Politics ROCCA, F. - Italian Immigration to Australia to 1900 ROLFE, A. - Echuca in the Twentieth Century: A Case Study ROSANDER, E. - Historical Material in Victorian Museums THOMPSON, D. - Tattersalls in the Nineteenth Centurv THORNTON-SMITH, P. B. - The 1917 General Election in Australia TREMBATH, A. M. - Women in the Clothing and Textile Trade in Victoria, 1880-1950 TREMBATH, G. R. - The History of the Royal Victorian Trained Nurses' Association. 1901-1934 USSHER, B. R. - Protestant Churches and the Working-Class in Melbourne, c.1880-1900 WAJSENBERG, J. - Migration of Jews from Bialystok (Poland) to Australia WORRALL, A. — The Single Tax Movement in Eastern Australia

E. BRITISH HISTORY

1. FITZPATRICK. D. P. B. - The Depopulation of Ireland, 1846-1921; Irish Settlements Overseas, 1846-1921. 2. GARDINER, L. R. - The Household of Cardinal Wolsey; William Roper's Life of Sir Thomas More: Letters of Henry VIII to Sir Francis Bryan (1530) about Wolsey's End; The Will and Inventory of an Early Tudor Mayor of London, Sir John Rudston. 3. KENNEDY, D. E. - Final preparation of the manuscript of a book on Sixteenth- and Seventeenth-Century English Puritanism; Further work in the history of ideas of the same period. 4. MACKAY, D. F. - Some British Women and the Risorgimento. 5. MADDERN, P. C. - Theories and Practice of Force and Violence in Fifteenth-Century England. 6. PHILIPS, D. J. - The Passage, Implementation and Repeal of the Combination Acts in England, 1799-1825. HISTORY 35

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ROBERTS, B. D. - A Study ofthe Late Chartist Press. 1848-56 WATTS, R, - Images of the State in the Nineteenth Century

MA Theses in Progress COFFEY, S. E. - Anti-Sabbatarianism in Nineteenth-Century England CONWAY, L. M. — Nationalism. Feminism, and Revolutionary Ireland DESCHAMP, B. D. - John Wycliffe: His Reputation at the Time of the Reformation: Phases in the Growth of that Reputation: the Role of John Bate in the making of Wycliffe's Reformation Reputation DODDS, J. - The Pilgrimage of Grace DOLAN, M. - The British Press in the First World War EGAN, J. B. — A Study of the Reaction of the British Medical Profession lo Aneurin Bevan and his National Health Service Legislation ELLIS, J. — Puritanism and the Jacobean Church HARRIS, J. C. — Richard Sibbes: A Moderate in Early Seventeenth-Century Puritanism REEVE, L. J. — Three Contemporaries and the Problem of Constitutional Monarchy: A Thematic Study of Clarendon. Cromwell and Hobbes TYRELL, M. — Seventeenlh-Centurv Quakerism WINZENRIED, A. P. - The Sabbatarian Controversy ofthe 15Ws YULE, P. L. - The Tariff Reform Movement, 1903-15

F. EUROPEAN HISTORY

1. FOSTER. J. H. - Thc Jewish Community of Regensburg in the Nineteenth Centurv. 2. PATRICK, A. M. H. - French Revolutionary Administration. 1790-92, in thc Departments of the Ain, the Lot-ct-Garonne and the Mainc-et-Loirc, with special attention to problems of communication and thc administration of religious policy. 3. ROBERTSON. I. G. - The Government ofthe Papal State under Pope Paul II (1464-71): The Administrators and the Policies. 4. SOWERWINE, C. O. - The Origins of Socialism and Communism in the Department ofthe Ain (France): French Women and Opposition to thc First World War. 5. Z1KA. C. F. - Aspects of the Relationship between Religion. Magic and Witchcraft in Later Fifteenth- and Sixteenth-Century Europe.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ADLER, J. - The Jews in Paris. 1940-1944 MACLEAN, P. J. - Eastern European Jews in Germany. 1918-1939 MITCHELL, C. .1. - The French Legislative Assembly. April-September 1792

MA Theses in Progress HOPKINS, M. - German Resettlement Policy. 1939-45 LA MACCHIA. G. L. - The Nature and Effects of the Ideologies of Naval Imperialism. 1875- 1925 ROFE, D. — .S". Francesca Romana ROPER. L. A. — The Impact of the Reformation on the Role of Women in the German-speaking Area

G. PACIFIC HISTORY

I. DENING, G. M. - The Crossing of Cultural Boundaries in the Pacific (completed): A Social History of Lower-Deck Sailors in the British and American Navies; The Whaling Industry in the Pacific: A Comparative Review of Culture Contact History: America. Africa, and thc Pacific. 36 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress GRIMSHAW, P. A. - A Social History of Women in Culture Contact in the Pacific. 1797-1850 \\ir\r\r\ rri I T-HM rr S\ c -r wtw r f- H vwiy u.i^i-i_i»i, i_. — t^uecri *juiuie i upuu m uj l ongu MA Theses in Progress CHAMBERS, M. - Polynesian Missionary Teachers in the Western Pacific, 1830-1870 HELMS, C. H. - The Reception of the Anglican Mission in British New Guinea HORROCKS, L. C. — The 'Endeavour in the Pacific: Aspects of Culture Contact

H. URBAN HISTORY 1. DAVISON, G. J. - Origins of Urban Sociology: Britain and the United States, 1800-1930. 2. LACK, J. F. — A History of Footscray; Assumptions of the Local History Tradition in Australia. PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. BLAINEY, G. - The Peaks of Lyell. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, x + 341 (1978) [rev. ed.]. 2. BLAINEY, G. - The Rush That Never Ended, Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, x + 393 (1978) [rev. ed.]. 3. DAVISON, G. - The Rise and Fall of Marvellous Melbourne, Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, xiv + 304 (1978). 4. ROBSON, L. L. with DAWES, J". N. I. - Citizen to Soldier: Australia before the Great War. Recollections of Members ofthe First A.I.F., Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, x + 216 (1977). 5. SOWERWINE, C. O. - Les Femmes et le socialisme: Un si?cle d'histoire. Preface by Madeleine Reberioux, Presses de la Fondation Nationale des Sciences Politiques, Paris, xxvii + 286 + 2 microfiches (1978).

Chapters of Books 6. BLAINEY, G. - Foreword to Robin Boyd, Australia's Home, Penguin Books, Melbourne, 4- 7 (1978) [2nd. ed.]. 7. BLAINEY, G. - History of a Pummelled Landscape, in Landscape and Man, cd M. R. Banks and J. B. Kirkpatrick, Royal Soc. cf Tasmania, 1-6 (1977-78). 8. CULICAN, W. - Phoenician Incense Stands, in Essays presented to B. S. J. Isserlin. E. J. Brill, Leiden, 85-101 (1978). 9. DENING, G. M. — Institutions of Violence in the Marquesas, in The Changing Pacific. Essays in Honour of H. E. Maude, ed N. Gunson, O.U.P., Melbourne, 134-141 (1978). 10. DENING, G. M. — Violent Men: Americans in the Pacific, in Pacific Circle, ed N. D. Harper, A.N.Z.A.S.A. (1978). 11. LEONG, S. T. — Traditional Issues in Sino-Soviet Relations since 1949, in Fifth Leverhulme Conf. Proc., University of Hong Kong, Centre of Asian Studies, 42 (1978). 12. LEONG, S. T. — Government by Superior Men, in A.B.C. Civilization Series: Civilizations of Asia, programme notes and script (1978).

Articles 13. BLAINEY, G. - The History of Leisure in Australia: the Late Colonial Era. Victorian HistoricalJ. 49: 7-22 (Feb. 1978). 14. CULICAN, W. - A Syrian Stela in Seattle. Levant. X: 161-3 (1978). 15. DAVISON, G. — Explanations of Urban Radicalism: Old Theories and New Histones. Historical Studies. Vol. 18, No. 70: 68-87 (April 1978). 16. DAVISON, G. - Sydney and the Bush: an Urban Context for the Australian Legend. Historical Studies, Vol. 18. No. 71: 191-209 (Oct. 1978). 17. FITZPATRICK, D. - The Geography of Irish Nationalism, 1910-21. Past and Present, No. 78: 113-144 (Feb. 1978). 18. HIRST, J. B. - The Pioneer Legend. Historical Studies. Vol. 18, No. 71: 316-337 (Oct. 1978). 19. LACK. J. F. - Working-Class Leisure. Victorian Historical J. 49: 49-65 (Feb. 1978). HISTORY 37

20. PATRICK, A. - Paper, Posters and People: Official Communications in France. Historical Studies. Vol. 18. No. 70: 1-23 (April 1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. DIXON, L. - The Australian Missionary Endeavour in China. 1888-1953 2. OLIVER, P. M. - Quaker Testimony and the Lamb's War

Master of Arts 3. MADDERN, P. C. - The Chronicling of Fifteenth-Century England: A Study of the Values. Purposes and Methods of Fifteenth-Century English Chroniclers, expressed in their Work 4. NEWBURY. P. - Social Structure and Political Allegiance in Revolutionary New York Citv. 1765-1775 5. RASMUSSEN, C. A. - Labor Politics in Coburg, 1919-1940 6. SHARP, M. A. - Classical Influences in Gandharan Sculpture 7. WEBSTER, D. W. - Radicalism and the Sydney Press, c. 1838-1846 8. WHITESIDE, J. - Theatre in Melbourne during the Great War HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE Chairman of department: Professor R. W. Home

Professor RODERICK WEIR HOME Readers FREDERICK JOHN CLENDINNEN DIANA JOAN DYASON Senior Lecturers f LESLIE JAMES JONES HENRY PAUL KRIPS JOHN CLIFTON POTTAGE Lecturers KEITH ROBERT HUTCHISON HOMER EUGENE LE GRAND MONICA MACKINTOSH MacCALLUM Graduate Research Assistants JOCELYN ROSEMARY INEZ GRAY *NORAH KILLIP HAZEL GWEN MAXIAN Senior Research Fellow LYNDSAY ANDREW FARRALL Research Fellow STEPHEN WALLACE GAUKROGER Visiting Research Fellow KATHLEEN DUGAN Visiting Professor WESLEY C. SALMON Associate MERRILEE H. SALMON * Part-time t Full-time officer with part-time duties in the department RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. HISTORY OF SCIENCE

1. The evolution of physics during the eighteenth century - R. W. Home. 2. Physics in the Australian Universities ea 1900 - R. W. Home. 3. Aspects of the germ theory of disease - D. J. Dyason. 4. Public health in colonial Victoria - D. J. Dyason. 5. Mathematical heuristic, with special reference to classical (Euclidean) geometry — J. C. Pottage. 6. James Blake and the history of pharmacology in the nineteenth century - MM. MacCallum. 7. The French chemical community and thc 'chemical revolution' of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries — H. E. Le Grand. 8. Biology and society in Australia, 1850-1940 - L. A. Farrall. 9. Aspects of the history of the English eugenics movement — L. A. Farrall. 10. Aspects of the history and epistemology of Micronesian navigational knowledge - L. A. Farrall.

B. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE

1. Thc analytic-synthetic distinction - F. J. Clendinnen. 2. Mathematical truth and ontology - F. J. Clendinnen. 3. Identity and inter-theoretic reduction - F. J. Clendinnen. 4. Demarcation of science from non-science — H.P. Krips. 5. Theories of space and time - H. P. Krips. 6. Foundations of quantum theory - H. P. Krips.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. FARRALL, L. A. — Unwritten Knowledge: Navigators of Micronesia, a case study for the course "Knowledge and Power", Deakin University(1978). 2. GAUKROGER, S. W. — Explanatory Structures. Harvester Press, Sussex and Humanities Press, New Jersey (1978).

38 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 39

Chapters of Books 3. HOME, R. W. - Scientific Links between Britain and Russia in thc second half of the Eighteenth Century, in A. G. Cross ed. Anglo-Russian Relations in the Eighteenth Century. Oriental Research Partners, London (1978). 4. LE GRAND. H. E. - Galileo's Matter Theory, 197-208 in R. E. Butts and J. C. Pitt, eds New Perspectives on Galileo. D. Reidel, Dordrecht/Boston (1978).

Articles 5. CLENDINNEN, F. J. - Review of Chalmers, A F. What is This Thing Called Science? (Brisbane 1976). AMI. J. of Philosophy 56: 77-81 (1978). 6. FARRALL, L. A. - Social Studies of Science in Australia, 4S Newsletter 3(\): 21-23 (1978). 7. FARRALL, L. A. - Medium, Message, and Society in History, Oral Historv (5(3): 36-52 (1978). 8. FARRALL, L. A. — Review of D. W. Forrest, Francis Gallon: Life and Work of a Victorian Genius. (London. 1974), J. ofthe History of Behavioral Sciences 14: 88-90 (1978). 9. HOME, R. W. — Review of H. J. Steffcns, The Development of Newtonian Optics in England. (New York. 1977), Annals ofScience 25: 650-652 (1978). 10. KANTOROVICH, A. - An Ideal Model for the Growth of Knowledge in Research Programs, Philosophy ofScience 45: 250-272 (1978). 11. KRIPS, H. - The Screaming Boredom of Learning Science, Aust. Science Teachers J. 23(2): 57-63 (1977). 12. LE GRAND, H. E. - Review of Michelle Sadoun-Goupil, Le chimiste Claude-Louis Berthollet (Paris. 1977). Ambix (November, 1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress CLARK, J. F. - The Quantification of Electrostatics in the Early Nineteenth Century DAVEY, B. G. — Kantian Explications of the Metaphysical Residues of Newton's Concept of Space FOX, C. A. C. - Rationality Theory and Heuristics GALLE, P. J. — The Meaning of Theoretical Terms JONES, L. J. - The Contribution of John Ridley lo Australian Technology NAYLER, M. A. - Theories of Muscle Function after the Seventeenth Century TURNBULL, G. D. - Some Historical and Philosophical Aspects of the Demarcation Between Science and Non-science

MA Theses in Progress CLARK, C. - Science and Religion in the Work of Robert Boyle DURBR1DGE, G. D. - Probability and the Coherence Theory of Knowledge EICHINSKI, J. — The Controversy between Richard Kirwan and James Hutton concerning the Theorv of the Earth HUNT, G. A. K. - The Role ofthe Concept of Set KEEN, J. R. - Dr William McCrae, First Chairman ofthe Central Board of Health in the Colony of Victoria KENNEDY, R. B. - The Origins of the Normal Distribution before Gauss KENNEDY, D. C. - On Zeno's Paradoxes MCCARTHY, M. J. — Investigations of Scientific Methods and Predictions with special reference lo Lakatos NORMAN, P. D. - Some Aspects of the Role of Intuition in Science OVERTON. R. J. - The Beginnings of Group Theory RAVENHALL, J. G. — Chemistry in Nineteenth-Century Melbourne REYNOLDS, K. - Late Eighteenth-Century Veterinary Science SMITH, A. P. - The Statistical Relevance Account of Explanation STOKES, T. - The Nature of Theories TAYLOR, A. B. - The Royal Society under Newton

MSc Theses in Progress GILL, W. — Chemistry and Public Health in the Nineteenth Century OZOLINS, J. T. - An Examination of Personalis! Probability WRIGHT, J. N. - The Relationship between Epistemological and Ontological Problems in the Philosophy of Science 40 FACULTY OF ARTS

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Grant for a study of 'Biology and Society in Australia 1850-1940' - L. A. Farrall. ARGC: Grant for a study of 'The Mathematization of Physics during the Eighteenth Century' - R. W. Home. INDIAN STUDIES Chairman of department: Atindra Mojumder Reader SIBNARAYAN RAY Senior Lecturer ATINDRA MOJUMDER Lecturer JOHN MARTIN DUNHAM Tutor TELWATTE RAHULA Visiting Fellow GHULAM MURSHID

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. British Interests in Religious Matters in Eastern India. 2. A Critical Study of RasavahinT. 3. A Critical Study of Galha-SaptasatT. 4. Intellectuals and Social Change in Asia. 5. Renaissance in Bengal. 6. M.N. Roy: projected biography of a revolutionary, in three volumes. 7. Social organisation and Religious Beliefs of the Santals.

THESES SUBMITTED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Thesis passed for PhD 1. BACSKOVSZKY, E. - The Last Phase of Rabindranalh Tagore

Thesis submitted for PhD 2. BAILEY, G. M. — 77ie- Mythology of the god Brahma

Theses submitted for MA 3. O'NEILL, R. M. G. - Institutionalised Spirit Possession in Religious Ceremonies in the Ganyar District of India 4. RIVERS, L. B. - Tagore's Approach to the Education of the Child

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DUNHAM, J. M. — Time and History in the Mahabharata DUYKER, E. A. - Naxalism in West Bengal: The Midnapore Uprising. A study of the guerilla warfare in rural India MADDERN, M. — A Bengali Grammar: Structure of Bengali in relation to that of English RULE, P. - Crime and Society in Calcutta 1859-1947 WISE, J. J. — Western Educated Elite in Krishnagar West Bengal in late I9th Century

MA Theses in Progress DEY, N. - Bengal Congress in Legislative Politics 1937-47 DHILLON, M. S. - Radical Trends in Indian Literature 1920-47 MACH, J. - A Critical Study of 19th Century Moslem Elites PRATT, G. J. - M. A. Jinnah and the Partition of India SHOME, L. G. — Women in Post-Independence Indo-English Fiction STRANGE, L. — 77ie Dynamics of Vernacular Education in Bengal in the I830's WHITE, D. J. - Tradition and Innovation in Mewar paintings

41 INDONESIAN AND MALAYAN STUDIES Chairman of department: Mr M. Slamet Senior Lecturers CHARLES ANTONY COPPEL JAN PIETER SARUMPAET MUHAMMAD SLAMET

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Syntax and etymology of Bahasa Indonesia. 2. Modern usage in Bahasa Indonesia. 3. Compilation of Toba-Batak - Bahasa Indonesia dictionary. 4. Collection of material on the life and work ofthe writer Idrus. 5. Priangan gentry-peasantry relationships. 6. "Subud" and "Pangestu" spiritual movements. 7. History of Confucian religion in Indonesia. 8. Comparative study of Chinese and Arab minorities in Indonesia.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. SARUMPAET, J. P. and HENDRATA, H. - A Modern Reader in Bahasa Indonesia, Book 1, Fifth Edition, Melbourne, v + 102 (1977). 2. SARUMPAET, J. P. and HENDRATA, H. - A Modern Reader in Bahasa Indonesia, Book 2, Fourth Edition, Melbourne, v + 122 (1977).

Chapters of Books 3. COPPEL, C. A. and SURYADINATA, L. - The use of the terms 'Tjina' and 'Tionghoa' in Indonesia: An historical survey, in 77ie Chinese Minority in Indonesia: Seven Papers. L. Suryadinata, 113-128, Chopmen Enterprises, Singapore (1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS MA Theses in Progress O'NEILL, ROMA M. G. SISLEY — Spirit possession and healing rites in a Balinese village YOUNG, R. F. — The literary works of I wan Simatupang

42 ITALIAN Chairman of department: Professor C. A. McCormick Professor COLIN ANGUS McCORMICK Senior Lecturer CORDELIA GUNDOLF Lecturer MYRA CALIO Principal Tutor ANNA MARIA SABBIONE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The poetry of Montale. 2. Ferdinando Gagliardi and his book on Australia. 3. Italian dialects in Australia. 4. Enlightenment in 18th century Italy.

PUBLISHED WORK Article 1. McCORMICK, C. A. - Montale's Noi, in Altro Polo 1: 143-155 (1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS MA Theses in Progress BORGHESE, V. - Letlerature triestina DE ROSA, M. - Luigi Santucci LANDO, J. — Religiosita di Giovanni Verga LEON I, E. - Ignazio Silone MUSOLINO, W. - The poetrv of Eugenio Montale O'HALLORAN, I. - The poetry of Umherto Saba MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES Chairman of department: Mr A. D. Hallam Professor JOHN BOWMAN (Professor Emeritus since February 1978) Readers AIMO EDWARD MURTONEN JOHN AKIHUK iHOMFSON Senior Lecturers ARTHUR DUDLEY HALLAM ABDUL KHALIQ KAZI NASSEH MIRZA Lecturer JAMES GARFIELD FRASER

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Hebrew in its West Semitic Setting - Dr A. Murtonen 2. Muslims in Australia — Dr A. K. Kazi 3. A study of Arab Society in Egypt and Syria - Dr N. Mirza. 4. The methods of teaching Arabic in the Universities of Amman and Damascus - Dr N. Mirza. 5. The de Peiresc collection of Samaritan Mss. - Dr J. G. Fraser. 6. The names of God in Islam in comparison with the attributes applied to God in Jewish and Samaritan sources — Professor J. Bowman. 7. Syriac Christian Amulets compared with ancient Jewish Samaritan and Muslim Talismans - Professor J. Bowman. 8. The possible use in Ecclesiastes of non-Hebraic sources — Professor J. Bowman.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. MURTONEN, A. - Statistical analyses of morphosyntactics (Parts I-XI, with a general introduction and general summary) - Murtonen, Melbourne (1978).

Articles 2. MIRZA, N. - "The Crisis in Lebanon", Middle East J. (Nov. 1978). 3. MIRZA, N. - "A Study of the Arab Political Ideas", Al-Araby J.. Kuwait (Jan. 1978). 4. CLARK, V. — "New Epigraphical Material from the Harra Region of Jordan", J. ofthe Dept. of Antiquities, Jordan. Vol. XXI. 113-117 (1976). 5. CLARK, V. — "Some New Pre-Islamic Arabian Inscriptions from Northern Arabia", Abr- Nahrain. Vol. XVII, 35-42 (1976-77).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. SHAVITSKY, Z. — A Critical and Comparative Study of Methods of Teaching Language to Immigrants to Israel and in Australia

Master of Arts 2. DAY, A. — Sources and elements of Mughal Miniatures at the time of Akbar and Jahangir 3. LLOYD, A. F. - St John Chrysostom and his Methods of Biblical Interpretation

THESES IN PROGRESS

A. ARABIC AND ISLAMIC (MIDDLE EAST) STUDIES

PhD Theses in Progress ATA, I. — Impact ofthe Australian culture on the assimilation and social behaviour of Lebanese migrants in Melbourne CHEN, P. L. — Mediaeval Muslim travellers and geographers and their literary works with special reference to accounts in China MOJUMDER, A. J. — Arabic. Persian and Turkish words in Bengali SALT, J. - Christian Imperialism in Turkey 1876-1908

44 MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES 45

MA Theses in Progress DIAB, A. — Influence of Political Arabic literature in Egypt's modern history DIAB, E. - Conditions in Egypt leading up to the political revolution of 1952 KEDEM, R. — Symbolism in Islamic art, Middle Eastern art and art concepts MOUSSA, MOHAMMAD - Crime and Punishment in Islamic Sharia MOUSSA, MOHAMAD EMAD A. A. - A Comparative Study of Al-Farabi's First Chief and the Muslim Caliph MOHAMED, S. - A Comparative studv of family law in the Middle East and Australia NAZRALLAH, N. - The Palestine Problem YACOUB, T. H. - A critical study of Al-Maqrizi's view of the Fatimid period in Egypt

B. ARCHAEOLOGY (MIDDLE EASTERN) PhD Theses in Progress CLARK, V. - A study of Safaitic inscriptions from the Eastern Desert of Transjordan OSBORNE, W. - The Development of Judicial Procedures in the Ancient Near East

MA Theses in Progress SAMSONAKIS, S. - Sociological aspects of the Safaitic Society WILLING, M. J. - Biblical and archaeological study of religion in Israel during the Iron Age II period

C. COMPARATIVE RELIGION (MIDDLE EAST) MA Theses in Progress FIELD, R. A. — A critical appraisal of the possible meanings of the-fire symbolism in the prophecy of John the Baptist and the Pentecost narrative FLATTLEY, K. - God and Suffering in Biblical and Post-Biblical Literature WHITE, P. J. - The Influence of Syrian Asceticism on the Ascetical Theology of St. John Chrysostom

D. HEBREW STUDIES PhD Theses in Progress AMINOFF, I. — The Conflict between Jacob and Esau as Reflected in Midrashic-Talmudic Sources and Contemporary Parallel Literature BERGMAN, B. — Hebrew Literature — A New Method of Analysis

MA Thesis in Progress COHEN, B. - Zion - in the writing of Yehuda Halevy

E. JUDAICA AND JUDAEO-CHRISTIAN STUDIES MA Theses in Progress LENG, W. - Symbolism in Selected Prophets in Israel McNAIR, D. - Biblical Influences in Writing of C. S. Lewis TUDBALL, B. - A form critical study of the Seventh Century Minor Prophets of Israel

F. SYRIAC STUDIES PhD Theses in Progress FRANK, E. - A Translation and Critical Edition of Medieval Syriac Manuscripts OKNO, G. — A Critical Theological Analysis of St. Ephraem's Hymns and Homilies 46 FACULTY OF ARTS

MA Theses in Progress MAHON, P. — Early Christian lives of the Saints or Martyrs McLOUGHLIN, C. M. - The Hagiography of the Syriac Persian Martyrologies SPENCER.. G. — Translation with introduction and thematic exposition of the Ms "On the Resurrection of Bodies" by John of Dara (9thC AD Bishop) WESTFOLD-SCOTT, S. G. — The Hexaemeron in early Syriac Literary Traditions PHILOSOPHY Chairman of department: FrJ. E. D'Arcy Chairman of Department and Reader JOSEPH ERIC D'ARCY Boyce Gibson Professor LEONARD GODDARD Readers CECIL ANTHONY JOHN COADY GRAEME DONALD MARSHALL JAN TADEUSZ JERZY SRZEDNICKI Senior Lecturers DONALD LAWRENCE GUNNER MARY AGNES McCLOSKEY Lecturers BRENDA MARY JUDGE BRUCE LANGTRY LEONARD JOHN O'NEILL WILLIAM KEVIN PRESA VERNON IRVING RICE BRIAN FRANCIS SCARLETT BARRY MARSHALL TAYLOR Senior Tutors LYNDA CLAIRE BURNS ANN ELIZABETH JACKSON Tutor DENIS JOHN ROBINSON Part-time Tutors MELVIN AKIE LYNNE BROUGHTON BARBARA GREY ADELE HENDERSON JOSEPH INCIGNERI VIDA JARASIUS JUDY KONDOR GEOFFREY MARNELL CHRISTOPHER OPIE Research Staff - Visiting Professor ALLAN CAMERON JACKSON Professor Emeritus DOUGLAS AIDAN TRIST GASKING RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The defining criteria of 'Personhood' — L. M. Broughton. 2. Human relationships — L. M. Broughton. 3. The semantics of mass terms — (for PhD Thesis at Monash) D. J. Robinson. 4. Identity through time - B. Langtry. 5. The philosophy of Leibniz - B. Langtry. 6. Logical probability and induction — B. Langtry. 7. The theory of logic and language proposed in Wittgenstein's Tractatus — L. O'Neill. 8. The concepts of techniques of rational inquiry - L. O'Neill. 9. Significance logic - L. Goddard (with F. R. Routley, A.N.U.). 10. Evidence — L. Goddard. 11. Inquiry into the nature of ethical discourse — J. T. J. Srzednicki. 12. Examination of concepts of democratic and responsive governments - J. T. J. Srzednicki. 13. S. Lesniewski's Logical Papers: a translation and edition of Lesniewski's collected published work (with the Institute of Logic, Jagiellonian Univ., Krakow, and D. Barnett, Dept. of Philosophy, Flinders Univ.) — J. T. J. Srzednicki. 14. Contemporary relevance of some kantian problems — J. T. J. Srzednicki. 15. The semantics of natural language — B. M. Taylor. 16. "Person" and value — D. L. Gunner. 17. Wittgenstein changes — D. L. Gunner. 18. The unavoidable — D. L. Gunner. 19. Rational man, theory, and the social sciences - G. D. Marshall. 20. Normality and health - G. D. Marshall. 21. Activity and passivity — G. D. Marshall. 22. Logical status of christian beliefs - E. D'Arcy. 23. Kant's groundwork of aesthetics — M. A. McCloskey. 24. Reasons, morals and mental conflict - M. A. McCloskey. 25. Mind and morals — M. A. McCloskey. 26. Introduction to Plato's Hippias Major - M. A. McCloskey. 27. Intrinsic Good — M. A. McCloskey. 28. Pleasure, beauty and good in Plato's works — M. A. McCloskev. 29. Mysticism - W. K. Presa.

47 48 FACULTY OF ARTS

30. Emotions - W. K. Presa. 31. Metaphor and imagination - W. K. Presa. 32. Just war, conscience and pacifism - C. A. J. Coady. 33. Knowing a mathematical truth — C. A. J. Coady. 34. Regresses and speaker meaning - C. A. J. Coady. 35. The epistemology of testimony — C. A. J. Coady. 36. Hobbes's theory of obligation — C. A. J. Coady. 37. The pursuit of the performative - C. A. J. Coady.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. SRZEDNICKI. J. T. J. ed (with L. M. BROUGHTON, asst ed) - Melbourne International Philosophy Series. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague. Published Vol. 4: Twardowski, K. (tr R. Grossman) On the Content and Object of Presentation (1977).

Articles 2. D'ARCY, E. - 'Natural Law' in Encyclopedia of Bioelhics. ed Walter Reich, Vol. 3: 189-202 (1978). 3. SRZEDNICKI, J. T. J. - 'What Creativity is Not' in Dialectics and Humanism. Vol. 4(1917).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. BROUGHTON, L. - Language and Innate Structure 2. THEOPHANOUS, A. — The Structure of Experience and the Foundations of Science

Master of Arts 3. COTTER, R. — Teleological Explanation and Action 4. GRIGG, R. — Hermeneutic Phenomenology of Paul Ricoeur 5. RAY, A. - Philosophical Problems of Political Utopianism 6. TIERNEY, N. - Philosophy of Natural Science

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress AKIE, M. — Human Rights, Public Order and Social Purpose BURNS, L. - Vagueness CROSTHWAITE, J. — Analysis and Comparison of Some Theories of Meaning FLEMING, P. - Rationality GARDNER, C. - Punishment GREY, B. - Modality, Reference and Time JARASIUS, V. - Necessity JUDGE, B. - Representation and Reality (A.N.U. Thesis) KONDOR, J. — Explanations in the Social Sciences MARNELL, G. - The Use of Mela-ethics OPIE, C. — 77te Logical Structure of a Language Containing Vague Terms PATAKI, T. - Facts. Events. States of Affairs

MA Theses in Progress BLONDER, I. - Psychologism: The Frege-Husserl Dispute DEL PORTO, A. - Davidson's Identity Theory HENDERSON, A. - Equality and Justice INCIGNERI, J. - Names in Fiction MILLER, R. - On Explanation MILTIADOU, R. - Towards an Ethical Knowledge NEGRI, A. - Equality RAINER, V. J. - Some Metaphysical Problems, with Special Reference to Immanuel Kant RAWNSLEY, G. — The Possibility of Formalizing an Inductive Logic — Philosophy ofScience SANDS, C. — Sartre and Freud: a Review oftheir Theories of Mind SMITH, GILLIAN - Kant and Structuralism SMITH, GITTA — Kant's Noumena/Phenomena Distinction TULLOCH, G. - Skinner and Being Red POLITICAL SCIENCE Chairman of department: Professor J. M. Power

Professors ALAN FRASER DAVIES JOHN MARCUS POWER Readers KENNETH GREGORY ARMSTRONG LLOYD GORDON CHURCHWARD EDWIN ARTHUR HUCK (Dean of Arts) LEON GEORGE PERES Senior Lecturers PHILLIP GEORGE CAVELL DARBY MARJORIE JEAN HOLMES ALAN HUGO HUGHES DAVID ALISTAIR KEMP FRANK GRAHAM LITTLE DONALD FRANCIS MILLER Lecturers BRUCE WYNDHAM HEADEY JONATHAN KING DAVID FRANCIS BURKE TUCKER Senior Tutors MARIAN SIMMS ANDREW WELLS HELEN WONG-SANDOR Tutors DEBORAH BARLOW JOAN CLARKE VICTORIA HATTAM HELEN HILL Research Assistant ELSIE HOLMSTROM Senior Associates ARTHUR JOHN ALLIANCE GARDNER SIR WILLIAM JOHN KILPATRICK

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Municipal and social policies ofthe Victorian government. 2. Inter-governmental relations. 3. Political values and attitudes in Australia. 4. Changing Western conceptions of Africa and Asia. 5. A roll-call analysis of U.S. Congressmen's ideology. 6. Analysis of contemporary public policy trends in the German Federal Republic. 7. Processing of survey data on the incidence and correlates of subjective alienation and anomic sentiment. 8. The institutional politics of prisons. 9. Political authority - investigation of the nature and sources of popular orientations of political authority. 10. Patterns of culture and partisanship in the Australian electorate. 11. Metaphor as a basic organising concept of human thought and action. 12. Censorship and political freedom. 13. Public aspirations and public policy. 14. Second-wave feminism in Australia.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. HEADEY, B. — Housing Policy in the Developed Economy, Croom Helm and St. Martin's Press, New York (1978). 2. KEMP, D. A. - Society and Electoral Behaviour in Australia: a Study of Three Decades. U.Q. Press. Brisbane (1978). 3. KING. J. - Waltzing Materialism, Harper and Row, Sydney (1978). 4. KING, J. - Stop Laughing: This is Serious. Cassell, Australia (1978). 5. BOWMAN, M. - 77ie Suburban Political Process. Melbourne Politics Monograph. Political Science Dept. (1978). 6. POWER, J. M. — The National Sewerage Program in Victoria. Canb. C.A.E.. Canberra (1978).

49 50 FACULTY OF ARTS

Chapters of Books 7. HOLMES, M. J. — The Victorian Inquiry, in Public Service Inquiries in Australia, eds R. Smith and P. Weller, U.Q. Press, Brisbane, 89-110 (1978).

Articles 8. HUCK, A. - China Prospect and Retrospect, Pacific Community, 9: 276-290 (1978). 9. HUCK, A. - China from Thirteen Angles, Pacific Affairs 5/(2):'265-268 (1978). 10. HEADEY, B. - Transgenerational Structured Inequality: Social Fact or Fiction? Brit. J. Soc. 29: 110-120 (1978). 11. HOLMES, M. J. - Urban Management Processes in Victoria, Proc. A.N.C. Unesco, 100-8 (August 1978). 12. HOLMES, M. J. - The Swinging Voter in Australia - 1977 and after. J. H.S.C. Pol. 6: 3-9 (1978). 13. HOLMES, M. J. - Political Chronicle, A.J.P H. 24: 83-89 (1978). 14. MILLER, D. - The Metaphoric Model, Melb. J. Pol. 10: 43-5 (1978). 15. HUGHES, A. - Two Scenarios for Bonn, New. Soc. 44(i\0): 71-74 (1978). 16. PERES. L. - Technology, Administration and Politics, Aust. J. Pub. Admin. 37: 12-20 (1978). 17. WHITE, K. - Hollway: an Atypical Liberal Leader, Politics 13: 320-323 (1978). 18. SIMMS, M. - The Political Economy of U.S. Investment in Australia, Politics 13: 65-80 (1978). 19. SIMMS, M. - Writing the History of Australian Women, Lab. Hist. (1978). 20. SIMMS, M. - The Dynamics of U.S. Foreign Relations, Melb. J. Pol. 10: 65-80 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts 1. JACOBS, S. - The Structure of Karl Popper's Political Philosophy 2. MILLARD, S. M. — Maximum Feasible Resistance: the Australian Assistance Plan in Albury- Wodonga 3. O'LOUGHLIN, T. - The Social Role of Australian Intellectuals

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ANDREWS, D. J. - Policy Making in Urban Planning BERRY, M. J. — Politics of Urban Planning in Melbourne with particular reference to Resident Groups BRETT, J. M. — The Psychoanalytic Approach lo the Writer and His Language BROWN, A. D. — The Determinants of Local Government Organisation BURKE, M. J. - Issues in the Australian Political Culture CAMPBELL, F. J. — A Comparative Analysis of Class Consciousness among Blue and While Collar Workers EDWARDS, M. R. - A Study of Aspects of Extreme Right-Wing Political Activitv in Australia GEORGIOU, P. - Organisation Theory JONES, A. — Social Planning in the Barwon Region KIRSNER, D. - The Words of Samuel Beckett KRIEGLER, R. J. - Blue and While Collar Workers in Whyalla LOVE, J. — 77ip Political Economy of Antiquity O'GRADY, A. — The Theorv and Practice of Selected Roles in Australian Federal Parliament PARAMANATHAN, T. - television Themes and Styles RICHARDS, M. J. - The Canberra Parliamentary Press Gallery SCHEDVIN, M. B. - Study of Political Socialisation-Interaction in Marriage VANDERLOO, E. - Political Culture and Local Government, Case Studies in Municipal Politics WALTER. J. A. - Studies in Political Leadership WEBLEY, I. A. - Political Myth in Australia WILSON. J. C. - Social Climbing and Peak Experience WHITE, K. B. - A Political Biography of John Cain WONG-SANDOR, H. KA-SHING - Chinese Political Culture

MA Theses in Progress ALLAN, L. J. - Preselection in the Victorian ALP BAYLEY, M. I. - Teaching English to Migrant Students POLITICAL SCIENCE 51

BENJAMIN, C. G. — Impact of Whillam Government Program on Western Region in Melbourne BLACK. D. E. - The Left Wing in Australia BLATT, P. A. — Technology Transfer in India CONDON, R. W. - Decision-Making Procedures in University Councils (Leave 1978) CONSIDINE, M. - Australian Government Insurance Corporation Campaign, 1975 CORNALL, G. D. — Provision of Legal Services CUSACK, D. H. - The Catholic Worker DOBLE. B. A. — Focus on Alienation: Anti-Uranium Movement DRUMMOND, G. I. — Qualities of Work in an Australian Iron Ore Mining Company EVANS, D. K. — Political Constraints in an Area of Education Welfare in Australia {Adult Literacy! IN ACH IN, V. — The Influence of Economic Factors on Political Processes JACOBS, S. - Karl Poppers Political Philosophy KENNEDY. J. A. — Trained Primary Teachers' Certificate K1ELY, R. A. — The Social Adjustments of a Sample of Single Mothers raising their Children KRONEMANN, M. - Labour Disputes in the Soviet Union LUMACCHIA, G. L. - The Cold War: Strategic Aspects LINDNER, W. — An exposition of Politico-linguistics LYNCH. M. E. — Organisation Theory MARGINSON. S. W. - Economists in the Soviet Union 11917-1941} McCRACKEN-HEWSON, J. — Democracy in Associations-Case Studies of Australian Community Groups McGREGOR, J. M. — Biography of Dame Peggy Van Pragh as Administrator MINCHIN, J. B. — Socialization in Singapore MISSEN, M. M. - A Studv of contemporary attitudes in the Liberal Party based upon interviews NILSON, S. - Civil disobedience NYE. A. D. — International Organization O'LOUGHLIN. T. W. - Intellectual and Cultural Elites in Australia PALOZZO, E.M.- The Extent to which Italian Residents are Important to Australian Communism PANACiACOS, G. - Australian/Greek Foreign Policy Relations PATTERSON, D M. - The FACS Program in the Mildura Region REABURN. N. R. — A psychosocial study of personnel in Voluntary Foreign Aid Institutions RE1LLY, J. J. - The Hogan Government in Victoria 1929-32 RIMMER, J. R. — The Victorian Board of Inquiry into Local Government RUMPF, P. B. - Policy Making in Heidelberg City Council SHORT, P. D. — Comparative Incomes Policies under Communism and Capitalism SIEVERS, J. A. - Civil Disobedience - Protest and Non- Violence SMYRK, L. — Marxism and Feminism STEELE, P. — The Canberra Parliamentary Press Gallery TONGUE. B. D. - Power and Authority in West German Politics TSOKHAS, K. — Ideology Apparatus and Ideological Stale Imperialism TURBAYNE, D. M. - Study of Government Co-ordination WATERS, L. J. — Japanese Trade Unions WISHART. B. - Feminism WONG. WAI SUM — A Structuralist Study of Red Guard Language WOOLFE, T. M. — The Social Involvement of the Roman Catholic Church in ihe Third World: A Changing Role?

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Public Aspirations and Public Policy - a Pilot Study in Political Market Research. ARGC: Role Performance by Victorian Public Servants Vic. Government, Ministry of Social Welfare: Design of Monitoring Project for Faculty and Community Services Housing Commission of Victoria: Evaluation of Rental Housing Advisory Council for Inter-government Relations: Co-ordination and contribution — seven studies of Australian municipal systems. PSYCHOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor A. J. Wearing Professors SAMUEL BATTLE HAMMOND GORDON VE'TrH STANLEY ALEXANDER JAMES WEARING Readers GODFREY GARDNER FRANK KNOPFELMACHER ROGER JULYAN WALES Senior Lecturers WARREN KEITH BARTLETT LOREN KEITH BORLAND NORMA GRIEVE VIRGINIA MARGARET HOLMES TAMARA KOTLER CHARLES WILLIAM LANGLEY KEITH FRANCIS TAYLOR KEVIN WILLIAM WALSH Lecturers PATRICIA LESLEY BROTHERTON TERRENCE MICHAEL CAELLI IAN MATTHEW CAMPBELL ANTOINETTE GABRIELLE CROSS GORDON RICHARD GATES GLYNDA JANE KINSELLA NANCY ELLEN McMURRAY MAUREEN PHILOMENA MOLLOY PHILIPPA ELEANOR PATTISON JEFFERY JOSEPH SUMMERS Senior Tutors LYNNE FRANCES JENKINS MARIA CHRISTINA LAWSON Tutors RIGMOR HELENE BERG MAXWELL KEITH JORY GERALDINE O'CONNOR GWYNETH OTTREY MICHAEL WALLIS ROSS YVONNE STOLK HUGH TONER Research Fellow RON SIMON GOLD RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Distributional analysis of length-of-stay data from alcoholism treatment centres W. K. Bartlett. 2. Taxonomy of religious experience with special reference to needs — W. K. Bartlett. 3. Female sexuality — R. H. Berg. 4. Resistance and transference in psychotherapy - L. R. Borland. 5. Strategies of supervision in psychotherapy — L. R. Borland. 6. Assessment of the adequacy of psychotherapy training in Victoria — L. R. Borland. 7. Development of a model of language production — P. L. Brotherton. 8. Accent variations in Australian Englisn — P. L. Brotherton. 9. The natural history of personality disorders — 1. M. Campbell and G. Mellsop. 10. Reduced sensory environments in (a) therapy of phobias and (b) elimination of smoki behaviours — I. M. Campbell. 11. The nature of the Neuroticism-Ego Resilience factor in personality inventories S. B. Hammond and 1. M. Campbell. 12. Examination of "working" and "non-working" items on CPI and MMPI scales I. M. Campbell and S. B. Hammond. 13. Language development — A. G. Cross. 14. Audiogenic seizures — G. R. Gates. 15. Timing and behaviour - G. R. Gates. 16. Neuropsychology of multiple sclerosis - G. R. Gates. 17. Auditory function in Australian native animals — G. R. Gates. 18. Cerebral asymmetry - G. R.Gates. 19. The caudate nucleus and avoidance behaviour — G. R. Gates. 20. Sex differences in spatial abilities — N. Grieve. 21. A comparison of the personal self concept and teacher role self concept of student teachers A. F. Harrison.

52 PSYCHOLOGY 53

22. Lexical access during sentence comprehension — V. M. Holmes. 23. Syntactic strategies in sentence comprehension — V. M. Holmes. 24. Cognitive deficits and recovery patterns in patients suffering from a cerebrovascular accident - G. J. Kinsella. 25. Emotional behaviour and hemispheric side of lesion - G. J. Kinsella. 26. Stimulus characteristics and comprehension in aphasic patients - G. J. Kinsella. 27. Frontal deficits in early alcoholics — G. J. Kinsella. 28. Max Weber and Freud — F. Knopfelmacher. 29. Sanity in madness: in collaboration with young former journalist, on this man's experience of madness - C. W. Langley. 30. Self concept and social interaction in children — M. Lawson. 31. Social stereotypes and social judgements — M. Lawson. 32. Interference effects in memory in a post-encephalitic patient — M. Molloy. 33. Perception and production in child speech — G. O'Connor. 34. Problems in the selection of students for training in social welfare - A. A. Patterson. 35. The representation and analysis of multi-relational data with applications to multiple social networks - P. E. Pattison. 36. Interface problems between distinct professional roles in the work of the Family Court - J. H. Reuben. 37. Prevalence and incidence of trans-sexualism in Australia - M. W. Ross. 38. Cross-cultural differences in gender identity and sexual variation - M. W. Ross. 39. Brain structure and behaviour relationships in cetaceans - M.W. Ross. 40. The professional training of technical school teachers - P. D. Stayfer. 41. Personality and life-style of older single women - Y. Stolk. 42. Movement replication methods in motor short-term memory: (a) Comparison of interference and rehearsal methods for preselected, constrained or passive movement presentation — J. J. Summers and W. Wrigley; (b) Laterality of pre-selected movement - C. Sharp and J. J. Summers. 43. Sequential finger and arm movement research: (a) Temporal structure resource demands and acquisition of serial motor skills - J. Pead and J. J. Summers; (b) Laterality of abduction movements of the arm — C. Sharp and J. J. Summers. 44. A longitudinal study of career development - K. F. Taylor and others. 45. Language acquisition: (1) Deixis, (2) Speech perception - R. J. Wales. 46. Social impact analysis — A. J. Wearing. 47. Policy evaluation — A. J. Wearing. 48. Decision making — A. J. Wearing. 49. Problem solving - A. J. Wearing. 50. Simulation modelling - A. J. Wearing.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. GARDNER, G. - Soc. Surveys for Soc. Planners. Open University Press, Milton Keynes, U.K. (1978). 2. GARDNER, G. - Soc. Surveys for Soc. Planners. (Revised) Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Sydney (1978). 3. STANLEY, G. V. and BARTLETT, W. K. - Noles on ihe Psychology of Religion. Deakin University, Geelong (1978). 4. STANLEY. G. V. and WALSH. K. W. - eds Brain Impairment: Proc. of ihe 1976 Brain Impairment Workshop. Dominion Press, Melbourne (1978). 5. STANLEY, G. V. - and WALSH, K. W. - eds Brain Impairment: Proc. of the 1977 Brain Impairment Workshop. Dominion Press, Melbourne (1978).

Chapters of Books 6. CAELLI, T. M.. HOFFMAN, W. C. and LINDMAN, H. - Apparent Motion: Self-excited Oscillations Induced by Regarded Neuronal Flows, in Formal Theories of Visual Perception. eds E. Leeuwenberg and H. Buffart, Wiley, New York, 103-116 (1978). 7. CROSS, A. G. - Mothers' Speech and Rate of Linguistic Development in Young Children, in

The Development of Communication, eds C. E. Snow and Nv Waterson, Wiley and Sons, London, 191-214 (1978). 8. CROSS, A. G. - Developmental Aphasia, Language Delay. Conversational Deprivation, in Brain Impairment, eds G. Stanley and K. Walsh, Dominion Press, Melbourne, 62-78 (1978). 9. CROSS, A. G. - Mothers' Speech Adjustments: The Contribution of Selected Child-Listener Variables, in Developmental Psychology: Study Guide for Deakin University Open Programme. School of Education, Deakin University, 34-61 (1978). 54 FACULTY OF ARTS

10. DAY, R. H. and JORY, M. K. - Subjective Contours, Visual Acuity and Line Contrast, in Visual Psychophysics and Physiology, eds J. C. Armington, J. Krauskopf and B. R. Wooten, Academic Press, New York, 331-340 (1978). 11. GARDNER, G. J. and HILL, D. J. - Data Base: Survey Methods for Planners, in Involving Doctors in Health Education About Cancer, Internationa! Union Aeainst Cancer. Geneva. Ch. 8 (1978). 12. HILL, D. J. and GARDNER, G. J. - Innovation, in Involving Doctors in Health Education About Cancer, International Union Against Cancer, Geneva, Ch. 5 (1978). 13. KINSELLA, G. and DUFFY, F. - The Spouse and the Aphasic Patient, in Neurolinguistics, Vol. 8, eds Y. Lebun and R. Hoops, Swets and Zeitlinger, Amsterdam, 26-49 (1978). 14. STANLEY, G. V. - Developmental Dyslexia, in Brain Impairment: Proc. ofthe 1976 Brain Impairment Workshop, eds G. V. Stanley and K. W. Walsh, Dominion Press, Melbourne, 55- 58 (1978). 15. STANLEY, G. V. — Eye Movements in" Dyslexic Children, in Brain Impairment: Proc. ofthe 1977 Brain Impairment Workshop, eds G. V. Stanley and K. W. Walsh, Dominion Press, Melbourne, 23-27 (1978). 16. TAYLOR, K. F. and TAFT, R. - Psychology and the Australian Zeitgeist, in Australian Psychology: Achievements and Prospects, eds M. C. Nixon and R. Taft. Pergamon, Sydnev, 35-51 (1978). 17. WALES, R. J. — Language in Context, in Developmental Psychology, eds S. Chambers, etal., Deakin University Open Campus Program, Geelong, 62-75 (1978).

Articles 18. AITKEN, L. M., BUSH, B. M. H. and GATES, G. R. - The Auditory Midbrain of a Marsupial: the Brush-tailed Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Brain Res. 150: 29-44 (1978). 19. BREIGER, R. L. and PATTISON, P. E. - The Joint Role Structure of the Two Communities' Elites. Sociological Methods and Res. 11: 213-226 (1978). 20. CAELLI, T. M., HOFFMAN, W. C. and LINDMAN, H. - Subjective Lorentz Transformations and the Perception of Motion. J. ofthe Optical Soc. of America 68:402-417 (1978). 21. CAELLI, T. M., PRESTON, G. and HOWELL, E. - Implications of Spatial Summation Models for Processes of Contour Perception: a Geometric Perspective. Vision Res. 18:723-734 (1978). 22. CAELLI, T. M. and JULESZ, B. — On Perceptual Analyzers underlying Visual Texture Discrimination: Part I. Biological Cybernetics 28: 167-175 (1978). 23. CAELLI, T. M., JULESZ, B. and GILBERT, E. - On Perceptual Analyzers underlying Visual Texture Discrimination: Part II. Biological Cybernetics 29: 201-214 (1978). 24. ELTON, D., BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY, G'. V. - Relaxation Theory and Practice. Aust. J. of Physiotherapy 24: 143-149 (1978). 25. ELTON, D., BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Relaxation, the Physiotherapist and the Psychiatric Patient. Aust. J. of Physiotherapy 24: 183-186 (1978). 26. ELTON, D., QUARRY, P. R., BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY, G. V. - A New Test of Pain Reactivity. Perceptual and Motor Skills 47: 125-126 (1978). 27. ELTON, D., STANLEY, G. V. and BURROWS, G. D. - Self-esteem and Chronic Pain. J. of Psychosomatic Res. 22: 25-30 (1978). 28. ELTON, D., VAGG, P. R. and STANLEY, G. - Augmentation-reduction and Pain Experience. Perceptual and Motor Skills 47: 499-502 (1978). 29. GATES, G. R. - Vision in the Monotreme Echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus). Aust. Zoologist 19(4): 147-170 (1978). 30. HOLMES, V. M., ARWAS, R. and GARRETT, M. F. - Prior Context and the Perception of Lexically Ambiguous Sentences. Memory and Cognition 5: 103-110 (1977). 31. KNOPFELMACHER, F. - The Coming Madness. A Review of John Carroll's Puritan, Paranoid, Remissive. Quadrant, 74-75 (July 1978). 32. LINDMAN, H. and CAELLI, T. M. - Constant curvature Riemannian Scaling. J. of Mathematical Psychology 17: 89-109 (1978). 33. NIENHUYS, T. G. and CAELLI, T. M. - Determinants of Operating Characteristics of Cats using Conditioned Suppression. Canadian J. of Psychology 32: 193-197 (1978). 34. ROSS, M. W. — The Relationship of Perceived Societal Hostility, Conformity and Psychological Adjustment in Homosexual Males. J. of Homosexuality 4: 157-168 (1978). 35. ROSS, M. W. — The Ethics of Animal Experimentation: Control in Practice. Aust. Psychologist -13: 67-69 (1978). 36. ROSS, M. W. — Brain and Behaviour in Cetaceans. Submission to Inquiry into Whales and Whaling 2: 57-93 (1978). 37. ROSS, M. W., ROGERS, L. J. and McCULLOCH, H. - Stigma, Sex and Society: a New Look at Gender Differentiation and Sexual Variation. J. of Homosexuality 3: 315-330 (1978). PSYCHOLOGY 55

38. ROSS, M. W. and TALIKKA, A. - Finland and Homosexuality. Psychiatric News (July 21, 1978). 39. ROSS, M. W. and TALIKKA, A. - Societal Pressure, the Homosexual and the Role of Psychiatry. Nordisk Psvkiatrisk Tidskrift 32: 7-9 (1978). 40. STANLEY, G.. BARTLETT, W. K. and MOYLE, T. - Some Characteristics of Charismatic Experience: Glossolalia in Australia. J. for the Scientific Studv of Religion 17: 269-278 (1978). 41. STANLEY, G. and PERSHIN, P. - Rating Preschool Development of Name-writing and Draw-a-person. Perceptual and Motor Skills 47: 187-190 (1978). 42. THOMAS, S. A. and WEARING, A. J. - An Assessment of Current Practice in Sensitivity Analysis: Some Arguments for a Stochastic Approach. Proc. of the S1MSIG Conf, 139-144 (1978).

Reports 43. ARMSTRONG, A. F. and GARDNER, G. G. - Organization Development in the Melbourne City Council. Department of Psychology, Universitv of Melbourne (1978). 44. ARMSTRONG, A. F. and WEARING, A. J. - The Perceived Impact of Alternative Bell- Banksia Road Policies for Heidelberg. Department of Psychology, University of Melbourne (1978). 45. Melbourne Psychology Report No. 45. The Melbourne Pain Apperception Film - Diana Elton, P. R. Quarry, G. D. Burrows. G. V. Stanley (1978). 46. Melbourne Psychology Report No. 46. Cerebral Dominance and Specific Reading Disability - F. Glenn and G. Stanley (1978). 47. Melbourne Psychology Report No. 47. Some Factors Affecting the Choice of a Home — M. A. O'Conhell and A. J. Wearing (1978). 48. Melbourne Psychology Report No. 48. Some Possible Relationships between Brain Structure and Behaviour in Cetaceans - M. W. Ross (1978). 49. Melbourne Psychology Report No. 49. Applying Holland's Vocational Categories to Leisure Activities - K. F. Taylor, G. I. Kelso, G. N. Cox, W. J. Alloway, J. P. Matthews (1978). 50. Melbourne Psychology Report No. 50. Changes in Family Members during Psychotherapy - T. Kotler and J. Chetwynd (1978). 51. Melbourne Psychology Report No. 51. A Simulation Model of Subscriber/System Interaction in a Telephone Network - S. A. Thomas, A. J. Mackinnon, A. J. Wearing (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy

1. CAMPBELL, I. M. - The Joint Domain ofthe MMPI and the CPI 2. KIELLERUP, F. D. - Social Class. Ability and Anxiety. Contrasts in the Written Language of Primary School Children 3. NIENHUYS, T. G. W. - A Behavioural Study of the Role of Hair Cells in Frequency Processing in Cats

Master of Arts

4. BURTON, C. A. — Unilateral Spatial Neglect after Cerebrovascular Accident 5. CROOK, A. E. — Perceived Success, Threat. Frustration and Helplessness in Person- Organization — Environment Interactions 6. LANGFORD, J. - The Role of Presupposition in the Comprehension of Sentences in Context 7. MARTIN, C. M. - Sex Differences in the Patterning of Occupational Interest 8. MATTHEWS, J. P. — Linguistic Aspects of the Class-Inclusion Problem 9. RZECHORZEK, A. J. — A Qualitative Analysis of Functional Disturbances Resulting from Unilateral Frontal Lobe Lesions in Man 10. SCHNEIDER, M. A. — Psychological Sequelae and Social Disturbances among a Group of Rape Victims: an Evaluation of the Standards of Care for the Victim of Rape in the City of Melbourne 11. WALTA, A. H. G. — The Development of an Understanding of the Properties of the Whole Number System in Primary School Children

Master of Science

12. ROBBINS, B. J. - Personality Factors in Mood Change with Alcohol Intoxication 56 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ARMSTRONG, A. F. - Subjective Social Indicators and Health Care Policy CLARKE P N — Family Decision Factors and Reasons as Determinants of Professional Socialisation of Primary Teacher Training CROSS, A. G. - Mother-Child Interaction in the Study of Language Development. DARBYSHIRE, M. G. - A Study of Behavioural. Cognitive and Development Anomalies: Deficits in Children DAWSON, R. W. — An Investigation into the Consequences of Direct Manipulation of Covert Behaviours in Behaviour Therapy ELTON, D. - Psychological Control of Pain FORD, M. - Planning Units and Syntax in Sentence Production GETHING, L. — Extreme Response Styles GURNEY, R. M. - The Self under Stress: A Study of School Leavers in a Period of High Unemployment HILL, D. J. - Response to Threat. Situational and Personality Determinants to Precautionary Health Behaviour in Response to Pervasive Communications HOLDEN, R. W. - The Delinquent Self HUGHES, A. H. - Some Aspects of Subjective Alienation and Anomie (Including its Measurement) JONES, S. E. — Divergent Thinking in Primary School Children LANGFORD, J. - A Psycholinguistic Approach to Aphasia LAWSON, M. C. - An Ethological Model of Self Concept MOLLOY, M. P. — Investigation into Memory Disorders Found Following Closed Head Injuries PATTISON, P. E. — An Analysis of Social Structure by the Algebra of Semi-Groups ROBINSON, R. C. — Evaluation of Continuing Education Programmes in Human Relations ROWE, H. A. H. — The Inter-relation of Various Componenlial Processes in Problem Solving ROSS, M. W. — Homosexuality, Sex Roles and Society Control SHARP, C. — Cerebral Lateralization of Spatial Aspects of Motor Control SMALE, S. H. — Internalization of Family Relationships by the Child THOMAS, S. A. — An Assessment of Social Judgement Theory WILLIAMS, A. J. — Speech Perception in Young Children WESTON, R. E. — Psychological Stress in Farmers Facing Economic Recession

MA Theses in Progress ALLANSON, S. J. — Adolescent Solvent Abuse — Personality Characteristics, Sensation Seeking ANDREW, G. - Individual and Situational Factors in Sex Role Ratings of the "BEM" Scale BAGOT, F. A. — Effects of Anaesthesia with Children BARKER, R. J. — Ego Strength, Ego Permissiveness, Oral Optimism and Oral Pessimism in Therapeutic Outcome in Three Dynamic Encounter Groups BARTLETT, B. W. T. — A Socio Technical Systems Analysis of Air Traffic Control BOCK, I. M. — Role Theory and Approach to the Analysis to the Social System CARROLL, G. B. B. - Assessment Centres CHANT, G. J. — Managers' Preferences for Conversation Packages CROFTS, P. N. — Drink/Driving Effect of a Behavioural Treatment Countermeasure CROOK, A. E. — Perceived Success. Threat, Frustration and Helplessness in Person-Organization — Environment Interactions ENGLEMAN, J. M. — Policy Analysis ofa Housing Project FAIR, F. R. - Memory Representation of Motor Programs FIELD, M. M. E. - Agenesis of the Corpus Callosum in Children: A Developmental Neuropsychological Study GREEN, J. M. — Personal Construct Theory Role Perceptions GUDKOVS, J. D. — Depression - A Psychoanalytic and Cognitive Development Approach HARRISON, A. L. F. — Development of Self Professional Concept in Primary Student Teachers HENDERSON, M. E. - Work Role Centrality - An Australian Study of the Moderator Concept in Occupational Psychology HERZEL, J. C. — Noumelic Multidimensional Analysis of the Joint Domain ofthe MMPI and CPI HUDSON, R. T. — Devaluation of Treatment Techniques for Alcoholics and Drug Dependents JAMES, H. L. — Construction of a Self-esteem Inventory KELLY, S. — Personal Relationship Problems of Mature Age Women Returning to Study KIRBY, K. M. — Structural Ambiguity and Sentence Processing KNOWLES, J. A. - Vocational Psychology KOTZMAN, M. A. — Memory and Testing of Patients wilh Related Brain Damage PSYCHOLOGY 57

LIPZKER, A. - Menstruation; Attitudes and Responses lo. Particularly to Pain of Menstruation MACMILLAN, I. W. - Comparison of Performance between Dyslexics and Normal Readers in Attention Allocation MAIZELS, N. H. — Group Psychotherapy MATIC, M. C. — Some Psychological Studies of Metaphor MILLIS, P. E. — Relaxation in Reduction of Levels of Anxietv MOLLOY, C. J. S. - Job Satisfaction with Low Level Technical Staff MORTAN, J. R. - Group Psychotherapy MUNRO, J. K. — Child Language Acquisition MURPHY, B. — A Quasi-experimental Intervention Program for Form I Children in a Disadvantaged Technical School O'CONNELL, B. M. — Sex, Personality and Background of Melbourne's Illicit Drug Users OTTREY, G. A. — Parent/Child Communication and Early Language Development PERSHIN, P. - Developmental Stages in Graphic Production in Preschool Children PICKERING, D. M. - Socio-economic Status - Ethnic Background and Reading Performance PICKERING, R. B. - Cumulative Deficit Hypothesis SIMMONDS, J. G. - Cognitive Processes, Memory and Problem-Solving Abilities within a Developmental and Piagetian Framework STAYFER, P. D. - Survey of Student Attitudes to Teacher Training at S.C.O.V.A. Hawthorn STEGER, C. M. - Family Resources in Delinquent, Disturbed and Normal Family Systems STOLK, Y. - Personality and Coping in Employed Older Single Women UMANSKY, S. — Reading Retardation, Remediation and Concomitant Changes in IQ VOWELS, L. M. — Frontal Lobe Impairment in Multiple Sclerosis. Neuropsychological Research in a Disease of the Central Nervous System WEBER, A. M. — Writing Preference/Posture and Cerebral Lateralization WOOLLACOTT, H. M. - Causal Attribution in Children's Academic Performance ZEEHER, T. F. — Changes in Personality Variables. Values and Self Concept as a Function of Participation in a Dynamic Encounter Group

MSc Theses in Progress ARNOTT, L. D. — Mathematical. Spatial and Reading Comprehension Abilities in Junior Secondary School Children — A Multivariate Studv BERG, R. - Female Sexuality FOREMAN, P. E. - Clinical Training of Occupational Therapy Students GREENWAY, J. D. - Dependency in the Initial Stages of Group Experience MACKINNON, A. J. — The Nature of Human Interaction with Dynamic Systems McGARTLAND, M. E. G. — An Item Level Factorial Comparison between FAM and MMPI MORAN. F. M. - Self-esteem as a Function of Underlying Self-concept within a Cognitive- Developmental Framework O'CONNOR, G. P. - Perception and Production in Child Speech PEAD. J. — Time Perception and Psychopathology POLGAR, S. — Caudate Nucleus Lesions and Active A voidance Behaviour - A Possible Model for Huntington's Disease VICKERS, M. H. - Roles and Positions in Classroom Groups

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Memory Representation and thc Production of Skilled Movements ARGC: Instructional Variables in Concept Learning with the Educablc Mentally Retarded Student. ARGC: Children's Abilities to use Words Involving Spatial and Temporal Reference. ARGC: Environmental Factors in the Development of Speech of Language. ARGC: A Longitudinal Study of Career Development RUSSIAN Chairman of department: Professor R. Sussex Professor ROLAND DENIS SUSSEX Senior Lecturers PAUL VINCENT CUBBERLEY IGOR MESHAKOV-KORJAKIN Lecturers JUDITH MARY ARMSTRONG RAE DORAN SLONEK Senior Tutor NATALIA GRISHIN Post-Doctoral Fellow PETER MANNERS HILL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Synchronic typology of the modern Slavonic languages. 2. The Macedonian language in Australia. 3. Features of phonetic stylistics in the Slav languages 4. A handbook on Russian Romanticism 5. Enclitic systems in the Slavonic languages 6. The Polish language in the Australian environment 7. Word-bound translation in English and Russian

PUBLISHED WORK Article 1. SUSSEX, R. — North American English as a prestige model in the media. Paper read at ANZAAS 48. published in Talanya 5. 36-41 (1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress CLARKE, J. E. M. — A. A. Barsov's Rossijskaja Grammatika — a critical study DOLGOPOLOVA, Z. — The structure and humorous effects of modern anecdotes MESHAKOV-KORJAKIN, I. - Yevgeny Yevtushenko: a critical study MOLNAR, A. — 18th Century Russian literature with special reference to the socio-political ideas of Radishchev SCURFIELD, J. R. — Historiography and literary values in Povest' vremennykh let and the Heimskringla VICKERY, H. M. - The Dolgushin case and Dostoevskv's novel A Raw Youth WERCHOLA, J. - The Poetry of Andrei Voznesensky '

MA Theses in Progress BAGG, L. E. — A re-examination of Dostoevsky's House of the Dead BORLAND, H. E. — The learning of Russian as a second language by native English speakers in A ustralia HIRSHORN. B. — The influence of Russian literature on the Polish literature of the 20th century KEKS, O. — In search ofthe creative thought of Velemir Khlebnikov: text, structure and meaning KLIMOVITCH, L. V. - Literature for children in the period 1920-1970: its role in Soviet literature R EISNER, R. J. — The philosophy of Pasternak's art; creative/aesthetic views as an artist and how this manifests itself in his novel Dr. Zhivago

58 THE HORWOOD LANGUAGE CENTRE Chairman of department: Dr T. J. Quinn Reader TERENCE JOHN QUINN Senior Lecturers WERNER HAARBURGER VICTOR AUSTIN Lecturer PETER GEORGE KELLY Tutor JOHN STANLEY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. A survey commissioned by the Education Research and Development Committee on directions for second language acquisition research in Australia (1978). 2. A programme using uncontrolled language data as source material for training foreign students in the comprehension of Australian speech (1978). 3. Self-instructional cassette programmes for acquiring basic communicative competence in five ethnic languages. 4. An overview paper commissioned by the Curriculum Development Centre on the teaching of language and culture in Australia (1978). 5. Specialized programmes in Modern Greek for hospital personnel.

PUBLISHED WORK Book 1. INGRAM, D. E. and QUINN, T. J. eds — Language Learning in Australian Society. Proc. of the 1976 Congress of the Appl. Linguistics Assoc. of Aust., Australia International Press and Publications Pty. Ltd., Melbourne (1978).

Chapter of Book 2. QUINN, T. J. - "Linguistics in Language Teaching: The Revolution That Passed Us By", in Language Learning in Australian Society, eds D. E. Ingram and T. J. Quinn, Australia International Press and Publications Pty. Ltd., Melbourne, 20-25 (1978).

Articles 3. QUINN,T.J. and BURR, L. - "The Use of Video Programmes in Language Teaching", Aust. Review of Appl. Linguistics, /(l): 55-56 (1977). 4. STANLEY, J. - "Teaching Listening Comprehension: An Interim Report on a Project to Use Uncontrolled Language Data as a source Material for Training Foreign Students in Listening Comprehension", TESOL Quarterly 12(3): 285-295 (1978). 5. STANLEY, J. - "Language Courses for Special Purposes", Babel 14(3): 30-33 (1978).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANT RECEIVED The following grant has been received: Education Research and Development Committee: Research Topics I and 3 above.

59 CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY Chairman of department: Dr W. A. McDougall Professor of Child Dental Health ELSDON STOREY Professor of Conservative Dentistry .JOHN GABRIEL WATERSON Reader WALLACE ARTHUR McDOUGALL Senior Lecturers MELDRUM JAMES ARTHUR CAMPBELL RICHARD HENRY HAMMOND ALAN SCOTT MALCOLM HARRY ATHOL McINTOSH ASJA ALMA VERNIEKS Senior Lecturer in Orthodontics VICTOR CHARLES WEST Lecturers GRAHAM ELLENDER IAN HOWARD JOHNSON Special Dental Clinical Tutor SOPHIE FE1K

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Thc relationship between force and function during growth, development and maintenance of bone and bones. 2. Ultrastructure of low calcium/high phosphate rickets. 3. Connective tissue responses to heavy metals. 4. Effects of beverages on tooth enamel and oral microflora. 5. Permeability of gingival blood vessel in diabetic animals. 6. Dental health status and treatment needs of selected groups in Victoria. 7. Pharmacology of local anaesthetic agents.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BEIGHTON, D. and McDOUGALL, W. A. - Thc effects of fluoride on the percentage bacterial composition of dental plaque, on caries incidence, and on the m vitro growth of S. /nutans. A. Viscosw: and Actinobacillus sp. J. dent. Res. 56(10): 1185-1191 (1977). 2. BEIGHTON, D. and McDOUGALL, W. A. - The effects of cadmium on the growth of some oral microorganisms and their ability to bind cadmium. J. dent. Res. 57(2): 365-672 (1978). 3. BEIGHTON, D. and McINTOSH, H. A. - The effect of the Australian Milk Biscuit on dental caries. Food and Nutrition Notes and Reviews 35(2): 8-10 (1978). 4. COLMAN. G„ HAYDAY, H. and JOHNSON, 1. H. - Nisin and the bacterial flora ofthe dental plaque. J. dent. Res. 56: Special Issue D. 109, Abstract 81 (1977). 5. ELLENDER, G., HAM. K. N. and HARCOURT, J. K. - Toxic effects ol dental amalgam implants; optical, histological and histochemical observation. Aust. dent. J. 23(5): 395-399 (1978). 6. JOHNSON, I. H., HAYDAY, H. and COLMAN, G. - The effects of nisin on the microbial flora of the dental plaque of monkeys (Macaca fascicularis). J. app. Bacteriol. 45: 99-109 (1978). 8. MASSEY. N. and MALCOLM, A. S. - Lapping tooth and bone sections. Science and Technology 14(3): 18-19 (1976). 9. STEEL, J. E. - Food consumption of Victoria in 1976. Part I - breakfast. J. Dietetic Assoc. 29(2): 26-30 (1978). 10. STEEL, J. E. — Food consumption in Victoria in 1976. Part 2 - the midday meal../. Dietetic Assoc. 29(3): 58-61 (1978). 11. STEVENS, J., THOMAS, D. P.. BARTLETT, R. and McDOUGALL, W. A. - An Egyptian mummy ofthe first intermediate period in the National Museum of Victoria. The Artefact J(l): 35-48 (1978). 12. VERNIEKS, A. A. and MESSER, L. - Calcium hydroxide induced healing of periapical lesions: a Study of 78 non-vital teeth. J. Brit. Endo. Soc. 11(2): 61-69 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Dental Science I. HINRICHSEN, G. J. — Changes in the bones and associated structures induced by lateral expansion of the upper jaw by orthodontic appliances

60 CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY 61

Doctor of Philosophy 2. BEIGHTON, D. — The effects of various agents on rat fissure plaque

Master of Dental Science 3. *AXELSON, S. O. — Experiments with partial mandibular resection in the rat 4. *DEVES, P. M. - Tissue changes induced in the caudal vertebrae of the rat 5. *FARREN, P. J. — Stress induced changes in the growing rat tail 6. *LEVY, G. M. - Ostectomy and arthrectomy in the rat 7. *LEWIS, J. — A study of subcutaneous aulotransptants of the rat tail 8. *STEIDLER, CHEE - A study of the revascularisation of mucosal grafts in the rat 9. SUTTON, A. J. — A study of dimensional changes related lo orthodontic therapy

THESES IN PROGRESS DDSc Theses in Progress HALL, R, K. — A study of factors inducing hypoplasia and hypocalciftcation in teeth of man and animal and associated structural changes MALCOLM, A, S. — Biophysical relationships of osteofluorotic bone WEST, V. C. - An investigation into the liquid/solid system of biological calcified tissues

PhD Theses in Progress ELLENDER. G. — Connective tissue responses to some heavy metals HAMMOND, R. H. — Reaciions of rat periodontal tissues to experimentally induced inflammation

MDSc Theses in Progress ANG WOO YORK — Correlation between dental and skeletal age of two groups of Melbourne children BUCHHOLZ, P. - The role of the nasal septum in mid facial growth CARROLL, J. A. - The delivery of dental care within a University clinic CRACK, D. J. — The effect of cytotoxic agents on developing denial tissue DONOVAN. J. - Effects of heavy metals on periapical calcification ELLETT, D. - Rat cranial growth FITZWALTER, P. - Morphology of root canals FRYER, R. - Compressive force on the caudal vertebrae of the rat GAN, R. - Cartilage growth and repair following partial osteotomy in the rats tail HELSBY. T. R. — Bone and bones, revascularization and subsequent osteogenesis after subcutaneous transplantation into the rat HIGGINS, T. J. — Formation of microbial dental plaque on the root surface of displaced periodontal!)' involved teeth HOFMAN, S. — The effect of force on the growth of cauda! rat vertebrae HOLDER, T. - The effect of surgical incision of the transeptal fibres on relapse of expanded upper incisors in the guinea pig LUCAS, J. — Assessment of child dental anxiety NERVO, G. — Effects of cold on tooth enamel SNOW, M. — The influence of periosteum on endochondral growth SPENCER, A. J. - The determination of treatment needs in secondary school population WIDMER, R. - Deciduous pulp efficacy of pulpolomy agents WILDE, J. F. G. - Stress mediated effects on the morphogenesis of bone in animal systems

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: NH & MRC: Adaptation of connective (issue, cartilage and bone under altered physical stress in vivo. Victorian Dairy Industry Authority: Factors modifying the effect of milk on dental plaque.

* Minor theses. DENTAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY Chairman of department: Dr B. G. Radden Professor PETER CLARENCE READE Reader in Oral Pathology BRYAN GRAY RADDEN Senior Lecturer in Dental and Oral Pathology HECTOR JOSIAH ORAMS Senior Lecturer in Oral Surgery JOHN PRITCHARD STEWART CAMPBELL Lecturer KENNETH DAVID HAY Special Dental Clinical Tutor ANTHONY PETER BARRETT Senior Associate PHILIP RICHARD NEVILLE SUTTON Research Scholar NANDOR EDWARD STEIDLER Research Fellow BARRY FEIGLIN - Part-time

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The role of extracellular matrices in dental organogenesis. 2. Ultrastructural studies of dental hard tissues using ion beam thinning. 3. The behaviour of cells from odontogenic tissues. 4. A technical and immunological study into the storage and transplantation of teeth. 5. The regulatory effect during growth and development of epidermal growth factor. 6. The brush taii possum Trichosurus vulpecula in experimental oral embryology. 7. A study of a method of preventing infective endocarditis. 8. The pathogenesis and histopathology of oral dermatoses. 9. The effects of tobacco products on human and animal oral mucosa. 10. Oral carcinoma as it occurs in Victoria. 11. Oro-facial pain and dental phobia.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapter of Book I. READE, P. C. - Infections of the mouth and salivary glands, in Chemotherapy with antibiotics and allied drugs, eds G. Buckle, S. W. Williams, Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra, 260-266 (1978).

Articles 2. BARTLETT, P. F. and READE, P. C. - The Antigenicity of Mouse Tooth Germs. I Isogenic and Allogenic Transplantation. Transplantation 16: 479-488 (1978). 3. BARTLETT, P. F., SIM, F. R. P., PRIME, S. S. and READE, P. C. - The transplantation of Bovine Odontogenic Tissues and Dissociated Odontogenic Cells to Hvpolhymic Mice. Transplantation 25: 126-131 (1978). 4. BASTIAAN, R. J. and WAITE, I. M. — Effects of tobacco smoking on plaque development and gingivitis. J. Periodont 49: 480-482 (1978). 5. FEIGLIN, B. and READE, P. C. - Protein and DNA levels in the Submandibular Salivary Glands of Iosproterenol Stimulated Mice. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. & Med. Sci. 56: 1-10 (1978). 6. FERRANTE, A., JENKIN, C. R. and READE, P. C. - Changes in the Activity of the Reticulo-Endothelial System of Rats during an Infection with T. Lewisi. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. & Med. Sci. 56: 47-59 (1978). 7. GERSCHMAN. J.. BURROWS, G. and READE. P. C. - Hypnotherapy in the Treatment of Oro-Facial Pain. Aust. Dent. J. 23: 492-496 (1978). 8. HAY, K. D., MULLER, H. K. and READE, P. C. - D-penicillamine Induced Mucocutaneous Lesions with Features of Pemphigus. OS. OM. OP. 45: 385-395 (1978). 9. HAY, K. D. and READE, P.. C. - Methyldopa as a Cause of Oral Mucous Membrane Reactions. Brit. Dent. J. 145: 195-203 (1978). 10. HOLBECHE, J. D. and READE, P. C. - in vitro Studies on the Use of Cetylpyridinium Chloride as a Bacterial Plaque Control Agent. Aust. Dent. J. 23: 328-332 (1978). 11. MARKS, R. and READE, P. C. - Ulcers in the Mouth: Diagnosis and Treatment. Patient Management 7: 20-29 (1978). 12. ORAMS, H. J. - The Ultrastructure of Tissues ai the Epithelial-Mesenchymal Interface in Developing Rat Incisors. Arch. Oral. Biol. 23: 39-44 (1978). 13. PRIME, S. S. and TOH, B. H. - Mobility on Concanavalin A Receptors and Distribution of Cytoplasmic Actin in Odontogenic Epithelial and Mesenchymal Cells. J. Cell. Sci. 33: 329-340 (1978).

62 DENTAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY 63

14. READE, P. C. and HAY, K. D. - The Treatment of Recurrent Mouth Ulcers. Current Therapeutics 19: 22-34 (1978). 15. ROBERTS, M. L. - Secretion of Epidermal Growth Factor. The Role of Calcium in Stimulus-Secretion Coupling and Structural Modification of the Growth Factor Molecule During Secretion. Biochemica Biophysica Acta 540: 246-252 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. PRIME, S. S. - Odontogenic epithelial cells and their surfaces

Master of Dental Science 2. BERRY, R. W. - Multiple biopsies and other aspects of oral surgical pathology 3. GAFFNEY, T. J. — A study concerning the communication of pain and the personalities of dentists using relative analgesia 4. HALL, G. M. - Autotransplanted maxillary canine teeth and other studies

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BARRETT, A. P. — An investigation into the technical and immunological problems of storage and transplantation of teeth CHALK, A. J. — A study of the kinetics and prevention of bacteraemias induced by oral surgery- procedures GERSCHMAN, J. A. - An investigation of oro-facial pain and phobia STEIDLER, N. E. — The developmental effects of epidermal growth factor TATE, G. W. - Differentiation of odontoblasts in vivo and in vitro

MDSc Theses in Progress BENNET, K. R. — Salivary IgA levels in tobacco smokers HAY, K. D. - A clinicopathological survey of some aspects of oral dermatoses HEGGIE, A. A. — An Electronmicroscopic study of human oral mucosa McKELLAR. G. M. — An evaluation of surgery for orthodontic purposes NEWBURY, R. D. - A survey of oral surgery needs in the Victorian community O'BRIEN, M. D. — Complications of middle third fractures STORY, R. D. — An evaluation of the use of artificial saliva in xerostomia WIESENFELD, D. - An investigation of dental infections DENTAL PROSTHETICS Chairman of department: Dr C. G. Dennis Reader JOHN KENNETH HARCOURT Senior l ecturers TLIVF CFOFFR FY DFNNIS KEITH DOUGLAS BURTON FAULKNER HARRY IAN GILL ALLIN LEONG WILLIAM JAMES RALPH Lecturer MARTYN HARRY SPRATLEY Special Dental Clinical Tutor BARRY LEONARD STEWART Part-time Staff GERARD DAVID CONDON KENNETH JOHNSON JAMES FREDERICK McCARTHY ALEJZY SZWAJCER-PRICE Research Fellow BRIAN WILLIAM DARVELL Honorary Professor Emeritus HENRY FORM AN ATKINSON

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Studies in dental materials. 2. Cleft palate and speech. 3. Mandibular movements. 4. Temporomandibular joint dysfunction. 5. Jaw muscle EMG and force. 6. Properties of periodontal ligament and bone. 7. Changes in biting force. 8. Post extraction healing — volume changes. 9. Post extraction healing — immediate denture therapy. 10. Prosthetic needs of the community. 11. Properties of mouthguard materials. 12. Factors involved in geriodontics. 13. Development of the mandibular alveolar process. 14. Precision attachments in dentistry. 15. Development of an artificial saliva.

PUBLISHED WORKS Articles 1. DARVELL, B. W. - An effective water bath level control. Lab. Prac. 27(12) (Dec. 1978). 2. HARCOURT, J. K. - Review of modern impression materials. Aust. Dent. J. 23(2): 178-186 (Apr. 1978). 3. HARCOURT, J. K., ELLENDER, G., HAM, K. N. - Toxic effects of dental amalgam implants. Optical histological and histochemical observations. Aust. Dent. J. 23(5): 395-399 (Oct. 1978). 4. JOHNSON, K. — Immediate denture treatment for patients with Class 11 malocclusions. Aust. Dent. J. 23(5): 383-388 (Oct. 1978). 5. SPRATLEY, M. H. - Supply and demand for prosthetic treatment in Victoria. Australia. Community Dent. Oral Epidemiol. 6: 151-158 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Dental Science 1. SPRATLEY, M. H. - An estimate of the supply and demand for prosthetic services in the Stale of Victoria in 1977

THESES IN PROGRESS DDSc Theses in Progress GILL. II. I. — Jaw muscle EMG and force JOHNSON, K. - Post extraction healing - volume changes McCARTHY, J. - Development nf the mandibular alveolar process PRICE, A. S. — Factors involved in geriodontics

64 DENTAL PROSTHETICS 65

MDSc Theses in Progress

CONDON, G. D. — Restorative materials and the oral environment LINDNER, C. — An investigation into tooth movement during the wearing of partial dentures STEWART, B. L. — Precision attachments in dentistry ACCOUNTING Chairman of department: Dr R. C. Clift Professors ROBERT EDWARD GEORGE NICOL FREDERICK KENNETH WRIGHT Reader jEAN ST. GEORGE KERR Senior Lecturers ROBERT CHARLES CLIFT EDWARD McLAREN HOLMES KENNETH ALEXANDER MIDDLETON ALAN GEORGE TOPP CHRISTOPHER JOHN WARRELL Lecturers GEOFFREY HERBERT BURROWS GEOFFREY JOHN HARRIS NEIL ROBERTS PETER BEAUFORT SEDDON JOHN WATERHOUSE WILSON Visiting Lecturer ALAN EDMOND TALBOT Tutors COSTA ENGLEZOS GENA FAWNS DAVID ANTHONY ROBERTS TERRY JAMES SHEVLIN JOHN ROBERT TREACY Professor Emeritus LOUIS GOLDBERG

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The Australian capital market. 2. Inflation accounting. 3. Working capital management. 4. An empirical investigation into the preferences of corporate report users and Australian corporate disclosures. 5. Accounting for foreign exchange. 6. Current cost accounting, especially with regard to purchasing power gains and losses on monetary items. 7. Funds statements and disclosure in corporate reports. 8. Interlocking corporate ownership: implications for the financial objective of maximizing share prices. 9. The relationship between reported earnings per share, dividend policy and the market price of shares. 10. Municipal information systems. 11. Some aspects of government accounting and budgeting in Victoria. 12. The environment for business in the South Pacific with special reference to the need for the University of the South Pacific to offer training courses in Small Business.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. CLIFT, R. C. ed — Accounting: Communication and Control. Butterworths, Sydney, 766 + viii (1978). The following staff members were contributors to this book: L. Goldberg, G. J. Harris, J. St. G. Kerr, A. G. Topp, C. J. Warrell.

Articles 2. WRIGHT, F. K. - Minimizing the Costs of Liquidity, Aust. J. of Management. Vol. 3, No. 2: 203-224 (October 1978). 3. HOLMES, E. McL. — Participation by Academics in University Government — A Case Study at the Department Level in the University of Melbourne, Vestes. Vol. 21. Issues 3 and 4: 3-13, 1978, and in New J. of Adv. Education, Vol. 2, Nos. 2 and 3 (1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS ANDERSON, R. H. — An Investigation into the Usefulness to Investors of Accounting Information disclosed in Annual Financial Statements

66 ACCOUNTING 67

BURROWS, G. H. — An Investigation into Problems of Accounting for Research and Development Expenditure GREEN, D. E. W. — An Evaluation of Leasing as an Alternative to Owning Assets, with Special Reference to Plant, Equipment and Motor Vehicles, for Australian Public Companies HILTON, I, H. - An Investigation into Transfer Price Policies used bv Firms in Industry MONAGHAN, P. J. - The Financial Effects ofthe Wool Price Decline 1969-1972 ECONOMIC HISTORY Chairman of department: Dr A. G. Thompson Full-time Officers: Senior Lecturer ALLAN GEORGE THOMPSON Professor Vacant Senior Lecturers EDWARD ALAN BEEVER JOHN PHILIP FOGARTY Lecturers PAUL LAURENCE ROBERTSON ANTONIA MARIKA VICZ1ANY Temporary Lecturer MALCOLM JAMES KENNEDY Senior Tutor JENNIFER JEAN SOUKUP Fractional Full-time Officer: Senior Lecturer MARJORIE GRACE HARPER Part-time Officers: Tutors KATHERINE MARY ALDER KATRINA AMANDA ALFORD KATHLEEN M. LEWIS ROSS STEWART MUIR

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. British popular attitudes toward Australia — 1830 to 1880 - their origin and influence. 2. Letters of working class migrants lo Australia 1845 to 1855. 3. The economic consequences ofthe closure of the frontier in Argentina. 4. The methodology of comparative economic history. 5. A Theory of Corruption. 6. The Economics of Nuclear Proliferation. 7. British shipbuilding industry. 1870-1914. 8. Scottish university development, 1850-1914. 9. British and American attitudes to technical education, 1850-1914. 10. Classical economists and state intervention. 11. Recent history of Australian business involvement in Asia - with emphasis on operational problems of direct investment. 12. Non-economic influences on industrialisation in Asia. 13. The 'Deindustrialisation' of India in the nineteenth century. 14. India's Sterilisation programme since Independence.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. FRICKER, L. A. - Aspects of Melbourne's Urbanisation Process. 1835-1901

Master of Commerce 2. FRANCIS, B. W. - The Rise of Trade Unions in the Fijian Sugar Industry during the 1930's

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DUNCAN, W. T. — The Impact of the Baring Crisis on the Development of the Argentine Economy 1890-1904 KENNEDY, M. J. - The Role and Significance of horses and bullocks in the economic development of Australia 1788-1929

MA Theses in Progress ALFORD, K. A. - The Labouring Role of Australian Women. 1788-/850 BOWMAN. R. B. - The Effects of Federation on the Victorian Economy to 1914 HOWARD, M. J. - Unemployment in Victoria before 1890 LEWIS, K. M. - Structural change in Women's Employment 1939-1977 - Geelong PHILCOX, R. — Earlv Computer Systems in Australia SOUKUP, J. J. - Tourism in Australia to 1914 VENN, M. A. - An Economic History of Australian Railways

68 ECONOMICS Chairman of department: Dr J. P. Nieuwenhuysen Professors JAMES OLIVER NEWTON PERKINS CHARLES SAMUEL SOPER Truby Williams Professor LESLIE ROY WEBB Professor of Econometrics ROSS ALAN WILLIAMS Readers ERNEST ARTHUR BOEHM JOHN PETER NIEUWENHUYSEN Senior Lecturers RAYMOND JOHN ALBERT HARPER KEVIN WILLIAM HINCE ARNOLD KAN NAOMI MOLDOFSKY NEVILLE NORMAN (on leave) JOHN ERNEST SULLIVAN Lecturers RICHARD HUGH ALLAN LESLIE GORDON CUPPER ALAN WILLIAM GUNTHER JUNE MARGARET HEARN ROBIN DOUGLAS HOCKING JOCELYN HORNE IAN MARTIN MeDONALD UNG-SUH PARK RHONDA LYNETTE SMITH PHILIP LAURENCE WILLIAMS Senior Tutors JACOB ABRAHAMI DAVID ANDREW ELDER JULIE ELIZABETH LEE JUDITH SLOAN MICHAEL JAMES O'REAR DON SWANN JULIAN TEICHER Tutors ANTHONY ASPROMOURGOS ROBERT JOHN DIXON ANNA HOOI YOKE KENG SANDRA JONES JANETTE ELIZABETH PRICE Part-time Lecturer JOHN HERBERT REEVES

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Economic analysis of crop diffusion. 2. The economic status of Australian aborigines. 3. The 'Kaleckian' roots of Keynes' General Theory. 4. The role of inter-sectoral wage differentials in macro models. 5. The importance of structural change as a proximate source of variation in the aggregate wage share. 6. The relationship between the average age of the capital stock and the sectoral distribution of income. 7. Income distribution, poverty and the relationship between personal taxation and means testing. 8. A revision of Twentieth Century Economic Development in Australia. 9. The financial requirements of industry. 10. Foreign ownership and control of industry in Australia. 11. Investment decision-making procedures of firms in Australia. 12. The economics of test cricket. 13. Industrial economics: an Australian study. 14. Non-tatonnement stabilisation. 15. Government intervention in industry. 16. Labour and manpower planning policies for industry. 17. Explanation and implications of'rigid' money wages and prices. 18. Economic implications of restrictive trade practices. 19. Foreign investment in Australia. 20. Structural change and market forces. 21. The co-ordination of piece-meal economic decisions. 22. The development of time series of cost of production for the farm sector, disaggregated hy product group.

69 70 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

23. An econometric model of Australian agriculture. 24. Rural products and the international sector. 25. Macro-economic policy in theory and practice. 26. Analysis of price expectations. 27. Structural changes in consumer demand. 28. Employment in white-collar unions. 29. Industrial relations in the open-cut black coal industry. 30. Political strikes - case studies. 31. Trade in motor cars between major producer nations. 32. The economics of air transport. 33. Growth cycles in Australia since World War II. 34. Wages, inflation and economic policy in industrial countries. 35. Shiftworking in manufacturing industry as an indicator of capital utilization in Germany, U.S.A. and U.K. 36. Comparative efficiency of manufacturing industry in Germany, U.S.A. and U.K. 37. Bougainville: a case study in the theory and practice of change. 38. Methodological issues in economics. 39. Criteria for prices justification.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. HARPER, R. J. A. - (with Shirley Home and Louise Buchanan) - Means Testing and Social Welfare Policv. A.C.O.S.S., Sydney, vii + 162 (1978). 2. PERKINS, J. O. N. - Crisis-Point in Australian Economic Policy? Macmillan, 50 (1978). 3. WILLIAMS, P. L. - The Emergence of the Theorv of the Firm. Macmillan, London, 207 (1978).

Chapters of Books 4. HARPER, R. J. A. — Poverty in Australia - A Reappraisal, in The Economy in Operation 3. eds J. Brown, I. Harrison, K. Nailor and S. Pinchen, V.C.T.A., 165-177 (1978). 5. HARPER, R. J. A. — Families in Poverty, in The Familv in Australia, eds J. Krupinski and A. Stoller, Pergamon Press, 2nd ed, 210-228 (1978). 6. HEARN. J. M. — Migration Policies, the Migrant Worker and Trade Unions, in The Immigration Issue in Australia, eds R. Birrell and C. Hay, School of Social Sciences, La Trobe University, 115-131 (1978). 7. HEARN. J. M. and CUPPER, L. G. - Industrial Relations Teaching in Australian Universities: the Industrial Relations Programme, University of Melbourne, in Ind. Relations Teach, and Res. in Aust. & N.Z.. ed D. Turkington. Industrial Relations Centre, Victoria, University of Wellington. 8. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. and SLOAN, J. - Wages Policy, in Surveys of Aust. Eco.. ed F. H. Gruen, Allen and Unwin for the Academy of Social Sciences in Australia, Sydney, 91- 132 (1978). 9. PERKINS, J. — Macroeconomic Policy in Australia 1970-77, in The Economy in Operation 3, op. cit. 99-109.

Reports 10. WEBB, L. R. - Report ofthe Committee of Inquiry in the South Australian Dairy Industry - L. R. Webb, Chairman (August 1977).

Articles 11. ALLAN, R. H. and VALENTINE, T. J. - An Econometric Analysis of Last Resort Borrowing, Deposit Rates and Levels of Deposits on the Short-Term Money Markets, Aust. J. of Management. 1-15 (1978). 12. ALLAN, R. H. - Changes in the Australian Short-Term Money Markets, J. of Aust. Soc. of Security Analysts 2: 17-22 (1978). 13. CUPPER, L. G. - Worker Participation - Theory and Practice^, of Eco. for Schools 20: 31- 35 (1978). 14. DIXON, R. and THIRLWALL, A. P. - Growth Rate Stability in the Kaldorian Regional Model, Scottish J. of Political Eco. 25: 97-99 (1978). 15. MeDONALD, I. — Microeconomic Motivation and the Kaldorian Theory ofthe Rate of Profit, Aust. Eco. Papers 17: 276-289 (1978). ECONOMICS 71

16. SMITH, R. L. and SMITH, A. W. - The Changing Position of the Rural Sector in the Australian Economy Since 1945, Aust. Eco. Review 3: 59-70 (1978). 17. WILLIAMS, R. A. - Wants and Working Wives: Household Demand and Saving in Australia, Eco. Record 54: 32-44 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Commerce 1. NOTTLE, R. - Income taxation and life assurance: an economic analysis

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress GRIFFIN, G. D. — White-Collar unionism in Australia: the growth of militancy MAHMOOD, M. - Jute and synthetics: a study of technical change and trade in the jute market RICH, J. — Flow theory of the labour market SAVAGE, B. A. — The provision of transport services in Australia - the interaction of public and private enterprise SCHUYERS, G. P. - An analysis of Australian energy resources SMITH, R. L. — An econometric model of Australian agriculture with emphasis on disaggregated profitability STRICKER, P. - Analysis of flow processes in the Australian labour market TULPULE, A. H. — Factors affecting the supply of labour

MCom Theses in Progress ASPROMOURGOS, A. - The political economy of John Locke BEVAN, M. — Case study of a union wage policy — an enquiry into the influence of trade union militancy on relative wages COWANS, G. E. - The structural determinants of technological progress: a cross-sectional study of research and development activity in Australian manufacturing industry CRANE, R. P. - Determinants of industrial relations in professional employment; the case ofthe Victorian Institute of Colleges DE SILVA, M. A. - A case study of the impact of the cost of funds of firms in the metals fabrication industry DEERY, S. J. - The national stevedoring industry conference and its impact on industrial relations in the A uslralian stevedoring industry ENSLEY. R. G. - Some aspects of industrial relations in small manufacturing business firms HARRISON, A. W. - The statutory corporation in industrial relations HOGG, T. M. - The valuation of private time savings by inter urban travellers JOHNS, R. F. - An examination and evaluation of the major factors causing longer term variations in private capital expenditure on new housing in Australia from 1948-49 to the present and an assessment of the analysis Jor the future private capital expenditure on new housing KHAW, P. C. L. — Dualism in the Malaysian economy LEAVESLEY, J. A. - A study of the Australian maritime labour market MAHLER, F. W. - The developing countries: A case for the development of the traditional economics organisation McPHEE, J. M. - The industrial relations system in the pulp and paper industry in Australia MELOTTE, Y. M. - Urban development RAWLINSON, M. J. - Labour turnover in the technical musterings of the RAAF: an economic analysis ROBERTS, J. H. - A comparative study of short term J'orecasting techniques used in planning a telephone network ROWE, B. A. - The oil industry in Fiji - 1958-1978: an analytical industrial relations study SANDY, G. A. - Metropolitan local government and its role in social welfare in Victorian Region 14 with special emphasis on the provision of domiciliary services for aged persons TOME, J. A. - Industrial relations and technological change: a comparative study of the metropolitan daily newspaper industry in Melbourne and Madrid WALLS. A. J. - The Industries Assistance Commission - an examination ofthe operations origin and impact of an economic policy institution WARING, C. L. - Changes in land use in the Wonthaggi area 1950-70 WARRELL, C. J. — A comparative study of the taxation of company income WATSON, I. R. — Price determination in Australian industry WILLIAMS, D. G. — Local government finance in Victoria XAVIER. P. A. — Principles to guide road user charges in Australia: economic issues 72 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

MA Theses in Progress DOBSON, W. - Associated Chamber of Manufactures of Australia, 1904-1977: a study in the developmenland evolution of material employers co-operation and unity FIELD, H. K. — A studv of the factors affecting the markets for Australian meal exports to the USA and Japan. 1972-76 TATNELL, W. J. - Structural change wilh reference to factors influencing work possibilities in wholesaling and retailing in Australia in 1990

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: World trade in agricultural products and Australian agriculture. Education Research and Development Committee: A comparative study of the incorporation of interpreters in established institutions and the policy implications for education. Reserve Bank of Australia: An econometric study of the demand for and cost of air transport in Australia. Wool Research Trust Fund of the Australian Wool Corporation and the Reserve Bank of Australia: Cost of production time series for rural industry commodity groups. GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairman of department: Mr J. B. King Deputy Chairman of department: Mr R. J. McGlashan Director of Advanced Management Education: Dr H. F. Craig Sidney Myer Professor PHILIP JOHN BARNES ROSE Readers WILLIAM JOHN BYRT HAROLD FARLOW CRAIG Senior Lecturers TERENCE JOSEPH CUMMINS JOHN BERRESFORD KING DAVID CHARLES LIMERICK MERVYN GEORGE LINCOLN RICHARD JOHN McGLASHAN HENRY GERALD STANTON IVAN RAY WOODS Dunlop Automotive and Industrial Group Senior Research Fellow PETER ROWSELL MASTERS Lecturers ADRIAN PAYNE Principal Tutor JOCELYN LOIS HOWLETT Visiting Fellow WILLIAM ALLAN DICK Senior Associates VICTOR LESLIE GOLE WILLIAM DARWOOD FERME GEOFFREY DAVID ALLEN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Inventory control - G. H. Stanton. 2. Women in management — J. L. Howlett. 3. The structures and strategies of Australian organizations — W. J. Byrt and T. J. Cummins. 4. Leadership - W. J. Byrt.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Business Administration 1. ARENA, A. and RICH, G. J. - A Study of Small Business Men 2. JOKUBAITIS, A. and WILLIS, G. — Analysis of Change in a Manufacturing Organization 3. McLEOD, R. A. — The Identification and Development ofa Factoring Service to the Horse Racing Industry in Victoria 4. McALLESTER, R. - Development of a Long-Term Marketing Strategy for Ansell International 5. ANDREWS, D. G. and CASTLE. I. M. - The Australian Short Term Money Market 6. MASON, P. T. - Franchising for Profit 7. THOMAS, C. O. - Market Research Welding Electrodes 8. PINCZUK, F. — A Report on the Establishment ofa Bank of Mango for the Consideration of the Cabinet 9. COHEN, B. - Leasing in Australia 10. GIDLEY, D. N. - Clay Bricks in the 1980s: A Study on Behalf of Brick and Pipe Industries Ltd 11. ADAMS, R. G. — The Investment Policies of Self-Managed Superannuation Funds 12. HASLAM, C. — Resource Rent Tax: Economic and Political Implications 13. LIEPINS, B - A Study of Victorian Milk Production 14. THOMAS, R. J. - The Response of Share Prices to Unexpected Changes in Earnings and Dividend Policy 15. FORD, P. - Trends in Housing 1968-76 16. HANCY, A. C. and SHERRY, G. - A Study of the Internal Operating Systems of Manchester Unity Independent Order of Oddfellows (in Victoria) and their Appropriateness in Meeting The Organization Needs 17. CILIBERTO, P. - The Motor Accidents Board 18. McKAY, E. A. — Image Management 19. K UDELKA, T. C. and MIMS, R. B. - Altitudes lo Manufacturing Industry within Australia 20. FICKLING, D. — An Analysis of the 1973-75 Government Policies on Aviation Cost Recovery and the Reactions of the Air Line Industry 21. PAUL, W. J. — Opportunities for Government Explosives Factories 22. HMWE, M. K. - A Financial Case Study ofa Small Manufacturer

73 74 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress CUMMINS, T. J. — Mid-Career Development of the Australian Manager KELL, P. C. — Conflict and Power Escalation: In Search of a Paragin KING, J. B. - Patterns of Behaviour of Boards of Director's of Selected Australian Companies LINCOLN, M. G. - Financial and Economic Model of Melbourne's Transport System MASTERS, P. R. — The Structure and Content of Post-Experience Management Development Programs PAYNE, A. F. — An Empirical Analysis of Option Trading in the Australian Stock Market STANTON, G. H. — Application of Heuristic Programming Techniques to Resource Scheduling INSTITUTE OF APPLIED ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH Director: Professor R. F. Henderson Director and Professor RONALD FRANK HENDERSON t Deputy Director - Econometric and Statistical Research DUNCAN STANDON IRONMONGER Deputy Director - Administration ROBERT BROOK LEWIS Senior Research Fellows RICHARD BAILEY SCOTTON PETER JAMES SHEEHAN Research Fellows PETER JOHN BRAIN BEATRICE CLAUDE MARIE DERODY GEOFFREY LEWIS REVELL DIXON •HELEN LAYTON FERBER BARRY SELWYN GRAY DIANA MeDONALD •JOHN SIMON McDONNELL •HELEN JEAN OWENS PHYLLIS BERNADETTE ROSENDALE GERARD PETER SCHUYERS ALFRED WILLIAM SMITH CLAIRE CHRISTINE THOMAS

RESEARCH STAFF Research Scholar ANDREW BURBIDGE Research Assistants LOUISE BARTON JOHN PATRICK BRENNAN JENNIFER CLARE BUCHANAN •PAMELA ISOBEL BURGESS ANTHONY DAVID CARMODY ANDREW KIM COLLARD •STEPHEN DERRICK •SUSAN MARY DONATH WILLIAM FRANCIS FOSTER RODERICK NICHOLLS HARRIS ••SUSAN MARIE HOLMES BRIAN PATRICK KELLY JAMES WILLIAM LANG ANNE ELIZABETH LEAHY VALERIE JEAN McGOWN •COSIMA HILARY McPHEE •DEBORAH JANE NIALL JUDITH ANNE O'NEILL APICHAI PUNTASEN PETER PAUL STRICKER PETER JOHN TAYLOR PHILIP ROBERT THEAKER RICHARD JOHN CAMPBELL WALLIS •ELIZABETH BLANCHE WILLIAMSON Research Associate (in Joint Project with Brotherhood of St. Laurence) ELIZABETH BROOKE f Personal Chair in the Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research • Fractional full-time •• Part-time

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. CURRENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND SHORT-TERM FORECASTS 1. Analysis of economic conditions in Australia - Barton, Derody, Strieker. 2. Publication of the Australian Economic Review - Sheehan, et al. 3. Surveys of consumers, attitudes and intentions — McDonnell, Derrick (with the Roy Morgan Research Centre)

75 76 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

4. Analysis of consumers, attitudes and the saving ratio - Defris. 5. Unemployment - Sheehan, Strieker. 6. Issues of macro-economic policy — Henderson, Ironmonger, Sheehan. 7. Project LINK — International linkage of econometric models - Ironmonger. 8. Quarterly mode! of sections of the Australian economy — Sheehan, Derody, Rosendale, McDonald.

B. ECONOMETRIC FORECASTING PROJECT 1. Medium and long-term forecasts of economic developments — Brain, et al. 2. Short-term forecasts of economic developments - McDonald, Rosendale, Sheehan. 3. A medium-term econometric model of the Australian economy — Brain, McPhee. 4. Analysis of industrial activity in Australia - Gray, Lang. 5. A model of supply and demand for energy in Australia - Schuyers. 6. A model of the Australian financial sector - Burgess, Donath. 7. Econometric modelling of the operations of Telecom Australia - Theaker. 8. Economic activity in the Australian States - Gray, Lang. 9. Analysis of demographic factors underlying the Australian economy - Brain, Smith, Schuyers. 10. An econometric model of Australian agriculture - Smith. 11. Analysis of selected international economies as they affect Australia - Puntasen. 12. Preparation of annual data bank for econometric modelling - McPhee. Leahy.

C. INDUSTRIAL AND FINANCIAL STUDIES 1. Australian energy policy options — Dixon. 2. Australian manufactured exports — Dixon, McGown. 3. Australian imports — Rosendale. 4. Analysis of costs of production in Australian agriculture — Smith, Collard. 5. Economic aspects of the use of water resources in the Kerang region — Smith, Taylor. 6. Housing construction activity in South Australia — Sheehan, Derody, Rosendale, McDonald, Carmody.

D. SOCIAL EXPENDITURE AND SOCIAL POLICY 1. A study of social expenditure patterns in Australia - Scotton, Ferber, Owens. 2. Study of social indicators — Owens. 3. Analysis of questionnaires on local government - Thomas. 4. Study of welfare operations of seven municipalities - O'Neill, Thomas, et al. 5. Funding local government welfare operations - Lewis. 6. Responsibilities of local government in welfare operations - Henderson. 7. Assessment of the action and resource centre - Brook (with the Brotherhood of St. Laurence). 8. Youth unemployment in Australia - Strieker.

E. ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL STATISTICS 1. Institute's econometric data bank - Buchanan. 2. Computer programming for econometric modelling and analysis of economic conditions - Harris, Foster, Kelly.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. O'NEILL, J., with THOMAS, C. - Local Government Health and Welfare Services: A Study of Seven Municipalities. Technical Paper No. 10, Inst, of Appl. Eco. and Soc. Res., Melbourne (1978). 2. SCOTTON, R. B. and FERBER, H. eds - Public Expenditures and Social Policy in Australia. Volume I: The Whitlam Years 1972-75. Longman-Cheshire, Melbourne (1978). INSTITUTE OF APPLIED ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH 77

3. SHEEHAN, P. J. - The Renewal of Australian Schools. Revised and Enlarged Edition, ed with J. V. D'Cruz, A.C.E.R., Melbourne (November 1978). 4. SHEEHAN, P. J., with DERODY, B. - The Demand for and Supply of Kindergarten Teachers in Victoria 1977-1984, A.C.E.R., Melbourne (May 1978).

Chapters of Books 5. BRAIN, P. J. and GRAY, B. S. - "The 'Gregory Thesis' - Protection Policy and Factors Affecting the Size of the Australian Manufacturing Sector, 1990" in W. Kasper and T. G. Parry, eds Growth, Trade and Structural Change in an Open Australian Economy. Canberra (1978). 6. DAVEY, P. - "Financing of Education" in Public Expenditures and Social Policy in Australia, Volume 1: The Whitlam Years 1972-75: 38-86, Longman-Cheshire. Melbourne (1978). 7. DIXON, G. L. R. - "Resources and the National Economy in the 1980's" in Australia's Resources Future, eds Peter Hastings and Andrew Farran: 185-212, Nelson in association with the Australian Institute of International Affairs, Melbourne (1978). 8. FERBER, H. - "Diary of Legislative and Administrative Changes", in Public Expenditures and Social Policy in Australia. Volume 1: The Whitlam Years 1972-75: 212-274, Longman.- Cheshire, Melbourne (1978). 9. HENDERSON, R. F. - "Social Welfare Expenditure", in Public Expenditures and Social Policy in Australia, Volume 1: The Whitlam Years 1972-75: 160-178, Longman-Cheshire, Melbourne (1978). 10. LEWIS, R. B. with HENDERSON, R. F., O'NEILL, J. and THOMAS, C. T. - "Summary of Major Recommendations for Administration and Funding — Discussion Paper A of Municipal Association of Victoria Consultation Seminars on the Role of Local Government in Social Welfare", in Local Government Health and Welfare Services: A Study of Seven Municipalities by J. O'Neill and C.Thomas: 133-145, Inst, of Appl. Eco. and Soc. Res., Melbourne (1978). 11. SCOTTON, R. B. -"Public expenditure and social policy", in Public Expenditures and Social Policy in Australia, Volume 1: The Whitlam Years 1972-75: 1-37, Longman-Cheshire, Melbourne (1978). 12. SCOTTON, R. B. - "Health services and the public sector", in Public Expenditures and Social Policy in Australia, Volume I: The Whitlam Years 1972-75: 87-136, Longman- Cheshire, Melbourne (1978). 13. SHEEHAN, P. J. - "Real Wages and Unemployment - An Alternative View", in J. W. Nevile, ed Real Wages and Unemployment, Centre for Appl. Eco. Res., University of New South Wales (1978). 14. SHEEHAN, P. J. and D'CRUZ, J. V. - "Culture and the Schools Commission in Educational Renewal", in The Renewal of Australian Schools, ed J. V. D'Cruz and P. J. Sheehan, second edition: 3-16, ACER, Melbourne (November 1978). 15. SHEEHAN, P. J. and D'CRUZ, J. V. - "Some Key Issues for the Future of Australian Schools", in The Renewal of Australian Schools, ed J. V. D'Cruz and P. J. Sheehan, second edition: 265-292, ACER, Melbourne (November 1978). 16. THOMAS, C. T. - "Appendix III - A Note on the Welfare Consultation Seminars Conducted by the Municipal Association of Victoria, March/April 1978", in Local Government Health and Welfare Services: A Study of Seven Municipalities by J. O'Neill and C. Thomas: 146-163, Inst, of Appl. Eco. and Soc. Res., Melbourne (1978).

Journal 17. SHEEHAN, P. J. ed, MeDONALD, D. and ROSENDALE, P.assoc. eds and BUCHANAN, J. assist, ed - Aust. Eco. Review, Nos. 41. 42. 43 and 44: published quarterly by the Inst, of Appl. Eco. and Soc. Res.

Articles and Papers 18. BARTON, L. - Agricultural Assistance Measures: A Survey and Assessment, Aust. Eco. Review (3rd Quarter 1978). 19. BRAIN, P. J. and GRAY, B. S. - The Medium-Term Prospect for the Australian Economy, 1978-1985, Aust. Eco. Review (3rd Quarter 1978). 20. BRAIN, P. J. and GRAY, B. S. - Change in Inter-Sector Resource Allocation in the Australian Economy, 1966-67 to 1973-74. Paper presented to the Conference on "The Economics of Structural Change and Adjustments", Inst, of Industrial Economics, University of Newcastle (November 1978). 78 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

21. DEFRIS, L. V. — Alternative Measures of Australian Consumer Inflationary Expectations: Their Relation to Attitudes and Prices, Aust. Eco. Review (4th Quarter 1978). 22. DIXON, G. L. R. and FERGUSON, B. J. - What Price Energy Conservation? Paper presented to the Institute_of Energy, Victorian Branch, (23 August 1978) [mimeographed]. 23. DIXON, G. L. K. and r-tRGUSON, B. j. - Structural Change in Australia. Industries Assistance Commission, Canberra, Book Review (1977), published in Economic Record. Volume 54. No. 146: 291-2 (August 1978). 24. HENDERSON, R. F. - Housing Policy and the Poor, Aust. Eco. Review (1st Quarter 1978). 25. HENDERSON, R. F. - Employment in thc Tertiary Sector, Paper delivered to Victorian Employment Conference (December 1978). 26. HENDERSON, R. F. - The Commonwealth-State Housing Agreement, Environs Magazine of the Department of Environment, Housing and Community Development. Canberra (1978). 27. IRONMONGER, D. S. - The Australian Economy in the Eighties. Paper given as the Opening Address to the 1978 National Convention of the Housing Industry Assoc., Perth (24 April 1978). 28. IRONMONGER, D. S. - Some Key Issues in the Macro-Economic Debate in Australia, Aust. Eco. Review (3rd Quarter 1978). 29. McDONNELL, J. S. and IRONMONGER, D. S. - Understanding the Savings Ratio, Research Report 9. Consumer Surveys, Inst, of Appl. Eco. and Soc. Res. (December 1978). 30. SCOTTON, R. B. - The Costs and Use of Medical Services, A uu. Eco. Review (2nd Quarter 1978). 31. SCOTTON, R. B. — Health Expenditures and Cost Containment: An International Perspective. Paper presented to the Seventh Conference of Economists, Sydney (August 1978). 32. SHEEHAN, P. J. and STRICKER, P. P. - Youth Unemployment in Australia: A Survey, Aust. Eco. Review (1st Quarter 1978). 33. SMITH, A. W. — Agricultural Modelling and its Application to Long-Term Econometric Forecasting, Paper presented to the Victorian Branch of the Aust. Agric. Eco. Soc. (April 1978). 34. SMITH, A. W. and BRENNAN, J. P. - The Effects of Wheat Delivery Quotas on Wheat Supply, Paper presented to the 22nd Annual Conf. of the Aust. Agric. Eco. Soc, Sydney (February 1978). 35. SMITH, A. W. and SMITH, R. L. - The Changing Position of thc Rural Sector in the Australian Economy since 1945, Aust. Eco. Review (3rd Quarter 1978). 36. SMITH, A. W. and HEADY, B. - Owning Versus Renting in Australia: Public and Private Choices in Housing, Paper prepared for the National Housing Eco. Conf., Macquarie University (August 1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BURBIDGE, A. - Government Policies for the Work-force Poor CUTTANCE, P. - Educational Achievement al the Secondary School Level HAYWOOD, E. - Economic Fluctuations: Australia and its Stales, 1950-1972 ROSENDALE, P. - The Indonesian Balance of Payments, 1950-76 (PhD, awarded ANU 1978) SCHUYERS, G. P. - The Impact of New Energy Sources and Technologies on Future Australian Energy Consumption and Production Patterns STRICKER, P. P. - Operation of the Australian Labour Market

MCom Theses in Progress LANG, J. W. — An Ecbnometric Model of the Victorian Housing Industry MeDONALD, D. — Measurement of Potential Output in Australia

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Analysis of social expenditures in Australia. ARGC: World trade in agricultural products and Australian agriculture. ARGC: Investigation of assumptions underlying the delivery of personal welfare services by local government. ARGC: The behaviour of Australian manufactured exports 1963-64 to 1973-74. ARGC: Australian capital requirements to 1990. Australian Wool Corporation and Reserve Bank of Australia: Preparation and analysis of farm cost data. INSTITUTE OF APPLIED ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH 79

South Australian Department of Housing, Urban and Regional Affairs: Housing construction activity in South Australia. Telecom Australia: Econometric modelling and forecasting. Victorian Ministry of Water Resources and Water Supply: Economic aspects ofthe use of water resources in the Kerang region. Details of subscribers to the Consumer Surveys and Econometric Forecasting Projects will be found in the Annual Report of the Institute for 1978. LEGAL STUDIES Chairman of department: Mr A. J. St.J. Hannigan Reader AIDAN JAMES ST JOHN HANNIGAN Lecturers BOB BOASE hKAN^tS CAROL HANKS RICHARD JAMES MITCHELL ZALMON SINGER JOHN HAROLD TELFER Senior Tutors DENISE ADRIENNE KERR GRAEME JOHN LOWE LORETTA MARGARET RE Tutor ROBERT IAN McQUEEN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The extent to which laws against deception impose a duty to disclose information. 2. Comparative aspects of British and Australian labour law. 3. Various aspects of commercial law - for publication as a textbook. 4. Multinational corporations particularly in relation to direct investment in under-developed countries. 5. The law of frustration. 6. Immigration laws in Australia. 7. Worker participation in statutory corporations. 8. Environmental laws. 9. The 'right to work'. 10. Reductions of capital and class rights. 11. Law and business administration in Australia — for publication as a textbook.

PUBLISHED WORK Article 1. MITCHELL, R. J. - The Employment Protection Act 1975 and the Extension of Industrial Democracy in Britain — Lessons for Australia. Australian Business Law Review 6: 105-129 (1978).

80 REGIONAL AND URBAN ECONOMIC STUDIES Chairman of department: Mr C. S. Woods Reader ROBERT KENT WILSON Senior Lecturers CLIFFORD SELBY WOODS CLIVE SAUNDERS BEED Lecturer ROBERT ADRIAN CARTER Tutors DAVID ROSS BOOTH JENNIFER MARY LOFTUS-HILLS

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The relation of recent planning experience in Melbourne to relevant socio-economic theory - C. S. Beed. 2. Distributional impacts of federal government housing policy - R. A. Carter. J. Metropolitan employment structure and urbanization processes — R. A. Carter. 4. An analysis of regional and urban policies instituted by the Australian Government from end 1972-75 inclusive, as a contribution to a monograph being produced by the Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, on social policy in the period - R. K. Wilson. 5. A regional and sectoral survey of Australian economic and resource development, with a post- 1945 emphasis - R. K. Wilson.

PUBLISHED WORK Report 1. CARTER. R. A. with LITTLE, F. M. — Urban Development. Economic Development and Growth. Urban Economic Consultants Pty. Ltd. a Research Report (draft) to the Planning Branch, Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works (Nov. 1978).

Articles 2. CARTER, R. A. — The Socio-Economic Implications of Urban Development: A Replv, in Polis. Vol. 5. No. 2: 59-66 (1978). 3. CARTER. R. A. - "Australian Regional Development Policy in the 1970's", Canadian J. of Sc. 3 (May 1978). 4. CARTER, R. A. - "The Economical Costs and Benefits of Urban Growth — an Approach", in The Economy in Operation 3, eds J. Brown, K. Nailon, N. Harrison, S. Pinchen (1978). 5. CARTER, R. A. — Polarisation in Housing Access in T. Burke, ed Housing Problems and Housing Policy. Centre for Urban Studies, Swinburne College of Technology (1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS MEc Thesis in Progress BOOTH, D. R. - Inter-regional Migration in Victoria. 1966-71

MCom Thesis in Progress MARSHALL, D. L. — Trends in property prices and land values in some inner suburbs in Melbourne and the economic consequences

81 EDUCATION Chairman of department: Miss K. I. Palmer

Professor KENNETH BRIAN START Readers GWYNETH MAUDE DOW EDGAR LIONEL FRENCH IAN VICTOR HANSEN STEPHEN MURRAY-SMITH OLIVE WYKES Senior Lecturers GRAHAM CHARLES FENDLEY PETER NORMANTON GILL WILMA DENESE HANNAH FRANK DEREK NAYLOR KATHLEEN IMELDA PALMER CHARLES POOLE MORRIS STANTON WILLIAMS Lecturers MICHAEL EDWIN BERNARD DONALD FREDERICK CAVE ELIZABETH ROSEMARY DINES RODERICK ALAN FAWNS KEITH GRANT FLEMING RODERICK McARTHUR FOSTER LESLEY RUTH JOHNSON KAREL CHRISTOPHER REUS-SMIT WILLIAM GEORGE SHAND SMITH RICHARD VAUGHAN TEESE Senior Tutor ULDIS EGILS OZOLINS

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. COMPARATIVE EDUCATION 1. Changes in secondary school curriculum in France — Wykes. 2. Comparative study of administration of education in Australian States — Wykes. 3. Comparative study of secondary school curriculum in Australian States — Wykes. 4. Reforms in higher education in France - Wykes.

THESES IN PROGRESS MEd Theses in Progress

Major Thesis MILLER, J. F. — A Comparative Study of the Education of Migrant Students in Australia and Elsewhere

Minor Theses FRYER, L. A. — A Comparative Study of Courses for Prospective Teachers of Physical Education GARDNER, C. R. — Developments in Australian Government Public Service Board Training Policy 1945-75 LEACH, S. S. — A Comparative Study of the Organisation of Stale Secondary Education in N.S. W. and Victoria McARDLE, F. W. — A Study of Curriculum and School Policy Development in a Catholic Primary School MERLINO, F. — The Three Teachers' Unions in Victoria: A Comparative Study RUSH, E. R. - English in the Final Year of A ustralian Secondary Schooling 1975: A Comparative View WILLIAMS, F. G. - The Educational Recommendations of the World Bank Mission Report on Papua New Guinea 1964-74 WILSON, I. R. B. — Geography Curriculum — Comparative — Australian Schools

82 EDUCATION 83

B. CURRICULUM STUDIES 1. Innovations in curriculum policy and practice — Dow. 2. School-based teacher training — Dow. 3. Content and structural analyses of junior secondary science material and syllabi — Fawns. 4. 'Clinical' supervision of curriculum studies in pre-service teacher education — Fawns. 5. Se.x differences in English achievement — Hansen.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress AINLEY, J. G. — An Evaluation of the Government Science Facilities Programme and its Effect on Science Education in Australian Schools CLARKE, P. N. - Staff in Teachers' Colleges: Their Role, Position and Attitudes in Higher Education GOUGH, N. P. — Toward a Theory of School-based Curriculum Development: Principles and Practices GRANT, A. N. — A Study of the Response to the Reading of Fiction by Pupils at the Upper Secondary School Level

MEd Theses in Progress

Major Theses BAKER, M. J. C. — The Mathematical Curriculum BELL, B. L. — In-Service Courses — Evaluation in Educational Administration BIGUM, C. J. - HSC Subject Choice Trends 1966-1975 BOWDEN, J. A. - Role of Laboratory Work in Undergraduate Science Courses BRENTNALL, M. R. — Enquiry Processes at the Junior Secondary Science Level BRYCE, J. - The Heterogeneity of Music Backgrounds of Students at the Beginning of Secondary School and Implications for the Secondary School Music Curriculum GARRETTY, H. M. - Course Choice of Tertiary Education Students GREENALL, A. E. — A Critical Analysis ofthe Rationale for and Processes of the Development of Environmental Education at the Australian Government Level HAMERSTON, M. T. — The Public Examination of English in Victoria: A Study of One External Influence on the Secondary School English Curriculum, 1944-1974 HAMMOND, H. J. — Small Group Undirected Discussions of Literature at Junior Secondary Level HEINE, T. J. - Introduction and Development of Rudolf Steiner Schools in Australia RYAN, Y. — A Study of the Notion of Role in Relation to the Behaviour of Full-time Mature Students in a Regional College SPEAR. M. S. — School Based Curriculum in Victorian Secondary Schools: Its Introduction and Rationale, and a Case Study TROY NAR, G. M. — Alternatives in Junior Secondary Science: A Critical and Comparative Study of A.S.E. P., S.C.I.S.P. and Nuffield Junior Secondary Science VINCENT, C. — An Investigation into the Historical Development of Instrumental Music at the Secondary Level in Victoria

Minor Theses BEAVIS, C. A. — An Evaluation of the Recommendations of the Bullock Report and the Assumptions Underlying it BERRY, R. V. — Some Effects of Criterion Mastery Levels and Student Aptitude upon Achievement and Retention of Cartographic Knowledge and Skills CAMERON, B. M. - The Effect of the Method of Introduction on Students' Laboratory Practical Work COSGRIFF, R. O. — Investigation of the Role of Writing in Secondary Schools GILLBANK, L. R. — The Dynamics of Curriculum Change: A Case Study of J.S.S.P. in Victoria HAMILTON, A. T. - The'Role ofthe Off-Campus Studies Co-Ordindtor INCHLEY. G. T. — The Applicability of the Current HSC Programme to Mature Age Students LIM CHIOW BENG. M. - Conceptions in Biology: The Status oj Biological Evolution McLEAN. R. — Computer-Assisted Instruction in the Primary School SEDAL, L. - Curriculum - The Medical Curriculum: A Model for the Study of Educational Theory SHAW, N. A. — Nursing Education WHITE. A. D. - Strategies for Promoting Curriculum Change: A Literature Survey 84 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

C. DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATIONAL THOUGHT

1. Matthew Arnold: culture, society and education - Palmer. 2. A. S. Neill: the education of the free child - Gill. 3. Progressive and alternative school theory - Gill. 4. John Dewey: education for intelligently directed action - Hannah.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress D'CRUZ, V. — The Educational Thought of Vivekananda in its Ideological and Cultural Context GRIFFITHS, J. R. — Education as an Aspect of Social Reform in the Works of Some Viclorian Writers

MEd Theses in Progress

Major Theses BOWDEN, J. S. — The God-Concept of Adolescents (Australian and Fijian Samples) TAYLOR, D. P. - Yoga and Education

Minor Theses GOODWIN, C. R. — The Educational Philosophy of Jacques Maritain MISSEN, J. M. — Arnold and Eliot - A Comparative Study oftheir Concepts of'High Culture' in Relation to Education McKNIGHT, C. — The Roman Quintilian: A Writer of Importance in the Development of Classical Educational Thought TRANTER, B. C. - Raymond Williams' Theory of Culture: A Critique VEITCH, M.D. - A Study of AS. Neill with Attention to his Perception of the Relation between Freedom and Authority in an Educational Institution

D. EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION

THESES IN PROGRESS

MEd Theses in Progress

Minor Theses

BROWN, J. E. - Leadership in Primary Schools CHAMPION, N. D. — Relation of Teachers to Institutions of Education D'ORSA, J. B. - Aspects of Education Administration in Catholic Schools HARRISON, P. J. - Organisational Climate HOUGHTON, J. F. - Administrative Problems in giving Parents Greater Choice in the Education their Children Receive HOWELLS, E. C. — The Perceptions of Incumbents, Principals, Teachers and Members of the Central Administration ofthe Role ofthe Vice Principals of Victorian Government Special Class Primary Schools LAWRY, R. P. - In-Service Education — Primary Division LLOYD, G. L. — Study Leave Program of the Education Department of Victoria MEEHAN, R. L. — Description and Evaluation of Primary Teacher Qualifications STEER, W. A. - Job Satisfaction of High School Teachers STONE, R. J. - Rural Isolation in Secondary Schooling TOMKINS, M. R. — The Feasibility of a Senior High School in the Western Suburbs EDUCATION 85

E. HISTORY 1. Biographies of F. H. J. Archer, W. M. Buntine - French. 2. Biographies of Enid Derham, Julia Flynn - Palmer. 3. History of The Australian College of Education - Fendley. 4. History of secondary education in Australia 1788-1900 - French. 5. Cultural conflict in the Bass Strait islands - Murray-Smith. 6. History of Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology - Murray-Smith. 7. History of technical education in Australia - Murray-Smith.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress

BIDDINGTON, R. W. — The Origin and Development of Primary Teacher Education and Training in Victoria 1850-1950 CLEMENTS. M. A. - Middle Class Education and Matriculation in Victoria 1890-1965 DARE, A. J. — The Educational and Social Significance of Senior Technical Education in Victoria 1890-1965 LING, P. N. — An Analysis of Arrangements made for the Provision of Technical Education in Australia. 1880-1914 McLAREN, J. D. - The Influence ofthe Writings ofP. R. Leavis on the Teaching of Humanities with particular reference to A ustralia MITCHELL, J. A. - The Evolution ofthe Victorian State High School Svstem 1905-1928 NOBLE. G. W. - The History of Secondary Education in Australia from 1800-1958 TASKER, D. H. — The Place of Religion in Commercial Television in Australia from 1956 to the Present Time

MEd Theses in Progress

Major Theses

ABIUSO, G. - The History of Italian Cultural Organizations in Victoria, 1861-1946 GARLICK, L. F. C. — Movements that Led to the Establishment of the Viclorian Teachers' Tribunal and its Operations during the Years 1946-66 HOLLANDER. O. - Television and the Recording of History KIMBER, R. F. - The Development of the Primary School Curriculum in Victoria 1901-1940 KI.EINHENZ, E. M. - The Teaching Profession in Victoria. 1900-1920 LYONS, E. - The History ofthe VCTA. McPHEE, B. P. — Catholic Education: The Contribution of Archbishop Carr of Melbourne MacPHERSON, C. R. — Biography of Thomas Arnold the Younger in Van Dieman's Land MORATH, J. A. - Study of the Social and Political Forces lhat Influenced the Formulation of ALP Education Policy between 1968-1972 MOUNT, J. J. - Catholic Education: Changes in Policies and Practices in Victoria. 1965-1978 POSTEMA, H. N. - Some Aspects of Policy in Public Education in Victoria 1918-1940 REID, G. R. - A Studv of Independent Schools: Geelong Grammar. Clyde and Geelong C.E.G.G.S. in the 1930s RUSH, D. C. - Methodist Attitudes to Public Education in Victoria, 1850-1910 SAMSON, A. J. — Teaching Social Sciences in Major Colleges of Advanced Education TURNER, A. - Independent Working Class Education in Australia 1917-1927

Minor Theses

BARKLEY, R. A. - A History ofthe Hermitage C.E.G.G.S. DILLON, M. C. — A Study of Working Class Education in the Western Suburbs of Melbourne in the 1920s and 1930s JACKEL. S. G. — The Employment of Teachers in Victorian Government Schools, 1862-1892 McDONOGH. J. J. — Some Aspects of Secondary Technical Education in Victoria SILVER BACK, R. B. - Tertiary Education in Provincial Cities SMITH, A. C. — An Analysis ofthe Changes in the Teaching of Religion in Victorian Catholic Schools since 1900 WHITELEY. R. H. - The Administrative Style of Donald Clark. First Chief Inspector of Technical Schools 86 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

F. LINGUISTICS

1. Formal and functional variation in urban children's language - Dines and others. 2. Linguistic variation in Australian children — Dines.

THESES IN PROGRESS

MEd Theses in Progress

Major Theses

CALTON, C. J. — English Language Curricula in Teachers Colleges DUNSTAN, C. D. — Mathematical Ability and Linguistic Framework FRANCIS, N. A. — Comparative Study of Language and Music Acquisition HOLROYD, L. M. - The Development of Language Facility of Students between Grade 6 and Forms 2 and 4

Minor Theses BLAZE, D. A. — Language Delayed Working Class Children: Different or Deviant KINDLER, K. P. — Language Differences in Fifteen Year Olds of Differing Socio-economic Backgrounds KYNOCH, H. M. - Problems of Language Maintenance in Italian Families LOM AS, W. P. — Development and Directives in the Speech of Children of early Primary School Age WHEELER, W. G. — Language and Teaching in the Classroom

G. PHILOSOPHY

1. Maria Montessori: the importance of early childhood education - Cave. 2. Philosophical aspects of a theory of teaching - Fleming. 3. P. H. Phenix: meaning and the source of the curriculum - Foster. 4. The enduring challenge: establishing priorities in education — Hannah. 5. Beyond pluralism: education for an agreed cultural purpose — Hannah. 6. An analysis of rights in an educational context — Smith. 7. Education and intrinsic value - Smith. 8. R. S. Peters: the concept of the educated man — Smith. 9. Philosophy of music education — Smith.

THESES IN PROGRESS

MEd Theses in Progress

Major Theses

BRADBEER, J. M. - Religious Knowledge and Education GOOD, J. K. R. - The Philosophic Bases of T. S. Eliot's Thought: The Concept of Objectivity GRESCHKE, L. R. — The Relevance of Transcendental Arguments and Values in Education HUGHES, D. J. M. — The Analvsis of'Education' and the Value of Educational Activities NICHTERLE1N, J. - Kant's Philosophy of Education

Minor Theses

ATKINSON, J. F. — A Discussion of the Distinctiveness of Hirst's Forms of Knowledge DERHAM, M. G. — Is There a Relation between the Concepts of Teaching and Meaning KENNEDY, J. - Education and the Utility ofthe Individual: A Study ofJ. S. Mill SETTLE, J. M. - An Evaluation of the Philosphical Bases of Hirst's Forms of Knowledge EDUCATION 87

H. PSYCHOLOGY 1. Increasing self-confidence in low-achieving low self-concept school-age children — Bernard. 2. Parents as teachers - Bernard and others. 3. Diagnostic teaching — Bernard. 4. Sex role behaviour and teacher-student assessment — Bernard. 5. Carl Rogers: education and client-centred therapy - Naylor. 6. Computer simulations of classroom interactions for individualized instruction in pedagogical principles — Poole. 7. Opening and first 3 years of an open design education complex - Start. 8. Relation between attitudes and achievements of children and their teachers — Start. 9. Relation of Time on Task to short and long term achievement - Start. 10. Development of self-teaching equipment for severely handicapped children (with Dr D. Dewhurst, Electrical Engineering) - Start. 11. Quality in education - Start.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress AINLEY, M. - The Role of Curiosity in Problem-solving BALL, I. L. — Performance in Stressful Situations GRIFFIN, P. E. — Apprenticeship Training: The Effects of Additional School-based Training McMILLAN, J. — The Effects of Counselling on Pre- and Post-Partum Anxiety in Primiparae MILNE, R. - Moral Development in Early Childhood RIDSDALE, A. M. — A Longitudinal Investigation into some Aspects of the Language of Tertiary Students SCHOFIELD, H. - The Relationship between Teachers' Attitudes and Pupils' Achievements

MEd Theses in Progress

Major Theses BALLARD, A. - Curiositv and Cognition in Early Adolescence GILMOUR, H. - Survey 'of Oral Reading of Grade 2 Children KING, M. G. - Middle Level Technical Students PARKER, J. — A Consideration of Peer Group Relationships in the Multi-ethnic Classroom SHERWELL, I. F. — Learner and Instructional Variables Contributing to the Learning and Retention of Related Concepts al the Formal Levels of Attainment WHITE, J. D. — Personality and Achievement in Computer-based Drill and Practice for Primary School Children

Minor Theses CURWOOD, M. R. — Achievement as a Function of Academic Status and Engaged Time DAPIRAN, H. J. — Achievement of Migrant Children in Secondary Schools DUDLEY, A. G. — Children's Comprehension of Mathematical Language KELLEHER, M. M. T. - Application of Psychology to Teaching and Curriculum, e.g. HSC and Cognitive Level of Students LYNE, M. L. - Teacher Morale in Technical Schools McKINNA, C. — Truancy and Delinquency MULCAHY. M . D. — Discourse Analysis of Four Cognitive Functions NEWTON, A. J. — Teaching Effectiveness NEWTON, W. D. — An Analysis ofthe Language Component of the AM4 Test: Mathematical Ideas Using the Rasch Logistic Model OPPY, N. E. — The Relevance of Overseas Teacher Effectiveness Research for Australian Teachers and Teacher Educators PATEMAN, N. A. — Remediating First-Year Prospective Primary Teachers in Basic Mathematical Skills PILLAY, A. N. - Learning Disabilities - Reading PITT. D. R. - Learning Variables - School and Home SCILLIO. G. H. - Disabilities and Remedial Mathematics: Attitudes' and Achievement in Mathematics SMITH, B. W. - Investigations into "Time on Task " Concepts SMITH. I. R. H. - Relationship between Personality Factors, Motivational Analysis Test Scores and Abilities 88 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

SMITH, M. — The Relationship between Peer Group Status and Academic Achievement in the Primarv School VLAHONASIOU, T. - The Development and Elaboration of the Concept of Multi-cultural Education 1970-1977: Analysis of Significant Documents — Government and Private WEEKS, G. J. — Jub Satisfaction of Primary School Teachers WELSH, R. J. - Time on Task Study involving Grade 3 Primary School Children WHITE, G. - Redundancy of Statistics

I. SOCIOLOGY

1. A critique of the contemporary debate on literacy and educational standards - Johnson and research group. 2. The cultural critics: from Matthew Arnold to Raymond Williams - Johnson. 3. Culture and national unity: the development of broadcasting in Australia — Johnson. 4. Innovations in schools in Victoria — Johnson, Gill. 5. Raymond Williams: an egalitarian vision - Johnson. 6. Karl Mannheim: excellence as a mode of existence - Reus-Smit. 7. The geographical distribution of participation in secondary high schools in Victoria 1950-1980, and factors underlying it — Teese. 8. The social and political theory of Chinese despotism, from Montesquieu to Hegel - Teese.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress BANNISTER, H. M. - Education and the Stale: An Application of Social Theory to ihe Study of Education

MEd Theses in Progress

Major Theses CHRISTIE, C. S. — Co-Education in Independent Schools DOWNES, S. E. — 77ip Changing Structure and Function of the Broadcasting Media in Australia with particular reference to Educational and Children's Broadcasting FORD, O. - A Study of Local Communities and their Schools in the Shire of Braybrook 1871-1951 GOODALL, J. D. - The Politics of Teaching Literacy HOWELLS, J. C. — Sociological Aspects of Curriculum Development in Religious Education KEANE, M. - The Phenomenonological Perspective as a Methodology for the Social Sciences McCALLUM, D. D. — Aspects of Ideological Functioning of Schools McMAHON, A. G. — Education and Technological Change ORR, M. J. - Critical Review of Deviance Literature with emphasis on its Relevance to the Modern Urban Secondary School Situation SEDDON, J. M. - Literacy and Social Control THOMAS, C. C. — Educational Aspirations of Adolescent Girls TONER, P. T. — Sex-Role Conditioning in Technical Schools Curriculum WITNEY, N. A. - Organization Climates and Attitudes in Educational Innovation

Minor Theses ADAMS, D. J. — Careers Education DETHRIDGE, E. - Problems in Art Education FAULKNER, M. J. - Developing Ideologies of'Gifted' Working Class Children GRANT, J. — Sociology of Educational Ideas HAMPEL, B. K. - Social Ideologies Underlying Multicultural Curricula HARDMAN, R. D. - Authority Bases of Principals in Relation to Community Involvement LARSEN, E. W. — Effects of Streaming in Form 3 and Form 4 Mathematics MAAS, F. W. — Early School Leavers and the Australian Economy PATTERSON, S. D. - Substantial Change in Education SALKIN, I. W. — Comparative Study of Literacy Standards in Primary Schools in Relation to Socio-Economic and Cultural Factors SALVAS, A. D. — Post-Compulsory Holding Measures of Victorian Secondary Schools EDUCATION 89

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Education Theses

Major Theses 1. BIDDINGTON, J. L. - The Role of Women in the Education Department 1872-1925 2. BOADLE, B. H. - Music Teaching in Victorian Stale Primary Schools in Relation to Teacher Training 3. BOYLE, G. J. — Delimitation of State and Trait Curiosity in Relation lo State Anxiety and Performance on a Learning Task 4. COSOPODIOTIS, T. C. - The Social Role ofthe English Teacher 5. WATSON, R. K. — Sources and Consequences of Classroom Empathy

Minor Theses 6. BAKER, R. F. — The System of Payment by Results in Victorian Elementary Schools 1864- 1905 7. DAFFEY, P. J. - An Attempt to Justify the Rise of Mathematical Games in the Curriculum 8. DICKIE, B. T. — Relationships Between Extroversion, Neuroticism. Trail Anxiety and Trait Curiosity 9. ELLIOTT, M. J. - Migrant Education in Fitzroy 1965-1975 10. EVANS, J. L. — Components of Test Anxiety 11. GORDON, D. R. - The Motorised Sailing-Ship: A Studv of Realms of Meaning bv P. H. Phenix 12. GULLEN. R. - TAPE Staff Profile: An Analysis of the Characteristics. Attitudes and Opinions of the Teaching Staff of Swinburne Technical College 13. HEALY, M. D. - Teachers and the Children's Court - Melbourne 1976 14. HODGSON, B. — Relieving Anxietv in Multiple Choice Examinations 15. HUGHES, P. J. - 'New Being' and Education 16. MAYERS, M. F. — A Study of Streaming Using the Rasch Procedure lo Moderate Teacher Set Tests 17. O'DWYER, C. H. — Responses of Government and Catholic Education Authorities lo the Influx of Migrants, 1950-1960, with Special Reference to the Experience ofa Selected Group of Schools Conducted by the Victorian Sisters of Mercy 18. ROBINSON, J. T. - Anton Senyonovich Makarenko and Collective Education 19. ROBOTTOM, I. M. — The Sociohislorical Approach to Science Teaching: Theory and Practice 20. SABTO, J. — Paulo Freire: Conscientizalion: The Road to Freedom 21. SANTAMARIA, B. - Equality and Education 22. SHARMAN, K. J. — Children's Television Behaviour: Its Antecedents and Relationship to School Performance 23. TINNING, R. I. - The Status of Physical Education in a Sample of Geelong Primary Schools and Analysis of the Constraints Affecting the Teaching 24. WAKEHAM, R. P. - Vocational Education and Apprenticeship 25. WATSON, M. O. H. - Teacher Accountability in Relation lo the School Council Legislation 1975 26. WILLCOX, G. L. — An Analysis ofthe Recent Reform Movement in Education

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. FAWNS, R. A. ed - The 1978 Handbook for the Science Talent Search, Science Teachers' Association of Victoria (1978). 2. HANSEN, I. V. and PINGE. I. - Easy Does it: Developing Language Skills in the Middle Secondary School. Lloyd O'Neil, Windsor (1978). 3. MURRAY-SMITH, S. ed - Melbourne Studies in Education 1978. Melbourne University Press (1978). 4. WILLIAMS, M. and STEVENSON, K. - Australia: A Mixed Economy, 3rd ed, Longman , Cheshire, Melbourne (1978).

Chapters of Books 5. OZOLINS, U. and Others - Poverty, Education and Adolescents, in Outcomes of Schooling: Aspects of Success and Failure. Canberra, A.G.P.S., (Commission of Inquiry into Poverty) (1978). 90 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Articles and Pamphlets 6. DINES. E. - Language and Music Education: On Teaching Symbolic Systems, Proc. National Conf. A.M.E.L. (May 1978). 7. FAWNS, R. A. — Professional Science Programmes for the Comoulsorv Years. Lab Talk 22(2): 35-38 (1978). 8. FAWNS, R. A. - Thc Rough Theatre of Science Teaching in the Compulsory Years: Rationality and Artistry, J. Aust. Sci. Education Res. Assoc. 9 (1978). 9. HANSEN, I. V. - Melbourne and Cambridge, Cambridge 2: 26-29 (1978). 10. HANSEN, I. V. - Poetry without a Teacher: Undirected Small Group Discussions by Thirteen-year Olds, English in Australia 46: 14-24 (Nov. 1978). I I. NAYLOR, F. 0. — Success and Failure Experiences and the Factor Structure ofthe State- Trait Anxiety Inventory, Aust. J. Psychology J0(3): 217-222 (1978). 12. POOLE, C. — An English Vocabulary Test for Secondarv Schools, Singapore J. Education I (1978). 13. SCHOFIELD, H. L. and START, K. B. - Mathematics Attitudes and Achievements among Student Teachers, Aust. J. Education 22(1): 72-82 (1978). 14. SMITH, W. G. - Is Music Part ofa Liberal Education?, Proc. National Conf. A.M.E.L. (Mav 1978).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ERDC: Formal and Functional Variation in Urban Children's Language. ERDC and Victorian Education Department: An Open Design Education Complex. NH & MRC: Self-teaching Equipment for Severely Handicapped Children. Penleigh and Essendon Grammar School: Development of Parent Training Facilities. Pcnleigh and Essendon Grammar School: Sex Differences in English Achievement. RMIT: History of RMIT. CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF HIGHER EDUCATION Director: Professor D. G. Beswick Director and Professor DAVID GEORGE BESWICK Senior Lecturers JOHN EDWARD ANWYL SAMUEL CYRIL DRIVER ROBERT FREDERICK GARTON (on leave) JOHN GORDON HEDBERG Lecturers JOHN ALBERT BOWDEN JOHN CRIGHTON JULIAN TERRENCE RICHARD DUNN Visiting Fellows WILFRED NEIL BARDSLEY PATRICK McDONNELL GORDON WESLEY MILLER Research Fellow GUTTA LAKSHMANA RAO Research Assistants JUDITH ELIZABETH BOREHAM ELAINE MORTON COUNSELL EVELYN GREENBLAT CLEO HILTON MACMILLAN LORIS PERRY ELIZABETH ANNE ROWAN CLARE WHITE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. A longitudinal study of the transition from secondary to tertiary education and career development - Beswick. Rao. 2. An analysis of Australian experiences during thc first three years after matriculation — Beswick, Bardsley. Dunn. McDonnell. 3. An Australian study of equality of opportunity in education — Rao. 4. Intrinsic motivation, curiosity and career related behaviour - Beswick, Naylor. 5. The evaluation of university courses - Beswick, Garton, Julian. 6. Studies of analysis of examination data and assessment and selection methods — Dunn. 7. A survey of student housing needs — Beswick. 8. A study of the social and educational role and values of Australian academics — Anwyl, Bowden and Rao. 9. Design of materials for teaching of manipulative skills in the chemistry laboratory — Bowden. 10. A study of the relationship between state government and institutions of higher education in Washington State: (Principal investigator: Dr R. G. Cope) - Garton. 11. Conditions for innovation in higher education - Hedberg. 12. Visual perception and thc design of pictorial materials - Hedberg. 13. Survey of medical library audio-visual resources — Hedberg, Driver. 14. The structure and lay-out of printed material for optimum learning - Driver. 15. Individualized learning in medical education - Driver. 16. Modeling the core matrix in three-mode multidimensional scaling - Dunn. 17. Dimensions of performance in final year medical examinations - Dunn.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books 1. ANWYL, J. E. - Equality: Exploring the Gulf between Rhetoric and Reality in Australian Tertiary Education, in P. R. Chippendale and P. V. Wilkes, eds Excellence or Equality: Dilemmas for Policy and Planning in A ustralian Higher Education. Darling Downs Institute of Advanced Education (1978). 2. BESWICK, D. G. and HILLS, M. D. - An Australian ethnocentrism scale, in O. F. Dent, P. Kringas and S. K. Mugford, eds Readings in Social Research in the Life Cycle in Australia and New Zealand. Canberra: Faculty of Arts, Australian National University. 449-463 (1977). 3. BESWICK, D. G. and HILLS, M. D. - A survey of ethnocentrism in Australia, in O. F. Dent, P. Kringas and S. K. Mugford, eds Readings in Social Research in the Life Cycle in Australia and New Zealand. Canberra: Faculty of Arts, Australian National University, 464-474 (1977). 4. BESWICK, D. G. - Attitudes to taking human life, in O. F. Dent, P. Kringas and S. K. Mugford, eds Readings in Social Research in the Life Cycle in Australia and New Zealand. Canberra: Faculty of Arts, Australian National University, 475-485 (1977).

91 92 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

5. BESWICK, D. G. — Why more women are entering higher education: The psychological conditions for increased participation, in S. D'Urso and R. A, Smith. Changes. Issues and Prospects in Australian Education. St. Lucia, Qld.: University of Queensland Press (1978).

Reports 6. BARDSLEY, N. W., BESWICK, D. G., BOREHAM, J. E., DUNN, T. R., McDONNELL, P. and MACMILLAN, C. H. - Recent Findings from Longitudinal Surveys of School Leavers, Students and Young Workers in Australia (Parts I and II and Summary). Centre for the Study of Higher Education, University of Melbourne (1978). 7. BESWICK, D. G. and ROWAN, E. — Student housing needs at the University of Melbourne 1977. Report prepared by Centre for the Study of Higher Education for the Student Housing Board of the University. 8. DUNN, T. R. - Some statistical results related to the question of credits and debits in computing quota scores for entry to the University of Melbourne. University of Melbourne Mimeo (1978). 9. VOWELS, L., COX, D., MACMILLAN, C. and WHITE. C. - Student Parents at Melbourne University. A Repeat in 1978 of a Survey Carried Out in 1977. Student Services Liaison Office, University of Melbourne (1977).

Articles and Papers 10. ANWYL. J. E. - Towards a Co-ordinated National System of Tertiary Education: Some problems of Development in a Federal Political System. Paper presented at Fourth International Conference on Higher Education, University of Lancaster (September 1978). 11. BOWDEN, J. A. - Vocational Objectives of Laboratory Work in Chemistry Courses. Proc. RACI Chem. Education Division Conf. (Adelaide, 1978). 12. BOWDEN, J. A. - Learning Some General Study Skills. The Universitv of Melbourne Gazette. XXXIVQ): 4-5 (1978). 13. BOWDEN, J. A. — Using Television as a Teaching Medium. The Universitv of Melbourne Gazette. XXX I VIA): 4-5 (1978). 14. MORGAN, P. R. and JULIAN, J. C. - Structural mechanics laboratory work - Videotape leaching method tested. Proc. of Conf. of Engineering Education (Sydney 1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ROSS, K. N. — Social area indicators and education achievement DUNBAR, G. A. — The Development of Policies and Practices in Advanced Education 1964-78: Conflict or Consensus?

MEd Thesis in Progress GARRETTY, H. — Placement of E type applicants with previous tertiary experience

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Australian Research Grants Committee: A study of the social and educational role and values of Australian academics. Education Research and Development Committee: Influences of home environment and schooling in academic achievement and the careers of youth. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chairman of department: Dr I. J. Harris Professor STANLEY ROBERT SIEMON Visiting Professor HENRY REGINALD CLIVE PRATT Readers DAVID GORDON EVANS IESTYN JAMES HARRIS WERNER STRAUSS Senior Lecturers WILLIAM REGINALD BULMER MARTIN DAVID GEORGE WOOD ROBERT SELWYN YOST Lecturers GARY NORRIS KERKIN BRIAN RALPH STANMORE DONALD GEORGE VANSELOW NEVILLE BRUCE PAMMENT Tutors HOWARD ROYCE DEVLIN NGUYEN KIEN LOI Senior Research Officer FREDERICK ADRIAN BULL Graduate Research Assistant JOHN MURRAY CHARLESWORTH RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. FUEL ENGINEERING 1. Fluid bed combustion - Dr B. R. Stanmore. 2. Processes for dewatering brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore. Professor S. R. Siemon and Mr D. G. Evans. 3. Extrusion of brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore. 4. Structure of brown coal — Professor S. R. Siemon. 5. Conversion of brown coal lo liquid fuels — Professor S. R. Siemon and Mr R. S. Yosl. 6. Handling of solid fuels - Dr F. A. Bull. 7. Electrode grist and pitch from brown coal char — Dr F. A. Bull. 8. Identification of petroleum residues in arsons — Dr F. A. Bull. 9. Solvent extraction of brown coal — Professor S. R. Siemon. 10. Interaction of ammonia with brown coal — Mr D. G. Evans. 11. Brown coal slurries - Professor S. R. Siemon.

B. BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1. Role of activated carbon in waste water treatment - Mr W. R. B. Martin. 2. Algae growth on sewage — Mr W. R. B. Martin. 3. Thermal dewatering of piggery effluent - Dr D. G. Vanselow. 4. Thermal and mechanical dewatering of lucerne leaves — Dr D. G. Vanselow and Mr D. G. Evans. 5. Kinetics of phenol biodegradation — Dr D. G. Vanselow. 6. Utilisation of oxygen in activated sludge plants - Dr I. .1. Harris. 7. Effect of air pollutants on Australian plants - Dr W. Strauss. 8. Continuous high temperature/short lime sterilization of liquid foods using steam injection - Dr D. G. Wood.

C. TRANSPORT PHENOMENA 1. Backmixing in solvent extraction - Professor H. R. C. Pratt. 2. Droplet coalescence and breakdown in packed liquid extraction columns - Professor H. R. C. Pratt. 3. Mass transfer coefficients in multi-component vapour-liquid systems - Mr R. S. Yost. 4. Condensation inside horizontal and vertical tubes — Dr D. G. Wood. 5. Pressure drop sludies in annular two-phase flow - Dr D. G. Wood. 6. The structure of the interface during condensation two-phase flow — Dr D. G. Wood. 7. Local heat flux measurement — Dr D. G. Wood.

93 94 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

D. OTHER 1. Heat loss during anaesthesia - Dr I. J. Harris. 2. The effect of transportation options on urban air pollution — Dr W. Strauss. 3. Kinetics of oxidation of organic components in aqueous solution — Dr. I. J. Harris.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. ANDERSON, W. J. — Studies of Axial Mixing in Liquid-Liquid Systems 2. CAMIER, R. J. — Brown Coal Structure 3. HOOPER, R. J. - Solvent Extraction of Brown Coal 4. NGIAN, K. F. — Substrate Removal in a Biologically Active Fluidized Bed 5. NGUYEN, K. L. — Condensation inside a Horizontal Tube 6. ROWNEY, J. E. — Melting ofa Sphere due to Convective Heat Transfer 1. SUBRAHMANIYAM, S. - Studies of the Frictional Pressure Drop in Annular Two-Phase Flo ws

Master of Engineering Science 8. BROWN, S. R. - The Treatability of Brown Coal Dewatering Effluent 9. DROHAN, P. J. A. - Thermal Dewatering of Brown Coal Lithotypes 10. FISHER. R. J. - Photosynthetic Chemoslat Apparatus for Eutrophication Studies

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BEKTASH, R. M. — Effects of heat and pressure on bacterial spores CANDELORO, V. — Structure of brown coal and its effect on the hydrogenation process CHIAM, H. F. — Kinetics of bacterial growth on phenol COVEY, G. H. — Application of the parallel plate plastometer to brown coal rheology DAVEY, K. R. - Continuous sterilization DEVLIN, H. R. - Kinetics of oxidation of aqueous wastes DOWNING, P. G. — Liquid fuel from brown coal GARG, M. O. — Axial dispersion and droplet coalescence/breakdown in a pulsed liquid-liquid extraction column LILBURNE, G. M. — Condensation inside tubes O'CONNOR, J. A. - Effect of air pollution on Australian plants OUSSA, A. R. - Interaction of ammonia with brown coal PATHAK, J. P. - Heat treatment of lucerne PYKE, L. H. — Econometrics of residue recycling TANG, T. O. — Heat loss during anaesthesia THATCHER. P. J. — Identification of petroleum residues in arsons TUOHEY, P. G. — Mass transfer in multicomponent systems WRIGHT, M. J. — Kinetics of chlorine dioxide sterilization

MEngSc Theses in Progress

BARNARD, W. J. - Primary breakage of brittle particles BIEN, C. N. — Attack of carbon monoxide on brown coal DAS, A . K . — The fluidized bed combustion of wet brown coal HUYNH, T. S. — Electrical resistivity of chlorinated char JUNG, K. — The fluidized bed combustion of wet brown coal KARIM, M. - Solvent attack on brown coal MAK, S. C. — Condensation inside tubes at high Reynolds numbers ROYLANCE, S. J. — Oxygen utilization in an activated sludge aeration SEHIC, O. - Bioactive fluidized sand WOON, T. S. — Effect of lithotype on brown coal dewatering

MAppSc Thesis in Progress

BAUMGARTEL. K. H. - Binders from brown coal tar CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 95

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. ANDERSON, W, J. and PRATT, H. R. C. - Wake Shedding and Circulatory Flow in Bubble- and Droplet-Type Contactors. Chem. Eng. Sci. 33: 995 (197X). 2. BARNARD, W. J. and BULL, F. A. - The Application of Matrix Algebra, Numerical Methods and Statistical Mathematics to the Study of Primary Breakage of Brittle Particles. Appl. Maths Conf.. Appl. Maths Division. Aust. Math. Soc. Broadbeach. Queensland (5th — 8th February. 1978). 3. CAMIER, R. J. and SIEMON. S. R. - Colloidal Structure or Victorian Brown Coals. I Alkaline Digestion or Brown Coal, Fuel 57: 85 (1978). 4. CAMIER, R. J. and SIEMON, S. R. - Colloidal Structure or Victorian Brown Coals. II Rod Shaped Particles in Brown Coal. Fuel 57: 693 (1978). 5. CAMIER. R. J. and SIEMON, S. R. - X-ray Crystallography and Brown Coal Structure, Fuel 57: 508 (1978). 6. DAVEY, K. R„ LIN, S. H. and WOOD, D. C. - The Effect of PI I on Continuous High Temperature/Short Time Sterilization of Liquid Foods. A.I.Ch. E.J. 24(1): 537 (1978).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: The development of processes for producing petroleum substitutes from brown coal. VBCR & DC: The effect of lithotype on the dewatering of Victorian brown coal. VBCR & DC: Sponsored Project: Oil slurry dewatering. NCRAC: Brown coal dewatering. Coal/oil mixtures. Electrode pitch from brown coal tar. Criminology Research Council: The identification or petroleum residues in arsons. CIVIL ENGINEERING Chairman of department: Dr L. C. Schmidt Professor of Agricultural Engineering CHARLES GLENN ELDRICK DOWNING Professors JOHN DEMPSTER LAWSON ' LEONARD* K ELM AN STEVENS'" Readers DAVID EDGAR ANGUS PETER JOHN MOORE LEWIS CHRISTIAN SCHMIDT BRUCE BURNELL SHARP ALFRED KEITH TURNER Senior Lecturers GEOFFREY DONALD BASE DAVID WINSTON BENNETT HARALD RICHARD GRAZE PETER JAMES HOADLEY DONALD SOMERVILLE MANSELL IAN CHAPMAN O'NEILL Lecturers HUGH PATERSON BROWN ROSS HEATLEY MACMILLAN JOHN RICHARD STYLES KULDEEP SINGH VIRDI DAVID IAN WILSON Senior Research Fellow ROBERT BRUCE FREEMAN Research Fellows JOHN LINCOLN BURROW REGINALD PAUL BURROW MARTIN JOHN KENT MALCOLM ERNEST McKAY Part-Time Senior Tutor NIKOS HARITOS Part-Time Tutor BRUCE GAVIN CRAWFORD Engineering Officers JOHN ALEXANDER BRYSON MARCUS PHILLIP FOSTER JOHN McKERRALL LAMBERT (Joint appointment with department of Mechanical Engineering) Academic Associates SAMUEL FRYDMAN LEON GOTTLIEB PETER KNEEN Research Consultant ALASTAIR JAMES MACKENZIE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 1. Shallow flow of water through vegetation. 2. Spray irrigation for orchards in heavy soils. 3. Increased runoff from rural catchments. 4. The numeric description of some hydrologic processes on a small forested catchment. 5. Soil moisture and hydrology of the Basalt Plains of Western Victoria. 6. Runoff from cattle feedlots. 7. Runoff from cattle saleyards. 8. Pneumatic separation of grain from chaff. 9. Systems analysis of engineering operations in wheat harvesting. 10. Performance of pneumatic seed drills. 11. Dewatering of forage. 12. Protein extraction. 13. The effect of ultrasonic waves on soils and seeds. 14. Fogging for frost prevention. 15. Mechanical handling of sheep. 16. Mechanical and pneumatic handling of wool. 17. Improved means of mechanical wool severance. 18. Kinematics of the tractor chassis. 19. Pneumatic cleaning of grain in a wheat harvester. 20. Power demand and use in tillage and sowing operations. 21. Measurement of the rupture of heat cells during extrusion.

96 CIVIL ENGINEERING 97

B. HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 1. Basic physics of particles transport. 2. Two-phase flow in closed conduits. 3. Unsteady flow (water hammer) in closed conduits. 4. Boundary layer and friction properties of corrugated conduits. 5. Unsteady flow in open channels. 6. Mathematical modelling of stream channel morphology. 7. Mathematical modelling of sediment sources and transport within catchments. 8. Simulation modelling of water resources and multicomponent systems. 9. Coastal erosion studies. 10. Wave forces and wave run-up on coastal/offshore structures. 11. Properties of a real sea state through simultaneous measure of wave height and current. 12. Dynamic physical properties of rivers and estuaries. 13. Research into the rational behaviour of air chambers. 14. Dynamic field investigation of integrated pumping installation. 15. Developments of novel velocity measuring techniques. 16. Modelling of air-entraining vortices. 17. Hydrodynamics of iceberg towing. 18. Analysis of circular hydraulic jump.

C. SOIL ENGINEERING 1. Behaviour of surface foundations on clay. 2. Soil structure interaction in piled foundations. 3. Earth pressure distributions on rigid and flexible walls and braced excavations in clay and sand. 4. Evaluation of subgrade and flexible pavement materials. 5. Determination of strength and deformation properties of soft clays. 6. Foundation performance of deep sea sediments. 7. Vibratory cutting of brown coal. 8. Landslide susceptibility of slopes following inundation. 9. Pipeline jacking. 10. Response of a tensioned pile under vibration. 11. Secondary compression behaviour of clay.

D. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 1. Stresses in end-zones of pretensioned concrete beams. 2. Shrinkage and thermal cracking in reinforced concrete. 3. Thermal effects in bridge decks. 4. Concrete structural hinges (articulations). 5. Analysis of column-supported reinforced concrete slabs. 6. Limit design of reinforced concrete slabs. 7. Curing of concrete. 8. The response to load of elastomeric bridge bearings. 9. Stiffened steel plates as structural elements for multi-storey buildings. 10. Testing procedures for scaffolding. 11. Bearing failure criteria in steel connections. 12. Fatigue strength of stud shear connectors in composite beams. 13. Design and analysis of composite columns. 14. Dynamic response of structures and structural elements lo various loading systems (wind, sea or traffic). 15. Effects of impact on structural elements. 16. Behaviour of stiffened plates in non-elastic range. 17. Development and application of limit design.

E. TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 1. Behavioural modelling of urban travel demand. 2. Transport and land use structures of new urban areas. 3. Optimal location of rural highways. 98 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

4. Attitudinal variables in models of mode choice. 5. Simulation of traffic flows at intersections. 6. Trip generation characteristics of recreational facilities. 7. Analysis of gap acceptance at a T-Junction. S Airport ground access modelling 9. Temporal stability of trip generation relationships. 10. Carpooling encouragement schemes. 11. Policy sensitive modelling of the Victorian grain transport system. 12. Analysis of urban freight movement in Australia. 13. Impacts of Melbourne's Eastern Freeway. 14. Demand-responsive public transport systems. 15. Equity measures in urban planning.

F. ENGINEERING PRACTICES 1. The use of analytical and other techniques in construction management. 2. Management games in construction management education. 3. Computer simulation of construction companies in a bidding environment.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. APELBAUM, J. P. and RICHARDSON, A. J. - "An Airport Ground Traffic Model". Aust. Road Res.. Vol. 8. No. 2 (June 1978). 2. BALL, G. T.. GREVIS-JONES. I. W. and McKAY. M. E. - "A Tractor Power Meter". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf.. Toowoomba. (August 1978). 3. BASE, G. D. and MURRAY, M. H. - "Controlling Shrinkage Cracking in Restrained Reinforced Concrete". Proc. Ninth Biennial Aust. Road Res. Conf. Brisbane (1978). 4. BREN, L. J. and TURNER, A. K. - "Wave Propagation in Steep Rough, Mountain Streams". Proc. American Soc. of Civ. Engs.. HY5: 104 (1978). 5. BURROW, J. L. - "Optimizing the Layout of Pens in an Intensive Piggery". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba, (August 1978). 6. BURROW. J. L. and MACMILLAN, R. H. - "The Systematic Approach to the Selection and Management of Wheat Harvesting Machinery — A Review". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba (August 1978). 7. BURROW, R. P. and MACKENZIE, A. J. - "The Energy Input to Wool Production". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf, Toowoomba (August 1978). 8. CLIFT, T. R. and TURNER, A. K. - "Border-Strip Irrigation for Flat Clay Soils". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba (August 1978). 9. DAVEY, P. I„ PACKER, J. S., BURROW. J. L. and MACMILLAN, R. H. - "Micro­ processor Control of a Tractor Boom Spray". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf, Toowoomba (August 1978). 10. DOWNING, C. G. E. - "Agricultural Engineering — Challenges in Research and Development". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba (August 1978). 11. DOWNING. C. G. E. — "Measuring Benefits of Agricultural Engineering Research and Technology". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf.. Toowoomba (August 1978). 12. DOWNING, C. G. E. — "Agricultural Engineering in Food Production and Energy Utilization". Proc. I.E. Aust. National Conf. Melbourne (April 1978). 13. HARITOS, N., SHARP, B. B. and STEVENS, L. K. - "A Study of aSimple Pile Structure in an Ocean Environment". Proc. Symposium on Mechs. of Wave-Induced Forces on Cylinders. Bristol, U.K. (September 1978). 14. HARITOS, N. and SHARP, B. B. - "Wave Energy Spectra Relevant to a Simple Pile Structure". Proc. I.E. Auit. Metal Structures Conf. Perth (1978). 15. HARITOS, N. and STEVENS, L. K. - "Dynamic Response of a Simple Pile Structure to Wave Loading". Proc. I.E. Aust. Metal Structures Conf. Perth (1978). 16. LAWSON, J. D. - "Water Quality Modelling and Monitoring - Is it all Worthwhile?" Proc. Int. Conf. on Water Pollution Control and Res., Bangkok (Februarv 1978). 17. LAWSON, J. D. and MAINWARING. S. J. - "Developments in tertiary Environmental Engineering Education in Australia". Environmental Conservation. Vol. 5: No. 4 (1978). 18. LONGLEY, T. S.. TURNER, A. K. and LAWSON, .1. D. - "Aquifer Recharge and Water Use at Westernport". Aust. J. of Soil Res. 16 (1978). 19. MACMILLAN, R. H. - "An Informal Review of the Demand for Engineers with Training in thc Agricultural or Biological Sciences". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba (1978). CIVIL ENGINEERING 99

20. MANSELL, D. S. - "Micro-Hydro Scheme: Bundi". Journal of the Soc. of Professional Engs. of Papua New Guinea (October 1978). 21. MANSELL, D. S. - "Constraints on Engineering in the Third World". Engineering Issues. Journal of Professional Practice. A.S.C.E. Vol. 104: No. EI4 (October 1978). 22. MANSELL, D. S. - "Engineering Standards in Developing Economics". Engineering Issues. Journal of Professional Practice. A .S.C.E. Vol. 104: No. E14 (October 1978). 23. McKAY, M. E. - "A Versatile Soil Sampling System". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba (1978). 24. McKAY, M. E. and LOCH, R. J. - "A Modified Meyer Rainfall Simulator". Proc. I.E. Aust. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba (1978). 25. MOORE, P. J. and COLE, B. R. - "Active Pressure Observations on a Model Retaining Wall". Proc. Fifth South East Asian Conf. on Soil Engg.. Bangkok (1977). 26. MOORE, P. J. - "Some Observations of Coupled Rocking and Sliding Vibrations of Small Footings". Proc. Ninth Southeastern Conf. on Theoretical and Appl. Mechs.. Nashville, Tennessee (1978). 27. MOORE, P. J. and PEDLER, I. V. - "Some Measurements of Compressibility of Sanitary Landfill Material". Proc. Special Session on Geotechnical Engg. and Environmental Control, Ninth Int. Conf. of Soil Mechs. and Foundation Engg., Tokyo (1977). 28. MOORE, P. J. and CHANDLER, K. R. - "Some Physical Properties of Weathered Sedimentary Rocks in the Melbourne Area". Proc. Int. Symposium on Geotechnics of Structurally Complex Formations. Capri (1977). 29. MOORE, P. J. and WEINER, D. - "Damage from Vibrations of Gangsaw Foundations". Int. Symposium on Foundations for Equipment and Machinery. Sponsored by A.C.I. Committee, Houston, Texas (1978). 30. MORGAN, P. R. and JULIAN, J. C. - "Structural Mechanics Laboratory Work-Videotape Teaching Method Tested; Poster Paper I.E. Aust. Conf. on Engg. Education, Sydnev (July 1978). 31. MORGAN, P. R. and McGRATH, A. L. - "Management Games and Construction Management Education - An Attempt at Integration". Proc. Second Int. Symposium on Organization and Management of Construction, Haifa (November 1978). 32. PATHAK, J. P., MACMILLAN, R. H., EVANS, D. G. and MURRAY, D. R. - "The Effects of Temperature on the Retention and Denaturation of Protein in Lucerne Leaves Subjected to Mechanical Dewatering". J. Sci. Fd. Agric. 29: 835 (1978). 33. SCHMIDT, L. C. - "Influence of Load-Slip Behaviour on High Strength Friction - Grip Bolted Joints". Proc. I.E. Aust. Metal Structures Conf. Perth (1978). 34. SCHMIDT. L. C, MORGAN, P. R. and CLARKSON, J. A. - "A Space Truss with Yielding Tensile Chords". Civ. Engg. Trans.. I.E. Aust.. Vol. CE20: No. 2 (1978). 35. SCHMIDT, L. C, MORGAN, P. R. and CLARKSON, J. A. - "Closure on Paper, Space Trusses with Brittle — Type Strut Buckling". J. of Structural Division. A.S.C.E. Vol. 102: ST7, July 1976 in Vol. 103: ST12 (December 1977). 36. SHELLARD, J. E. and MACMILLAN, R. H. - "Aerodynamic Properties of Threshed Wheat Materials". J. Agric. Engg. Res.. 23 (1978). 37. STEVENS, L. K. - "Limit State Design for Australian Codes. Why, How and When". Proc. I.E. Aust. Annual Conf. Melbourne (1978). 38. TURNER. A. K. and FLANDERS, J. D. - "Food Production in Pakistan and an Engineering Input". Proc. I.E. Aust. Annual Conf, Melbourne (1978). 39. TURNER, A. K„ LANGFORD, K. J., MYO WIN and CLIFT, T. R. - "The Discharge Depth Equation for Shallow Flow". Proc. American Soc. of Civ. Engs. IRI: 104 (1978). 40. UBER, C. B. - "Start-Up Times and Queue Acceptance of Large Gaps at T-Junctions". Traffic Engineering and Control. Vol. 19: No. 4 (April 1978). 41. UBER, C. B. — "Comparison of Acceptances of Gaps and Lags". Proc. of Ninth Aust. Road Res. Board Conf. Brisbane (August 1978). 42. VIRDI, K. S. and MORGAN, P. R. - "Simulation ofthe Construction Company Bidding Environment". Proc. Second Int. Symposium on Organization and Management in Construction. Technion. Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel (1978). 43. VITELLESCHI, S. and SCHMIDT, L. C. - "Influence of Cyclic Loading on the Slip Factor for Friction Grip Joints". GV. Engg. Trans. I.E. Aust.. Vol. CE20: No. 2 (1978). 44. WALKER, J. H. and LAWSON, J. D. - "River and Cooling Water Temperature Fluctuations - A Discussion". A.S.C.E. J. Hydraulics Div.. HYIO (October 1977). 45. WALKER, L. W., VANSELOW, D. G. and TURNER, A. K. - "Quality Aspects of Storm Water Runoff from Cattle Feedlots". Proc. I.E. Aust. Conf. Agric. Engg., Toowoomba (August 1978). 46. WILLIAMSON, R. H. and TURNER, A. K. - "Field Calibration of a Neutron Moisture Meter". Proc. I.E. Aust. Hydrology Conf. (1978). 47. WILSON, D. I. — "Toward Incorporating Equity Considerations in Metropolitan Planning Decisions". Proc. Regional Sc. Assoc. Annual Meeting, Monash University (December 1978). 100 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

Research Reports 48. AGELIDIS, N. - Selected Literature Review of Shear Walls and Stiffened Steel Plate. R.R. Struct. 7 (1978). 49. AGELIDIS, N. - Stiffened Steel Plate Shear Cores in Multi-Storev Buildings. R.R. Struct. 8 (I978). 50. BENNETT, D. W. er al. - Transport Section - Summary of Research 1966-1978. R.R. Trans. 5 (1978). 50A. DOWNING, C. G. E.etal. - Agric. Engg. Research and Investigations. R.R. AGR. I (1978). 51. JOYCE, P. F. — 77te Choice of Access Mode to a Suburban Rail Interchange. R.R. Trans. 12 (1978). 52. MANSELL, D. S. - Loading Technique for Scaffold Tests. R.R. Struct. 9 (1978). 53. McMENAMIN, D. A. - Traffic Restraint Through Congestion Pricing. R.R. Trans. II (1978). 54. SINGLETON, D. J. - The Effect of Fare Increases on the Use of Public Transport in Melbourne. R.R. Trans. 10 (1978). 55. VIRDI, K. S. and WOO, YS. - Tests on Pushout Specimens with Cavities al ihe Base of the Connector. R.R. Struct. 2 (1978).

Technical Reports 56. DOWNING, C. G. E. et al. - Agric. Engg. Tech. Reports. Vol. 3. 1974-1977. T.R. AGR. 1 (1978). 57. SHARP, B. B. - Field Studies of River Dynamics. T.R. HYD. 2 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. BREN, L. J. — Numeric Description of Some Hydrologic Processes on a Smalt Forested Catchment 2. MURRAY, M. H. — The Control of Thermal and Shrinkage Cracking in Reinforced Concrete Master of Engineering Science 3. AGELIDIS, N. - Orthotropic Steel Plate in Multi-Storey Buildings 4. BOLAND, J. A. — A Critical Examination of the Shear Friction Analogy in Reinforced Concrete 5. DIGHT, P. M. - Pipeline Flotation 6. DUNNE, J. R. - The Evaluation of Rural High way Locations 1. GRAYSON, W. R. - Non-Linear Analysis of Structural Systems of Steel and Concrete 8. O'ROURKE. M. D. — An Analysis of the Operating Costs of the Melbourne Suburban Railway Network 9. PATRICK, M. — Large Scale Non-Linear Finile Element Analysis 10. STAMPBACH, R. M. - Effects of Wind on Structures 11. TANG, C. K. - Properties of Prepacked Concrete 12. WALKER, L. W. - Quantity and Quality of Stormwater Runoff from a Cattle Feedloi

Master of Agricultural Science 13. WILLIAMSON. M. J. — Estimation of a Degree of Cell Rupture in Lucerne Leaves Macerated by Extrusion

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BACZYNSKI, N. R. — Application of Physical Modelling Techniques to the Assessment of Ground Stability Around Mine Openings BAMFORD, W. E. — Some Geomechanical Studies for Tunnelling Projects BASSETT, R. C. - A Methodology for Generating Transport/Land Use Structures for New Urban Areas BROWN, H. P. - Attitudes in Behavioural Modelling - A Study in Modal Choice CHANDLER, I. J. - Transfer of Prestress in Pretensioned Prestressed Concrete GABRIC, A. J. — Investigation of Buoyant Plume Distribution GOLDSTEIN. S. - An Investigation in Moment Distribution in Non-Prismatic Members and its Application lo Flat Slab Analysis CIVIL ENGINEERING 1

HANAOR, A. - An Aspect of Space Truss Behaviour HARITOS. N. - Wave Spectra and Energy Transfer to Dynamic Structural Response JOWETT, P. II. - Effect of Ultrasonic Waves in Soil and Seeds KENT. M. J. - Modelling the Victorian Grain Transport System MACNAMEE, B. P. - Dynamic Response of Marine Structures PATHAK, J. P. - Dewatering of Crops by Thermal and Mechanical Treatment PATTON, T. A. — Transport and Residential Location in Western Cities RICHARDS, I. D. - An Optimization of Rural Rail Goods Movement SCOTT, G. — Investigation of Imperfection in Stiffened Steel Plate Structures STYLES, J. R. — Foundation Performance in Deep Sea Sediment THOMAS, J. D. — Temperature Measurement in Bridge Decks THOMPSON, A. G. - Slab Foundation on Clay Subgrade UBER, C. B. - Road Traffic Aspects of Gap and Lag Acceptance VASS, R. J. - Simulation of Water Quality in a River System WASHUSEN, J. — Investigation into Stress Strain Time Behaviour in Rocks WATTS, P. J. — Evapotranspiration from an Agricultural Catchment WESCOTT, R. J. - Lateral Stability of Trusses WILLIAMSON. R. J. - Soil Moisture and Hydrology ofthe Basalt Plains of Western Via

MEngSc Theses in Progress

ALTMANN, A. - Urban Hydrology and Sediment Transport APELBAUM, J. — Ground Traffic Generation at Airports- ATTARD, J. - Hillerborg's Strip Method of Design of R.C. Slabs BECK, V. - Repeated Uplift and Shear Loading on Steel Roofing BENNETT. A. L. — Response of Structures to Impact Loading BETHUNE, A. J. - Behaviour of Very Soft Silts and Clays CALLINAN, R. J. - Optimization of Stiffened Plates CHAN, S. K. - Structural Stability of Stiffened Plates COOK, G. - Brittle Type Instability of HSFGB Joints CRAWFORD, B. - Fogging for Frost Prevention DOWN. M. J. — Pneumatic Grain Cleaning in Combine Harvesters DUMBLE, P. L. - Stability in Travel Behaviour FACHRI, S. A. — Alternative Industrial Roof Structure FAIRHURST, L. - Moment Rotation Characteristics of R.C. Hinges FRIEND, H. A. - Behaviour of Rock Socketed Piles GREGG, B. M. — Space Structures LANGDON, M. E. - Wind Effects on Structures LYLE. C. W. — Uniform Irrigation of Soils in Orchards McMICHAEL, I. — Management of Large Projects Using the "Client-Design/Build Company Approach MILLS. S. J. - Dissolved Oxygen in the La Trobe River MOODY, J. — The Effect of Elastomeric Bridge Bearings on Bridge Dynamics NG, T. E. — Reinforcement Placement O'MEAGHER, A. J. — Behaviour of Space Trusses in the Inelastic Range PIPER, J. P. - Vibration of Tension Piles PORTER. J. A. — Trip Generation Characteristics of Parks and Recreation Facilities in Urb A reas PUMP, W. L. - In Situ Strength ofa Residual Fissured Clay SEAMER, P. R. — The Temporal Stability of Trip Generation Relationships SHEEHAN. D. — Watershed Modelling with Particular Attention to Sediment SMITH, D. M. — Selection of Flexible Pavement Materials TAYLOR, J. A. — Design of Joints in Timber Structures VANDERMOLEN, J. L. — Corrosion of Reinforcement in Concrete WATTERS. K. — Progressive Failure in Stiffened Plate Structures WELLINGTON, N. B. - Watershed Hydrology and Sediment Transport WHITE, P. D. — Evaluation ofa Repeated Loading Triaxial Machine as an Indicator of Ba Course Material Performance WOO, Y. S. — Fatigue Behaviour of Composite Construction of Concrete Stiffened Plate WONG, A. W. C. — Dynamic Response of a Tubular Cantilever Due to Impact Loading WONG, K. T. - Hyraulie Flow Characteristics in Corrugated Plastic Pipes YTTRUP, P. J. - Consolidation Characteristics of Hydraulic Fill ZOPPOU, C. — Computer Simulation of Transport and Sedimentation Processes Overland und Rivers 102 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

MAgrSc Theses in Progress CHANMEESRI, N. - The Role of Stem Diameter for Shallow Flow of Water Through Vegetation EKANAYAKE, E. M. P. B. — Simple Method of Estimating Potential Evaporation GOULD, 1. V. — Investigation of Design Characteristics for Pneumatic Conveying of woo!

MAppISc Theses in Progress GRAVES, J. W. — The Potential Market for Limited Range Automobiles PARISH, A. E. — Simulation of Traffic Flows at a T-lntersection

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Australian Engineering Building Industry Research Association. Australian Research Grants Committee. Australian Water Resources Council: Cattle Feedlots. Australian Water Resources Council: Soil Moisture. Australian Wool Corporation: Engineering Aspects of Sheep. Country Roads Board, Victoria. Reserve Bank: Agricultural Building Structures. Victorian Grain Elevators Board. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Wheat Machinery Research. Wheal Industry Research Council: Systems Analysis. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Chairman of department: Mr J. S. Packer Professors KEITH MEREDITH ADAMS JOHN HENRY ANDERSON Reader in Biophysics DAVID JOHN DEWHURST Reader in Electronics ARTHUR ERIC FERGUSON Reader in Communication Systems JAMES BAILDON POTTER Senior Lecturers DONALD FRANCIS HEWITT DONALD ARCHIBALD HARVEY JOHNSON JOHN CHARLES McCUTCHAN KENNETH WALTER MACKLEY JOHN STUART PACKER Lecturers JEAN BROWN IAN CLYDE COCHRANE Tutors ANDREW McCALL TULLOH MAN CHU WAN TIEN TAN JOHN PHILLIP ROWE (Part-time)

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. WAVE DIGITAL FILTERS - K. M. Adams 1. Wave digital filler hardware design, control and operation.

B. POWER-ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN - K. M. Adams. R. J. Evans, A. E. Ferguson 1. High speed switching in converters and inverters. 2. Accurate control of power waveforms.

C. BIOENGINEERING - D. J. Dewhurst 1. Control of skilled human limb movements. 2. Electrical safety in the hospital environment. 3. An implanted nerve deafness prosthesis. 4. Computer-assisted training for the physically handicapped.

D. MICROWAVES - D. F. Hewitt 1. Large signal modelling of microwave MESFET transistors. 2. Numerical simulation of microwave field effect transistors.

E. ELECTRIC FENCE SYSTEMS - J. C. MeCutchan 1. Development of Automatic Observation Equipment. 2. Training Cattle to Respect Electric Fences. 3. Field Performance of Electric Fence Components. 4. Electric Fencing for Kangaroos. 5. Solar Powered Electric Fence Systems. 6. Fence Pulse strength Monitor Systems.

103 104 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

F. CONTROL SYSTEMS - J. S. Packer, J. H. Anderson 1. A microprocessor as a general purpose controller. 2. Modal control via Eigenvalue and Eigenvector Assignments. 3. Direct digital computer control of power system voltage profiles. 4. Microprocessor based control of the spray boom on a tractor. 5. Simulation studies of kidney function. 6. Optimal control methods for industrial processes. 7. Frequency domain controller design for multivariable systems. 8. Computer-aided design with interactive graphics. 9. An evaluation of large-scale systems methods.

G. COMMUNICATIONS - J. B. Potter, D. A. H. Johnson 1. Application of state machine concepts to the design of computer based systems. 2. H.F. transmission path simulation. 3. High speed logic. 4. Time series analysis methods. 5. Computer music project. 6. Number theoretic transforms for fast convolution. 7. Facsimile coding studies. 8. Adaptive equalizer studies.

H. POWER SYSTEMS - J. H. Anderson, K. M. Mackley, I. C. Cochrane 1. Digital computers and interactive graphics. 2. Medium term dynamics of electrical power systems. 3. Control system design for power systems. 4. Optimum usage of energy resources.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles

1. ANDERSON, J. H.. OKONGWU, E. H., WILSON, W. J. - Optimal state of feedback control of a microalternator using an observer, Trans. I.E.E.E.. PAS. Vol. 97. No. 2 (March/April I978). 2. ANDERSON, J. H., HUTCHISON, M. A., WILSON, W. J., ZOHDY, M. A., APPLEVICH. J. D. - Microalternator experiments to verify the physical realisability of simulated optimal controllers and associated sensitivity studies. Trans. I.E.E.E.. PAS. Vol. 97. No. 3 (May/June 1978). 3. ANDERSON, J. H., HUTCHISON, M. A. - An experimental evaluation of multivariable control system design techniques using a microalternator, I.E. Aust. Electric Energy Conf.. Canberra (10-12 May 1978). 4. ARNOLD. J. F., PACKER, J. S. - Coordinated voltage regulator action during system transient disturbance. Proc. Electrical Energy Conf. Canberra, 75-78 (May 1978). 5. CLARK, G. M„ BLACK, R., DEWHURST, D. J. et al - A multiple-electrode bearing prosthesis for cochlea implantation in deaf patients, Med. Prog. Technol.. 127-140 (I977). 6. DAVEY, P. I., PACKER, J. S„ BURROW, J. L., MacMlLLAN, R. H. - Microprocessor control ofa tractor spray boom. Proc. Agric. Engg. Conf. Toowoomba, 307-310 (August 1978). 7. DEWHURST, D. J. - Australian Standards on Electromedical Equipment, Conference Digest. SAA-SMBE Conf. on Standards for Electromedical Equipment. Sydney (1978). 8. FERGUSON, A. E. — A review of the semi-conductor electronics of S.C.R. devices, I.E. Aust. Electrical Engg. Trans. Vol. EEN. 12-19 (1978). 9. HOLMES. D. G., PACKER. J. S. - Real time control of area voltage profile and reactive power generation. Proc. Electrical Energy Conf. Canberra, 196-200 (May 1978). 10. HOLMES, D. G., PACKER, J. S. - Real time control of system voltage profile using minicomputer and microprocessors. Proc. Computers in Engg. Conf Canberra, 54-58 (August 1978). 11. MINASIAN, R. - Large signal Ga As MESFET model and distortion analysis. Electron. Lett. 14: 183-185 (1978). ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 105

12. MINASIAN, R. - Analysis of intermodulation distortion in Ga As MESFET amplifiers. Electron. Leu. 14: 590-591 (1978). 13. MeDONALD, C. L., BEILHARZ, R. G., McCUTCHAN, J. C. - The behaviour of cattle at electric fences. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 12: 245 (1978). 14. McCUTCHAN, J. C. - The observation of cattle response to electric fencing. Proc. I.E. Aust. Conf. on Agric. Engg., Toowoomba, 209-212 (1978). 15. McCUTCHAN, J. C. - Insulation for electric fences. Report, 136 (May 1978). 16. TAN, J. S. C, PACKER, J. S. - Eigen control of interconnected power systems. Proc. Electrical Energy Conf. Canberra. 75-78 (May 1978).

Reports 17. EVANS, R. J., ADAMS, K. M. - An introduction to pulse-modulated converters. Part I - Basic Concepts. Departmental Research Report No. I, 1978.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Engineering Science 1. ARNOLD, J. F. — A Microprocessor as a General Purpose Controller 2. CAMPBELL, J. C. — Number Theoretic Transforms for Fast Convolution 3. CIDDOR, G. S. — Transient Measurement of Human Respiratory Accoustic Impedance 4. DODDRELL, H. — Generator Transient Stability: Implementation of an Optimal Bang-Bang Control Strategy 5. MIKELAITIS, P. E. - Lossy Equalisation in Microwave Transistor Amplifiers 6. OOI, A. M. - Design Considerations of Wave Digital Filters

Master of Engineering 7. GOL, O. - Induction Machine Models for Design and Analysis

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DLUZNIAK, R. — Frequency domain controller design for multivariable systems FORSTER, I. C. - Data Transmission and Processing for an Audio Prosthesis JIN, Y. — Adaptive Equaliser Studies MINASIAN, R. A. — Large Signal Operation of Microwave Transistors TAN, J. S. — Model Control via Eigenvalue and Eigenvector Assignments

MEngSc Theses in Progress DAVEY, P. I. — A Microprocessor Controlled Sprav Boom DOWNING, M. - P.V.M. Controlled DC to DC Switching Power Regulator FENNELL, S. — Long Term Dynamics of a Power System HEIM, E. J. P. - High Speed Logic HOLMES, D. G. — Area Voltage Control of a Diverse Power System KAYE, R. J. — Simulation of Microwave Field Effect Transistors LAIRD, R. - Data Processing for an Implanted Nerve Deafness Prosthesis MACLEOD, J. R. — An Ionospheric Path Simulator NEWMAN. R. G. - The Design of Computer Generated Video Displays for the Training of Physically Handicapped Patients NICHOLSON. P. L. - Microprocessor Control of Wave Digital Filters NIVEN. R. C. - An Electric Fence Monitoring System ROWE, J. P. - The Electronic Music Studio SALVANO, S. R. — The Application of State Machine Techniques lo Small Computer Based Systems SUM, A. - A Digital Cardiac Defibrillator Tester SUTANTO, L. W. - Facsimile Coding Studies THIEN, R. S. - Hardware Realization of Wave Digital Fillers

MAppSc Thesis in Progress THOMAS, L. R. — Strategy of Control of Human Limb Movement 106 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

MAgSc Theses in Progress MeDONALD, C. L. - Animal Response to Electric Fences COATS, S. — Sensory Perception of Electric Fences by Cattle

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ERB: Electrical Power Systems. ERB: Optimal Design of Defibrillators for the Emergency Treatment of Electric Shock. ERB: Optimisation of Power System Dynamic Behaviour by using Co-ordinated Control Strategic NHMRC: The Development of a Hearing Prosthesis. Rowden White Trust: Computer-assisted Training for the Physically Handicapped. Rowden White Trust: Electrical Power Systems. Rural Credits Development Fund: Practical Electric Fence Design. Australian Meat Research Committee: Design of Electric Fences. ARGC: Adaptive Wave Digital Filters. RRB: Signal Processing using Microwave Field Effect Transistors. RRB: Thyristor Converter with particular reference to variable power sources. INDUSTRIAL SCIENCE Chairman of department: Dr J. Bagg Reader JOHN BAGG Senior Lecturers OSKAR DELATYCKI MALCOLM HILL JOHN HERBERT KILLIP JOHN WILLIAM TYLER MEREWETHER Lecturers GRAEME JOHN PRATT Principal Tutur SYLVIA JEAN MAINWARING RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Structure and relaxational behaviour of polyester networks. 2. Composition and properties of epoxies. 3. Studies of environmental stress cracking of: (a) PVC (b) Polyethylene 4. Flow of expanded polyethylene melts 5. Properties of structural sealants. 6. (a) Development of wide range dielectric spectrometer (b) Dielectric response of selected polymeric materials (Joint study with University oT Warwick, U.K.) 7. Concentrations of polyaromatic hydrocarbons in Antarctic ice samples. X. Air pollution in the planning process. 9. Distribution of pollutants in the various size ranges of Atmospheric Particulates. 10. Phosphate exchange with river and estuarine sediments. 11. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in bottom sediments and marine fauna.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BAGG, J. - Sulphate in particulate matter over Melbourne. SCOPE Workshop on Sulphur Cycling in Australian Ecosystems, Canberra (1978). 2. CHARLESWORTH, J. M. - Evaporative Analyser as a Mass Detector for Liquid Chromatography. Anal. Chem. 50: 1414 (1978).

3. COOK. W. — An analysis of thc effect of crosslinking on the Tg of polvester and other networks, Europ. Polym. J. 14: 715 (1978). 4. COOK, W. - Rubber elasticity in relation to polvester networks, Europ. Polvm. J. 14: 721 (1978). 5. COOK. W. and DELATYCKI, O. - The/? relaxation in the dynamic mechanical spectrum of polvester networks containing various structural units, Europ. Polvm. J. 14: 369 (1978). 6. MAINWARING, S. J. and STRAUSS, W. - The effect of transport options on urban air pollution, Proc. Environment Engg. Conf: Environmental Enquiry, Sydney. 73-78 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. COOK. W. D. — Structure and Relaxational Behaviour of Poly(esler) networks 2. CHARLESWORTH, J. - Structure and Properties of Epoxy Resins

Master of Applied Science 3. MAHER. W. — B(a)P and Perylene Concentration in Sediments from Hobson's Bay. Yarra River and Corio Bay

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BIGGER, S. - U. V. Degradation of Polymers OLSZEWSKI, A. — Environmental Stress Cracking

MAppSc Theses in Progress CHEUNG, L. - Dental Polvmers GOLDMAN. M. - Dental Polymers

107 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Chairman of department: Mr W. W. S. Charters Professor PETER NUMA JOUBERT Readers EDWIN JOSEPH ANTHONY ARMAREGO WILLIAM WALLACE STEWART CHARTERS WILLIAM POWELL LEWIS ANTHONY EDWARD PERRY Senior Lecturers SIDNEY JOHN CLIFTON MALCOLM CAMPBELL GOOD ERROL ROBERT HOFFMANN LESLIE JAMES JONES VENDELIN RASO MEGLER ERIC EDWARD MILKINS PETER MILNER CECIL JOHN PENGILLEY ABRAM ROTENBERG ANDREW EMERY SAMUEL HARRY CHARLES WATSON JOHN FRANCIS WILLIAMS Senior Lecturer in Industrial Engineering ERNEST ALLAN KAYE Lecturers KENNETH CHARLES BROWN EDWARD JOHN COLV1LLE DALE IAN PULLIN Research Officers MIN SEONG CHONG LAURENCE CHARLES GOLDSWORTHY ALEXANDER JOHN SMITS RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS 1. Solar heat pipe collectors. 2. Solar heat pumps for building heating and cooling. J. Performance of passive solar energy systems. 4. Honeycomb structures for convection supression. 5. Air conditioned solar absorption cycle plant. 6. Development of high temperature flat bed collectors. 7. Modelling of thermal storage systems. 8. Thermal effects in glasshouses. 9. Open cycle solar air conditioning systems. 10. Heat transfer in automobile radiators. 11. Modelling of HO, CO and NOx emissions from cars. 12. Modelling of automotive fuel consumption. 13. Cycle-by-cycle variability in spark ignition engine combustion. 14. Flame propagation in spark ignition engines. 15. Simulation and study of traffic patterns. 16. Hydrogen engine combustion.

B. DYNAMICS 1. Vehicular crashes with utility poles. 2. Impact attenuation solutions for cable supporting utility poles. 3. The effect of certain fixed and free control variables on automobile handli 4. The effectiveness of delineation treatments. 5. Ride quality in trucks.

C. ENGINEERING DESIGN 1. Problem solving and decision making processes. 2. Engineering judgement. 3. Computer modelling of manufacturing process. 4. Computer aided design. 5. Diagnostic problem solving. 6. Design education.

108 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 109

D. FLUID MECHANICS 1. Viscous resistance of ship shapes. 2. Effect of coriolis forces on turbulent boundary layers. 3. The separated flow behind bluff bodies with splitter plates. 4. Coherent structures in coflowing jets and wakes. 5. Structure of wall turbulence. 6. Study of turbulent spots. 7. Conditionally sampled vortex shedding flows with sampling on the basis of phase. 8. Structure of wall turbulence. 9. Vortex roll up from a salient edge.

E. HUMAN ENGINEERING 1. Design of turn restriction signs. 2. Mathematical modelling of drivers in lateral and longitudinal control. 3. Human movements in simple assembly tasks. 4. Indirect measurement of task difficulty. 5. Gap acceptance in traffic flows. 6. Perception of distance and velocity of vehicles.

F. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 1. Development of general cutting analyses for machining operations. 2. Geometrical specifications of single point tools. 3. Surface finish and force predictions in turning operations. 4. Economical selection of cutting conditions in single and multipass turning operations. 5. The geometrical specification of twist drills. 6. Investigations of the geometry and grinding of the conventional twist drill point. 7. Mechanics of cutting analysis of drilling process. 8. Geometrical and force variability in manufactured twist drills. 9. Quality control of manufactured drills. 10. Fundamental and practical aspects of machining with power hacksaws. 11. Temperatures and tool-life in machining operations. 12. Machining with form tools. 13. Standardisation of cutting tool specifications. 14. Financial modelling of a firm.

G. SOLID MECHANICS AND BIOMECHANICS 1. Estimation of residual stress distribution in the vicinity of a propagating fatigue crack. 2. Mathematical models for fatigue crack growth rate with constant and variable stress intensity factors. 3. The influence of the Bauschinger effect on the stresses at the tip of a crack. 4. The effect of mean stress level on the low cycle fatigue properties of metals. 5. The effect of overload ratio and crack length on residual stresses at the lip of a crack. 6. Crack growth arrest. 7. Crack closure and compliance. 8. Time dependent effects in fatigue crack growth. 9. Structural stability of stayed yacht masts. 10. Failure criteria for carbon fibre reinforced plastics. 11. Safety in bus seat design. 12. Analysis and design of joints in fibre reinforced plastic materials. 13. The interaction between material properties and energy storage in superflywheels. 14. Effect of growth stresses on fruit cracking and splitting. 15. Stress distribution around surface imperfections on fruit. 16. Biomechanics of the foreleg of a horse.

H. SYSTEMS THEORY AND TECHNOLOGY 1. Analysis of complex systems. 2. Multi-criteria decision making. 3. Automatic typing of speech. 110 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

4. Pulse control of systems using d.c. motors. 5. Some comparisons between optimal and classical control system reponses. 6. Technology and culture. 7. History of technology. 8. Kinematics of technology. 9. Kinetics of technology. 10. Technical problem solving. 11. Technical history of Vickers Ruwolts.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books l. LEWIS, W. P. - A Case Study in Shaft Design. Ch. 7 in Engineering cases 1978, Washington, D.C, American Society for Engineering Education. 1978.

Articles 2. ARMAREGO, E. J. A. and WRIGHT. J. D. - Manufactured General Purpose Twist Drill Point Geometry-1. Preliminary Appraisal of Variations, J. Engg. Prod.. Vol. 2: 1-19 (1978). 3. ARMAREGO, E. J. A. and WRIGHT, J. D. - Manufactured General Purpose Twist Drill Point Geometry-II. Sources of Variations and Process Capability Estimates. J. Engg. Prod.. Vol. 2: 59-76 (1978). 4. ARMAREGO. E. J. A. and WIRIYACOSOL, S. - Oblique Machining with Triangular Form Tools-I. Theoretical Investigation, Int. J. Mach. Tool Des. Res.. Vol. 18: 67-80 (1978). 5. ARMAREGO, E. J. A. and WIRIYACOSOL, S. - Oblique Machining with Triangular Form Tools-II. Experimental Investigation, Int. J. Mach. Tool Des. Res.. Vol. 18: 153-165 (1978). 6. BECK, J. A., YEO, G. F. and LEWIS, W. P. - An Approach to Minimum Cost Block Replacement Policies in Engineering Maintenance, J. Engg. Prod. 2: 205-215 (1978). 7. BLOCK, T. E. — A Note on thc Complexity of Facilities Lavout Problems. Management Sc. 25: 256-260 (1978). 8. BLOCK, T. E. - A New Construction Algorithm for Facilities Layout, J. Eng^. Prod. 2: 111- 126 (1978). 9. CHARTERS, W. W. S. — Energy Tomorrow — The Oil Gamble, J. Soc. Automotive Engs (Australasia) Vol. 38, No. 3: 197-99 (May/June 1978). 10. CHARTERS, W. W. S. and WINDOW, B. - Solar Collector Design and Testing, Search. Vol. 9. No. 4 (April 1978). 11. GOLDSWORTHY, L. C. - Computer Programs for the Prediction ofNOx Formation in S.I. Engines Using Complex Chemical Kinetics, SAE-A, I. Mech. E., I.E. Aust. Symposium on Computers in Automotive Design and Analysis, paper 78023 (1978). 12. GOOD, M. C. — Road Curve Geometry and Driver Behaviour, Australian Road Research Board, Special Report No. 15. (May 1978). 13. HOFFMANN, E. R. and MACDONALD, W. A. - Scaling Perceived Distance Along a Road, Aust. J. Psychology. 30(\): 69-77 (1978). 14. JOUBERT, P. N., SINCLAIR, T. J. and HOFFMANN, P. H. - A Further Studv of Bodies of Revolution, J. Ship Res. 22(1 ):54-63 (1978). 15. JOUBERT, P. N. and SMITS, L. J. - The Modelling of Viscous Resistance Using Two- Dimensional Bodies, Int. Symposium on Viscous Ship Resistance, ed Lars Larson Gbteberg (1978). 16. KAY, H. K. and CHARTERS, W. W. S. - Convective Effects in Slat Collectors, ISEC 1978. New Delhi, India (January 1978). 17. LEWIS, W. P. and BLOCK, T. E. - Computer-Aided Plant Layout. Proceedings of Conference on Applied CAD/CAM in Prod. Engg.. Australian Department of Productivity, Melbourne, 223-244 (1978). 18. MCDOLE, T. and HOFFMANN, E. R. - Measurement of Intrusion in Motor Vehicle Accidents, Highway Safety Research Institute, University of Michigan, Report UM-IISRT- 78-17-2 (1978). 19. MCCARTHY, J. V. and HOFFMANN, E. R. - Thc Difficulty that Traffic Signs Present lo Poor Readers, Aust. Dept. of Transport (1978). 20. MACDONALD, W. A. and HOFFMANN, E. R. - Steering Wheel Reversal Rale Related to Driving Task Demand, Aust. Road Res. Board. Report AIR 247-3 (1978). 21. MACDONALD, W. A. and HOFFMANN. E. R. - Information Coding on Turn - Restriction Signs, Proc. Aust. Road Res. Board, Ninth Conf, Brisbane (1978). 22. MACDONALD, W. A. - Effects of Varying Periods of Red-Plus-Amber on Drivers'Starting Response at a Traffic Signal, Aust. Road Res., 5(4): 68-69 (1978). MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 111

23. MCFADDEN, P. D. - Computer Techniques for Analysis of Cyclic Variability in Spark Ignition Engines, SAE-A, I. Mech. E.. I.E. Ausi.. paper 78022 (1978). 24. MILKINS, E. E. and WATSON, H. C. - Optimising the Dynamic Behaviour of Camshafts for Racing Engine Application. SAE-A, 1. Mech. E., I.E. Aust., Symposium of Computers in Automotive Design and Analysis. Melbourne, paper 78019 (1978). 25. MILNER, P. - On Strategies for Technical Problem Evolution, Proc. 6th Nat. Conf. Inst. Industrial En%s, Australia. Hobart 1.1-1.5 (1978). 26. OH ANESSIAN, P., CHARTERS, W. W. S. and TAYLOR, L. E. - Computer Simulation of a Solar Boosted Air Source Heat Pump, ISEC. New Delhi, India (Jan 1978). 27. OHANESSIAN, P. and CHARTERS. W. W. S. - Some Design Considerations for a Trombe-Michel Wall System, ISEC. New Delhi, India (Jan 1978). 28. PARKER, M. and PENGILLEY, C. J. - Some Three-Dimensional Aspects of Jet Attachment in Bistable Fluidic Power Amplifiers, Proc. the Fluid Power Conf, Sydney (1978). 29. PERRY, A. F. and LIM, T. T. - Coherent Structures in Collowing Jets and Wakes, J. Fluid Mech., Vol. 88: 451-463 (1978). 30. SAMUEL. A. E. - A Closer Look at CAD, Proceedings of Department of Productivity. Seminar on Appl. CAD/CAM in Prod. Engg.. September (1978). 31. SAMUEL. A. H. - Anthropometry of Quadraplegics, 18th Conference on Physical Sciences and Engineering in Medicine and Biology (August 1978). 32. SMITS, A. J., PERRY, A. E. and HOFFMAN, P. H. - The Response to Temperature Fluctuations of a Constant-Current Hot-Wire Anemometer. J. Phvs. E.. Vol. II: 909-194 (1978). 33. STOUFFER, D. C. and WILLIAMS. J. F. - A Model for Fatigue Crack Growth with a Variable Stress Intensity Factor, Engg. Sc. Report No. 78-130, Universitv of Cincinnati. Ohio (1978). 34. TAYLOR, L. E. and CHARTERS, W. W. S. - Design Problems of Air Source Boosted Heat Pumps, ISEC. New Delhi, India (January 1978). 35. WATSON, H. C. and MILKINS, E. E. - Some Problems and Benefits from the Hvdrogen Fueled Spark Ignition Engine, Proc. 13th IECEC. Vol. 2: 170-177 (1978). 36. WATSON, H. C, MILKINS, E. E. and ROBERTS, K. - An Engine for thc Study of Performance Optimisation of High Speed, High Output S.I. Engine I. Mech. E. Design and Development of Small Internal Combustion Engine. Conf. Isle of Man. (May 1978). 37. WATSON, H. C. - The Prediction of Emissions and Fuel Consumption in Real Driving Conditions, SAE-A, I. Mech. E., I.E. Aust., Symposium in Computers in Automotive Design and Analysis, Melbourne, paper 78025 (1978). 38. WILLIAMS, J. F. and STOUFFER, D. C. - An Estimate ofthe Residual Stress Field in the Vicinity of a Fatigue Crack, Engg. Sc. Report No. 78-131. University of Cincinnati, Ohio (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES

Doctor of Philosophy

1. GOLDSWORTHY, L. C. - Cycle by Cycle Variability in Spark Ignition Engine Emissions 2. PARKER, M. - A Model for Computation of Attached Flow in a Subsonic Submerged Turbulent Jet 3. TONG, J. - Mathematical Models of the Cochlea Partitions

Master of Engineering Science

4. ABD-EL-SA YED. M. - Geometrical and Force Variability of As-bought Twist Drills 5. ARMSTRONG, G. J. - A Study of Simple Human Manual Movements 6. BONOLLO, E. — A Study of Traditional and Contemporary Geometrical Specifications for Single Point Lathe Tools 1. CHUA, C. B. - Heal Transfer, Flow and Friction Characteristics of Two Automotive Radiators 8. LAW, S. P. — An Investigation of Pressure Distribution on Two and Three Dimensional Bodies 9. MC.ADAM, A. — Design of Emergency Medical Suction Equipment 10. MCCARTHY, J. V. - The Difficulty 'thai Traffic Signs Present for Poor Readers 11. RONOSOLISTYO, C. W. - A Study of Automobile High-Speed Steering Response 12. SENG, R. J. O. — A Studv of Hacksawinq with Gravity-fed Machines 13. TAYLOR, L. E. - Solar Boosted Heat-pump 112 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BASKARAN, V. - Viscous Resistance of Ship Shapes BROWNE, J. ivi. — ihe Exterior Caicuius ana' iis Application to Engineering CHIA, D. T. H. — A Study of the • Economical Selection of Cutting Conditions for Turning Operations DOREY, A. D. — The Effects of Steering Wheel Forces on Drivers' Steering Control ERM, L. P. — Three Dimensional Turbulent Boundary Lavers FOX, J. C. - Collisions with Utility Poles JOHNSON, R. C. - Multi Criteria Decision Making LIM, T. T. — Coherent Structures in Coflowing Jets and Wakes MACDONALD, W. A. - Indirect Measurement of Task Difficulty ROTENBERG, J. - Automatic Typing of Speech SMITH, A. J. R. — Studies of the Effects of Geometric Machining Variables on Tool Temperatures UBER, C. — Driver Gap Acceptance in Traffic Flows WATMUFF, J. - Wall Shear Flows WINCH, K. - Effects of Road Lighting on Vehicle Control WRIGHT, J. D. — The Influence cf Point Geometry on the Performance oj Manufactured Twist Drills

MEngSc Theses in Progress BECKER, P. D. - Modelling of Thermal Storage Systems BORG, G. — Innovation in Australian Industry CHEN, W. D. — Air Cooled Solar Absorption Cycle Air-conditioning DIXON, C. W. — Solar Boosted Heat Pump Air-conditioning DOHERTY, B. S. - Pulse Control of Systems Using DC. Motors FITZPATRICK, I. S. - Superfiywheels for Energy Storage GUTHRIE, K. S. — High Temperature Honeycomb Collectors HAJDU, G. - A Study of Injection Moulding HUNT, K. — Development of Hydrogen Engine LAMBERT, J. — Some Comparisons Between Optimal and Classical Control System Responses MARSHALL, G. - Analysis of Urban Driving Patterns MUSHTAQ, M. - Quality Control Studies of Manufactured Twist Drills SANTIKARN, D. — Fundamental and Practical Aspects of the Haeksawing Process SASADEUSZ, G. L. - Layout of Industrial Plant SIER, G. H. — Engineering Diagnostics and Design Problem Solving

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: AINSE: Turbulent Convective Heat Transfer. ARGC: Thermodynamic Behaviour of Air Chambers. ARGC: Viscous Resistance of Ship Shapes. ARGC: Turbulent Diffusion and its Role in Environmental Pollution. ARGC: Vehicle Fuel Consumption and Emission. ARGC: Modifying Spark Ignition Engine Combustion. ARRB: Traffic Management and Vehicle Energy Interactions. ARRB: Driver Behaviour on Curves. Commonwealth Department of Transport: Collisions with Utility Poles. Commonwealth Department of Transport: Impact Attenuation Solutions for Cable Supporting Utility Poles. CSIRO: Controlled Atmosphere Generator. ERB: Solar Boosted Heat Pump System. MINING AND METALLURGY Chairman of department: Dr C. J. Osborn (deceased. 1/9/1978) Dr D. W. Borland [from 11/9/1978)

Readers JOHN STUART HOGGART CYRIL JOHN OSBORN GEORGE MERVYN WILLIS Senior Lecturers WILLIAM EDWARD BAMFORD DOUGLAS WILSON BORLAND JOHN STEWART CARR JOHN JAMES CARTER NEIL BOON GRAY BRUCE DIXON GUERIN Lecturers PETER JAMES BUNYAN JOHN STUART FERGUSON DUNLOP NORMAN WILLIAM JOHNSON (to 30/6/1978) Principal Tutor SOPHIA MAJ Senior Tutor DAVID MARTIN POLLARD Research Fellows WALTER BOAS ROBERT CECIL GIFKINS (to 8/9/1978) VIBHUTI NARAIN MISRA (from 5/7/1978) HAROLD ALFRED STEPHENS Junior Research Fellow DESMOND JAMES FITZGERALD Graduate Research Assistant IAN GRANT PATTISON RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. MINING 1. Design of tunnel support systems. 2. Prediction of rock cuttability and correlation with tunnel boring machine performance. 3. Modelling of sublevel caving by equivalent material models and computer techniques. 4. Assessment of rock properties which involve other than ideal elastic behaviour. 5. Equivalent material models to assess the stability of underground mining excavations. 6. Design of underground excavations in rock with non-linear properties. 7. Equivalent rock column design system for tunnel linings. 8. Orebody modelling using geostatistical techniques.

B. MINERAL PROCESSING 1. Aspects of complex sulphide mineral flotation systems. 2. The flotation response of various lead sulphides.

C. EXTRACTIVE METALLURGY 1. Mixing studies in metallurgical reactors. 2. Controlled atmosphere roasting of sulphides in a fluidized bed. 3. Chemical reactivity of carbon, including brown coal char. 4. Reduction of iron oxides by carbon-containing materials. 5. The cobalt-iron-silica system at high temperatures. 6. Thermodynamics of sulphur in lead.

D. PHYSICAL METALLURGY 1. Precipitation hardening. 2. Structure and properties of steels.

113 114 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

3. Acoustic emission from off-shore structures. 4. Electrical resistance changes in iron-nitrogen alloys. 5. Hydrogen embrittlement in high strength steels. 6. The energy and potential dependence of mode! potentials. 7. Calculation of heats of formation, using the density functional formalism of Hohenberg and Kohn. 8. Creep and superplasticity. 9. Grain boundary sliding and high-temperature fatigue. 10. Dry rubbing wear of steels.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapter of Book I. GRAY, N. B. and POLLARD. D. M. - From Minerals to Metals, in HSC Options section of "Chemistry, Key to the Earth", P. T. McTigue, ed Universitv of Melbourne Press (interim edition, I978).

Articles 2. BORLAND, D. W. and CURCIO, P. - "Rail wear under severe loading conditions", 1978 Metals Congress, Melbourne, Aust. Inst, of Metals, paper ll (1978). 2A BUNYAN, P. J. — "The calculation of model potential parametrcs; an additional comment"../. Phys. F: Metal Phys.. 8: 611-6I6 (1978). 3. CONOCHIE, D. S. and GRAY, N. B. - "An on-stream spectrophotometer for mixing studies in a channel reactor". Chemical Eng. Sc. 33: 619-621 (1978). 4. GIFKINS, R. C. - "Observations on the analysis of interdependent creep processes", J. Materials Sc. 13: 1820-1821 (1978). 5. GRAY, N. B. — "Discussion of the major problems affecting Australian industry and their implications for Defence: Proposals for remedial action". Industrial Mobilization Course Syndicate Report. Department of Defence (1978). 6. HOGGART, J. S. and THOMSON, T. - "Assessment ofthe formabilitv of sheet metals from the tensile test", 1978 Metals Congress. Melbourne, Book 3. PPCA, Melbourne, 5-9 (1978). 7. DAVEY, T. R. A. and WILLIS, G. M. - Annual Review: Commodity Metals - Lead, Zinc and Tin, J. of Metals. 30(4): 12-19 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. GILLIES, I. D. — Strain-Ageing Parameters for Pure Iron

Master of Applied Science 2. CAVANAGH, A. K. — Continuous-Cooling Transformation Behaviour of XK 1340 Steel

Master of Engineering Science 3. ALFORD, C. G. - Computer Simulation of Sublevel Caving 4. EICKE, C. E. — Alternative Reducing Agents for the Direct Reduction of Metal Oxides

Master of Science 5. BRYAN, R. - Vacuum Removal of Bismuth from Copper

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BACZYNSKI, N. R. P. - Stability of Shale Hanging-walls BAMFORD, W. E. — Some Geomechanical Studies for Tunnelling Projects HARDING, M. P. - Computer Prediction of Atom Patterns in Metallic Alloys PATTISON. I. G. - Sulphite and Oxygen in Sulphide Mineral Flotation Systems WASHUSEN, J. A. - Time-dependent Properties of Melbourne Silurian Mudslone UDOMPONGSANON. N. - Substructure and Tempering of Martensite. MINING AND METALLURGY 115

MAppSc Theses in Progress BARNES. R. C. - Effect of Residual Stresses in Fatigue Life GIBSON. T. J. — Cleavage Fracture Resistance of Deformed Structural Steels DE GLAS, M. - Recrystallization of Carbon-Manganese and Carbon-Manganese-Niobium Steels JELENIEWSKI, V. E. - Hydrogen Embrittlement in High Strength Steels JULIAN, J. C. - The Effect of Stress State on Strain Hardening Behaviour SIMPSON. D. A. - Metal Dusting Corrosion in High Nickel Alloys WHITE, A. J. - Degradation in Double-V Butt Welds

MEngSc Theses in Progress DUNLOP. J. S. F. - Geostatistical Modelling of an Iron Orebody KUK. I. II. G. - Resistivity Changes During Strain-Ageing of High Purity Iron and Iron Alloys NEWELL. A. J. H. - The Effect of Specific Impurities in Lead Sulphide on its Flotation Behaviour NYUNT, S. S. - Extraction of Metals from Solutions by Brown Coal RECHNITZER. G. - Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of Underground Openings ROME. G. - Automated Design of Underground Structures Incorporating Rock Restraint SIRIBUMRUNGSUKHA, B. - Rock Drillability for Impregnated Diamond Bits in Fullscale and Microscale

MSc Theses in Progress PEARSON, G. M. - Reactivity of Brown Coal Char in Reduction of Hematite POLLARD. D. M. - The Distribution of Non-Ferrous Metals in Copper Matte Smelling RAFTER Y. P. J. - A Computer Model of Sublevel Caving

SUBSTANTIAL GRANT RECEIVED The following grant has been received: JOHN CONNEI.L and ASSOCIATES and MURLA: Time-dependent Properties or Melbourne Silurian Mudstone. SURVEYING Chairman of department: Mr S. C. Bervoets Reader-in-Charge BRIAN THOMAS MURPHY Reader SIMON GERRIT BERVOETS Senior Lecturer FRANCIS JOSEPH LEAHY Lecturers ROBERT EDWARD EDEN LEO JAMES RIVETT Graduate Research Assistants ROBERT WILLIAM FROST DAVID BRUCE McMORRAN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Adjustment of survey networks. 2. Application of photogrammetry to architectural and archaeological recording. 3. Engineering application of terrestrial photogrammetry. 4. Title boundaries in Victoria. 5. Volume determination in engineering works utilizing photogrammetry. 6. Photogrammetric measurement of deflections and deformations in geomechanical models.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. COOPER, M. A. R. and LEAHY, J. F. - An Adjustment of a Second-Order Network. Survev Review. Vol.24. No. 187 (January 1978). 2. RIVETT, L. J. - Heritage Photogrammetry — Applications in Australian Archaeology. Invited Paper, The V International Symposium for Photogrammetry in Architecture and Conservation of Monuments and Sites. Sibenik. Yugoslavia (1978). 3. RIVETT, L. J. - The Recording of Rock Art and Stone Arrangements - Applications of Photogrammetry in Australian Archaeology. Proc. of Seminar. "Terrestrial Photogrammetry as an aid to Archaeological Surveying". The City University, London (1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS MSurvSc Theses in Progress HOFF, A. R. — Peripheral Critique on Satellite Doppler Control LOUGHREY, P. T. — Volume Determination by Aerial and Terrestrial Photogrammetry BIRD, D. E. — Feature Coded Digital Terrain Models for Roadworks

116 LAW Chairman af department: Professor C. Howard Professor of Commercial Law HAROLD ARTHUR JOHN FORD Hearn Professor of Law COLIN HOWARD Harrison Moore Professor of Law SANDFORD DELBRIDGE CLARK Kenneth Bailey Professor of Law DAVID JOHN LANHAM George Paton Professor of Law HAROLD LUNTZ Reader MARY ELIZABETH HISCOCK Senior Lecturers ADRIAN JOHN BRADBROOK ETHEL RUTH CAMPBELL WILLIAM BREEN CREIGHTON BRIAN MICHAEL LAKE CROMMELIN MANFRED PAUL ELLINGHAUS IAN DOUGLAS ELLIOTT IAN JAMES HARDINGHAM MARCIA ANN NEAVE JULIAN PHILLIPS KEVIN SOL POSE MARK SAMUEL WEINBERG Lecturers SUSAN LATHROP CAMPBELL ANTHONY JAMES DUGGAN ROBERT CHARLES EVANS ANNEMAREE LANTERI SUSAN VIRGINIA MACCALLUM FRANCIS KEVIN HEATHCOTE MAHER SUSAN MARY MORGAN BERNARD MICHAEL O'BRIEN KEVIN PATRICK O'CONNOR RALPH BENJAMIN PLINER STANIFORTH RICKETSON JOSEPH GERARD SANTAMARIA CHERYL ANN SAUNDERS ROSALIE PAM SCHAFFER JAGINDER SINGH RICHARD ROSS SINCLAIR TRACEY GILLIAN DOREEN TRIGGS Senior Tutors GARY FORRESTER BETTY ARMSTRONG HAYES Research Fellows JUDITH GAIL GARDAM AMY LIU

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The use of force in the prevention of crime. 2. Reform of those parts of the Habeas Corpus Act 1679 which limit thc time during which a person charged with a felony can be kept in prison awaiting trial. 3. An examination of recklessness as a criterion for criminal liability. 4. An examination of the work ofthe South Australian Court of Criminal Appeal with particular reference to the judgements of Bray, C. J. 5. A textbook on administrative law. 6. A casebook on administrative law. 7. A casebook on industrial law. 8. A comparative analysis of due process and natural justice rules in Australia. England and the United States. 9. Groundwater law and administration in Australia. 10. Proposals for amendment ofthe River Murray Waters Agreement and Implementing Acts. 11. Injurious Affection and Compensation in land acquisitions. 12. Control of urban air quality through planning laws. 13: The law relating to maltreatment of children. 14. Problems of criminal injuries compensation. 15. Australian mining and petroleum law. 16. Government management of oil and gas resources in Australia. 17. Economic analysis of properly rights, with reference to resource tenures. 18. Legal aspects of resource development in Antarctica.

117 118 FACULTY OF LAW

19. A textbook on easements and restrictive covenants. 20. General revision of "Property Law — Cases and Materials", for the purposes of a third edition. 21. Schemes of arrangement and compromise under the Companies Act. 22. Company take-over legislation and the approach of the courts. 23. A book of cases and commentary on the law of torts. 24. A comparative study of thc rights of secured creditors in insolvency. 25. A comparative study of customary land tenures and their relation lo secured transactions in Indonesia and Malaysia. 26. Legal problems of international trade between socialist and non-socialisl countries. 27. The legal consequence of documentation - a comparative study of Asian dollar and Euro dollar transactions. 28. Legal problems for Australian investors in Malaysia. 29. A casebook on constitutional law. 30. The indivisibility of state legislative power. 31. Indefeasibility under the Victorian Transfer of Land Act 1958. 32. The political economy of thc Australian Constitution. 33. International law relating to Antarctica. 34. State jurisdictional competence at international law: extraterritoriality of U.S. anti-trust law. 35. Liability for fire. 36. The liability of public authorities for their failure to exercise a statutory power. 37. A textbook on Australian family property law. 38. The prevention of harrassment in landlord-tenant law. 39. A critique of thc recommendations of the Tasmanian Law Reform Commission on landlord- tenant law reform. 40. A study of the relevance of the actions for double rent and double value. 41. A textbook on thc Victorian Residential Tenancies Act. 42. Fencing easements in Australia. 43. Occupational licensing and the consumer interest. 44. Consumer access to justice. 45. Preparation of third edition of casebook on the legal process. 46. The law relating to alienation of income. 47. The use of extrinsic materials in statutory interpretation. 48. Preparation of an updating addendum to a casebook on taxation. 49. Security of tenure for long-term occupants of caravan parks. 50. A textbook on the law of trusts. 51. Bases for federal power in the territorial sea in the United States. Canada and Australia. 52. The Australian Constitutional Convention: The First Five Years. 53. Identification and classification of the conventions that operate in conjunction with the Australian Constitution. 54. Constitutional and Administrative Law in Australia. 55. A study of recent developments in the law relating to health and safety at work in Victoria and South Australia. 56. The concept of managerial prerogative in Australian labour law. 57. Taxation of business in the ASEAN countries. 58. The right of manufacturers in Malaysia under ihc Industrial Coordination Act 1975. 59. The law relating to public enterprises in Australia. 60. The licensing of trade marks. 61. A textbook on industrial and intellectual property. 62. A bibliography on Australian legal history.

PUBLISHED WORK Bonks 1. FORD, H. A. J. - Principles of Company Law. 2nd ed, Butterworths, Sydney (1978). 2. HARDINGHAM, I. J. — The Law of Interstate Succession in Australia and New Zealand, Law Book Co., Sydney (1978). 3. HOWARD, C. - Australia's Constitution, Penguin Books, Melbourne (1978). 4. POSE, K. S., BAXT, R.. GELSKI. R. A.. GRBICH. Y. F. and MARKS. B. - Cases and Materials on Taxation, Butterworths, Sydney (1978). 5. TRACEY, R. R. S. — Ed Supplement to Brett and Hogg. Cases and Materials on Administrative Law. 3rd ed, Butterworths, Sydney (1978).

Chapters of Books 6. CROMMELIN. B. M. L. - Natural Resources, in An Annual Survey of Law 1977. ed R. Baxt, Law Book Co., 77-95, Sydney (1978). LAW 119

7. HOWARD, C. - An Analysis of Sentencing Authority, in Reshaping the Criminal Law, ed P. Glazcbrook, Sweet and Maxwell, London 404-421 "(1978). 8. LANTERI, A. and MORGAN, S. M. - Some Legal Aspects ofChild Abuse in Australia, in Familv Violence: An International and Interdisciplinary Studv. eds .1. M. Eekelaar and S.N.'Katz, Butterworths, Toronto, 363-381 (1978). 9. LUNTZ, H. - Law of Torts, in An Annual Survey of Law 1977. ed R. Baxt, Law Book Co., Sydney 119-147 (1978). 10. LUNTZ, H. - Damages (Chapter 46), in Australian Commentary on Halsbury's Laws of England, 4th Ed. cd in chief Sir Garfield Barwick, Butterworths. Sydney xxviii and 1-52 (1978).

Articles 11. BRADBROOK, A. J. - The Future of Domestic Rent Control in Hong Kong. Hong Kon° L J. 7: 321-361 (1978). 12. BRADBROOK, A. J. and TRACEY, R. R. S. - Loss of Services: An Anachronistic- Alternative to the Child Custody Laws. Monash U.L. Rev. 4: 71-80 (1978). 13. CREIGHTON, W. B. - The Equal Opportunity Act — tokenism or prescription for change? Melb. U.L. Rev. 11: 503-535 (1978). 14. CROMMELIN, B. M. L., PEARSE, P. H. and SCOTT, A. - Management of Oil and Gas Resources in Alberta. Natural Resources J. 18: 337-389 (1978). 15. DUGGAN, A. J. — The Victorian Consumer Credit Bills. Aust. Current Law Digest. 189-195 (1978). 16. DUGGAN, A. J. - The Great Soap Opera. Melb. U.L. Rev. II: 467-502 (1978). 17. DUGGAN, A. J. — Misleading Advertising and the Publishers' Defence: A Critique of Universal Telecosters (Qld) Ltd. v. Guthrie. Aust. Business L. Rev. 6: 309-324 (1978). 18. ELLIOTT, I. J. - Obtaining a Financial Advantage bv Deception. Crim L.J. 2- 18-27 (1978). 19. FORRESTER, G. - The Himalaya: A Troubled Assent. Melb. U.L. Rev. II: 536-562(1978). 20. LANHAM, D. J. - Murder, Recklessness and Grievous Bodilv Harm. Crim. I-.J. 2: 255-272 (1978). 21. MACCALLUM, S. V. - Registration of Mining Titles in Western Australia. U.W.A.L. Rev. 13: 305-323 (1978). 22. MACCALLUM, S. V. and BRADBROOK, A. J. Discrimination against Families in thc Provision of Rented Accommodation. Adel. L. Rev. 6: 439-457 (1978). 23. NEAVE, M. A. - The Constructive Trust as a Remedial Device. Melb. U. L. Rev. 11: 343- 368 (1978). 24. PLINER, R. B. - Agents or employees? Some problems of A M P. Society v. Chaplin. Adel. L. Rev. 6: 480-486 (1978). 25. RICHETSON, S. - Confidential Information - A New Proprietary Interest? (Part Two). Melb. U. L. Rev. II: 289-315 (1978). 26. SAUNDERS, C. A. - The Interchange of Powers Proposal. A.L.J. 52: 187-197, 254-263 (1978). 27. SAUNDERS, C. A. — The Development ofthe Commonwealth Spending Power. Melb. U. L. Rev. 11: 369-407 (1978). 28. SCHAFFER, R. P. - The Extension of South African Treaties lo thc Territories of South­ west Africa and the Prince Edward Islands. South African L. J. 95: 63-70 (1978).

Reports 29. CLARK, S. D. - River Murray Waters Agreement and Implementing Acts: Instructions for Parliamentary Counsel. River Murray Commission, Canberra (1978). 30. CLARK. S. D. — River Murray Waters Agreement: Preliminary Draft for Substitute Agreement. River Murray Commission, Canberra (1978). 31. HOWARD, C. - Australian Constitutional Convention, Standing Committee A, 2nd Report to Executive Committee, Section 92 of the Constitution. Government Printer, Melbourne, 27- 33 (1978). 32. HOWARD, C. - Australian Constitutional Convention, Standing Committee D. 3rd Report to Executive Committee, Section 57 of the Constitution. Government Printer, Melbourne, 21- 33 (1978). 33. HOWARD. C, MITCHELL, R. and BILES, D. - Criminal Law and Penal Methods Reform Committee of South Australia, 4th Report: Substantive Criminal Law, Government Printer, Adelaide (1978). 34. SAUNDERS, C. A. - Australian Constitutional Convention, Standing Committee D. 3rd Report to Executive Committee, On Agenda Item H33: Democratic Elections, Government Printer, Melbourne. 14-20 (1978). 120 FACULTY OF LAW

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy l. SCHAFFER, R. P. — A Critical Analysis ofthe Treat v- Making Powers of the Union of South J.I r. If /• r* .1 , r' • sijriCu unu trie nepuunc uj ouuiri sijricu

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress SORENSEN, H. R. - Administration of tax laws TRIGGS, G. D. — The Australian Antarctic: An Examination ofthe International and Domestic Legal Consequences of Australia's claim to Sovereignty in Antarctica

LLM Theses in Progress BRENNAN. F. T. - Protest. Public Order and Police Power GALVIN, J. M. — Law of Credit Unions in Victoria GARDAM, J. G. - Government Regulation of the Construction and Operation of Hydrocarbon Pipelines in Australia MORGAN, S. M. B. — The Nature of Interests Acquired under Various Mineral Titles WISHART, D. A. - The Acquisition of Australian Nationality

SUBSTANTIAL GRANT RECEIVED A grant has been received as follows: ARGC: Legal Aspects of Resource Development in Antarctica. ANATOMY Chairman of department: Professor L. J. Ray Professors LESLIE JOHN RAY GRAEME BRUCE RYAN (from 1/7/78) Readers JOHN OCHILTREE LAVARACK NEIL CAMERON RAOUL MERRILLEES Senior Lecturers BOYCE DARRYLE BOWDEN GEOFFREY CHARLES TREADGOLD KENNY GEOFFREY GRANT QUAIL PETER MAXWELL ROBINSON BERNICE FRANCES STRATFORD Senior Tutors DAINE ALCORN (to 30/6/78) NORMAN EIZENBERG JOSEPH GIRAMONDO WESLEY SIDNEY JAME MICHAEL GERARD MATAR ROSLYN ANNE PERRY MARY BLYTHE WHEELER Senior Research Officer NH & MRC DAINE ALCORN (from 1/7/78) Senior Associates: Professor Emeritus KEITH CAMPBELL BRADLEY Senior Lecturer CYRIL HARCOURT CHAMBERS RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Normal and abnormal glomerular barrier function and the mechanisms of proteinuria in glomerular disease. 2. Distribution of anionic groups in the glomerular capillary wall in normal and nephrotic animals. 3. Crescent formation in rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis. 4. Renal and adrenal morphology in normal and abnormal states of salt and water balance. 5. Studies of the morphology and possible functions of the renal juxtaglomerular "peripolar cell". 6. Development of the juxtaglomerular complex in sheep. 7. Studies of tubular and juxtaglomerular morphology in the isolated perfused kidney. 8. Effects of ureteric obstruction on renal morphology and function. 9. Morphologic and functional studies of adrenal cortical cells in vitro. 10. Effect of ACTH on the morphology of the sheep adrenal cortex. 11. Development of the sheep adrenal cortex. 12. Morphology and development ofthe sheep pituitary gland. 13. Studies ofthe pathogenesis of arterial myointimal thickening. 14. Locomotion of embryonic cells. 15. Morphology of the primitive streak. 16. Studies of placental morphology. 17. Photic regulation of pineal serotonin in the cynomolgus monkey. Macaco Fascicularis. 18. Morphologic study of retinal burns produced in the cynomolgus monkey by photocoagulation. 19. Studies of retino-hypothalamic connections in the cynomolgus monkey. 20. Serial studies of anthropometric measurements. 21. Serial studies of craniofacial growth. 22. Computer assessments of results of surgical and orthodontic treatments for craniofacial anomalies. 23. Serial studies of maturity markers. 24. Serial studies of dental caries. 25. Investigations of factors influencing foetal sheep lung development. 26. An assessment of the biochemical, histological and clinical response to calcitonin therapy in Paget's Disease. 27. An investigation of the effects of 25 hydroxycholecalciferol and 1-25 dehydroxycholecalcifcrol therapy on bone structure in patients with chronic renal failure.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapter of Book I. KENNY, G. C. T. and RIVRON, E. F. — An anatomical investigation of thc nervous pathway from the eyes of the cynomolgus monkey mediating intrapineal serotonin concentration, in Recent Advances in Primatologv. Vol. I. eds. D. J. Olivers and J. Herbert. Academic Press, London, 969-973 (1978).

121 122 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

Articles 2. MARIANI, A. F., CLIFTON, S., DAVIES, D. J., DAWBORN, J. K., FITZGERALD, J. E., IHLE, B. U., NIALL, J. F. and RYAN, G. B. — Membranous glomerulonephritis associated with sarcoidosis Aunt NZ 1. Med. R: 420-425 (19781. 3. SMOLICH. J. J., STRATFORD, B. F., MALONEY, J. E. and RITCHIE. B. C. - New features in the development ofthe submucosal gland of the respiratory tract. / Anal. 127: 223- 238 (1978). 4. RYAN, G. B., HEIN, S. J. and KARNOVSKY, M. J. - Thc distribution of albumin and immunoglobulin G in the glomerular capillary wall in aminonucleoside nephrosis. Pathologv 10: 335-341 (1978). 5. RYAN, G. B., HEIN, S. J., KREISBERG, J. I. and KARNOVSKY. M. J. - Effect of hemodynamic factors on the distribution of anionic groups in the glomerular capillary wall. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 65: 227-233 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Science 1. MITCHELL, G. M. — The Development of the Juxtaglomerular Apparatus in the Sheep. A Morphological Study

Doctor of Philosophy 2. ALCORN, D. — The Development of the Mammalian Foetal Lung

THESES IN PROGRESS MSc Theses in Progress HAMILTON, R. C. — The Ultrastructural Effects of Venoms on Animal Tissues OPPERMANN, J. A. — Acetylcholinesterase in the Ciliary Ganglion of the Cat

PhD Thesis in Progress PERRY, R. A. - The Cytology and Histochemistry of Steroid Cells in vitro

SUBSTANTIAL GRANT RECEIVED A grant has been received as follows: NH & MRC: Morphologic Studies of Renal Disease. BIOCHEMISTRY Chairman of department: Dr C. M. Mauritzen

Professors FRANCIS JOHN RAYMOND HIRD SIMON JOSHUA LEACH Professor of Biochemistry (Medical) GERHARD HANS SCHREIBER Readers PATRICK ROBERT CARNEGIE LLOYD ROSS FINCH JOHN WILLIAMSON LEGGE MARY TERESA McQUILLAN CHARLES ALBERT MICHAEL MAURITZEN Senior Lecturers BARRIE ERNEST DAVIDSON KENWYN RONALD GAYLER BRUCE RAYMOND GRANT ROBERT WILLIAM HENDERSON MAXWELL ARTHUR MARGINSON WILLIAM HUGH SAWYER Lecturers ROBERT CORNELIS AUGUSTEYN PAMELA ELLEN EMINA TODD Senior Tutors KAYLENE JOY EDWARDS GEOFFREY HAMILTON McKENZIE ALANA MITCHELL JOHN WILLIAM PHILLIPS KARL MALCOLM ROGERS Tutor ANN MARIE WYKES Senior Research Fellow GEORGE RICHARD JAGO Research Fellows ALAN JAMES HILLIER NEIL WILLIAM ISAACS JORG URBAN Research Associate FLORENCE CHUN I FELLOWS Research Assistants HEIDE ILSE DRYBURGH LEONIE HORVATH ANNE SUSAN MILLERSHIP RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. INTERMEDIARY METABOLISM

1. The evolution of serum albumin as a protein transporting fatty acids in the blood. 2. The function of adenylic acid aminohydrolase in the muscles of vertebrates. 3. The metabolism of adenylic acid in invertebrate muscle with particular reference to glycogenolysis. 4. The synthesis and metabolism of serine as a major deaminating pathway in crustaceans. 5. Regulation of nucleotide metabolism and differential sensitivity to cytotoxic agents in mammalian tumour cell lines. 6. The binding of porphyrins to tumour tissue. 7. Carbohydrate and amino acid metabolism, in lactic acid bacteria. Project Directors: I, 2, 3, 4 - F. J. R. Hird; 5 - L. R. Finch; 6 - R.W.Henderson: 7 - G. R. Jago.

B. STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION STUDIES ON PROTEINS

8. Identification of antigenic determinants using peptide synthesis and radioimmunoassay on thc same solid support. 9. The ratios of the non-allelic yA and yG gene products in the HbF of neonates of thalassacmic patients. (With Haematology Dept., Queen Victoria Hospital.) 10. The amino acid sequence and ligand-binding properties of two mutant haemoglobins. (With Haematology Dept., Queen Victoria Hospital.)

123 124 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

11. Synthesis, circular dichroism, infrared and NMR conformational analysis of di- and tetrapeptides as models for p-turns and biological recognition sites in proteins. (With Chemistry Dept. Monash University.) 12. The basis of immuno- and antigenicity in cross-reacting mammalian myoglobins using sheep and rabbit antisera. 13. Amino acid sequence of myelin basic protein from non-mammals. 14. Immune response to brain components in multiple sclerosis. 15. Enzymic modification of myelin basic protein. 16. Structure-function studies on chorismate mutase/prephenate dehydratase and chorismate mutase/prephenate dehydrogenase. 17. Isolation and properties of proteins involved in regulation of aromatic amino acid biosynthesis. 18. The redox potential of leghaemoglobin in the presence of added ligands. 19. Structure of crosslinked protein aggregates in cataracts. 20. Metabolism of glutathione in cataracts. 21. Properties of lens glutathione reductase. 22. Pyridine nucleotides in cataracts. Project Directors: 8, 9, 10, 11 - S.J. Leach: 12 - P. E. E.Todd: 13, 14. 15 - P. R. Carnegie; 16, 17 - B. E. Davidson: 18 - R. W. Henderson; 19, 20, 21, 22 - R. C. Augusteyn.

C. PROTEIN BIOSYNTHESIS 23. Posl-translational processing of serum albumin. 24. Metabolism of transferrin. 25. Synthesis and secretion of Q,-acid glycoprotein. 26. Synthesis and secretion of acute phase serum proteins. 27. Regulation of gene expression in aromatic amino acid biosynthesis in E. coli. 28. DNA sequences and evolution of thc genes for enzymes involved in aromatic amino acid biosynthesis in E. coli. Project Directors: 23, 24, 25, 26 - G. H. Schreiber; 27, 28 - B. E. Davidson.

D. MEMBRANE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION 29. The study of protein-lipid interactions using fluorescent probes. 30. Fluorescent fatty acids as markers to determine thc transverse position of membrane active molecules in lipid bilayers. 31. Changes in membrane fluidity caused by the infection of erythrocytes bv Plasmodium hers^hei. (With The Walter and Eliza'Hall Institute.) 32. The use of fluorescent fatty acids to determine the penetration of water into detergent micelles. (Wilh Dept. of Physical Chemistry.) 33. The relationship between membrane fluidity and drug transport in normal and leukaemic lymphocytes. (With Dept. of Haematology, Austin Hospital.) Project Director: 29, 30, 31, 32. 33 - W. H. Sawyer.

E. ASPECTS OF PLANT AND MARINE BIOCHEMISTRY 34. The effects of thermal variations on phytoplankton productivity in Port Phillip Bay. 35. Amino acid biosynthesis in marine algal chloroplasts. 36. Protein synthesis in developing soybean seeds. 37. Biochemistry of algal chloroplasts. 38. Biochemistry and cytology of wound healing in coenocytic algae. 39. Physiology and biochemistry of the interaction of the fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi with its host species. Project Directors: 34, 35, 36 - K. R. Gayler; 37, 38, 39 - B. R. Grant.

F. HISTORY OF BIOCHEMISTRY 40. The historical significance of the suffix "-esc" for enzymes catalyzing synthetic processes - M. A. Marginson. BIOCHEMISTRY 125

PUBLISHED WORK Book l. McQUILLAN, M T. - Somatostatin Volume I, 1977. Annual Research Reviews, Series ed D. F. Horrobin, Eden Press, Montreal.

Chapters of Books 2. SCHREIBER, G. and URBAN, J. - The Synthesis and Secretion or Albumin, in Rev. Physiol. Biochem. Pharmacol.. Vol.82. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 28-95 (1978). 3. SIMS, N. R. and CARNEGIE, P. R. - 2',3'-Cyclic Nucleotide 3'-Phosphodiestcrase, in Advances in Neuroehemistry, Vol. 3. ed B. W. Agranofr and M. H. Aprison, Plenum Press, New York, 1-41 (1978). 4. SIMS, N. R., HORVATH, L., CARNEGIE, P. R„ BERNARD, C. C. A. and MACKAY, I. R. - A Search for thc "Multiple Sclerosis Virus" - Lack or Effect or Brain Extracts on Myelin Development in Chickens, Mice and Rats in Advances in Exp. Medicine and Biology. Vol. 100. Mvelination and Demyelination. ed J. Palo, Plenum Press. New York, 411-422 (1978).

Articles 5. CHANDRASENA. S. I. and HIRD, F. J. R. - Comparative Aspects or Adenylic Acid Deaminase and Aspartale-2-Oxoglutarate Aminotransferase. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol. 61B: 191-194 (1978). 6. CHRISTOPHERSON, R. I. and FINCH, L. R. - Response or the Pyrimidine Pathway or Escherichia coli K12 to Exogenous Adenine and Uracil. Eur. J. Biochem. 90: 347-358 (1978). 7. CORNISH, E. C, CUSSEN. C. M., HIRD, F. J. R. and TODD, P. E. E. - Comparative Aspects o( Aminotransferases in the Rat, Pigeon and Rainbow Trout. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol. 6IB: 375-378 (1978). 8. COVENTRY, M. J., HILLIER. A. J. and JAGO, G. R. - The Metabolism or Pyruvate and Citrate in the Thermoduric Cheese Starter Streptococcus faecium (Streptococcus duransl. Aust. J. Dairy Technol. 33: 148-154 (1978). 9. DREHER, f. W., GRANT, B. R. and WETHERBEE, R. - The Wound Response in the Siphonous Alga Caulerpa simpliciuscula C. Ag.: Fine Structure and Cytologv. Proloplasma 96: 189-203 (1978). 10. GETHING, M. -J. and DAVIDSON, B. E. - Chorismate Mutase/Prephenate Dehydratase from Escherichia coli KI2. Effect or Phenylalanine, NaCl and pH on the Protein Conformation. Eur. J. Biochem. 86: 159-164 (1978). 11. GETHING, M. -J. and DAVIDSON. B. E. - Chorismate Mutase/Prephenate Dehydratase from Escherichia coli K12. Binding Studies with thc Allosteric Effector Phenylalanine. Eur. J. Biochem. 86: 165-174 (1978). 12. HAIGH, E. A. and SAWYER, W. H. - Interpretation o( Double Reciprocal Plots Used to Determine the Spectroscopic Parameters or Bound Licand for Binding Assays. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 3i: i-5 (1978). 13. HAIGH, E. A., THULBORN, K. R., SAWYER, W. H. and NICHOL, L. W. - Uptake or n-(9-Anthroyloxy) Fattv Acid Fluorescent Probes into Lipid Bilaycrs. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 31: 447-457 (1978). 14. HILLIER, A. J. and JAGO. G. R. - Metabolism o( [l4C] Bicarbonate by Streptococcus lactis: Identification and Distribution oT Labelled Compounds. J. Dairy Research 45: 231-240 (1978). 15. HILLIER, A. J. and JAGO, G. R. - Thc Metabolism or ["C] Bicarbonate by Streptococcus lactis: the Synthesis or Succinic Acid. J. Dairy Research 45: 423-431 (1978). 16. HILLIER, A. J. and JAGO, G. R. - The Metabolism o( ["C] Bicarbonate by Streptococcus lactis: the Fixation or ["C] Bicarbonate bv Pyruvate Carboxylase. J. Dairy Research 45: 433- 444 (1978). 17. HILLIER, A. J., RICE, G. H. and JAGO, G. R. - Metabolism or [,4C] Bicarbonate by Streptococcus lactis: the Synthesis, Uptake and Excretion or Aspartate by Resting Cells. J. Dairy Research 45: 241 -246 (1978). 18. HILLIER, A. J., RICE, G. H. and JAGO. G. R. - Transport o( Purine Bases by Streptococcus lactis. J. Dairy Research 45: 277-282 (1978). 19. HILLIER, A. J. and JAGO, G. R. - The Biosynthesis or Flavour Compounds in Cheddar Cheese. CSIRO Food Research Quarterly 38: 1-5 (1978). 20. HILLIER, A. J., JAGO, G. R., LLOYD, G. T. and BARLOW, I. - The Aerobic Formation o( Acetate from Pyruvate by Lactobacillus bulgaricus. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 31: 565-571 (1978). 21. HURRELL, J. G. R., SMITH, J. A. and LEACH, S. J. - The Detection or Five Antigenicallv Reactive Regions in the Soybean Leghaemoglobin a Molecule. Immunochemistry 15: 297-302 (1978). 126 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

22. LEACH,S.J. - Proteins in Australia. Trends in Biochemical Sciences 3: N 179-N180 (1978). 23. LEES, G. J. and JAGO, G. R. - Role of Acetaldehyde in Metabolism. A Review. Part 1. Enzymes Catalvsing Reactions involving Acetaldehyde. J. Dairy Sci. 61: 1205-1215 (1978). 24. LEES, G. J. and JAGO, G. R. - Role of Acetaldehyde in Metabolism. A Review. Part II. The Metabolism of Acetaiue'nyue in Cultured Dairy Products. J. Dairy Sci. 61: 1216-1224 (1978). 25. MITCHELL, A., SIN, I. L. and FINCH, L. R. - Enzymes of Purine Metabolism in Mycoplasma mycoides subsp. mycoides. J. Bacteriol. 134: 706-712 (1978). 26. PATERSON. Y. and LEACH, S. J. - The Effect of Refinements in Energetic Statistical Weighting on the Computed Chain Dimensions of Homopolypeptides. Macromolecules 11: 415-418 (1978). 27. PATERSON, Y. and LEACH, S. J. - The Effect of Side-Chain Branching on the Theoretically Predicted Conformational Space Available to Amino Acid Residues. Macromolecules 11: 409-415 (1978). 28. PATERSON, Y. and LEACH, S. J. - The Random Coil Dimensions of Sequential Copolypeptides Containing N'-(2-Hvdroxvethvl)-L-glutamine. I. Theoretical Studies. Macromolecules 11: 418-424 (1978). 29. RICE. G. H., HILLIER. A. J., JAGO, G. R. and STEWART, F. H. C. - The Uptake of Amino Acids and Peptides bv Streptococcus lactis. J. Dairy Research 45: 93-107 (1978). 30. ROGERS. K. M. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - Glutathione Reductase in Normal and Cataractous Human Lenses. Exp. Eye Research 27: 719-721 (1978). 31. SAWYER, W. H., BALDO, B. A., STICK, R. V. and UHLENBRUCK. G. - Purification and Characterization of a Galactan-reactive Agglutinin from the Clam Tridacna maxima (Roding)and a Studv of its Combining Site. Biochem. J. 175: 461-417 (1978). 32. SAWYER, W. H. and THULBORN, K. R. - A Polarization Instrument for Delecting Phase Transitions in Natural and Artificial Membranes. Trends in Fluorescence I: 28-30 (1978). 33. SMITH, J. A., HURRELL, J. G. R. and LEACH, S. J. - Elimination of Nonspecific Adsorption of Serum Proteins by Sepharose-Bound Antigens. Analytical Biochem. .87: 299- 305 (1978). 34. THULBORN, K. R. and SAWYER, W. H. - Properties and the Locations of a Set of Fluorescent Probes Sensitive to thc Fluidity Gradient of the Lipid Bilayer. Biochim. Biophvs. Acta 511: 125-140 (1978). 35. THULBORN. K. R., SAWYER, W. H. and TRELOAR, F. E. - A Microviscosity Barrier in the Lipid Bilayer due to the Presence of Phospholipids containing Unsaturated Acvl Chains. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 81: 42-49 (1978). 36. TRIKOJUS, V. M. Biochemistry Comes lo Australia. Trends in Biochemical Sciences 3: N174-NI78 (1978). 37. TRUSCOTT, R. J. W., AUGUSTEYN, R. C. and FAULL, K. - The Identification of Anthranilic Acid in Proteolytic Digests of Cataractous Lens Proteins. Ophthal. Res. 9: 263- 268 (1977). 38. WRIGHT, S. W. and GRANT, B. R. - Properties of Chloroplasts Isolated from Siphonous Algae. Effects of Osmotic Shock and Detergent Treatment on Intactness. Plant Phvsiol. 61: 768-771 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. EDWARDS, K. J. - Biosynthesis of Albumin in Rat Liver 2. REYNOLDS. E. C. — Thymidine Sensitivity of Murine Myeloma and Lymphoma Cells 3. SMITH, J. A. — Synthesis. Structure and lmmunochemistry of Peptide Sequences in Globins and Staphylococcal Nuclease

Master of Science 4. GREEN, S. M. - Effect of Fumarate on the Metabolism of Streptococcus lactis 5. THOMAS, M. P. - Aspects of the Metabolism of Pyruvate by Streptococcus lactis

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BYRT, P. N. — Biochemical Investigations in Phytophthera cinnamomi CHELLADURAI, M. — Intermediate Forms of Secretory Proteins CH'NG, A. L. — Uptake. Storage and Excretion of Nitrogenous Compounds by Marine Benthic Algae DAVULURI, SIVAPRASAD - Amino Acid Metabolism in relation to End-Products of Nitrogen M etabolism BIOCHEMISTRY 127

DREHER, T. W. — The Biochemistry of the Wound Response in the Algal Genus Caulerpa EAST, I. J. — Immunogenicity and Antigenicity of Globin Proteins EVANS. D. J. — Studies on the Synthesis and Tertiary Structure of Peptides and their Relationship to Protein Folding HAIGH, E. A. — Fluorescent Probes as Indicators of Membrane Structure HAWTHORNE, D. B. — Structure and Function of 1.3-fi Linked Glucans Found in Siphonous Algae HICKEY, M. W. — Aspects of the Carbohydrate and Amino Acid Metabolism of Lactobacilli HUDSON, G. S. — Comparative Studies of Chorismate Mutase-Prephenate Dehydratase and Chorismate Mutase-Prephenate Dehydrogenase of E. coli K12 NAGASHIMA, M. — Studies on the Synthesis and Secretion of Glycoproteins PATERSON, Y. J. - The Effect of Side-Chain Complexity on the Dimensions of Polypeptide Chains RADFORD, I. R. - Effect of Cytotoxic Drugs on DNA Synthesis SMALL, D. H. — Synthesis of Myelin Basic Protein in relation to Multiple Sclerosis Serum Factors THULBORN, K. R. - n-(9-Anthroyloxy) Fatty Acids as Fluorescent Probes for Biomembranes WRIGHT, S. W. — Special Properties Associated with Chloroplasts of Siphonous Green Algae

MSc Theses in Progress BUI, A. H. -H. — Cations Transport and Membrane Fluidity of Human Blood Lymphocytes (jointly with Dept. of Medicine, Austin Hospital) CHANDRASENA, S. I. — The Functional Significance of Aspartate Aminotransferase CORNISH, E. C. — Investigations into the Nature and Structure of the Tyr R Gene Product of Escherichia coli (jointly with Microbiology Dept.) DAVIES, W. D. — Use of DNA Sequencing to Study Regulation of Aromatic Amino Acid Synthesis in E. coli DAVY, R. M. — The Effect of Altered Haem-Ligand Binding and other Modifications on the Properties of Cytochrome c LEVERTON, S. A. - Cataractous Lens Proteins MITCHELL, J. - Nucleotide Contents and DNA Synthesis in Fibroblasts Treated with Hydroxyurea STONE, F. H. — Hydroxyurea Sensitivity of Three Types of Murine Tumour Cells

MAgrSc Thesis in Progress SYKES, G. E. - Regulation of Development of Seed Proteins

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED (over $5,000)

Grants have been received as follows: Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: The Metabolism of Transferrin and a ,-Antitrypsin in Morris Hepatoma 5123TC. ARGC: Structure and Function of Myelin Proteins. ARGC: Comparative Studies of the Three Isofunclional DAHP Synthetase from Escherichia coli Kl2 (with Microbiology Dept.). ARGC: Structure and Function of Enzymes involved in the Synthesis of Phenylalanine and Tyrosine in E. coli. ARGC: Chloroplast Metabolism. ARGC: The Redox Properties of Leghaemoglobin-Ligand Complexes: a Probe of Hacm-Pockel Structure. ARGC: Amino Acid Biosynthesis during Photosynthesis of Marine Algae. ARGC: Evolutionary Aspects of Biochemistry. ARGC: Effect of Side Chain Complexity on Peptide Conformation. ARGC: The Structure and Evolution of Primitive Haemoglobins. Australian Wool Corporation: Synthesis and Conformation of Peptides forming p-Turns in Proteins. NH & MRC: Oxidation during Senile Nuclear Cataract Formation. NH & MRC: Phosphorylation of Myelin Basic Protein and Multiple Sclerosis. NH & MRC: Synthesis anil Secretion of Protein by the Liver. 128 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

NH & MRC: Diagnostic. Biosynthetic and Molecular Studies on Hacmoglohinopathics (with Dept. oT Haematology, Queen Victoria Hospital). National Institutes of Health: Thc Mechanism of Senile Cataract Formation. National Multiple Sclerosis Societv: Characterization of Antibrain Factors in Sentni from Patient5 with Multiple Sclerosis. In addition. 9 grants of between $1,000 and S5.000 were received from the following donors: Australian Research Grants Committee; Forests Commission. Victoria; Medical Research Committee. University of Melbourne: Research and Graduate Studies Committee. University of Melbourne; Rowden While Estate. COMMUNITY HEALTH Chairman of department: Professor R. W. Webster Professor ROSS WHARTON WEBSTF.R First Assistant in Clinical Epidemiology DAVID GORDON STUART CHRISTIE Senior Lecturers FREDERICK NICOLET BOUVIER DAVID ROBERT DUNT DENIS URMSTON SHEPHERD Research Fellow JANICE MARY HARPER Research Social Worker JANICE ELIZABETH RUDD

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Epidemiological and health service research into aspects of cerebrovascular disease. 2. Epidemiological studies of occupationally related skin disease in Ihe rubber and cement industries. 3. The relation between industrial exposure and subsequent morbidity and mortality in the Australian Petroleum Industry: a feasibility study.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. CHRISTIE, D. - The Analgesic Abuse Syndrome: An epidemiological perspective. Int. .1. of Epidemiology. 7: 139 (1978). 2. CHRISTIE, D.. LAWRENCE, L. - Patients and hospitals: A studv or the attitudes of stroke patients. Soc. Sci and Med.. 12: 49 (1978). 3. HELLER. R. F., ROSE, G.. TUNSTALL-PEDOE and CHRISTIE. D. - Blood pressure measurement in thc U.K. Heart Disease Prevention Project. J. of Epidemiology and Community Health. 32: 235 (1978). 4. LOCKER. D. and DUNT, D. R. - Theoretical and methodological issues in sociological studies of consumer satisfaction with medical care. Soc. Sci. and Med. 12: 283 (1978). 5. McKF.NDRICK, J. and CHRISTIE, D. - The Aboriginal population of Victoria. Med. J. Aust. I: 319 (1978). 6. OPIT, L. J. and DUNT, D. R. - Future policy concerning the installation of CAT. head scanners in Victoria. Report to the Hospitals and Charities Commission of Victoria (1978).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED The following grants have been received: NH & MRC: A Stroke Register in Melbourne. Australian Institute of Petroleum: Feasibility ofa prospective study in the Australian Oil Industry.

129 MEDICAL BIOLOGY: THE WALTER AND ELIZA HALL INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL RESEARCH Director: Professor Sir Gustav Joseph Victor Nossal Senior Associates IAN REAY MACKAY DONALD METCALF JACQUES FRANCIS ALBERT PIERRE MILLER GRAHAM FRANK MITCHELL KENNETH DOUGLAS SHORTMAN Research Fellows ADAMS, J. M. ANDERS, R. F. ARNOLD, B. ASAMOTO, H. BATTYE, F. L. BOYD, A. W. BROWN, G. V. BROWN, P. BUCKLEY, J. D. BURGESS. A. W. CEREDIG, R. CORY, S. GOLDSCHNEIDER, I. HANDMAN, E. HARRIS, A. W. HOLMES, M. C. HOWARD, M. HOWARD, R. J. JOHNSON, G. R. KEMP, D. J. KNOPF, P. M. KRONBORG, I. J. LALA, P. K. LAMBERT, R. P. LEVIN, J. LINTHICUM, D. S. MCCARTHY, J. H. MANDEL, T. E. NAGLER, P. E. NICOLA, N. A. PYE, J. SCHRADER, J. W. SCHUMACHER, M. J. STABER, F. G. SZENBERG. A. TEALE, J. WALKER, I. D. WHITTINGHAM, S. F. Research Assistants BIANCHINI, F. CULVENOR, J. DAY, K. LAYTON, J. McPHEE, D. MOTTRAM, P. RODGER, B. WEBB, E.

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. CELLULAR IMMUNOLOGY UNIT 1. Tolerance induction in immature B lymphocyte populations. 2. Further testing of the clonal selection theory of B lymphocyte stimulation. 3. The role of B lymphocyte surface IgD in the immune response and tolerance. 4. Size fractionation of B lymphocytes susceptible to clonal abortion.

130 MEDICAL BIOLOGY 131

5. Development of B and T lymphocytes from stem cells. 6. Study of Ig-like molecules on T lymphocytes. 7. Organ culture of foetal mouse thymus and spleen. 8. Maintenance and regulation of thc immune response by antigen retained on dendritic cells.

B. CANCER RESEARCH UNIT 1. Purification and structural analysis of granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor. 2. Clonal analysis of normal and leukemic cells from mice and humans. 3. Purification of factors controlling eosinophil and megakaryocyte proliferation. 4. Analysis of lymphoma serum of B-lymphocyte stimulating activity. 5. Isolation and characterization of cells in the granulocytic differentiation pathway.

C. CLINICAL RESEARCH UNIT 1. Immunopathogenesis and genetic aspects of chronic active hepatitis. 2. Cloning human cancer cells in agar. 3. Immunological and cellular aspects of premature ageing. 4. Transfer of human tumours to the immunodeficient "nude" mouse. 5. Mucosal mechanisms in desensitization of hay-fever patients and allergen-primed mice. 6. Isolation and purification of allergens from mice. 7. Characterization of human suppressor cells. 8. Regulation of antibody production by human lymphocytes in vitro. 9. Identification and mode of action of thc multiplc-sclcrosis-associated antigen. IO. Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in the mouse. I l. Computer-processing of specific medical record data. 12. Applications of techniques of survival analyses.

D. EXPERIMENTAL PATHOLOGY UNIT 1. Delayed type hypersensitivity to allogeneic cells in mice. 2. Macrophage — T lymphocyte interactions. 3. Mechanism of H-linked Ir gene effect. 4. Differentiation of receptor for self-H-2 in thymus. 5. T cell dependent suppression of antibody responses. 6. T cell dependent suppression of delayed type hypersensitivity. 7. Characterization of factors from specific suppressor T cells. 8. Hybridization of suppressor T cells and T cell lymphomas. 9. Hybridization of delayed-type hypersensitivity T cells to T cell lymphomas.

IMMUNOPARASITOLOGY LABORATORY 1. Eosinophilia in parasitized mice. 2. IgG I hypergammaglobutinaemia in parasitized mice. 3. Cell surface changes in Plasmodium and Babesia parasitized blood cells. 4. Immunological aspects of chronic versus transient intestinal nematode infections. 5. Development of model anti-parasite vaccines. 6. Development of model immunodiagnostic reagents for parasitic infection based on hybridoma antibodies. 7. Analysis of mouse strain variation in susceptibility to infection with various metazoan and protozoan parasites. 8. Development of methods for the identification and isolation of Filarial antigens.

E. BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS UNIT 1. Differentiation of T and B lymphocytes. 2. Physical techniques for cell separation. 132 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

3. Gene expression in mouse myeloma cells. 4. Messenger RNA for immunoglobulin chains. 5. Structure and arrangement of immunoglobulin genes.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. NOSSAL, G. J. V. - Antibodies and immunity. 2nd ed rev. Basic Books, New York (1978). 2. NOSSAL. G. J. V. — Nature's defences: New frontiers in vaccine research. (The 1978 Boycr Lecture ofthe Australian Broadcasting Commission.) Australian Broadcasting Commission, Sydney (1978).

Chapters in Books 3. ANDERS, R. F., COOPER, P. C, COFFEY, M. F. and MACKAY, I. R. - Autoimmune response to F antigen. Genetic control of autoimmune disease, eds N. R. Rose, P. E. Bogaz/.i and N. L. Warner. Elsevier. North-Holland, New York. 393-399 (1978). 4. BURGESS, A. W., METCALF, D., NICOLA, N. A. and RUSSELL, S. H. M. - Purification and characterization of cell specific colony stimulating factors. Hemopoietic cell differentiation, eds D. W. Goldc, M. J. Cline, D. Metcalf and C. F. Fox. Academic Press, New York, 399-416 (1978). 5. BURTON, R. C, CHISM, S. E. and WARNER, N. L. - In vitro induction and expression of T cell immunity to tumour associated antigens. Conlemp. Top. Immunohiol. Vol. 8. eds N. L. Warner and M. D. Cooper. Plenum (1978). 6. GODING, .1. W. — Allotypes of IgM and IgD receptors in the mouse: A probe for lymphocyte differentiation. Conlemp. Top. Immunohiol.. Vol. 8. eds N. L. Warner and M. D. Cooper. Plenum (1978). 7. JOHNSON, Ci. R. and METCALF, D. - Analysis of the cells forming pure and mixed erythroid colonics in agar after stimulation by pokeweed mitogen-stimulated spleen condition medium. Experimental Hematology Today 1978. eds S. J. Baum and G. D. Lednev, Springcr- Vcrlag, New York, 61-64 (1978). ' 8. JOHNSON. G. R. and METCALF. D. - Clonal analysis in vitro offetal hepatic hemopoiesis. Differentiation of Hemopoietic Cells. 5th Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Conference on Cell Proliferation eds B. Clarkson, P. Marks and J. F. Till., 49-62 (1978). 9. MACKAY. I. R. - Chronic active hepatitis, cirrhosis and other diseases of the liver. Immunological diseases, eds M. Samtcr. D. W. Talmage, B. Rose, K. F. Austen and J. H. Vaughan. 3rd ed. Little Brown. Boston, chapter 83. 1454-1477. (I97S). 10. MACKAY. I. R. - Liver autoimmunity. Menarini Series on Immunopaihology, Vol. I, eds P. Micschcr, L. Bolis, S. Gorini. T. A. Lambo, G. J. V. Nossal and G. Torrigiani, Schwabe, Basel, 63-78 (1978). I I. MACKAY. I. R. and TAIT, B. D. - HLA association with chronic hepatitis. Genetic control of autoimmune disease, eds N. R. Rose, P. E. Bigaz/i and N. L. Warner. Elsevier, North- Holland, New York, 27-42 (1978). 12. METCALF, D. - The control of neutrophil and macrophage production at the progenitor cell level. Experimental Hematology Today 1978, eds S. J. Baum and G. D. Lednev. Springcr- Verlag, New York, 35-46 (1978). 13. METCALF. D. — Production of colony stimulating factors by lymphoid tissues: Biology of the Lymphokines. eds S. Cohen, E. Pick, J. Oppenheim. Academic Press, New York (1978). 14. METCALF, D. and JOHNSON. G. R. - Mixed hemopoietic colonics in vitro. Hemopoietic cell differentiation, eds D. W. Golde, M. J. Cline. D. Metcalf and C. F. Fox. Academic Press, New York, 141-151 (1978). 15. METCALF, D., JOHNSON. G. R., KOLKER, S. and DRESCH, C. - Clonal analysis of chronic myeloid leukaemia cells using agar cultures. Advances in Comparative Leukaemia Research. 1977. ed P. Bentvelzen, Amsterdam Elsevier, North-Holland, 307 (1978). 16. MILLER, J. F. A. P. - The cellular basis of immune responses. Immunological diseases, eds M. Samler. D. W. Talmage, B. Rose, K. F. Austen and J. H. Vaughan. 3rd ed. Little Brown, Boston, chapter 3, 35-48 (1978). 17. MILLER, J. F. A. P. - Influence of genes ofthe major histocompatibility complex on the reactivity of thvmus-derived lymphocytes. Conlemp. Top. Immunohiol. Vol. 8. eds N. L. Warner and M. D. Cooper, Plenum, 1-17 (1978). 18. MILLER. J. F. A. P. - Influence of products of genes of major histocompatibility complex on cellular immune responses. Nasopharyngeal carcinoma: etiology and control, eds G. dcThe and Y. ho. I.A.R.C. Publication No. 2. I.A.R.C./W.H.O., 540-542 (1978). 19. MILLER. J. F. A. P. — Maturation des immunocytes ct leur interaction dans la rcponse immunitairc. Traite d Immunologic ed Paul Bordct. Flamtnarion. Paris, chapter XIV, 655- 690 (1978). MEDICAL BIOLOGY 133

20. MITCHELL, G. F. - Meta/.oan and protozoan parasitic infections in nude mice: Conlemp. Top. Immunohiol. Vol. 8. eds N. L. Warner and M. D. Cooper, Plenum, 55-67 (1978). 21. MITCHELL, J. M. C. and NOSSAL, G. .1. V. - Localization and fate or foreign antigens in tissue. Immunological diseases, eds M. Sumter, D. W. Talmage. B. Rose, K. F. Austen and .1. H. Vaughan. 3rd ed. Little Brown, Boston, chapter 2, 22-34 (1978). 22. NOSSAL" G. J. V. - Possible mechanisms for the development or autoimmunity. Menarini Series on Immunopaihologv. Vol.1, eds P. Micschcr, L. Bolis, S. Gorini. T. A. Lambo, G. .1. V. Nossal and G. Torrigiani. Schwabc. Basel, 317-326 (1978). 23. NOSSAL, G. .1. V. — An immunologist's approach to cell membrane receptors. Cell membrane receptors for drugs and hormones: a multidisciplinary approach, eds R. W. Straub and L. Bolis. Raven Press. New York, 23-29 (1978). 24. SIMS, N. R.. BERNARD, C. C. A.. HORVATH, L., MACKAY, 1. R. and CARNEGIE, P. R. - A search for the "multiple sclerosis virus" - lack of effect of brain extracts on myelin development in chickens, mice and rats. M velination anddemvelinalion. ed Jorma Palo, Plenum, New York. 411-422 (1978). 25. SWENSON, M. K., BURGESS. A. W. and SCHERAGA, H. A. - Conformational analysis of polypeptides. Application to homologous proteins. Frontiers in Phvsicochemical Biology, ed P. Pullman. Academic Press, New York (1978). 26. TAN1GUCHI, M. and MILLER, .1. F. A. P. - Specific suppressor T cell hybridomas. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. Vol. SI. Lvmphocvte hvbridomas. eds F. Melchers. M. Potter and N.Warner. Springer-Vcrlag, Berlin. 212-216 (1978). 27. WARNER, N. L., HARRIS, A. W., McKENZIE, I. F. C. De LUCA. D. and GUTMAN, G. A. - Lymphocyte differentiation as analysed by the expression of defined cell surface markers. Immunobiology of proteins and peptides. I. M. Z. Alassi. Plenum. New York (1978).

Articles

28. ANDERS, R. F. - Amvloid fibril proteins found in Papua New Guinean and other amyloidoses. Papua A'. Guinea Med. J. 21: 79-85 (1978). 29. BARG. M„ MANDEL, T. and .JOHNSON, G. R. - Haemopoietic .stem cells in foetal mouse thymus. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 56: 195-200 (1978). 30. BASTEN, A.. MILLER, J. F. A. P., LOBLAY, R., JOHNSON, P., GAMBLE, J.. CHIA. F.., PRITCHARD-BRISCOE, II., CALI.ARD, R. and McKENZIE. I. F. C. - T cell dependent suppression of antibody production I. Characteristics of suppressor T cells following tolerance induction. Eur. J. Immunol. S: 360-370 (1978). 31. BEADLE, G. F., MACKAY, I. R., WHITTINGHAM. S.. TAGGART, G., HARRIS, A. W., and HARRISON, L. C. - Werner's syndrome, a model ofdistorted ageing? J. Med. 9: 377-405 (1978). 32. BERNARD, C. C. A., MITCHELL, G. F., LEYDON. J. and BARGI.RBOS. A. - Experimental autoimmune orchitis in T-cell deficient mice. Int. Arch. Allergy. 56: 256-263 (1978). 33. BURGESS. A. VV., METCALF. D. and WATT. S. M. - Regulation or hemopoietic cell differentiation and proliferation. J. Supramol. Struct. 8: 489-500 (1978). 34. BURTON, R. C, GRAIL, D. and WARNER, N. I.. - Natural cytotoxicity of hemopoietic cell populations against murine lymphoid tumors. Brit. J. Cancer. 37: 806-817 (1978). 35. BURTON. R. C. and WARNER, N. L. - Tumour immunity to murine plasma cell tumours. IV. Influence of respondcr genotype on the specificity of thc immune response to plasmacytomas and T lymphomas. Ausi. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 56: 587-595 (1978). 36. BURTON, R. C. and WARNER. N. L. - In vitro induction of tumor specific immunity. V. Detection of common antigenic determinants of murine fibrosarcomas. Brit. J. Cancer. 37; 159-170 (1978). 37. CLAESSON, M. H. and JOHNSON. G. R. - The effect or syngeneic lymphoid tumours upon mouse B-lymphocvte and granulocyte-macrophage colony forming cells. Eur. J. Cancer. 14: 515-524 (1978). 38. CLAESSON. M. H., LAYTON, J. E. and LUCKENBACH. G-A. - Specific antibody forming B-lymphocyte colonies. I. Distribution and nature of SRBC antibody forming B- lymphocyte colonies in mouse lymphomycloid organs. Immunology. 35: 397-406 (1978). 39. DELMONTE, L. - Effect of Myeleran on murine hemopoiesis. I. Granulocytic cell line specificity of action on progenitor cells. Cell tissue kinet. II: 347-358 (1978). 40. DELMONTE, L. - Effect or Myeleran on murine hemopoiesis. II. Direct and host-mediated action on proliferative capacity and differentiation bias of spleen colony forming units. (CFU- S). Cell tissue kinet. II: 359-367 (1978). 41. DELMONTE, L., WILLIAMS, N. and MOORE. M. A. S. - Effect of Myeleran on murine hemopoiesis. III. Changes in thc density distribution of spleen colony forming units (CI'U-S) and agar gel colony forming cells (CFU-C). Cell tissue kinet. II: 369-375 (1978). 134 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

42. GODING, J. W. - Review; Use of staphylococcal protein A as an immunological reagent. J. Immunol. Methods 20: 241-253 (1978). 43. GOUGH, N. M. and ADAMS, J. M. — Immunoprecipitation of specific polysomes using Staphylococcus aureus: purification of the immunoglobulin kappa chain messenger RNA from the mouse myeloma MPCH. Biochemistry !?• 5560-5567 (1978). 44. GUTMAN, G. A., WARNER, N. L., HARRIS, A. W. and BOWLES, A. - Use of "Se- Selenomethionine in immunoglobulin biosynthetic studies. J. Immunol. Methods 21: 101-109 (1978). 45. HOPPER, K„ RYDEN, A. and SHORTMAN, K. D. - Thc differentiation of T lymphocytes. IV. Net increases in low 6 cells, maintenance of biological activity and death of high 8 cells during short term culture of mouse thymocytes. Exp. Cell Biology 46: 31-52 (1978). 46. HOWARD, M. C, FIDLER, J. M., HAMILTON, J. and SHORTMAN, K. D. - Antigen- initiated B lymphocyte differentiation. XII. Non-specific effects of antigenic stimulation on thc physical properties of AFC-progenitors. J. Immunol. 120: 911-926 (1978). 47. HOWARD, M. C, BAKER. J. A. and SHORTMAN, K. D. - Antigen initiated B lymphocyte differentiation. XV. Existence of "pre-progenitor" subsets amongst secondary B cells. J. Immunol. 121: 2066-2069 (1978). 48. HOWARD, R. J., SMITH, P. M. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Removal of leukocytes from red cells in Plasmodiumberghei-'mkcted mouse blood and purification of schizont-infected cells. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 72: 573-576 (1978). 49. JOHNSON, G. R. and BURGESS, A. W. - Molecular and biological properties of a macrophage colony stimulating factor from mouse yolk sacs. J. Cell. Biol. 77: 35-47 (1978). 50. JOHNSON, G. R. and METCALF, D. — Characterization of mouse foetal liver granulocyte- macrophage colony-forming cells (GM-CFC) by velocity sedimentation. Exp. Hematol. 6: 246-256 (1978). 51. JOHNSON, G. R. and METCALF, D. — Sources and nature of granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor in foetal mice. Exp. Hematol. 6: 327-335 (1978). 52. JOHNSON, G. R. and METCALF, D. - Nature of cells forming erythroid colonies in agar after stimulation by spleen conditioned medium. J. Cell. Physiol. 94: 243-252 (1978). 53. LALA, P. K. and JOHNSON, G. R. - Monoclonal origin of B lymphocyte colony-forming cells in spleen colonies formed by multipotential hemopoietic stem cells. J. Exp. Med. 148: 1468-1477 (1978). 54. LAYTON, J. E. and HOWARD, M. - Distribution of surface IgM and IgD on single cells from lymphocyte subpopulations. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 56: 433-439 (1978). 55. LAYTON, J. E., JOHNSON, G. R., SCOTT, D. W. and NOSSAL, G. J. V. - The anti-6 suppressed mouse. Eur. J. Immunol. 8: 325-330 (1978). 56. LONG, G. W., BERNARD, C. C. A., MACKAY, I. R., WHITTINGHAM, S. and BHATHAL. P. S. - Localization of genetic control in mice over response to liver specific F antigen. Tissue Antigens II: 45-49 (1978). 57. LUCKENBACH, G-A., KENNEDY, M. M., KELLY, A. and MANDEL, T. E. - Suppression of an in vitro humoral immune response by cultured foetal thymus cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 8: 8-12 (1978). 58. MacKENZIE, M. R., GUTMAN, G. A. and WARNER, N. L. - The binding of murine IgM to Staph A protein. Scand. J. Immunol. 7: 367-370 (1978). 59. MacKENZIE, M. R., WARNER, N. L. and MITCHELL, G. F. - The binding of murine immunoglobulins to staphylococcal protein A. J. Immunol. 120: 1493-1496 (1978). 60. McCARTHY, J. H. - Differential effects of red cells on the formation of normal and neoplastic mouse B-lymphocyte colonies in vitro. Exp. Hematol. 6: 709-717 (1978). 61. MANDEL, T. E. and KENNEDY, M. M. — The differentiation of murine thymocytes in vivo and in vitro. Immunology 35: 317-331 (1978). 62. MARBROOK, J., NAWA, Y. and MILLER, J. F. A. P~~ The frequency of clones of cytotoxic lymphocytes generated by H-2 antigens. J. Exp. Med. 148: 324-328 (1978). 63. MARCHALONIS, J. J., ATWELL, J. L. and GODING. J. W. - 7-S-immunoglobulins ofa monotreme, the Echidna Tachyglossus aculeatus: two distinct isotypes which bind A protein of Staphylococcus aureus. Immunology. 34: 97-104 (1978).' 64. MARCHALONIS, J. J., BUCANA, C, HOYER, L., WARR, G. W., HANNA, M. G. Jr. and SZENBERG, A. — Visualization of a guinea pig T lymphocyte surface component cross- reactive with immuno-globulin. Science 199: 433-435 (1978). 65. METCALF, D. — Approaches to some unanswered problems concerning aplastic anemia. Transplant. Proc. 10: 151-153 (1978). 66. METCALF, D. and JOHNSON, G. R. - Production by spleen and lymph node cells of conditioned medium with erythroid and other hemopoietic colony stimulating activity. J. Cell. Physiol. 96: 31-42 (1978). 67. METCALF, D., RUSSELL, S. and BURGESS, A. W. - Production of hemopoietic stimulating factors bv pokewced mitogen-stimulaled spleen cells. Transplant. Proc. 10: 91-94 (1978). MEDICAL BIOLOGY 135

68. MILLER, J.- F. A. P. - Citation classics: Immunological function of the thymus. Current Contemn 2/(24): 1 1 (1978). 69. MILLER, J. F. A. P. - Restrictions imposed on T lymphocyte reactivities by the major histocompatibility complex: Implications for T cell repertoire selection. Immunological Reviews 42: 76-107 (1978). 70. MITCHELL, G. F. — A discussion on parasite antigens and vaccines. Papua A'. Guinea Med. J. 21: 29-31 (1978). 71. MITCHELL. G. F., HANDMAN, E. and HOWARD, R. J. - - Protection of mice against Plasmodium and Babesia infections: Attempts to raise host-protective sera. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 56: 553-559 (1978). 72. NICOLA. N. A., BURGESS, A. W., METCALF, D. and BATTYE. F. L. - Separation or mouse bone marrow cells using wheat germ agglutinin affinity chromotography. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 56: 663-679 (1978). 73. NOSSAL, G. J. V. - The developing countries and medical research. Med. J. Aust. 1: 366-368 (1978). 74. NOSSAL, G. J. V. — Biochemistry and tropical disease research. Trends in Biochemical Sciences (leader article) 3: 97-98 (1978). 75. NOSSAL, G. J. V. and PIKE, B. L. - Improved procedures for the fractionation and in vitro stimulation or hapten-specific B lymphocytes. J. Immunol. 120: 145-150 (1978). 76. NOSSAL, G. J. V. and PIKE, B. L. - Mechanisms or clonal abortion tolcrogenesis . 1. Response of immature hapten-specific B lymphocytes. J. Exp. Med. 148: 1161-1170 (1978). 77. NOSSAL, G. J. V.. PIKE, B. L. and BATTYE, F. L. - Sequential use of haptcn-gelatin fractionation and fluorescence-activated cell sorting in the enrichment of hapten-specific B lymphocytes. Eur. J. Immunol. 8: 151-157 (1978). 78. NOSSAL, G. J. V., PIKE, B. L., TEALE, J. M„ LAYTON, J. E., KAY, T. W. and BATTYE, F. L. - Cell fractionation methods and the target cells for clonal abortion of B lymphocytes. Immunol. Rev. 43: 185-216 (1978). 79. O'DONNELL, I. J. and MITCHELL, G. F. - An investigation of the allergens of Ascaris using a radioallergosorbent test (RAST) and sera of naturally infected humans: Comparison with an allergen for mice identified by a passive cutaneous anaphylaxis test. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 31: 459-487 (1978). 80. PROWSE, S. J., MITCHELL, G. F., EY, P. L. and JENKIN. C. R. - Nematospiroides dubius: Susceptibility to infection and the development of immunitv in hypothymic (nude) BALB/c mice. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 56: 561-570 (1978). 81. RABELLINO, E. M., ROSS, G. D., HOANG, T.-K. T., WILLIAMS, N. and METCALF, D. - Membrane receptors of mouse leukocytes II. Sequential expression of membrane receptors and phagocytic capacity during leukocyte differentiation. J. Exp. Med. 147: 434-445 (1978). 82. ROBERTS-THOMSON, I. C. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Giardiasis in mice. I. Prolonged infections in certain mouse strains and hypothymic (nude) mice. Gastroenterology 75: 42-46 (19.78). 83. SCOTT, D. W. - Role of IgD in the immune response and tolerance. II. Precursor analysis of murine B cells separated on the basis of surface lgD or treated with anti-6 serum. Eur. J. Immunol. 8: 13-16 (1978). 84. SCOTT, D. W. - Role of self carriers in the immune response and tolerance. III. B cell tolerance induced by hapten-modified-self involves both active T cell-mediated suppression and direct blockade. Cell. Immunol. 37: 327-335 (1978). 85. SCOTT, D. W., LAYTON, J. E. and JOHNSON, G. R. - Surface Immunoglobulin phenotvpe of murine spleen cells which form B cell colonies in agar. Eur. J. Immunol. 8: 286- 288 (1978). 86. SEPHTON, R. G., HODGSON, G. S„ de ABREW, S. and HARRIS, A. W. - "Ga and "Fe distributions in mice. J. Nucl. Med. 19: 930-935 (1978). 87. SHORTMAN. K. D., DUNKLEY, M. and RYDEN, A. - Some requirements for a linear cell dose response in vitro assay for the T-cell progenitors of cytotoxic lymphocytes. J. Immunol. Methods 19: 369-385 (1978). 88. SHORTMAN, K. D., HOWARD, M. C. and BAKER, J. - Antigen-initiated B-lymphocylc differentiation. XIV. Non-specific effects of antigen stimulation cause proliferation in "prc- progenitor" subset of primary B cells. J. Immunol. 121: 2060-2065 (1978). 89. SMITH, J. A., BURTON, R. C, BARG, M. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Maternal alloimmunisation in pregnancy: In vitro studies of T cell dependent immunity to paternal alloantigens. Transplantation 25: 216-220 (1978). 90. STANLEY, J. R., LAMBERT, R. P., BUCKLEY, J. D. and MACKAY, I. R. - Social factors and clinical disease: A checklist data base for correlative analysis. Auu. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 387-391 (1978). 91. SYMINGTON, G. R. and MACKAY, I. R. - Cell-mediated immunity to measles virus in multiple sclerosis: Correlation with disability status. Neurology 28: 109-1 12 (1978). 136 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

92. SYMINGTON. G. R., MACKAY. I. R., WHITTINGHAM. S„ WHITE, J. and BUCKLEY, J. D. — A "profile" of immune responsiveness in multiple sclerosis. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 31: 141-149 (1978). 93. TAN1GUCH1, M. and MILLER, J. F. A. P. - Specific suppression of the immune response by a factor u'utaineu from spieen ceils of mice toierant to human gamma elohulin. J. Immunol. 120: 21-26 (1978). 94. TANIGUCHI. M. and MILLER, J. F. A. P. - Specific suppressive factors produced by hvbridomas derived from the fusion of enriched suppressor T cells and a thymoma cell line. J. Exp. Med. 148: 373-382 (1978). 95. TEALE, J. M.. HOWARD. M. C. FALZON, E. and NOSSAL, G. .1. V. - B-lymphocyte subpopulations separated by velocity sedimentation. I. Characterization of immune function in an in vitro splenic focus assay. J. Immunol. 121: 2554-2560 (1978). 96. TEALE, .1. M„ HOWARD, M. C. and NOSSAL, G. .1. V. - B-lymphocyte subpopulations separated by velocitv sedimentation. II. Characterization of tolerance susceptibility. J. Immunol. 121: 2561-2565 (1978). 97. TEW, J. G. and MANDEL, T. — Follicular antigen and regulation of anti-bodv levels. J. Immunol. 120: 1063-1069 (1978). 98. WARR, G. W., MARTON. G., SZENBERG, A. and MARCHALONIS. J. J. - Reactions of chicken antibodies with immunoglobulins of mouse serum and T cells. Immunochemistrv 15: 615-622 (1978). 99. WHITTINGHAM, S. — Thvroid autoantibodies in the symptomless person. Med. J. Aust. 2: 516-517 (1978). 100. WHITTINGHAM, S., RODGER, B„ MATTHEWS, J. V. and MACKAY, I. R. - Cloning of T lymphocytes in systemic lupus erythematosus. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 34: 63-68 (1978). 101. WHITTINGHAM, S. and SHARMA. D. L. B. - Levamisole: Lack or immunopotenliation in controlled trial. Med. J. Austral. I: 569-570 (1978). 102. WHITTINGHAM, S., BUCKLEY, J. D. and MACKAY, 1. R. - Factors influencing the secondary antibody response to flagellin in man. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 34: 170-178 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master oj Science 1. R USSELL, S. — Characteristics of serum factors inhibiting or potentiating the action of colony stimulating factor 2. WILSON, E. - Colony stimulating factor for human cells

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BOYD, A. — Cell surface phenomena and immunological unresponsiveness BUCKLEY, J. D. — Cancer epidemiology and diagnosis CERED1G, R. — In vitro studies of cell mediated immunity lo human and murine tumour associated antigen CHAPMAN, C. - Immunological aspects of Fasciola hepatica infections of sheep and cattle CLARKE-LEWIS, I. - Biochemical studies of lymphocyte differentiation GOUGH, N. M. — Control of immunoglobulin gene expression IMANISHI, K. - Electron microscopic studies of the surface membranes of normal and neoplastic murine lymphoid cells and of membrane models .lENNIN'GS, G. - Differentiation and clonal proliferation of B cell subsets LAYTON, J. E. - The function of lymphocyte surface IgM and lgD during B cell maturation McCARTHY, J. H. - Regulation of granulocyte and macrophage populations in leukaemia SCHUMACHER. M. J. - Immunological mechanisms in immediate hypersensitivity diseases of the respiratory tract SMITH, F. I. - Activation of T lymphocytes in cellular immunity TYLER, B. — Expression of immunoglobulin genes WATT. S. M. — Molecular aspects of haemopoietic differentiation

MSc Theses in Progress MOTTRAM. P. — The role of the macrophage in delayed ivpe hypersensitivity PIKE. B. - Humoral immune responses by mouse B lymphocytes in vitro MEDICAL HISTORY Chairman of department: Professor Emeritus K. F. Russell Senior Associates KENNETH FITZPATRICK RUSSELL JEAN FOGO RUSSELL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The work of Mondino dei Luzzi (1275-1326). 2. The status of anatomy in the 17th and 18th centuries. 3. The history of the teaching of anatomy in Britain. 4. Music and medicine. 5. Musical doctors.

PUBLISHED WORK Book Festschrift in honour of Kenneth Fitzpatrick Russell. Proceedings of a symposium arranged by the Section of Medical History (A MA) 25th February 1977. Melbourne, Queensbcrry Hill Press for the Department of Medical History, University of Melbourne (1978).

Articles CUTHBERTSON. R. A. -The first published clinical photographs? Practitioner 221: 276-278 (1978). HUESTON. J. T. and CUTHBERTSON. R. A. - Duchenne de Boulogne and facial expression. Ann. Plast. Surg. I: 411-420 (1978). RUSSELL, J. F. - Dancing Mania, in Festschrift for K. F. Russell. 159-194 (1978). RUSSELL, K. F. - Richard James Arthur Berry. 1867-1962, in Festschrift for K. F. Russell. 25-43 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Bachelor of Medical Science I. CUTHBERTSON. R. A. - Duchenne de Boulogne, his life, his times and the significance of his work with special reference to his study of the mechanism of human facial expression

137 MEDICINE

AUSTIN HOSPITAL AND REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL

Professor (Repatriation General Hospital) THOMAS JOHN MARTIN Merck Sharp and Dohme Professor of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics WILLIAM JOHN LOUIS Reader IAN FARQUHAR CAMPBELL McKENZIE Reader in Psychiatry RUSSELL AINSLIE MEARES First Assistant (Austin Hospital) FREDERICK ARTHUR OSCAR MENDELSOHN First Assistant (Repatriation General Hospital) RICHARD GRAEME LARKINS Second Assistant NEVILLE DAVID YEOMANS Second Assistant in Psychological Medicine (Repatriation General Hospital) PAUL EDWARD DEBENHAM Senior Lecturer in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics BEVYN JARROTT Third Assistant in Psychiatry EDWIN HARARI National Health and Medical Research Council Research Fellow PHILIP MARK BEART National Health and Medical Research Council C. J. Martin Research Fellow JOHN ALLAN EISMAN National Heart Foundation of Australia Research Fellow GREGORY JAMES DUSTING University of Melbourne Research Fellow RICHARD JOHN HEAD National Health and Medical Research Council Senior Research Officers SADANAND NAGESHRAO ANAVEKAR ELIZABETH LYNNE CONWAY ANNE JULIA CULVENOR JEFFREY STUART HUTCHINSON National Health and Medical Research Council Postgraduate Medical Research Scholars DUNCAN JOHN CAMPBELL NICHOLAS CHRISTOPHIDIS National Heart Foundation of Australia Postgraduate Medical Research Scholar JOHN JAMES McNEIL Director National Blood Pressure Study MARY ROSE STEWART Postgraduate Research Scholars ADRIANNE ILA ELISABETH ANDERSON ANDREW BUI OLAF HEINO OSKAR DRUMMER STUART GRANT DUFFY MARIA KATHLEEN DYNON ANDREW SIMON GIRAUD ANDREW LAWRENCE GUNDLACH THOMAS HEANEY PHILLIP MARK HOGARTH BRUCE EDWARD LOVELAND URVINE IAN LUCAS ARLIE EDITH McQUEEN MARY MICHAELIDES GEORGE WILLIAM MIHALY GILLIAN MARGARET MORGAN ROGER NOLAN TERRANCE ADRIAN POTTER ALAN GREGORY RIGLAR MAURO SERGIO SANDRIN ELIZABETH SHER CHRISTOPHER HENRY THOMPSON Professorial Associates PETER FRANCIS BLADIN JOHN KINGSLEY DAWBORN RICHARD ALAN SMALLWOOD Senior Associate in Social Medicine DAVID GEORGE LEGGE Senior Associates (Austin Hospital) PETER RAEY BULL RICHARD ASKIN CHENOWETH 138 JOHN PAUL COGHLAN MEDICINE 139

WILLIAM DAVIS BRIAN ROGER ENTWISLE ANDREW NOEL FRASER KEVIN JAMES FRASER ALAN JAMES GOBLE JOHN GREEN DAVID LESLIE HARDING WALTER FRANCIS HEALE ROBERT NEIL HOPE RONALD ATKINSON HURLEY GEORGE JERUMS ELIZABETH ROMA LENEGHAN WILLIAM JOHN McKAY WALTER JOSEPH MOON ROBIN MACINTOSH LATHROP MURRAY ANDREW COLGATE NEWELL PETER ANTHONY SINCLAIR JOHNATHAN ARTHUR STREETON MARY ROSE STEWART BERNARD SWEET BERNARD TREISTER FRANK JOHN EMERY VAJDA JOHN VERNEA JAMES SAVILLE WILEY DIANNE MARIE WILSON

Senior Associates (Repatriation General Hospital) WILLIAM ROBERT ADAM LIONEL BARRY ARKLES COLIN EDWIN BARTER ALAISTAIR HERIOT CAMPBELL LEWIS WILLIAM FAULKS JOHN DESMOND PARKIN PETER JAMES PARSONS NEWMAN PINCUS

Senior Associates (Box Hill and District Hospital) PETER ALFRED BERGER EDWARD FRANCIS O'SULLIVAN GRAHAM THEODORE SCHMIDT MICHAEL PHILIP KENDAL SCHOOBRIDGE

Associates (Austin Hospital) JOHN BERNARD BRENNAN ANTHONY DORTIMER JOHN COURTNEY DUGGAN DAVID HILL ROBERT LEFKOVITS LAWRENCE MORAN LESLIE EDWARD OLIVER ROBERT PIERCE GANASEN RAJAH RAM RAJENDRA PETER McINTOSH ROBERTSON JEFFREY MAX SLONIM BRUCE JOHN TONGE GERALD UNGER

Associates (Repatriation General Hospital) DOUGLAS ROBERT GAULD GARY DAVID GILL HUGH WARWICK GREVILLE PETER WILLIAM HOLMES JAMES GEOFFREY HINDHAUGH JOHN HENRY ISER JOHN MICHAEL O'CONNELL ROBERT GORDON NEWNHAM NEVILLE WILLIAM QUINN GWYNNE WILTON THOMAS 140 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

MEDICINE - AUSTIN HOSPITAL

1. Role of prostaglandin intermediates in regulation of vascular tone. 2. Studies of the mucoid cells of the gastric mucosa. 3. Phylogeny of gastric mucosa in Chordates. 4. Mechanism of the peptic ulcerogenic effects of tobacco smoking. 5. Study of the protein core material in exocrine secretion granules of alimentary tract. 6. Control of secretion of aldosterone from isolated zona glomerulosa cells. 7. The role of the tissue renin-angiotensin system in hypertension. 8. Cell surface la and Ly antigens in the mouse. 9. Cell surface antigens of normal and tumour cells in man. 10. Production of antisera by secretionary hybridomas. 11. Detection of circulating immune complexes. 12. Transplantation immunity in mouse and man. 13. Evolution of diabetic nephropathy. 14. Influence of thyroid status on cell surface enzymes. 15. Effects of cranial irradiation on hypothalamic-pituitary function. 16. Bile acid structure and biliary lipid secretion. 17. Foetal and neonatal bile acid metabolism. 18. Hepatic transport of organic compounds. 19. Renal bone disease — definition, natural history and treatment. 20. Glomerulonephritis — trial of different treatment regimes. 21. Continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis - use in treatment of chronic renal failure. 22. Hormone responsiveness in uremia. 23. Effect of exposure to hormones on cell hormone responsiveness. 24. Neuropsychological assessment of patients with renal failure and their response to dialysis. 25. Cytosine arabinoside transport in acute myeloid leukaemia in man. 26. The effect of sulphinpyrazone on platelet function.

MEDICINE - REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL

1. Regulation of adenylate cyclase. 2. Hormone receptors in cancer cells. 3. Prostaglandins in malignant hypercalcaemia. 4. Synthesis and action of the new prostaglandins. 5. Platelet abnormalities in diabetic vascular disease. 6. Regulation of insulin secretion. 7. Regulation of Vitamin D metabolism. 8. Pathogenesis of metabolic bone disease. 9. The renal response to aldosterone and mineralocorticoids including — (a) Factors modifying this response (b) The importance of an altered response in hypertension.

CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS

1. Mechanisms and sites of action of anti-hypertensive drugs. 2. Molecular properties of alpha-adreno receptors in brain and smooth muscle. 3. The importance of Y"am'n°t>utyr'c acid and dopamine in brain centres involved in neurological diseases. 4. The regulation of dopamine metabolism and the sites of action of neuroleptic drugs. 5. Structural basis of action of drugs on beta adreno receptors in heart, lung and blood vessels. 6. Immunoassay and distribution of Clonidine. 7. Pharmacokinetics of anti-hypertensive anti-cancer drugs and anti-arrhythmic drugs. 8. Steady state kinetics of anti-epileptic drugs. MEDICINE 141

PSYCHIATRY 1. Studies of mother-infant interaction. 2. Studies of cortical evoked potentials in mental illness. 3. The cerebral effects of tobacco smoking. 4. Psychological aspects of hypertension. 5. Habituation in normality and mental illness.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters in Books

1. EISMAN. J. A. and DELUCA, H. F. - Determination ofVilamin D metabolites. Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 52. Part C, ed Colamick and Kaplan, Academic Press Inc., New York Publishers, 388 (1978). 2. SMALLWOOD, R. A. - Other liver diseases associated with increased liver copper concentrations. Metals and the Liver, ed L. W. Powell, Marcel Dekker, New York, 313-329 (1978).

Articles 3. ADAM, W. R., FUNDER, J. W., MERCER, J. and ULICK, S. - Amplification ofthe action of aldosterone by 5 a-dihydrocortisol. Endocrinology 103: 465-471 (1978). 4. ADAM, W. R. and MENDELSOHN, F. A. O. - Measurement of the end organ response to aldosterone in man: Diversity of response and its possible biological significance. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 673 (1978). 5. ARMSTRONG, J. M., DUSTING, G. J., MONCADA, S. and VANE, J. R. - Cardiovascular actions of prostacyclin (PGL), a metabolite of arachidonic acid which is synthesized by blood vessels. Circ'Res. 43(\): 11-112-119 (1978). 6. ARNOTT, R. D. and JERUMS, G. — The lymphocyte sodium pump in hypothyroidism. Proc. Endocr. Soc. Aust. 21: 13 (1978). 7. BEART, P. M. and BILAL, K. - Allvlgylcine: intranigral effects and reappraisal of actions on the GABA system. Biochem Pharmacol. 27: 1891-1896 (1978). 8. BREEN, K. J„ WHELAN, G. and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - Viral hepatitis in general hospitals: Guidelines for control and prevention. Med. J. Aust. 2: 18 (1978). 9. BROWN, D. J., CRAICK, C. C, DAVIES, S. E., JOHNSON, M. L., DAWBORN, J. K. and HEALE, W. F. — Physical emotional and social adjustments to home dialysis. Med. J. Aust. 1: 245-247 (1978). 10. BILEZIKIAN, J. P., CRANFIELD, R. E., JACOBS, T. B., POLAY, J. S., D'ADAMS, A. P.. EISMAN, J. A. and DELUCA, H. F. - Response to la 25-dihyroxyvitamin D to hypocalcemia in human subjects. New Eng. J. Med. 299: 437-441 (1978). 11. CHAPPLE, D. J., DUSTING. G. J., HUGHES. R. and VANE, J. R. - A vagal reflex contributes to the hypotensive effect of prostacyclin (PGIi) in anaesthetized dogs. J. Physiol. 281: 43P (1978). 12. CHESNEY, R. W., MOORTHY, A. V., EISMAN, J. A., JAX, D. K., MAZESS, R. B. and

DELUCA, H. F. - Increased growth after long term oral lo 25 vitamin Ds in childhood renal osteodystrophy. New Eng. J. Med., 238-242 (1978). 13. CHRISTOPHIDIS, N.. DAWBORN, J. K. and VAJDA, F. J. E. - Studies of intravenous Cefoxitin (MK 306), Med. J. Aust. I: 512-514 (1978). 14. CHRISTOPHIDIS, N., LUCAS, I., VAJDA, F. J. E. and LOUIS, W. J. - Excessive lacrimation due to 5-fluorouracil. Letter Annals of Internat Med. (1978). 15. CHRISTOPHIDIS, N„ VAJDA, F. J. E., LOUIS, W. J. and MOON, W. - Fluorouracil therapy in patients with carcinoma of the large bowel: A pharmacokinetic comparison of various rates and routes of administration. Clin. Pharmacokinetics 3: 330-336 (1978). 16. CLARK, S„ DE LUISE, M., LARKINS, R. G., MELICK, R. A. and HARRISON, L. C. - Thc effects of digestive enzymes on placental insulin receptor characteristics comparison of particulate and soluble receptor preparations. Biochem. J. 174: 37-43 (1978). 17. CONWAY, E. L., JARROTT, B. and LOUIS, W. J. - Effect of acute alpha-methyldopa administration on catecholamine level in anterior hypothalamic-preoptic and medullary nuclei in the rat brain. Brit. J. Pharmac. 62: 405P (1978). 18. CONWAY. E. L., JARROTT. B. and LOUIS, W. J. - Effect of alpha methyldopa on dopaminergic transmission in the corpus straitum. Neuropharmacology 17: 335-361 (1978). 19. CONWAY, E. L., LOUIS, W. J. and JARROTT, B. - Acute and chronic administration of alpha methyldopa regional levels of endogenous and alpha methylated catecholamines in rat brain. Eur. J. Pharmac. 52: 271-280 (1978). 142 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

20. CRAWFORD, A., ATKINS, D. and MARTIN, T. J. - Rat osteogenic sarcoma cells:

comparison of the effects of prostaglandins E,, E;, I, (prostacyclin), 6-keto F,Q and thrombozane B, on cyclic AMP production and adenylate cyclase activity. Biochem. Biophvs. Res. Comm. 82: 1195-1201 (1978). 21. CRAWFORD, A., HUNT, N. H., DAWBORN, J. K.. MICH EL ANG ELI, V. P. and MARTIN, T. J. - Membranes from a transplantable osteogenic sarcoma responsive lo parathyroid hormone and prostaglandins: regulation of adenylate cyclase and of hormone metabolism. J. Endocr. 77: 213-224 (1978). 22. DUSTING, G. J., MONCADA, S. and VANE, J. R. - Vascular actions of arachidonic acid and its metabolites in perfused mesenteric and femoral beds of the dog. Eur. J. Pharmac. 49: 65-72 (1978). 23. DUSTING, G. J., MONCADA, S. and VANE, J. R. - Recirculation of prostacyclin (PGI,) in the dog. Br. J. Pharmac. 64: 315-320 (1978). 24. DUSTING, G. J., MONCADA, S., MULLANE, K. M. and VANE, J. R. - Implications of prostacyclin generation for modulation of vascular tone. Clin. Sci. Mol. Med. 55(4): 001s-004s (1978). 25. DUSTING, G. J., MONCADA, S. and VANE, J. R. - Disappearances of prostacyclin (PGI,) in the circulation of the dog. Br. J. Pharmac. 62: 414P-4I6P (1978). 26. DUSTING, G. J., MONCADA, S., MULLANE, K. M. and VANE, J. R. - Biotransformation of arachidonic acid in thc circulation of the dog. Br. J. Pharmac. 63: 359P (1978). 27. FRIEDMAN, J. and MEARES, R. A. - Comparison of spontaneous and contraceptive menstrual cycles on a visual discrimination task. Aust. N.Z. J. Psvchial. 12: 233 (1978). 28. FUNDER, J. W., MERCER, J., INGRAM, B., FELDMAN, D., WYNNE, K. and ADAM, W. R. - 19 — Nor Deoxycorticosterone (19 - nor DOC): Mineralocorticoid receptor affinity higher than aldosterone. Electrolyte activity lower. Endocrinology 103: 1514-1517 (1978). 29. GIRAUD, A. S. and YEOMANS, N. D. - Ultrastructure and cytochemistry of the gastric mucosa of the river blackfish (Cadopsis marmoratus). Proc. Aust. Soc. Fish Biol.. PIO (1978). 30. HEYMA, P., LARKINS, R. G., STOCKIGT. J. R. and CAMPBELL, D. G. - The formation of tri-iodothyronine and reverse tri-idothyronine from thyroxine in isolated rat renal tubules. Clin. Sci. Molec. Med. 55: 567-572 (1978). 31. HOLMES, S. D., DIRMIKIS, S. M., MARTIN, T. J. and MUNRO, D. S. - Effects of human thyroid stimulating hormone and immunoglobulines on adenylate cyclase activity and the accumulation of cyclic AMP in human thyroid membranes and slices. J. Endocr. 79: 121- 130 (1978). 32. HUNT, N. H., MacNEIL, S. and MARTIN, T. J. - Response of human and chick kidney adenylate cyclase to biologically active fragments of human parathyroid hormone. Biochem. Biophvs. Res. Comm. 81: 581-587 (1978). 33. HUNT, N. H., SHORTLAND, J. R., MICHELANGELI, V. P., HAMMONDS, J. C, ATKINS, D. and MARTIN, T. J. — Adenylate cyclase activity of renal cortical carcinoma and its relation to histology and ultrastructure. Cancer Rei. 38: 23-31 (1978). 34. JARROTT, B. and SPECTOR, S. - Disposition of clonidine in rats as determined by radioimmunoassay. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 207: 195-202 (1978). 35. JARROTT, B. and SUMMERS, R. J. — Localisation of JH-clonidine binding in guinea pig kidney. Brit. J. Pharmacol. 64: 418-419 (1978). 36. JERUMS, G. and BROBERG, A. L. - Thyroid status and adenylate cyclase. Proc. Endocr. Soc. Aust. 21: 16 (1978). 37. KONTIAINEN, S., SIMPSON, E., BOHRER, E„ BEVERLEY, P. C. L., HERZENBERG, L. A., FITZPATRICK, W. C, VOGT, P., TORANO, A., Mc KENZIE, I. F. C. and FELDMANN, M. — T-Cell lines producing antigen specific suppressor factor. Nature 274: 477-480 (1978). 38. LARKINS, R. G. - Perioperative problems in the diabetic. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 238-241 (1978). 39. LARKINS, R. G., DeLUISE, M. and CLARK, S. - A review on the role of insulin receptor defects in the aetiology of diabetes. Proc. 6th Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocr.. ed J. S. Sheah, et. al., 133-137 (1978). 40. LARKINS, R. G., MARTIN, F. I. R., ALFORD, F. P. and CHISHOLM, D. J. - Relationship between alpha and beta cell function before and after metabolic control in kctotic diabetic subjects. J. Clin. Endocr. Metab. 46: 131-139 (1978). 41. LARKINS, R. G., MARTIN, F. I. R., HEDING, L. G. and TAIT, B. D. - Hormonal profile, blood sugar control and HLA patterns in long term insulin dependent diabetes with and without vascular disease. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 465-471 (1978). 42. LARKINS, R. G., MARTIN, F. I. R. and TAIT, B. D. - HLA patterns and diabetic retinopathy. Brit. Med. J. 1: llll (1978). 43. LAZDINS, I. and DAWBORN, J. K. - Concentration of Guanidines in normal human plasma. Clin. and Exper. Pharmacol, and Physiol. 5: 75-80 (1978). MEDICINE 143

44. LOUIS, W. J., BRIGNELL, M. B., McNEILL, J. J., CHRISTOPHIDIS, N. and VAJDA, F. J. E. - Letter. The Lancet. Vol. I: 452-542 (1978). 45. LOUIS, W. J., CHRISTOPHIDIS, N., BRIGNELL, M., VIJAYASEKARAN, V., McNEIL, J. and VAJDA, F. J. E. — Labetalol: Bioavailability, drug plasma levels, plasma renin and catecholamines in acute and chronic treatment of resistant hypertension. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 602-609 (1978). 46. LOUIS, W. J., VAJDA, F. J. E., McNEIL, J. J. and DOYLE, A. E. - The combined use of L-alpha-methyldopa hydrazine and methyldopa in the treatment of hypertension. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 4: 001-006 (1978). 47. MANN, J. J., BRANTON, L. J. and LARKINS, R. G. - Hyperosmolality complicating recovery from lithium toxicity. Brit. Med. J. I: 1522-1523 (1978). 48. M A RI ANI, A. F., CLIFTON, S., DAVIES, D. J., DAWBORN, J. K., FITZGERALD, J. E., IHLE, B. U., NIALL, J. F. and RYAN, G. B. - Membranous glomerulonephritis associated with sarcoidosis. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 420-425 (1978). 49. MARSHALL, A. W., SLONIM, J. M., SMALLWOOD, R. A. and FRASER, K. J. - The association of chronic active hepatitis with pyoderma gangrenosum. A ust. N.Z. J. Med. 8:656- 658 (1978). 50. MARSHALL, A. W. and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - Oral contraceptives and liver tumours. Med. J. Aust. 2: 240-241 (1978). 51. MARTIN, T. J. - The therapeutic uses of calcitonin. Scot. Med. J. 23: 161-166 (1978). 52. MARTIN, T. J. - Pagets Disease. Hospital Update 4: 657-672 (1978). 53. MARTIN, T. J., NAHORSKI, S. R., HUNT, N. H., DAWBORN, J. K., LOOMBES, R. S. and UNDERWOOD, J. C. S. - Characterization of p-adrenergic receptor linked to adenylate cyclase in a human cancer cell line (COLO 16). Clin. Sci. Mol. Med. 55: 23-29 (1978). 54. MEARES, R. and GROSE, D. - On depersonalization in adolescence: A consideration from the viewpoint of habituation and "Identity", Brit. J. Med. Psychol. (December 1978). 55. MEARES, R. and HOBSON, R. - The persecutory therapist. Digest of Neurology and Psychiatry, Institute of Living, Connecticut, 52 (1978). 56. MEARES, R., GRIMWADE, J. and WOOD, C. - A possible relationship between anxiety in pregnancy and peripheral depression. Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature, Vol. 5, ed D. Olson, and K. Dahl, St. Paul, University of Minnisota, Family of Social Science (1978). 57. MENDELSOHN, F. A. O. and KACHEL, C. D. - Stimulation of aldosterone production from zona glomerulosa cells in vitro by angiotensins I, II and III. Proc. Endocr. Soc. Aust. 21: 69 (1978). 58. MORGAN, T., ADAM, W. R., GILLIES, A., WILSON, M., MORGAN, G. and CARNEY, S. - Hypertension treated by salt restriction. Lancet 8058: 227-230 (1978). 59. MORGAN, T., GILLIES, A., MORGAN, G. and ADAM, W. R. - The effect of a and P adreno receptor blocking drug (Labetalol) in the treatment of severe resistant hypertension. Med. J. Aust. I: 393-396 (1978). 60. MURRAY, R. M. L., WIGG, D. W. and PITT, P. - Hypothalamic-pituitary function following cranial irradiation of non-pituitary tumours. Proc. Endocr. Soc. Aust. 21: 46 (1978). 61. McKENZIE, I. F. C. and HENNING, M. - The differential destructive and enhancing effects of anti-H-2K, H2D and anti-la antisera on murine skin allografts. J. Exp. Med. 147: 611 (1978). 62. McNEIL, J. and LOUIS, W. J. - An open study of the anti-hypertensive efficacy of metoprolol. Med. J. Aust. 2: 123-125 (1978). 63. McPHERSON, A. J., McKENZIE, I. F. C, FRASER, K. and CASTALDI, P. A. - Hereditary C2 deficiency associated with immune complex disease. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. and Med. Sci. 56: 81-98 (1978). 64. PARISH, C. R., HIGGINS, T. J. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Comparison of antigens recognized by xenogeneic and allogeneic anti-la antibodies. Evidence for two classes of la antigens. Immunogenetics 6: 343-354 (1978). 65. PARISH, C. R. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - A detailed serological analysis of a xenogeneic anti-la serum. Immunogenetics 6: 183-196 (1978). 66. PARISH, C. R. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - A sensitive rosetting method for detecting subpopulations of lymphocytes which react with alloantisera. J. Immunol. Methods 20: 173- 183 (1978). 67. SANDRIN, M. S., POTTER, T. A., MORGAN, G. M. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Detection of mouse alloantibodies by rosetting with protein-A coated sheep red cells. Transplantation 26: 126 (1978). 68. SEEMAN, E. and JERUMS, G. - Urinary protein patterns in acute and long term diabetes. Proc. Aust. Diabetes Soc., Abstract 54 (1978). 69. SEWELL, R. B. and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - The recognition and treatment of the irritable bowel syndrome. Aust. Family Physician 7: 899 (1978). 144 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

70. SEWELL, R. B„ HOFFMAN, N. E. and SMALLWOOD. R. A. - Bile acid structure and biliary lipid secretion II. A comparison of three hydroxy and two keto bile acids. Amer. J. Phvsiol. 234: E637 (1978). 71. SEWELL, R. B., HOFFMAN, N. E. and SMALLWOOD. R. A. - The consequences of ileal dysfunction: An approach to management. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 598 (1978). 72. SEWELL, R. B., SMALLWOOD, R. A. and HOFFMAN. N. E. - The management of diarrhoea due to ileal dvsfunction. Ausi. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 555 (1978). 73. SYMINGTON, G., LEONARD, J. and VAJDA, F. J. E. - Sodium valproate in Huntington's Chorea. Am. J. Phvchiatrv 135(3): 352-354 (1978). 74. VAJDA, F. J. E., DRUMMER, O. H. O., MORRIS. P. M„ McNEIL. J. J. and BLADIN, P. F. - Gas chromatographic measurement of plasma levels of sodium valproate: tentative therapeutic range of a new anticonvulsant in thc treatment of refractory epileptics. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 5: 67-73 (1978). 75. VAJDA, F. J. E., McNEIL. J.. MORRIS. P. M., DRUMMER, O. H. O. and BLADIN, P. F. - Sodium valproate in refractory epilepsy. Ausi. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 46-51 (1978). 76. VAJDA, F. J. E., MIHALY, G., MILES, J., DONNAN, G. and BLADIN, P. F. - Rectal administration of sodium valproate in status epilepticus. Neurologv (Minneapolis) 28: 897 (1978). 77. WARK, J. D. and LARKINS, R. G. - Pulmonary oedema following propranolol therapy in two cases of phaeochromocvtoma. Brit. Med. J. I: 1395-1396 (1978). 78. WILEY, J. S. - Cation fluxes in Rh null red cells. Blood. 555-556 (1978). 79. YAP, K. L., ADA, G. L. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Transfer of specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes protects mice innoculatcd with influenza virus. Nature 273: 238 (1978). 80. YEOMANS, N. D. — Secretory granules in differentiating mucous cells in rat fundic mucosa. Gastroenterol. Clin. Biol. (Paris) 2: 925 (1978). 281. YEOMANS, N. D. and MILLAR, S. J. — Transport and secretion of mucus in antral surface cells: role of microfilaments. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 554 (1978). 82. YEOMANS, N. D. and MILLAR, S. J. - Effects of cytochalasin B on transport and secretion of mucus by surface cells of gastric antrum. Gastroenterology 74: 1114 (1978). 83. YEOMANS, N. D. and MILLAR, S. J. - Synthesis, transport and secretion of mucus by- surface mucous cells of gastric antrum: effect of cytochalasin B. Proc. VI World Congress Gastroenterol., Editorial Garsi. Madrid, 99 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. CONWAY, E. L. — Interactions of a-methyldopa with aminergic pathways in the central nervous system 2. CULVENOR, A. C. — The subcellular distribution and regulation of noradrenaline synthesizing enzymes 3. HOROWITZ, J. — Reactivity of an isolated vein preparation and its use to characterise vasoactivity of plasma proteins

Master of Science 4. BUTTIGIEG, C. F. — Control of renin release in vitro

THESES IN PROGRESS

MEDICINE - AUSTIN HOSPITAL PhD Theses in Progress CAMPBELL, D. C. — Control of aldosterone secretion DUFFY, S. — Exchangeable sodium and experimental hypertension GI RA U D, A. S. — Comparative structural and functional studies ofthe gastrointestinal tract in the phylum chordata HOGARTH, M. — Hybridoma production as a source of alloantibodies LOVELAND, B. - Graft rejection in the mouse MICHAELIDES, M. — Functional studies bv Lv antigens in the mouse MORGAN, G. - Studies of H-2 mutants POTTER, T. M. — Genetics of Ly antigens in the mouse SANDRIN, M. — la antigens in man MEDICINE 145

BSc (Hons) Thesis in Progress THOMSON, C. — Surface phenocyte of a suppressor cell in delayed type hypersensitivity

MSc Theses in Progress RIGLAR, A. — Detection of circulating immune complexes BUI, A. - Mechanism of volume regulation and membrane fluidity of human lymphocytes

MD Theses in Progress MARSHALL. A. W. — Hepatic transport of endogenous and xenobioiic organic compounds SEWELL. R. B. — The ontogeny and physiology of bile formation

REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL PhD Theses in Progress FINDLAY, D. M. — Calcitonin in human tumours WARK, J. D. - The hormones of calcium and bone homeostasis

CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS PhD Theses in Progress CHRISTOPHIDIS, N. - Pharmacokinetics of cytotoxic drugs DRUMMER, O. H. O. - Structure activity relationships on adrenoceptors DYNON, M. — Noradrenaline synthesizing enzymes GUNDLACH, A. L. - Interaction between central neurotransmitters MIHALY, G. — Clinical pharmacology of anli-convulsants McNEIL, J. J. - Clinical and pharmacokinetic studies of beta blockers McQUEEN, A. — The effects of serotonin on blood pressure and social dominance in rats

MSc Thesis in Progress LUCAS, U. I. — Pharmacology of cancer chemotherapy drugs

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED

Grants have been received as follows: National Health and Medical Research Council: A physiological study of attachment. National Health and Medical Research Council: Lymphocyte and thyroid status. National Health and Medical Research Council: Tissue renin-angiotensin system in experimental hypertension. National Health and Medical Research Council: The mucoid cells ofthe gastric mucosa: their role in gastric physiology and pathophysiology. National Health and Medical Research Council: Dopamine and the renal response to mineralocorticoids. National Health and Medical Research Council: Bile acid structure and biliary lipid secretion. National Health and Medical Research Council: Foetal bile acid metabolism. National Health and Medical Research Council: Amino acid transmitters in central nervous system diseases. National Health and Medical Research Council: The significance of brain adrenaline and its role in blood pressure regulation and hypertension. National Health and Medical Research Council: Studies in transplantation immunology. National Health and Medical Research Council: Cell surface antigens of lymphocytes and tumour cells in the mouse. National Heart Foundation: Adrenergic transmitters and receptors and blood pressure regulation and treatment. 146 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

National Heart Foundation: Specific labelling and isolation of cardiac beta adreno receptors using radioactive phot-affinity agents. National Heart Foundation: Pharmacokinetics and clinical evaluation of anti-arrhythmic drugs. National Heart Foundation: Control of aldosterone secretion from isolated zona glomerulosa cells. National Heart Foundation: Role of prostacyclin in thrombotic disease. Life Insurance Medical Research Fund of Australia and New Zealand: Platelet abnormalities in diabetes. Life Insurance Medical Research Fund of Australia and New Zealand: Structure activity relationship of beta adreno-receptor drugs and the relationship of alterations of beta adrenoreceptors to disease states. Australian Kidney Foundation: Hormone responsiveness in renal failure. Australian Kidney Foundation: Abnormalities of Vitamin D metabolism in renal failure. Australian Tobacco Research Foundation: Studies of the mechanism of the peptic ulcerogenic effects of tobacco smoking. Australian Tobacco Research Foundation: Effects of smoking on prostaglandin mediated platelet function. Australian Tobacco Research Foundation: The production of la antigenic specificities in mouse and man and their relationship to smoking and lung cancer in man. Australian Tobacco Research Foundation: A study of the effect of tobacco smoking on an individual's interrelationship with his sensory and social environment. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Pharmacokinetics of anti-cancer drugs. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Prostaglandins in the pathogenesis of malignant hypercalcaemia. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Phenotypic characterization of human leukaemias and lymphomas. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Cytosine arabinoside transport in acute myeloid leukaemia of man. Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation: Comparative ultrastructural and functional studies of the gastric mucosa. Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation: Equipment grant for biological research. Department of Veterans' Affairs: Studies of Ragets' Disease, renal bone disease and metastatic bone cancer. Complications of diabetes. Department of Veterans' Affairs: Role of altered renal sensitivity to aldosterone in hypertension. John Claude Kellion Foundation: Diabetes and vascular disease. John Claude Kellion Foundation: Diabetic nephropathy. National Institutes of Health: Ia antigenic specificities in mouse and man. Utah Foundation: Equipment grant for Vitamin D research programme. MEDICINE

DEPARTMENT OF THE JAMES STEWART PROFESSOR, THE ROYAL MELBOURNE HOSPITAL Chairman of department: Professor R. R. H. Lovell Professor RICHARD ROBERT HAYNES LOVELL Professor PRISCILLA SHEATH KINCAID-SMITH* First Assistant, Reader and Assistant Director JOSEPH ROBERT EMMOTT FRASER First Assistants and Readers ROGER AZIZ MELICK KENNETH DAVID MUIRDEN First Assistant in Clinical Epidemiology tDAVID GORDON STUART CHRISTIE First Assistant in Clinical Pharmacology JOHN SHAW Second Assistant ROBERT FRANCIS WESTLAND MOULDS Third Assistant ANTHONY LAWRENCE CUNNINGHAM NH & MRC Research Fellow JOHN DUNCAN MATHEWS NH & MRC Fellow in Rheumatology BARRY JAMES CLARRIS NH & MRC Senior Research Officer ELSMAREE BAXTER NH & MRC Postgraduate Research Scholars MARIO ANTHONY DE LUISE LINUS DZIUKAS (to 23/2/78) Research Fellows DOUGLAS BIRCH THOMAS WOODROW SMITH Postgraduate Medical Research Scholar REINER RITTINGHAUSEN (from 2/5/78) Commonwealth Scholars KENG THYE WOO CHOI KIT YEUNG Graduate Research Assistants STELLA CLARK KRISZTINA FODOR MARILYN JANINE HEWISH ROLF ALEXANDER JAUERNIG SHARON LEE JOHNSON ILEENE MARGARET MACDONALD HELEN LOUISE PHILLIPS KAYLENE JOY QUELCH ANDREW DAMIAN ROBINSON CHRISTOPHER WESTON SLEE SIEW KIM TAY JANETTE ROSE TEMPERLEY ROBIN LOIS THATCHER CHANDANIE WERAGODA Professorial Associates KENNETH FAIRBURN FAIRLEY THOMAS HENRY HURLEY IAN REAY MACKAY FRANK IAN RUSSELL MARTIN JOHN GRAEME SLOMAN Senior Associates in Medicine ANTHONY JOHN FREDERICK D'APlCE BRIAN JAMES FEERY PETER BERT GREENBERG VERE DAVID URQUHART HUNT RICHARD GRAEME LARKINS WALTER JOSEPH MOON MICHAEL COWPER FRANKLYN PAIN DONALD JAMES BOURNE ST. JOHN JOHN RICHARD SULLIVAN ALFRED JOHN WALL JUDITH WHITWORTH Senior Research Associate KINGSLEY WALLIS MILLS Associates DAVID ROY EGERTON BARRACLOUGH MARGARET URSULA BULLEN JENNIFER JOY MARTY MARGARET ELIZABETH MITCHELL * Personal Chair in the department of Medicine f Part-time

147 148 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

RENAL AND CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE 1. National Blood Pressure Study. 2. Atypical bacterial forms and L-forms in urinary tract infection. 3. Lithium nephrotoxicity. 4. Clinical trials in the treatment of hypertension. 5. Immunology of glomerulonephritis. 6. Transplant immunology. 7. Ultrastructure in glomerulonephritis. 8. Immunological aspects of renal disease. 9. Active and inactive renin in hemodialysis patients. 10. Immunological and epidemiological studies of human arterial disease. 11. Blood pressure and immunogenetic factors in thc young. 12. Pharmacological characteristics of human arteries and veins, including cerebral vessels. 13. Investigation of vasoactive properties of cerebrospinal fluid.

BONE AND JOINT DISEASE 1. Biochemical, cultural and immunological aspects of human synovial cells. 2. Study of experimental, epidemic and virus associated arthritis. 3. Metabolism of hyaluronic acid in joints. 4. Composition of the organic matrix of normal and abnormal human bone. 5. Synthetic properties of rat osteogenic sarcomata.

ENDOCRINE DISEASE 1. Insulin receptors and insulin action in renal tissue. 2. Effect of membrane modifying enzymes on the insulin receptor. 3. Properties of calcitonin receptors in a human cancer cell line. 4. Regulation of the formation of 3,5,3' triiodothyronine. 5. Effect of insulin on hepatic glucose output in insulin dependent diabetics. 6. Prevalence of diabetes in rural and urban areas of Papua-New Guinea. 7. Long-term effects of parathyroid surgery.

GASTROINTESTINAL DISEASE 1. Factors associated with progression of alcoholic liver disease. 2. Pathogenesis and treatment of peptic ulcer. 3. Early detection of colorectal cancer.

CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY 1. Pharmacokinetics of high dose methotrexate therapy. 2. Pharmacokinetics of the antiarrhythmics mexilitine and tocainide. 3. Factors determining readmission to a University teaching hospital. 4. Stability of glyceryl trinitrate tablets during patient use.

OTHER 1. Epidemiology of arboviruses. 2. Victorian twin registry. 3. Properties of skeletal muscle in subjects susceptible to malignant hyperpyrexia. MEDICINE 149

PUBLISHED WORK Book I. SHAW, J., HARVEY, K. J., PARSONS, B. J., SPICER, W. JOHN, STRATFORD, B. C. A. and TOSOLINI, F. A. - Guidelines on Antibiotic Therapy (I978).

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 2. D'APlCE, A. J. F., EVANS, C, IVASHOVA, E., KISSMEYER, F„ NIELSEN. B., PEGRUN, C, TAIT, B., WOLTHERS, L. - HLE-AE B & C Serology and antigen reports: BW44, BW45 (formerly BI2 (not TT*) and TT*), in Histocompatibility testing 1977. eds Bodmer et al.. Munksgaard, Copenhagen, 170 (1978). 3. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Parenchymatous disease of the kidney and hypertension, in Hypertension. Physiology and Treatment, eds J. Genest, E. Koiw, O. Kuchel, McGraw-Hill, Montreal (1977).' 4. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Management of renal and urinary tract disorders during pregnancy, in Campbell's Urology. 4th ed, eds J. H. Harrison, R. F. Gittes, A. D. Perlmutter, T. A. Stamey, P. C. Walsh. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders (1978). 5. MATHEWS, J. D. — Kuru as an epidemic disease in Essays on Kuru. ed R. W. Hornabrook, E. W. Classey, Faringdon (1976). 6. MOULDS, R. F. W. - Thc site of the abnormality in M.H. muscle: A comparison of M.H. muscle and denervated muscle, in Malignant Hyperthermia, eds J. A. Aldrete and B. A. Britt, Grune and Stratton Inc., 45-65 (1978). 7. SHAW. J. - The role of the central nervous system in the production of cardiac arrythmias, in Workshop on Cardiac Arrythmias, edsT. T. Assaykeen and K. T. Kelly. Astra, Sydney, 14-21 (1978). 8. SIMONS, M. J., CHAN, S. H„ WEE, G. B., MATHEWS, J. D. - HLA and Hepatocellular carcinoma in Hepatitis viruses, ed T. Oda, University of Tokyo Press (1978). 9. YOUNG, G. P., ST. JOHN, D. J. B. and COVENTRY, D. A. - A double-masked endoscopic evaluation of carbenoxolone sodium in duodenal ulcer: further evidence for a beneficial effect, in Peptic Ulcer Healing: Recent studies on Carbenoxolone. eds Sir Francis Avery Jones. M. J. S. Langman. R. D. Mann. M.T.P. Press, Ltd., Lancaster, 117-125 (1978).

Articles 10. D'APlCE. A. J. F. — Immune complex mediated glomerulonephritis. Bulletin of the Postgraduate Committee in Medicine. University of Svdney 34: 1 (1978). 11. D'APlCE, A. J. F., KINCAID-SMITH, P., BECKER,' G. J., LOUGHEAD, W. G., FREEMAN, J. W. and SANDS, J. M. - Goodpasture's Svndrome in identical twins. Ann. Int. Med. 88: 61 (1978). 12. D'APlCE, A. J. F., MATHEWS, J. D., TAIT, B. D. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Association of HLA antigens with glucose intolerance following renal transplantation. Tissue Antigens 11: 423 (1978). 13. BARRACLOUGH, D. - Drug interaction in the management of rheumatoid arthritis. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8 (Supp. 1): 106 (1978). 14. BASHIR, H., BRADLEY, J., CHAN, S. H., CROSS, R., D'APlCE, A. J. F, DAWKINS, R„ DOUGLAS, R., FONG, R., HAY, J., HONEYMAN, M., 1NNES, M„ SIMONS, M. and TAIT, B. - Australasian-Singapore Regional Report, in Histoincompatibilitv Testing 1977. eds W. F. Bodmer, et al. Munksgaard, Copenhagen, 380 (1978). 15. BELL, R., SULLIVAN, J. R., HURLEY, T. H„ D'APlCE, A. J. F. and KINCAID- SMITH, P. — Some uses of thc continuous flow blood separator in the myeloproliferative syndrome (case report). Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 433-435 (1978). 16. BELL, R., SULLIVAN, J. R., MOON, W. J., MARTY, J. and SHAW, J. - Outpatient chemotherapy for breast cancer (letter). Brit. Med. J. 1: 857-858 (1978). 17. BINGHAM, P. J., MELICK, R. A. and MERCURI, S. M. - The effect of growth retardation and of osteomalacia on thc uptake of albumin by bone. Calcif. Tiss. Res. 25: 29-35 (1978). 18. BOURNE, C. A. J. and ST. JOHN, D. J. B. - Application of histochemical and histological stains to epoxy sections: pre-trealment with potassium permanganate and oxalic acid. Med. Lab. Sci. 35: 397-398 (1978). 19. BOURNE, C. A. J. and ST. JOHN, D. J. B. - Improved procedure for polychromatic staining of epoxy sections with basic fuschsin-toluidine blue. Med. Lab. Sci. 35: 399-400 (1978). 20. BURROWS, G. D„ DAVIES, B.. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Unique tubular lesion after lithium (Letter to the editor). The Lancet (June 17 1978). 150 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

21. BUTKUS, A., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., FAN, J. S. K.. HUMPHREY, T. J., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WHITWORTH, J. A. - ACTH induced hypertension in sheep. Proc. Sixth Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocrinology (1978). 22. CAHILL, F.. COGHLAN, J. P., SCOGGINS, B. A., WHITWORTH, J. A. and WINTOUR, M. — Blood pressure and metabolic effects of adrenocorticotropic after administration to pregnant sheep. J. Endocr. 78: 301-302 (1978). 23. CLARRIS, B. J. — Viral arthritis and the possible role of viruses in rheumatoid arthritis. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8 (Supp. 1): 40 (1978). 24. CLARK, S., DE LUISE, M.. LARKINS, R. G., MELICK, R. A. and HARRISON, L. C. - The effects of digestive enzymes on characteristics of placental insulin receptor: Comparison of particulate and soluble receptor preparations. Biochem. J. 174: 37-43 (1978). 25. ENGLAND, J. D. F., HUA, A. and SHAW, J. - Beta blockers and lipid metabolism. Proc. of 5th Scientific Meeting of the Int. Soc. of Hypertension (1978). 26. FAIRLEY, K. F., WHITWORTH, J., KINCAID-SMITH, P. and DURMAN, O. - Single dose therapy in management of urinary tract infection. Med. J. Aust 2: 75-76 (1978). 27. FAN, J. K. S., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WHITWORTH, J. A. — Blood pressure and metabolic effects of ACTH in anephric sheep. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 5: 673-677 (1978). 28. GIRAUD, A. S., HUNTER, C. R. and ST. JOHN, D.J. B. - Epithelial surfaces of the upper gastrointestinal tract of the blue tongued lizard, Tiliqua scintoids: a scanning electron microscopic study. Aust. J. Zool. 26: 241-247 (1978). 29. HARRISON, L. C, BILLINGTON, T„ EAST, I. S., NICHOLS, R. J. and CLARK, S. - The effect of solubilization on the properties of the insulin receptor of human placental membranes. Endocrinology 102: 1485-1495 (1978). 30. HEYMA, P., LARKINS, R. G., STOCK1GT, J. R. and CAMPBELL, D. G. - The formation of triiodothyronine and reverse triiodothyronine in isolated rat renal tubules. Clin. Sci. and Molecular Med. 55: 567-572 (1978). 31. HUA, A. S. P., ASSAYKEEN, T. A., NYBERG, G. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Results from a multi-centre trial of metoprolol and a study of hypertensive patients with chronic obstructive lung disease. Med. J. Aust. I: 281-286 (1978). 32. HUA, A. S. P. and MOULDS, R. F. W. — The effect of prazosin on pre- and post- synaptic a-receptors in the pithed rat. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 5: 525-528 (1978). 33. HUA, A. S. P., MYERS, J. B. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Studies with prazosin - a new effective hypotensive agent. III. An acute double-blind crossover study comparing the effects of single doses of prazosin and hydralazine in combination with propranolol and a diuretic. Med. J. Aust. 1: 45-48 (1978). 34. HUMPHREYS, A., MARTY, J. J., LAU GOOEY, S. and BOURNE, D. W. F. - Stability of methotrexate in an intravenous fluid. Aust. J. Hosp. Pharm. 8: 66-67 (1978). 35. JAUERNIG, R. A. and MOULDS, R. F. W. - A human arterial preparation for studying the effects of vasoactive agents. Circulation Res. 42: 363-368 (1978). 36. JAUERNIG, R. A., MOULDS, R. F. W. and SHAW, J. - The action of prazosin in human vascular preparations. Arch. Int. Pharmacodyn. 23l(\): 81-89 (1978). 37. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - The treatment of hypertension. Current Therapeutics 19, No. 7 (July 1978). 38. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Drug induced renal disease. The Practitioner 222: 862-867 (June 1978). 39. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Analgesic nephropathy. Kidney Int. 13: 1-4 (1978). 40. KINCAID-SMITH, P., D'APlCE, A. J. F. - Plasmapheresis in rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis. Amer. J. Med. 65: (Editorial) 564 (1978). 41. LARKINS, R. G., ALFORD, F. P., CHISOLM, D. J. and MARTIN, F. I. R. - Relationship between alpha and beta cell function before and after metabolic control in ketotic diabetic subjects. J. Clin. Endocr. Metab. 46: 131 (1978). 42. LARKINS, R. G., DE LUISE, M. and CLARK, S. - A review on the role of insulin receptor defects in the aetiology of diabetes. Proc. 6th Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocr. (1978). 43. LARKINS, R. G., MARTIN, F. I. R., HED1NG, L. G. and TAIT, B. D. - Hormonal profile, blood sugar control and HLA patterns in long-term insulin dependent diabetes with and without vascular disease. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 465-471 (1978). 44. LARKINS, R. G., TAIT, B. D. and MARTIN, F. I. R. - HLA patterns and diabetic retinopathy. Brit. Med. I: 111 (1978). 45. LOVELL, R. R. H. - Review of the present status of drug treatment for preventing sudden death. Brit. H-eart. J. XL (Suppl.): 94-98 (1978). 46. MCDOUGALL, J. G., BAMES, A. M., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., FAN, J. S. K., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WHITWORTH, J. A. - The effect of corticotrophin (ACTH) administration on the pressor action of angiotensin II, noradrenaline and tyramine in sheep. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 5: 449-455 (1978). MEDICINE 151

47. MARTIN, F. I. R. - Cardiovascular manifestations of endocrine dysfunction. Notes on Cardiovascular Disease 14: 5 (1978). 48. MARTY, J., EPSTEIN, C. and SHAW, J. - Avoiding toxicity with high dose methotrexate therapy. Aust. J. Hosp. Pharm. 8: 22 (1978). 49. MARTY, J. J., OPPENHEIM, R. C. and SPEISER, P. - Nanoparticles - a new colloidal drug delivery system. Pharm. Acta. Helv. 53: 17-23 (1978). 50. MARTY, J., SHAW, J. and SULLIVAN, J. - Comparison of oral and intravenous high dose methotrexate therapy in outpatients. 12th Annual Meeting Aust. Soc. Clin. and Exp. Pharm. (December 1978). 51. MATHEWS, J. D. - Thyroiditis, autoimmunity and coronary risk factors. Lancet 2: (Editorial) 173-175 (1977). 52. MATHEWS, J. D. - Immunogenetics and essential hypertension. Lancet 2: (Editorial) 409- 410 (1978). 53. MATHEWS, J. D. - Scientific method in epidemiology and research in community health. Community Health Studies I: 26-30 (1977). 54. MATHEWS, J. D. and FEERY, B. J. - Cholesterol and the immune response to influenza antigens. Lancet 2: I2I2-I2I3 (1978). 55. MOULDS, R. F. W., JAUERNIG, R. A., HOBSON, J. D. and SHAW, J. - Effects of p- receptor antagonists propranolol, oxprenolol and labetalol on human vascular smooth muscle contraction. Clin. Sci. and Molec. Med. 55: 235-240 (1978). 56. MOULDS, R. F. W., JAUERNIG, R. A. and SHAW, J. - A comparison of vasodilators on human arterial and venous preparations. Proc. of Int. Congress of Pharmacol., Paris (July 16- 21, 1978). 57. MUIRDEN, K. D. - Naproxen (Naprosyn) and the non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in rheumatoid arthritis. Med. J. Aust. 2: 12 (1978). 58. MUIRDEN. K. D. and ROGERS. K. - Electron microscopv and synovial pathology. Aust. N.Z. J. Med 8 (Supp. 1): 20 (1978). 59. ST. JOHN, D. J. B. and YOUNG, G. P. - Evaluation of radiochromium blood loss studies in unexplained iron-deficiency anaemia. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 121-126 (1978). 60. SCOGGINS, B. A., BUTKUS, A., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., FAN, J. S. K., HUMPHREY, T. J. and WHITWORTH, J. A. - ACTH induced hypertension in sheep. A model for the study ofthe effect of steroid hormones on blood pressure. Circulation Research 43: 76-81 (1978). 61. SHAW, J., ENGLAND, J. D. F. and HUA, A. S. P. - Beta blocking drugs and lipid metabolism. Brit. Med. J. 1: 986 (1978). 62. SHAW, J. and HOBSON, J. D. - Factors determining readmission to a university teaching hospital. 12th Annual Meeting Aust. Soc. Clin. and Exp. Pharm. (December 1978). 63. TAIT, B. D„ D'APlCE, A. J. F. and COVE, L. Y. - The MLR in human cadaveric renal transplantation. Tissue Antigens II: 399 (1978). 64. TREMBATH, P. W. and SHAW, J. - Potentiation of isoprenaline-induced plasma cyclic AMP response by aminophylline in normal and asthmatic subjects. Brit. J. Clin. Pharm. 6: 499-503 (1978). 65. WHITWORTH, J. A., D'APlCE, A. J. F„ KINCAID-SMITH, P., SHULKES, A. A. and SKINNER. S. L. — Anti-hvpertensive effect on Dlasma exchange. Lancet I: 1205 (Letter) (1978). 66. WHITWORTH, J. A. and FAIRLEY. K. F. - The value of localization of urinary tract infection. New Engl. J. Med 10: 312 (1978). 67. WHITWORTH, J. A., TURNER. D. R., LEIBOWITZ, S. and CAMERON, J. S. - Focal segmental sclerosis or scarred focal proliferative glomerulonephritis. Clinical Nephrology 9: 229-235 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Medicine I. TREMBATH, P. W. — Adrenergic responsiveness in asthma

Bachelor of Medical Science 2. MATHIESON. I. - Immunological studies in hypertension

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DE LUISE, M. — Insulin receptors and insulin action in renal tissue HEYMA, P. — The regulation ofthe formation of 3.5.3' triiodothyronine, and its metabolic role in health and disease 152 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

HUA, A. S. P. — Hypertension and drugs: Clinical and experimental studies MACDONALD, I. M. — Clinical and experimental studies in glomerulonephritis

IviD Theses in Progress CUNNINGHAM, A. L. - Clinical and laboratory studies of viral arthritis DZ1UKAS. L. — Experimental pyelonephritis in relation to focal hyalinosis RITTINGHAUSEN, R. — Factors influencing transmitter release from isolated human blood vessels YEUNG, C. K. — Focal and segmental forms of glomerulonephritis

MSc Theses in Progress QUELCH, K. — Composition of human bone matrix TAY, S. K. — Sperm antibody studies

MApplSci Thesis in Progress CLARK, S. — The effect of membrane-modifying enzymes on the insulin receptor

MPharm Thesis in Progress STEVENS, S. J. — Studies on the pharmacological responses of different human vascular tissues

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED The following grants have been received: National Health and Medical Research Council: 1. Virus studies in arthritis. 2. Metabolism of hyaluronic acid. 3. Composition of human bone matrix. 4. Studies in rheumatoid and experimental arthritis. 5. Comparison of the pharmacological responses of isolated arteries from hypertensive and normotensive patients. 6. Immunological and epidemiological studies of human vascular disease. 7. Studies on the physiology and pathology of thc gastric mucosa. 8. Significance of HLA-D and associated antigen systems in renal transplantation. 9. Atypical bacterial forms and L-forms in urinary tract infection. University of Melbourne Floral Group: Research into arthritis and rheumatism. University of Melbourne Medical Research Committee: Study of synthetic properties of rat osteogenic sarcomata. Victor Hurley Medical Research Fund (RMH): 1. In vitro study of human cerebral arteries with special reference to spasm following subarachnoid haemorrhage. 2. Properties of insulin receptors in various tissues. 3. Factors affecting the progression of alcoholic liver disease. 4. Causes of immune complex glomerulonephritis. U.S. Public Health Service: Blood pressure and immunogenetic factors in thc young. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: 1. Victorian twin registry. 2. Pharmacokinetics of methotrexate therapy. The John Claude Kellion Foundation: Studies ofthe insulin receptor. The Australian Associated Brewers: Studies of alcoholic liver disease. Australian Kidney Foundation: 1. HLA-D systems in renal transplantation. 2. Vesico-urcthral reflux and chronic pyelonephritis in children. Ian Potter Foundation: Causes of immune complex glomerulonephritis. Health Services Planning and Research Grant: Magnitude and cost of poor compliance with treatment as a factor in readmission to hospital. Wyeth Pharmaceuticals Pty. Ltd.: Studies on isolated human vessels. MEDICINE

ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL Chairman of department: Professor D. G. Penington Professor DAVID GEOFFREY PENINGTON First Assistants COLIN NICHOLSON CHESTERMAN GREGORY WHELAN Reader in Clinical Pharmacology MAURICE LAURENCE MASHFORD Senior Lecturers FRANK CALEB FIRKIN JACK LEVIN Lecturer WILMA BESWICK Senior Research Fellow FAITH THOMPSON Research Fellow DOROTHY PANELLI Tutor TRICIA ANNE DIGGLE Graduate Research Officers ROSS WILLIAM BURY JENNIFER ROBIN McGREADY Graduate Research Assistants GLORIA MARIA CARUSO HELEN AUDREY CULLIVER ALISON MARJORIE GOODE NUREL LATIMER PATRICIA MARY NOLAN SUSAN HOPE PROCTOR MERRYL KAY ROBSON SUE HELEN RUSSELL Professorial Associates IAN GREGORY MeDONALD FRANCIS JOHN MORGAN Senior Associates FRANK PETER ALFORD KERRY JOHN BREEN WILLIAM IVON BURNS RUDOLPH LEOPOLD CHMIEL BERNARD GEORGE CLARK RONALD KEITH DOIG RENE HENRI DUPUCHE BRIAN JAMES FEERY JAMES EDWARD FITZGERALD BRYAN PETER GALBALLY OLGA MARGARET GARSON GEORGE STEWART HALE WILLIAM CARRICK HEATH JOHN MARTIN McNAMARA LUKE MURPHY JOHN FRANCIS NIALL BRYAN McKAY RUSH JOSEPH NATALINO SANTAMARIA JOHN DAMIEN TANGE MARGARET BEVERLEY WOOD Associates DAVID CHARLES CADE VLADIMIR MICHAEL JELlNEK ELIZABETH ROMA LENAGHAN WILLIAM MAURICE McCUBBERY JOHN EDMOND O'DONOVAN EDWARD FRANCIS O'SULLIVAN MARGARET ANN PICKLES EDWARD BRUCE TOMLINSON

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Culture of arterial smooth muscle cells in vitro. 2. Effects of platelet derived growth factor on cell proliferation and migration. 3. Chemistry of platelet factor 4 and (3-Thromboglobulin (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research). 4. Investigation of synthesis of platelet factor 4 and p-Thromboglobulin in platelets and megakaryocytes (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research).

153 154 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

5. Purification and Chemistry of platelet specific mitogenic factor (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research). 6. Platelet kinetics in coronary artery disease (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research). 7. Effect of diet and other stimuli platelet protein levels in plasma (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research). 8. Effect of p-Thromboglobulin on endothelial prostacyclin production (with Professor T.J.Martin, Repatriation Hospital, Heidelberg), (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research). 9. Analysis of international study of disseminated intravascular coagulation. 10. Growth patterns and hormonal control of disordered red and white cell precursors in vitro. 11. Immune mechanisms of bone marrow damage. 12. Bioassay of erythropoietin and factors modifying its action in disease. 13. Chromosome studies in human leukaemia. 14. Cytogenetic studies in males with testicular tumours. 15. Drug metabolism in liver disease. 16. Nutritional studies in alcoholism. 17. Diagnosis and treatment of oesophageal reflux. 18. Measurement of antimicrobial and chemotherapeutic agents in body fluids by high pressure liquid chromatography. 19. Monitoring of drug use in a hospital. 20. A study of the effects of alcohol in thiamine status and its measurement. 21. Echocardiographic study of left ventricular function in athletes. 22. Serial echocardiography in the assessment of myocardial function in athletes. 23. Value of subxyphoid echocardiography in the assessment of left ventricular function. 24. Correlation of angiographic coronary arterial lesions and local myocardial ischaemia demonstrated by nuclear scanning (thallium) during exercise. 25. Glucagon and glucagon-related peptides in normal glucose homeostasis and in the pathogenesis of diabetes mellitus. 26. In vivo metabolism of glucagon in normal and cirrhotic subjects. 27. Islet cell transplants in normal and diabetic dogs (with Department of Surgery). 28. Biological actions of insulin and glucagon, and hepatic glucose output studies in normal and cirrhotic subjects. 29. Pre and post operative pituitary hormone release in subjects with pituitary tumours.

PUBLISHED WORK Book 1. PENINGTON. D. G.. RUSH. B. and CASTALDI. A. eds - de Gruchy s Clinical Haematology in Medical Practice. Blackwcll Scientific Publications, Oxford, 4th cd (1978).

Chapters of Books 2. CHESTERMAN, C. N. - Fibrinolysis and Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation, in Fibrinolysis. Current Fundamental and Clinical Concepts, ed P. J. Gaffney and S. Balkuv- Ulutin, Academic Press, 157-172 (1978). 3. FIRKIN, F. C. and MOORE, A. M. - Atypical Phenylbutazone Sensitivity of Marrow Colony Forming Units in Phenylbutazone-Induced Aplastic Anaemia, in Aplastic Anaemia. ed Japan Medical Research Foundation, University of Tokvo Press, Tokyo, 335 (1978). 4. TIBBUT, D. A. and CHESTERMAN, C. N. - Pulmonary'Embolism: Current Therapeutic Concepts, in Cardiovascular Drugs, Vol. III. Antithrombotic Drugs, ed G. S. Avery, Adis Press, 167-21 1 (1978).

Articles 5. ALFORD, F. P. — Glucagon — A Review. Proc. of First Aust. Congress on the Pancreas. Melbourne (February 1978). 6. BEGG. G. S., PEPPER, D. S., CHESTERMAN, C. N. and MORGAN, F. J. - Complete Covalent Structure of Human p,-Thromboglobulin, Biochemistry 17: 1739-1744 (1978). 7. BEST, J., CHISHOLM, D.J. and ALFORD, F. P. - Mis-Diagnosis of Insulinoma Editorial, Med. J. Aust. 2: 11-12 (1978). 8. BEST, J., CHISHOLM. D. J. and ALFORD, F. P. - Insulinoma: Poor Recognition of Clinical Features is the Major Problem in Diagnosis. Med. J. Aust. 2: 1-5 (1978). 9. BREEN, K. J., SMALLWOOD, R. and WHELAN, G. - Viral Hepatitis in General Hospitals. Guidelines for Prevention. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 18-25 (1978). MEDICINE 155

10. BREEN, K. J. and WHELAN, G. - The Diagnosis of Reflux Oesophagitis. An. Evaluation of Five Investigative Procedures. Aust. A'.Z. J. Surg. 48: 156-161 (1978). 11. BURY, R. W. and KEARY, P. J. - Determination of Cytosine Arabinoside in Human Plasma by High Pressure Liquid Chromatography. J. Chromatog. 146: 350-353 (1978). 12. CHESTERMAN, C. N., McGREADY, J. R., DOYLE, D. J. and MORGAN, F. J. - Plasma Levels of Platelet Factor 4 Measured by Radioimmunoassay. Brit. J. Haemat. 40: 489- 500 (1978). 13. CHISHOLM, D. J., ALFORD, F. P., HAREWOOD. M., FINDLAY, D. M. and GRAY, B. N. — The Nature and Biological Activity of Extra-Pancreatic Glucagon. Studies in Pancreatectomised Cats. Metabolism 27: 261-273 (1978). 14. FIRKIN, F. - Studies on the Pathogenesis of Chronic Acquired Granulocytopenia. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 220 (1978). 15. FIRKIN, F. and RUSH, B. - Macrocytic Anaemia. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 351 (1978). 16. FOX, R. and FIRKIN, F. - Sequential Pure Red Cell and Megakaryocytic Aplasia Associated with Chronic Liver Disease and Ulcerative Colitis. Am. J. Haematol. 4: 79 (1978). 17. JELlNEK, V. M. J., HERMAN, N. V., GORLIN, R., MeDONALD, I. G. and SCHWEITZER, P. — Exercise Testing in the Detection of Severe Coronary Arterv Disease. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 361-365 (1978). 18. LARKINS, R., MARTIN, F. I. R„ ALFORD, F. P. and CHISHOLM, D. J. - The Relationships Between A and B Cell Function Before and After Metabolic Control in Ketotic Diabetic Subjects. J. Clin. Endocr. 46: 131-139 (1978). 19. LEE, C, FIRKIN, F„ GRACE, C. and ROZENBERG, M. - Pure Red Cell Aplasia: A Report of Three Cases with Studies on Circulating Toxic Factors Against Erythroid Precursors. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 75 (1978). 20. LEE, C, FIRKIN, F., GRACE, C. and ROZENBERG, M. - The Expanding Spectrum of Auto-Immune Blood Disorders. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 552 (1978). 21. LYALL, J. M., BRODIE. G. N. and GARSON, O. M. - A Variant Chromsomal Translocation found in a Series of 24 Patients with Philadelphia Positive Chronic Granulocytic Leukaemia. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 288-289 (1978). 22. LYALL, J. M. and GARSON, O. M. - Non-Random Chromosome Changes in the Blastic Transformation Stage of Ph' Positive Chronic Granulocytic Leukaemia. Leak. Res. 2: 213-222 (1978). 23. MASHFORD, M. L. and ROBERTSON, M. B. - How Many Drugs do Pregnant Women Take? Current Therapeutics Editorial, 14-15 (November 1978). 24. MORGAN, F. J., BEGG, G. S., CHESTERMAN, C. N. and PEPPER, D. S. - Partial Amino Acid Sequence of Human p-Thromboglobulin: Structural Relationship with Platelet Factor 4. Thromb. Res. 12: 171-175 (1977). 25. PETERS, M. and BREEN, K. J. - Dietary Therapy of Gastrointestinal Disorders. Aust. Fam. Physician 7 (1978). 26. TOOGOOD, I„ EKERT, H., SMITH, P. and FIRKIN, F. - Controlled Study of Hypertransfusion During Remission Induction in Childhood Acute Lymphocytic Leukaemia. Lancet 11: 862 (1978). 27. VAN DER WEYDEN, M. B., BAILEY, L. and GARSON, O. M. - Human Adenosine Draminasc and Chromosome 20. Experentia 34: 531 (1978). 28. ZIMMET. P., WHITEHOUSE, S., ALFORD, F. P. and CHISHOLM, D. J. - Thc Relationship of Insulin Response to a Glucose Stimulus Over a Wide Range of Glucose Tolerance. Diabetologia 15: 23-27 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy

1. HOROWITZ, J. D. - Reactivity of an Isolated Vein Preparation and its Use to Characterise Vasoactivity of Plasma Proteins

Doctor of Medicine

2. WHELAN, G. - Studies of Sulfobromophthalein Sodium (BSP) Transport

Bachelor of Medical Science

3. YUNG, M. L. L. - Investigation of Thiamine Status in Subjects with a Range of Alcohol Intake 156 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

THESES IN PROGRESS CARUSO, G. M. - Islet Cell Transplants in Normal and Diabetic Dogs DOYLE, D. J. - Platelet Involvement in Coronary Artery Disease FROIETTO, j. — The Roltr ufGlucugun in ihe Failio-Fhysiology of Carbohydrate Intolerance and Diabetes Mellitus RAJASAKARIAN, P. — Banding Studies in Patients with Megaloblastic Anaemia and Chronic Granulocytic Leukaemia

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Chromosome Studies in Human Leukaemia. Australian Associated Brewers (AAB): A Study ofthe Effects of Alcohol on Thiamine Status and its Measurement. Cancer Institute (Peter Crimmins Cancer Research Fund): Cytogenetic Studies in Males with Testicular Malignancies. Herman Trust: Platelet Specific Proteins and Fibrinopeptide A in Blood Coagulation. National Health and Medical Research Council: A Cell Growth Factor from Platelets - Its Nature and Role in Biological and Pathological Processes. National Health and Medical Research Council (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research): Characterisation and Assay of Soluble Platelet Proteins as a Measurement of Clinical Thombosis. National Health and Medical Research Council: Studies of the Pathophysiology of Disordered Human Erythropoiesis and Myelopoiesis in vitro. National Health and Medical Research Council: Glucagon and Glucagon-related Peptides in Normal Glucose Homeostasis and in thc Pathogenesis of Diabetes Mellitus. National Health and Medical Research Council: In Vivo Metabolism of Glucagon in Normal and Cirrhotic Subjects National Heart Foundation of Australia (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research): Platelet Specific Proteins and the Role of Platelets in Vascular Disease St. Vincent's Hospital Research Fund. MICROBIOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor D. O. White Professors ALFRED JAMES PITTARD DAVID OGILVIE WHITE Readers WILLIAM BOYLE IAN HAMILTON HOLMES NANCY MILLIS Senior Lecturers CHRISTINA CHEERS JOAN FORREST GARDNER DORIS MARY GRAHAM BRIAN HODGSON RUSSELL GEORGE WILKINSON GWENDOLYN LESLEY GILBERT (Part-time) DOROTHY JOAN SCHIAVONE (Part-time) Senior Tutors ROSEMARY DAVIDSON (Part-time) LYNETTE HOWDEN (Part-time) ENE READE DOROTHY SLATER (Part-time) NEVILLE JOHN TUDROSZEN Senior Associate and Director, Microbiological Diagnostic Unit JOCELYN ROBERT LANE FORSYTH Research Fellows ELIZABETH MARGOT ANDERS HERBERT JOHN BAVOR ROBERT BERNATZKY ALAN BRESCHKIN HELEN CAMAKARIS ROBERT BRENT DAVEY GEOFFREY KELLOW DAVID JACKSON IEVA LAZDINS SUZANNE RODGER ROGER DIETER SCHNAGL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. BACTERIAL GENETICS AND PHYSIOLOGY 1. Comparative studies of the three isofunctional DAHP synthetases from Escherichia coli K12. 2. Regulation of aromatic biosynthesis in Escherichia coli K12. 3. Transmissible antibiotic resistance in enteric organisms. 4. Metabolic control mechanisms in Bacillus brevis: (a) function of polypeptide antibiotics; (b) biosynthesis of diaminopimelic acid, dipicolinic acid and lysine.

B. INDUSTRIAL AND APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY 1. Microbial studies in Westernport and Port Phillip bays. 2. Metabolism of a-pinene by a pseudomonad. 3. Evaluation of chemical disinfectants. 4. Laminar flow ventillation and hospital infection control.

C. MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY 1, The role of Chlamydia in genital infection. 2, Trachoma: (a) Clinical, microbiological and immunological investigation among Australian aborigines. (b) Immune response of mice to trachoma. 3. Brucella serology. 4. Antibiotic resistance in anaerobic bacteria.

157 158 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

D. IMMUNOLOGY 1. Theoretical immunology and human biology. 2. Transplantation immunology. (a) An analysis of the role cf the antigen signal in allograft immunity. (b) The production and analysis of hybridomas. 3. Genetic and cellular determinants regulating immunity to intracellular bacteria.

E. VIROLOGY 1. Biochemistry, serology and epidemiology of rotaviruses and corona-like viruses. Aetiology of diarrhoea! disease in aboriginals, and feasibility studies for rotavirus immunization. 2. In vitro studies of antiviral immunity: (a) Antigenic determinants on influenza viral hemagglutinin; (b) T-B cell interaction in immunological memory; (c) Natural killer cells and ADCC; (d) Fc receptors in herpes virus infection; (e) Recovery and persistence in reovirus infections.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. BURNET. F. M. and WHITE, D. O. - Natural History of Infectious Disease. Italian and Spanish translations, Cambridge University Press, (I978). 2. FENNER, F. J. and WHITE, D. O. - Medical Virologv. Russian translation. Academic Press. New York, (1978).

Chapters of Books 3. BURNET, F. M. - Clonal Selection and After, in Theoretical Immunotogv, ed G. I. Bell, Marcel Dekker, New York, 63-83 (1978). 4. HOLMES, I. — Reoviridae: Orbiviruses, in C.R.C. Handbook of Clinical Laboratory Science: Virology and Ricketlsiologv, eds G. D. Hsiung and R. H. Green, CRC Press Inc., Palm Beach (1978). 5. HOLMES, I. and SHOPE, R. E. - Bunyaviridac, in C.R.C. Handbook of Clinical Laboratorv Science: Virology and Ricketlsiologv. eds G. D. Hsiung and R. H. Green, CRC Press Inc., Palm Beach (1978). 6. MILLIS, N. F: - Microbial Corrosion of Metallic and Non-Metallic Structural Materials, in Fundamentals of Corrosion: lis Cases and Preventions. Vol. VII., Monash University (1978).

Articles 7. BRITZ, M. L. and WILKINSON, R. G. - Purification and Properties of Bcta-Lactamasc from Bacteroides fragilis. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 13: 373-382 (1978). 8. BRITZ, M. L. and WILKINSON, R. G. - Chloramphenicol Acetyl Transferase of Bacteroides fragilis. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 14: 105-111 (1978). 9. BURNET, F. M. - Man and his Genes. Biol. Med. 21: 505-514 (1978). 10. BURNET, F. M. - Cancer: Somatic-Genetic Considerations. Adv. Cancer Res. 28: 1-29 (1978). 11. CAMERON, D. J. S., BISHOP, R. F., VEENSTRA. A. A., BARNES, G. L., HOLMES, I. H. and RUCK. B.J. - Pattern of Shedding of Two Noncultivable Viruses in Stools of Newborn Babies. J. Med. Virol. 2: 7-13 (1978). 12. CHEERS, C. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Studies ofthe Resistance/Susceptibility of Mice to Bacterial Infection. I. Genetics of Listeriosis. Inf. Imm. 19: 755-762 (1978). 13. CHEERS, C, McKENZIE, I. F. C, PAVLOV, H., WAID, C. and YORK, J. - Studies of the Resistance/Susceptibilitv of Mice to Bacterial Infection. II. Course of Listeriosis in Resistant or Susceptible Mice. Inf. Imm. 19: 763-770 (1978). 14. CHEERS, C, McKENZIE, I. F. C. and MANDEL, T. E. - Genetics and Mechanisms of Resistance or Susceptibility to Murine Listeriosis. Zeitschrift Immunilalsforsch. 154: 305 (1978). 15. GHOSE. L. H., SCHNAGL, R. D. and HOLMES, I. H. - Comparison of an Enzyme- Linked Immunosorbent Assay for Quantitation of Rotavirus Antibodies with Complement Fixation in an Epidemiological Survey. J. Clin. Microbiol. 8: 268-276 (1978). MICROBIOLOGY 159

16. HUTCHINSON, E. M. S. and TAPLIN. J. - Bacillus Cereus in Food. Food Tech. Ausi. 30: 329-333 (1978). 17. JACKSON, D. C, RUSSELL, R. J., WARD, C. W. and DOPHEIDE, T. A. - Antigenic Determinants of Influenza Virus Hemagglutinin. I. Cyanogen Bromide Peptides Derived from A/Memphis/72 Hemagglutinin Possess Antigenic Activity. Virology 89: 199-205 (1978). 18. MADRASO. E. D. and CHEERS, C. - Polyadenylic Acid - Polyuridylic Acid (Poly A:U) and Experimental Murine Brucellosis. I. Effect of Single- and Double-Stranded Polynucleotides on Brucella abortus in vivo and in vitro. Immunol. 35: 77-85 (1978). 19. MADRASO, E. D. and CHEERS, C. - Polyadenylic Acid-Polyuridylic Acid (Poly A:U) and Experimental Murine Brucellosis. II. Macrophages as Target Cells of Poly A:U in Experimental Brucellosis. Immunol. 35: 77-85 (1978). 20. McTAGGART, S. P., BURNS, W. H„ WHITE, D. O. and JACKSON, D. C. - Fc Receptors Induced by Herpes Simplex Virus. I. Biological and Biochemical Properties. J. Immunol. 121: 726-730 (1978). 21. PEEL, M. M.. EDSALL. G., WHITE, W. G. and BARNES. G. M. - Relationship between Lymphocyte Response to Tetanus Toxoid and Age of Lymphocyte Donor. J. Hvg. (Camb.) 80: 259-265 (1978). 22. PORTERFIELD, J. S., CASALS, J., CHUMAKOV, M. P., GAIDAMOVICH, S. Ya., HANNOUN, C, HOLMES, I. H., HORZINEK, M. C, MUSSGAY, M.. OKER- BLOM, N„ RUSSELL, P. K. and TRENT, D. W. - Togaviridac. Intervirologv 9: 129-148 (1978). 23. RANA, C, FORSYTH, J. and SEMMENS, K. - Non-Specific (Non-Gonococcal) Urethritis. Med. J. Aust. 1: 409-410 (1978). 24. REICHERT, C. - Variables Affecting the Results of Kelscy-Sykes Tests. Aust. J. Hosp. Pharm. 8: 126-132 (1978). 25. RUSSELL, R. J. and JACKSON, D. C. - Direct Solid Phase Radioimmunoassay for Measuring Antigenic Differences between the Hemagglutinins of Influenza Virus. / Immunol. Meth. 22: 201-209 (1978). 26. SCHNAGL, H. Y. and BOYLE, W. - A Micro-Version of the MCr-Release Assay for Cytotoxic Lymphocytes. J. Immunol. Meth. 24: 79 (1978). 27. SCHNAGL, R. D. and HOLMES, I. H. - Coronavirus-Like Particles in Stools from Dogs, from Some Country Areas of Australia. Vet. Rec. 102: 528-529 (1978). 28. SCHNAGL, R. D., HOLMES, I. H. and MACKAY-SCOLLAY, E. M. - A Survey of Rotavirus Associated with Gastroenteritis in Aboriginal Children in Western Australia. Med. J. Aust. 1: 304-307 (1978). 29. SCHNAGL. R. D., HOLMES, I. H. and MACKAY-SCOLLAY, E. M. - Coronavirus-Like Particles in Aboriginals and Non-Aboriginals in Western Australia. Med. J. Aust. I: 307-309 (1978). 30. SHIELD, L. K., WILKINSON, R. G. and RITCHIE, M. - Infant Botulism in Australia. Med. J. Aust. 2: 157 (1978). 31. SHIELD, L. K., WILKINSON, R. G. and RITCHIE, E. M. - Infant Botulism - A New- Disease from an Old Organism. Med. J. Aust. 2: 238-239 (1978). 32. SMART, I. J., BOYLE, W. and MORRIS, P. J. - Daily Monitoring of the Immune Response to Various Allografts in Rats. Tissue Antigens II: 20 (1978). 33. TAPLIN, J. - Typhoid and Other Overseas Acquired Infections. Food Tech. Aust. 30: 466- 469 (1978). 34. WATANABE, H., GUST. I. D. and HOLMES, I. H. - Human Rotavirus and its Antibody: Their Coexistence in Faeces of Infants. /. Clin. Microbiol. 7: 405-409 (1978). 35. WHITE, D. O. and MACFARLAN, R. I. - Virus-Induced Killer Cells of Broad Specificity. Internat. Virol. 4: 70 (1978).

Reports 36. BAULD. J. and MILLIS, N. F. - Nitrification-Denitrification in Sediments of Port Phillip Bay. Internat. Symp. Microbial Ecology. Dunedin (1978). 37. FORSYTH. J. R. L. — Gilbert Islands: South Tarawa Sewerage Project. Commonwealth Department of Construction (1978). 38. FORSYTH, J. R. L., PINKARD, K. J. and STEWART. J. - The Prevalence of Helminthiasis in the Population of Melbourne. Reclaimed Water Committee, Victorian Ministry of Water Resources and Water Supply (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Medicine 1. SCHIAVONE, D. J. - Laminar Flow Ventillation and Hospital Infection Control 160 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

Doctor of Philosophy 2. BERTRAM, K. C. - Bacterial Degradation of 1,8-Cineole- 3. BRITZ, M. L. — Mechanisms of Drug Resistance in Anaerobic Gram-Negative Bacteria **. \jL-ioiij^, ii. VJ/C"VIM fYificiiij i>y u i .tCuaomonaa on .ncr.Gi 5. RODGER, S. M. — Biochemical and Biophysical Characterization of Rotaviruses Master of Science 6. LEBEN, M. L. — T Cell Alloimmune Reactions In Vitro: A Study of the Specificities Involved 7. NG, K. M. — Studies on Genital Infection with Chlamydia Trachomatis in Selected Males in Melbourne THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ACKERMAN, A. — Studies of Lymphocyte Membrane Antigens BASTARDO, J. W. — Characterization of Rotavirus Antigens BROWN, L. E. — Immune Response to Reovirus Infection COBBETT, C. — Control of Tyrosine Biosynthesis in E. coli DEFEYTER, R. - Shikimate Kinase in E. coli K12 GRANT, A. J. — Incompatibility and Other Interactions of Locally Isolated R Plasmids JENNINGS, S. — Immune Response of Mice to Trachoma JOHNSON, I. — Studies of Polysaccharide Synthesising Enzymes of Oral Bacteria KELSO, M. A. - Role of Allo-antigen Preparations in Cell Mediated Immunity KENNY, P. - The Study of Hybridized Cells with Immunological Potential MACFARLAN, R. I. — Specific and Non-Specific Cell-Mediated Immunity in Togavirus Infection McLEAN, B. - Rotavirus Infection in Neonates NISBET, I. — Epidemiological Studies of Trachoma in Aborigines in Northern Territory RAO, A. S. — Control of the Flow of Carbon into Dipicolinate and Diaminopimelate During Sporulation in Bacillus brevis RUSSELL, R. J. — Antigenic Determinants on Influenza Virus Hemagglutinins SCHNAGL, H. Y. — Methods of Specific Depletion of Allo-lmmune T Cells SMITH, M. L. - Studies on Rotaviruses STEPHENS, J. H. G. - Nitrogen Transformations in Mangrove Sediments SYMONS, D. - Polypeptide Antibiotic Production and Sporulation in Bacillus brevis TUDROSZEN, N. J. — a-Pinene Metabolism by Pseudomonas putida MSc Theses in Progress CORNISH, E. C. - Isolation and Characterization of Plasmids Carrying Genes Concerned with Aromatic Amino- Acid Biosynthesis in E. coli McTAGGART, S. M. - Fc Receptors Induced by Herpes Simplex Virus SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: NH & MRC: Antigen Suppression of Allograft Response NH & MRC: Continuous Cell Lines Producing Specific Antibody NH & MRC: Cellular Interactions in Cell Mediated Resistance to Bacterial Infection NH & MRC: Genetics and Mechanisms of Resistance and Susceptibility to Bacterial Infection NH & MRC: The Pathogenesis of Viral Infections: In Vitro Studies of Antiviral Immunity. NH & MRC: Viral Enteritis NH & MRC/Department of Aboriginal Affairs: Viral Gastroenteritis in Aboriginal Communities. NH & MRC/Australian Department of Aboriginal Affairs: Clinical, Microbiological and Immunological Investigation of Trachoma in Aborigines at Three Centres in the Northern Territory. ARGC: A Study of the Mechanisms Involved in the Establishment of a Flow of Carbon into Dipicolinate and Diaminopimelate during Sporulation in Bacillus brevis. ARGC: Comparative Studies of the Three Isofunctional DAHP Synthetase from Escherichia coli KI2. ARGC: Regulation of Aromatic Biosynthesis in Escherichia coli KI2. Australian Department of Health/Royal Australian College of Ophthalmologists: Microbiological Investigation of Trachoma among Aborigines throughout Australia. Ministry for Conservation, Victoria: Microbiological Investigation in Port Phillip and Westernport Bays. OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor R. J. Peppered Professor ROGER JAMES PEPPERELL Professor JAMES BOYER BROWN First Assistants JOHN RICHARD HENRY FLIEGNER WILLIAM HENRY KITCHEN HUGH PETER ROBINSON JAMES SMIBERT (Part-time) Senior Lecturers LEX WILLIAM DOYLE THOMAS RONALD EGGERS LESLIE RETI MARGERY SMITH Registrar in Endocrinology JOHN CLARK McBAIN Research Fellow MICHAEL ANTHONY QUINN Felex Meyer Scholar ANDREW LENNOX SPEIRS (Part-time) Clinical Assistant JAMES HENRY EVANS (Part-time) Research Staff LESLEY ANNE BAKER JANE ELIZABETH BASCOMB MARGARET ISOBEL BRIGHT SHIRLEY ELIZABETH CAMERON JAMES CLEMENT CERINI GARY CLARKE ANNE BEATRICE McDOUGALL ANNE RICKARDS JOCELYN SEARBY MARGARET MARY RYAN RHYL WINIFRED WADE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Investigation and treatment of patients with disorders of ovulation. 2. Investigation and treatment of patients with unexplained infertility. 3. Role of oestrogen in the induction of endometrial cancer. 4. Development of "do-it-yourself kits" for detection of ovulation. 5. Premature labour - its aetiology and treatment. 6. Multi discipline longitudinal study of infants of very low birth weight. 7. Longitudinal study of infants born to mothers with low oestriol excretion. 8. Mortality and morbidity associated with breech presentation. 9. Hysterectomy and its aftermath. 10. Stress and urge incontinence in the human female. 11. Cancer of cervix.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BROWN, J. B. - Pituitary control of ovarian function - concepts derived from gonadotrophin therapy. Aust. N.Z. J. Ohstet. Gvnaec. 18: 47 (1978). 2. BROWN, J. B., HARRISSON, P. and SMITH, M. A. - Oestrogen and pregnanediol excretion through childhood, menarche and first ovulation. J. Biosocial Science, Suppl. 5: 45 (1978). 3. COLE, P., CRAMER, D„ YEN, S., PAFFENBARGER, R., MacMAHON, B. and BROWN, J. - Estrogen profiles of premenopausal women with breast cancer. Cancer Research 38: 745 (1978). 4. DREW, J. H., BARRIE, J., HORACEK, I. and KITCHEN, W. H. - Factors influencing jaundice in immigrant Greek infants. Arch. Dis. Childh. 53: 49-52 (1978). 5. KITCHEN, W. H. — Thc small baby - short-term and long-term prognosis. Med. J. Aust. I: 82-84 (1978). 6. KITCHEN, W. H., RYAN, M. M„ RICKARDS, A., GAUDRY, E., BRENTON, A. M., BILLSON, F. A., FORTUNE, D. W., KEIR, E. H. and LUNDAHL-HEGEDUS, E. E. - A longitudinal study of very low birthweight infants. I. Plan of study and report on mortality. Dev. Med & Child Neur. 20: 605-618 (1978). 7. LOPATA, A., McMASTER, R., McBAIN, J. C. and JOHNSTON, W. I. H. - ln vitro fertilization of preovulatory human eggs. J. Reprod. Fertil. 52: 339-342 (1978).

161 162 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

8. MORGAN, R. W„ GRIMSHAW-LEVESQUE, S., ELINSON, L., VAKIL, D. V. and BROWN, J. B. — Estrogen fractions and breast cancer risk in Canadian Inuit and Whites. Clin. <& Invest. Med. I: 33 (1978). 9. PEPPERELL, R. J. - Prolactin suppression in thc treatment of female infertility. Med. J. Aust.. Suppl. 3(2): 20-22 (1978). 10. PEPPERELL, R. J. — Clinical investigation and assessment of amenorrhoea. Proc.. 6th Asia & Oceania Congress of Endocr.. Vol. II. 389-392 (1978). 11. PEPPERELL,R.J. and COOPER, I. A. - Intense antenatal plasmapheresis in severe Rhesus isoimmunization. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 18: 121 (1978). 12. PIKE, M. C, CASAGRANDE, J.' T., BROWN, J. B.. G ER KINS, V. and HENDERSON, B. E. - Comparison of urinary and plasma hormone levels in daughters of breast cancer patients and controls. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 59: 1351 (1978). 13. RETI, L. L., ROME, R. M. and BROWN, J. B. - Urinary oestrogen and pregnanediol excretion, endometrial and ovarian pathology and bodv weight in women with postmenopausal bleeding. Brit. J. Obstet. 85: 857 (1978). 14. WADE, R. W., PEPPERELL, R. J., KITCHEN. W. H., WHITESIDE, U., CAMERSON, S. E. and TOWNSEND, S. L. - Paediatric follow up of pregnancies complicated by subnormal oestriol excretion: Interim report. Med. J. Aust. I: 525 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Social Work 1. RYAN, M. M. — Social aspects of very low birth weight

Master of Science 2. ANDREWS. A. G. — Amniotic fluid phospholipid study assessment and relationship to fetal maturity

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress CLARKE, G. N. — Studies in the biology and cryopreservation of human spermatozoa

MSc Theses in Progress BASCOM B, J. — Development of radioimmunoassay for oestrogen glucuronides and their application for monitoring human female reproductive functions BRIGHT, M. 1. - Development of pregnanediol glucuronide assay. Its application to the detection of ovulation and as a placental function test in pregnancy

MD Theses in Progress McBAIN, J. C. - Idiopathic infertility QUINN, M. A. — Endocrine profile of patients with gynaecological cancer WADE, R. W. - Long-term follow-up of infanls born to mothers with low oestriol excretion in pregnancy

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: A. E. Rowden White Foundation. National Health and Medical Research Council. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria. Sandoz (Australia) Pty. Ltd. OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY

MERCY AND AUSTIN HOSPITALS Chairman of department: Professor A'. A. Beischer Professor NORMAN ALBERT BEISCHER First Assistants DAVID ALAN ABELL JOHN HEDLEY DREW First Assistants (Half-time) JAMES ERNEST BREHENY PETER CAPELL DOBSON JEREMY NICOLE OATS GRAEME JOHN RATTEN Research Workers (Part-time) CHRISTINE MARY ACTON PETER WINTER ASHTON CHARLES BARBARO KEVIN ALBERT BARHAM DONALD PUI-CHEE CHAN FRANKLIN TEN-KEONG CHEW DENYS WOODESON FORTUNE (Dept. of Pathology, Thc Royal Women's Hospital) LAWRENCE IVAN HATHERLEY PETER ANTHONY LONG GERALD ARTHUR MANLY PATRICK ALAN MAPLESTONE EDWARD FRANCIS O'SULLIVAN JOSEPH MARTINUS SCHRAMP LEON ISRAEL TAFT (Dept. of Pathology, Mercy Maternity Hospital) CHRISTOPHER STEPHEN TARGETT PAUL EDENS WEIR

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Treatment of foetal growth retardation before delivery. 2. Study of abnormal glucose tolerance (hypoglycaemia and hyperglycaemia) in pregnancy. 3. Assessment of placental function in patients with pre-eclampsia. 4. Studies of foetal heart rate patterns in late pregnancy. 5. Prevention of prematurity by treatment of undiagnosed incompetent cervix. 6. Effect of foetal malformations upon foetal size and mortality. 7. Follow-up of babies born from pregnancies associated with low maternal excretion of oestriol. 8.. Evaluation of uterine lavage in the early diagnosis of malignancy of the uterine body and cervix. 9. Use of provera as primary treatment for carcinoma of the endometrium. 10. Assessment of the timing of ovulation.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. BEISCHER, N. A. and MACKAY, E. V. - Care ofthe Pregnant Woman and Her Bahv. Holt - Saunders, Sydney (1978). 2. BEISCHER, N. A. and MACKAY, E. V. - Obstetrics and the Newborn. W. B. Saunders, British ed., London (1978).

Articles 3. ABELL, D. A. — The Significance of Abnormal Glucose Tolerance in Pregnancy. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gynaec. 18: 17-20 (1978). 4. ABELL, D. A. — Obstetric Aspects of Abnormal Glucose Tolerance in Pregnancy. Proc, 6th Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocr.. Vol. If. Stamford College Press, Singapore, 515-516 (1978). 5. BEISCHER, N. A. - Treatment of Foetal Growth Retardation. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 18: 28-33 (1978). 6. BEISCHER, N. A. - Projected Developments in Midwiferv. Aust. Nurses J. 8: 52-56 (1978). 7. BUTLER, J. J. and TAFT, L. I. - Evaluation of the Heat Elution Test for ABO Incompatibility in Neonates. Aust. J. Med. Technol. 9: 27 (1978).

163 164 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

8. CASTALDI, P. A., EKERT, H., MASTERTON, J. P., WEAVER, R. A., TAFT, L. 1„ ABELL, D. A., WIGLEY, G. R„ SCHIFF, P. and BEAL, R. W. - Recommendations Concerning the Indications for the Use of Blood and Blood Products. Med. J. Aust. 1: 96-97 (1978). 9. DREW, J. M. - Feeding and Jaundice. Res. Human Nurturing Int. 3: 53-57 (19781. 10. DREW, J. H., ABELL, D. A. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Congenital Malformations, Abnormal Glucose Tolerance and Estriol Excretion in Pregnancy. Obstet. Gvnaec. 51: 129-132 (1978). 11. DREW, J. H., BARRIE, J., HORACEK, I. and KITCHEN, W. H. - Factors Influencing Jaundice in Immigrant Greek Infants. Arch. Dis. Childh. 53: 49-52 (1978). 12. DREW, J. H., LANDAU, L. I., ACTON, C. M., KENT, M. and CAMPBELL, P. E. - Pulmonary Interstitial Emphvsema Requiring Lobectomy: A Complication of Assisted Ventilation. Arch. Dis. Childh. 53: 424-426 (1978). 13. LOUGHNAN, P. M. and McNAMARA, J. M. - Paroxysmal Supraventricular Tachycardia During Theophylline Therapy in a Premature Infant. / Paediat. 92: 1016-1018 (1978). 14. MATHIESON. J. L. and DREW, J. H. - Group B Beta-Haemolytic Streptococcal Infections in Neonates. Aust. J. Med. Technol. 9: 71-76 (1978). 15. RATTEN, G. J. — The Use of Drugs in Pregnancy and Labour. Aust. Familv Phvsician 9: 1118-1126 (1978). 16. TAFT, L. I., HALLIDAY, J. W., RUSSO, A. M. and FRANCIS, B. H. - Serum Ferritin in Pregnancy: The Effect of Iron Supplementation. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 18: 226-229 (1978). 17. TARGETT, C. S. - Assessment of Foetal Welfare. Aust. Familv Phvsician 9: 1093-1096 (1978).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress DREW, J. H. - Follow-Up of Infanls Born from Pregnancies Complicated by Low Urinary Oestriol Excretion and of those Suffering from Foetal Growth Retardation

MD Thesis in Progress ABELL, D. A. — The Significance of Abnormal Glucose Tolerance (Hypoglycaemia and Hyperglycaemia) in Pregnancy OPHTHALMOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor C. W. Crock

Ringland Anderson Professor GERARD WILLIAM CROCK First Assistant HECTOR MACLEAN Second Assistants JAMES DAVID CAIRNS PETER NEIL HENDERSON Research Assistants MAGDA HORVAT BARBARA PAULINE HOBAN Senior Associates COURTNAY HUGH GREER JULIAN BERNARD HEINZE KENNETH GEORGE HOWSAM BERNARD McCARTHY O'BRIEN RONALD WILLIAM PARKER IAN FLEET ROBERTSON GEOFFREY SUTHERLAND Research Associates JOHN LLEWELLYN COLVIN ALAN ISAACS HUGH RINGLAND TAYLOR JOSEPH WING SANG YEUNG Senior Research Fellow WALTER CHARLES O'HAIR Research Fellows HAROLD LEON GOLDBERG JAMES THOOMKUZHY KURUVILLA BABU RAJENDRAN WILFRED NYUNT WIN MARY GEMMA NIGHTINGALE ( with Microsurgical Research Unit, St. Vincent's Hospital)

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. CORNEA

Work continues on the assessment of the Contact Lens Corneal Cutter. A series of patients who have had cataract extractions with this aid are being assessed for corneal healing and astigmatism. A series of patients who have had corneal grafts with various conditions is also being assessed.

B. LENS

Continued development of computer-assisted analyses of lens opacity photographs. Final year of trial of anti-cataract drug.

C. GLAUCOMA

Completion of trial of Ocuserts sustained delivery system.

D. VITREOUS

Assessment of effects of surgical vitrectomy and establishment of clinical indications for medical vitrectomy using human urokinase versus surgical vitrectomy. A new refined vitrectomy machine is under development.

165 166 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

E. ELECTRON MICROSCOPY A new J.E.O.L. Scanning Electron Microscope replaced the Department's original Cambridge model and a Sputter Coater has been commissioned. Work continued on additional study of the effect of clostridial collagenase on corneal stroma and endothelium as part of thc refinement of earlier techniques for the iameiiar grafting onto Deeemei's membrane. Tlie SEM is proving useful for assessment of wound edges cut by different types of corneal trephines. New corneal suture materials have been examined on the SEM as they have become available. A project is under way to assess TEM appearances of basement membrane of conjunctival vessels in aged normals and diabetics. TEM assistance is being given to the Hospital pathology department.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. CROCK, G. W., PERICIC, L„ CHAPMAN-SMITH, J. S., RAJENDRAN, B., MACLEAN, H., SCRIMGEOUR, J. - A New System of Microsurgery for Human and Experimental Corneal Grafting. I. The Contact Lens Corneal Cutter, Stereotaxic Eye Holder, Donor Disc Chuck and Frame. Bn'r. /. Ophthal. 62(2): 74-80 (1978). 2. CROCK, G. W., PERICIC, L., RAJENDRAN, B., CHAPMAN-SMITH, J. S., CARROLL, N., MACLEAN, H., SCRIMGEOUR, J. - A New System of Microsurgery for Human and Experimental Corneal Grafting. II. Clinical and Experimental Applications. Brit. J. Ophthal. 62(2): 81-85 (1978). 3. MACLEAN, H. - Cataract in the Elderly. Aust. Familv Phvsician 7: 268-280 (1978). 4. HEINZE, J. B. and HUESTON, J. T. - Blindness after Blepharoplasty: Mechanism and Early Reversal. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery 6/(3): 347-354 (1978). 5. SUTHERLAND, G. - Instruments for Intraocular Microsurgery. Benziger - Advances in Ophthalmology 37: Karger, Basel, 39-44 (1978). 6. HEINZE, J. B. — Microsurgery and the Lacrimal System. Adv. Ophthal. 37: Karger, Basel, 87-96 (1978). 7. STARK, W. J., TAYLOR, H. R., BIAS, W. B., MAUMENEE, A. E. - Histocompatibility (HLA) Antigens and Keratoplasty. Amer. J. Ophthal. 86(5): 595-604 (1978). 8. TAYLOR, H. R. - Applying New Design Principles to the Construction of an Illiterate E Chart. Amer. J. Optometry and Physiological Optics 55(5): 348-351 (1978). 9. GREENBERG, M. L. and GOLDBERG, L. - The Value of Cerebrospinal Fluid Cytology in the Early Diagnosis of Metastatic Retinoblastoma. Acta Cytol. 21(6): 735-737 (1978). 10. CHAR, D. H., CHRISTENSEN, M., GOLDBERG, L. and STEIN, P. - Immune Complexes in Retinoblastoma. Amer. J. Ophthal. 86: 395-399 (1978).

THESIS IN PROGRESS MD Thesis in Progress TAYLOR, H. R. — Vision of Australian Aborigines

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: William Angliss Charitable Trust. The Percy Baxter Charitable Trust. Mrs D. Berkowitz. Edward Alexander Cato Memorial Gift. The Collier Charitable Fund. Miss D. Edols. The H. & L. Hecht Trust. The George Hicks Foundation. The Herald & Weekly Times Ltd. OPSM Pty. Ltd. Ophthalmic Research Institute of Australia. Reckitts Pharmaceutical Division. Myra Stoicesco Charitable Trust. Sir A. E. Rowden White Bequest. Mrs M. N. Taylor. OTOLARYNGOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor G. M. Clark William Gibson Professor GRAEME MILBOURNE CLARK First Assistant QUENTIN BAILEY Lecturer in Audiology FIELD WINSTON RICKARDS Research Fellows JOHN EDWARD DELAHUNTY DON STEWART McMAHON BRIAN CLIVE PYMAN RAYMOND BLACK IAN FORSTER JANE HARDJONO PETER JOHNSON THEODORUS NIENHUYS BERNARD OTOUGHLIN JAMES FINLAY PATRICK MARGARET PERIL YIT CHOW TONG

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Surgical anatomy and histology - cochlear implant. 2. The development of a multiple-electrode array for cochlear implantation. 3. The development of the. receiver-stimulator component of a cochlear implant prosthesis. 4. Packaging of the electronics. 5. Connector — cochlear implant. 6. Cochlear modelling. 7. Speech Analysis and Synthesis. 8. Behavioural studies on frequency coding and electrical stimulation of the cochlea of cats. 9. Electrophysiological studies of the cochlea as an electrical transmission line. 10. Speech perception studies. 11. An epidemiological study of industrial deafness. 12. Tinnitus. 13. Total organ laryngeal section.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. CLARK, G. M., BLACK. R., FORSTER, I. C. PATRICK, J. F. and TONG, Y. C. - Design criteria of a multiple-electrode cochlear implant hearing prosthesis. J. Acoust. Soc. of America. 63(2): 631-633 (1978). 2. NIENHUYS, T. G. W. and CLARK, G. M. - Frequency Discrimination Following the Selective Destruction of Cochlear Inner and Outer Hair Cells. Science, Vol. 199: 1356-1357 (1978). 3. BLACK, R. C. and CLARK, G. M. - Electrical Network Properties and Distribution of Potentials in the Cat. Proc. ofthe Aust. Phvsiol. and Pharmacol. Soc 9(1): 71P (1978). 4. NEINHUYS. T. G. W. and CLARK. G. M. - Critical Bandwidth in the Cat Following the Selective Destruction of Cochlear Inner and Outer Hair Cells. Proc. ofthe Aust. Phvsiol. and Pharmacol. Soc. 9(1): 72P (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. TONG, Y. C. - Mathematical Models of the Cochlear Partition 2. NIENHUYS. T. - A Behavioural Study of the Role of Hair Cells in Frequency Processing in the Cat

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BLACK. R. — The Cochlear Prosthesis: Electrochemical and Electrophysiological Studies KRANZ, H. — An Integration Model of the Auditory System RICKARDS. F. W. - A Study in Auditory Evoked'Potentials

167 168 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

MSurg Thesis in Progress JOHNSON. P. - The Development of a Histological and Physiological Model ofthe Cochlea for evaluating Electrical Stimulation of the Auditory Nerve in Man

MSc Thesis in Progress O'LOUGHLIN, B. - The Effect of the Relative Formant Levels in Steady-State Vowels

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: National Health and Medical Research Council of Australia. Channel 0 Nerve Deafness Appeal. Ramaciotti Foundation. H & L Hecht Trust. Felton Bequest. PAEDIATRICS Chairman of department: Professor D. M. Danks Stevenson Professor DAVID MILES DANKS First Assistants JOHN MAURICE COURT IAN JAMES HOPKINS DAVID ALEXANDER McCREDIE First Assistants in Neonatal Paediatrics WILLIAM HENRY KITCHEN JOHN HEDLEY DREW Research Fellows HOWARD ERNEST WILLIAMS (Senior Research Fellow) (Part-time) ALLAN CARMICHAEL MARJORIE ELIZABETH DUNLOP JEFFREY MANN (Part-time) DAVID BUXTON PITT (Part-time) ANNE LAVINIA RICKARDS (NH & MRC) (Part-time) ESTHER ROTENBERG MARGARET RYAN (NH & MRC) (Part-time) ROGER MOORE

ROYAL CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION Unit of Growth and Development Head and Royal Children's Hospital Research Foundation/Professor DONALD BROOK CHEEK Research Fellows and Assistants JOAN EVELYN GRAYSTONE ALAN BARRY HOLT MARGARET NIALL HELEN WILMOT

Genetics Research Unit Head PROFESSOR D. M. DANKS Research Fellows and Assistants LEIGH ACKLAND RICHARD GRAHAM HAY COTTON (Senior Fellow) JAMES CAMAKARIS (NH & MRC) ERIC ALBERT HAAN SUSAN HUNT IAN GEORGE JENNINGS DENISE MARY KIRBY JOHN GRAHAM ROGERS PETER SCHLESINGER ROGER TRUSCOTT (NH & MRC - University of Wollongong)

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. GENETICS - Professor D. M. Danks 1. Purification and properties of phenylalanine hydroxylase from monkey and human liver. 2. Search for phenylalanine hydroxylase cross-reacting-material in phenyl ketonuric liver and in cells in culture. 3. Phenylalanine hydroxylase deficient mutants in rat hepatoma cells. 4. Purification and properties of human dihydropteridine reductase. 5. Urinary pteridine excretion in phenylketonuria and in normal subjects. 6. Copper metabolism in mottled mice and in Menkes' syndrome. 7. Copper transport in human and murine cells in culture. 8. Methods of detection of inborn errors of metabolism. 9. Precision two dimensional electrophoresis of cellular proteins. 10. Clonal antibody production in spleen cell-myeloma hybrids. 11. Catabolism of deoxyribose in a patient with cataracts. 12. Myelination and brain morphology in mottled mice. 13. Lysyloxidase in mottled mice. 14. A verbal-visual computer-based system of syndrome identification. 15. Bayesian logic in genetic counselling.

169 170 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

B. STUDIES IN GROWTH AND NUTRITION - Professor D. B. Cheek 1. Skeletal muscle cell growth (protein synthesis and hormonal influences). 2. Zinc, copper and iron metabolism in Aboriginals in the N.W. of Australia. 3. The development of new meiiiuds. to measure minute amounts of chromium and other tnice metals by thc use of Proton Induced X-ray Emission (PIXE). 4. Renal compensatory growth in the presence and absence of certain hormones. 5. The cellular fluid phase of normal, dysmaturc and premature infants born normally and by Caesarean section. 6. Foetal brain development of the macropod. 7. Body composition and steroid excretion in obese, normal and asthmatic subjects. 8. Growth of rodents following small bowel resection. 9. Factors or peptides which increase sulphate uptake into cartilage. 10. Mechanism of insulin supersensitivity accompanying reduced meal frequency.

C. STUDIES IN OBESITY AND IN DIABETES - Dr. .1. M. Court 1. Development of foetal adipose tissue. 2. Insulin binding antibodies in diabetic children. 3. Investigation of insulin replacement in diabetic kcto-acidosis. 4. Cholesterol metabolism in familial hypercholesterolemia. 5. Feeding habits and attitudes of mothers of obese and normally nourished infants. 6. Attitudes of adolescent school children to problems of nutrition and health.

D. STUDIES IN RENAL PHYSIOLOGY AND DISEASE - Dr D. A. McCredie 1. Action of parathormone on renin release. 2. Urinary kallikrcin excretion in children of hypertensive parents. 3. Renin responsiveness in renal failure. 4. Pathophysiologic factors in haemolytic-uraemic syndrome. 5. Factors controlling blood ionized calcium. 6. Immunological studies in nephrotic syndrome.

E. COMMUNITY PAEDIATRIC NEEDS - Dr H. E. Williams 1. Survey of community health needs in Brunswick. 2. Epidemiological study of young families in Brunswick.

F. NEONATAL PAEDIATRICS - Dr W. Kitchen 1. Long term follow up of infants born to mothers with low oestriol excretion. 2. Long term follow up of infants with a low birth weight. 3. Mortality and morbidity associated with breech delivery.

G. NEONATAL PAEDIATRICS - Dr J. Drew 1. Free bilirubin concentration and the binding of albumin — evaluation of available techniques and influence of drugs. 2. Complement activation by infection. 3. Plasma histamine concentrations in newborn infants with respiratory problems. 4. Long term follow up of selected high risk infants.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BOULTON, T. J. C, DUNLOP, M. and COURT, J. M. - The Growth and Development of Fat Cells in Infancy, Pediat. Res. 12: 908-91 1 (1978). 2. CHEEK, D. B. and GRAYSTONE. J. E. - Insulin and Growth Hormone: Regulators of Growth. Kid. Inter. 14: 317-322 (1978). 3. CHEEK, D. B.. NEWTON, C, HAYS, H., HUGHES. T. C. HOLT, A. B. and CLARK, G. — Simultaneous measurement of multiple trace elements in human plasma by use of a proton beam and comparison with other methods (AA and Neutron Activation) and the application to populations at risk nutritionally. Proc. Nutr. Soc. Aust. 3: 107 (1978). 4. CHEEK, D. B. and HOLT, A. B. - A Review: Extracellular volume in the brain - the relevance of the chloride space. Pediat. Res. 12: 635-645 (1978). PAEDIATRICS 171

5. CHEEK, D. B., GRAYSTONE, J. E., HOLT, A. B., SUTHERLAND, G. C, CHOPRA, S. A. and SPARGO, R. M. - Assessment of protein reserves (cellular mass) in Aboriginal children. Amer. J. Clin. Nutr. 31: 1328-1333 (1978). 6. COTTON, R. G. H. — Additional rescue from methotrexate toxicity? Lancet ii: 484 (Aug. 1978). 7. COTTON, R. G. H. and JENNINGS, I. - A naphthoquinone adsorbent for affinity chromatography of human dihydropteridine reductase. European J. of Biochem. 83: 319 (1978). 8. COURT, J. M., DUNLOP, M. and HILL, M. — A study of plasma lipid concentrations in diabetic children, J. of Human Nutrition 32: 283 (1978). 9. DANKS, D. M. — Pteridines and phenylketonuria, / Inherited Metabolic Diseases I: 47-48 (1978). 10. DANKS, D. M., BARTHOLOME, K., CLAYTON, B. E., CURTIUS, H., GROBE, H., KAUFMAN, S., LEEMING, R., PFLEIDERER, W., REMBOLD, H., REY, F. - Malignant Hyperphenylalaninaemia, /. Inherited Metabolic Diseases 1: 49-54 (1978). 11. DUNLOP, M. and COURT, J. M. - Studies on developing adipose tissue: lipolytic activity in human foetal subcutaneous tissue as an indication of adipose potential, Pediat. Res. 12; 279- 282 (1978). 12. DUNLOP, M., COURT, J. M., HOBBS, J. B. and BOULTON, T. J. C. - Identification of small cells in foetal and infant adipose tissue, Pediat. Res. 12: 905-907 (1978). 13. DUNLOP, M., COURT, J. M. — Lipogenesis in developing human adipose tissue, Earlv Human Development 2(2): 123-130 (1978). 14. DREW, J. H. - Feeding and jaundice. Resources in Human Nurturing, Int. 3: 53-57 (1978). 15. DREW, J. H., BARRIE, J., HORACEK, I. and KITCHEN, W. H. - Factors influencing jaundice in immigrant Greek infants. Arch. Dis. Childh. 53: 49-52 (1978). 16. DREW, J. H., ABELL, D. A. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Congenital malformations, abnormal glucose tolerance and estriol excretion in pregnancy. Obstet. Gvnaec. 51: 129-132 (1978). 17. DREW, J. H., LANDAU, L. I., ACTON, C. M., KENT, M. and CAMPBELL, P. E. - Pulmonary interstitial emphysema requiring lobectomy: a complication of assisted ventilation. Arch. Dis. Childh. 53: 424-426 (1978). 18. GELLIS, S. S., FEINGOLD, M., SUTHERLAND, G. R. and ROGERS, J. G. - Denouement and discussion — Foetal Turner's Syndrome, Am. J. Dis. Childh. 132: 417-418 (1978). 19. GRAYSTONE, J. E. and CHEEK, D. B. - The role of body composition in the assessment of growth and nutrition, /. Hum. Nutr. 32: 258-263 (1978). 20. KITCHEN, W. H. - Thc small baby: short-term and long-term prognosis, Med. J. of Aust. I: 82-84 (1978). 21. KITCHEN, W. H., RYAN, M. M., RICKARDS, A., GAUDRY, E„ GRENTON, A. M., BILLSON, F. A., FORTUNE, D. W„ KEIR, E. H., and LUNDAHL-HEGEDUS, E. E. - A longitudinal study of very low birthweight infants. I. Plan of study and report on mortality, Dev. Med. and Child Neurol. 20: 605-618 (1978). 22. MATHIESEN, J. L. and DREW, J. H. - Group B beta-haemolytic streptococcal infections in neonates. Aust. J. Med. Technol. 9: 71-76 (1978). 23. NIEDERWIESER, A., WADMAN, S. K. and DANKS, D. M. - Excretion of cis- and trans- 4-hydroxycyclohexylacetic acid in addition to hawkinsin in a family with a postulated defect of 4-hydroxyphenylpyruvate dioxygenase, Clin. Chim. Acta 90: 195 (1978). 24. POWELL, H. R. P., McCREDIE, D. A. and ROTENBERG, E. - Renin release by parathyroid hormone in the dog, Endocr., 985-989 (1978). 25. SILLENCE, D. O. - Brachydactyly, distal symphalangism, scoliosis, tall stature and club feet — a new syndrome, J. of Med. Genetics 15: 208 (1978). 26. STUART, D. W. — A proposal that malignancies represent genetic changes in cell surface RNA, Medical Hypothesis 3: 221-225 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Medicine 1. SILLENCE, D. O. — Bone Dysplasias - Genetic and Ultrastructural Studies with Special Reference to Osteogenesis Imperfecta

Master ofScience 2. MARTIN, G. — Effects of Increased Dietary Cholesterol Intake on Metabolism on Cholesterol Levels in Children with Familial Hypercholesterolemia 3. WATSON, B. M. - Pterins in Human Urine ' 172 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress CHOO, H. K. — Cell Culture and Biochemical Studies on Phenylketonuria COLE, VV. G. (Part-time) - Study of Collagen in Inherited Connective Tissue Diseases FIRGAIRA, F. — Studies on Human Dihydropteridine Reductase GRAYSTONE, J. E. — Insulin as a Growth Hormone McKERN, N. — Structure and Function of Serum Growth Hormones Related to Somatomedins, including Martin's Peptide

MD Theses in Progress BROWN, T. C. K. - Tricyclic Antidepressant Overdosage in Children: Epidemiology. Prevention. and the Management of Cardiovascular Complications BURKE, V. — Clinical and Laboratory Studies of Childhood Diarrhoeas CARMICHAEL, A. — Epidemiology of Health and Illness in Young Families in Brunswick

MSc Theses in Progress ALEXANDER, S. - Study of Attitudes to Food and Eating Habits of Mothers of Obese and Normally Nourished Infants BIRNER, R. — Chromosomal Location of Genes Coding for Human Immunoglobulin Production DUNLOP, M. — Studies on Developing Adipose Tissue and its Relationship to early Childhood Obesity FIELD, J. — Mechanism of Insulin Super-sensitivity Accompanying Reduced Meal Frequency MANN, J. — Copper Metabolism of Copper Deficient Mouse Mutants in Relationship to Menkes' syndrome

MS W Thesis in Progress RYAN, M. M. - Psycho-social Aspects of Low Birth Weight

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Apex Foundation for Research into Mental Retardation. Australian Hospital and Health Services Commission. Australian Kidney Foundation. Buckland Foundation. Department of Aboriginal Affairs. National Health and Medical Research Council. Royal Children's Hospital Research Foundation. Royal Children's Hospital Research Grants Committee. PATHOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor G.S. Christie Professor GEORGE SWANSON CHRISTIE Professor/Director of Pathology, Royal Melbourne Hospital PRITHVIPALL SINGH BHATHAL Readers CHARLES RICHARD GREEN JOHN VICTOR HURLEY Reader in Neuropathology ROSS MeDONALD ANDERSON Senior Lecturers KATHRYN NAKASHIAN HAM JOHN DAMIEN TANGE Lecturers THELMA JEAN BAXTER CHRISTOPHER CAMPION FUNDER REX NEWBURY LE PAGE Principal Research Fellow (NH & MRC) in Renal Disease (until JO/6/78) GRAEME BRUCE RYAN Research Fellows (Part-time) JILL MERRILYN BLUNCK ANNE GILMOUR JABARA NORMAN PETER MADSEN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Studies in acute inflammation. 2. Neuropathology. 3. Selective cell toxicity. 4. Carcinogenesis. 5. Studies on liver pathology. 6. Studies in renal pathology.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapter of Book 1. HURLEY, J. V. — The Sequence of Early Events in Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, Vol. 50(1), eds G. V. R. Born, A. Farah, H. Herken, A. D. Welch,Springer- Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 26-67 (1978).

Articles 2. CHAIT, L. A., MAY, J. W. Jr., O'BRIEN, B. M. and HURLEY, J. V. - The Effects or the Perfusion or Various Solutions on the No-Reflow Phenomenon in Experimental Free Flaps. Plast. reconstr. Surg. 61: 421-430 (1978). 3. HEALEY, K., CALDER, I. C, YONG, A. C, CROWE, C. A., FUNDER, C. C, HAM, K. N. and TANGE, J. D. - Liver and Kidney Damage induced by N- Hydroxyparacetamol. Xenobiotica 8: 403-411 (1978). 4. HEGARTY, M. P., LEE, C. P., CHRISTIE, G. S., de MUNK, F. G. and COURT, R. D. - Comparative Toxicities of Mimosine and Some Chemically Related Compounds to Mouse Bone Marrow Cells in Liquid Culture. Aust. J. Biol. Sc. 31: 115-121 (1978). 5. HURLEY, J. V. - Current Views on the Mechanisms of Pulmonary Oedema. J. Path. 125: 59-79 (1978). 6. LONG, G. W., BERNARD, C. C. A., MACKAY, I. R., WHITTINGHAM, S. and BHATHAL, P. S. - Localization of Genetic Control in Mice over Response to Liver-Specific F Antigen. Tissue Antigens 11: 45-49 (1978). 7. MARIANI, A. F., CLIFTON, S., DAVIES, D. J., DAWBORN, J. K., FITZGERALD, J. E„ IHLE, B. U., NIALL, J. F. and RYAN, G. B. - Membranous Glomerulonephritis Associated with Sarcoidosis. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 420-425 (1978). 8. MAY, J. W., Jr., CHAIT, L. A., O'BRIEN, B. M. and HURLEY, J. V. - The No-Reflow Phenomenon in Experimental Free Flaps. Plast. reconstr. Surg. 61: 256-267 (1978). 9. NIGHTINGALE, G. and HURLEY, J. V. - Relationship between Lymphocyte Emigration and Vascular Endothelium in Chronic Inflammation. Pathology 10: 27-44 (1978). 10. RYAN, G. B., HEIN, S. J. and KARNOVSKY, M. J. - The Distribution of Albumin and Immunoglobulin G in the Glomerular Capillary Wall in Aminonucleoside Nephrosis. Pathologv 10: 335-341 (1978). 11. RYAN, G. B.. HEIN, S. J., KREISBERG, J. I. and KARNOVSKY, M. J. - Effect of Hemodynamic Factors on the Distribution of Anionic Groups in the Glomerular Capillary Wall. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 65: 227-233 (1978).

173 174 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

12. YOUNG, G. P., BHATHAL, P. S„ WALL, A. J„ SULLIVAN. J. R. and HURLEY. T. H. - Jaundice in Multiple Myeloma: The Role of Oxymetholone. Aust. A'.Z. J. Med. 8: 14-22 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. PHILLIPS, W. A. - Effects of Carcinogens on RNA

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress CLARKE, B. E. — Crescent Formation in Glomerulonephritis LABUC, J. E. — Mechanism of Inhibition of Azo Dye Carcinogenesis by Chloramphenicol LEE, C. P. — Studies on the Toxicity of the non-protein Amino Acid Mimosine and Related Compounds PEREIRA, H. A. - Opsonic Factors in Serum SMITH, M. B. — Studies in Haemoglobin Production with Particular Reference to the Thalassaemias SURTEES, V. M. — The Effects of Intraluminal Pressure on the Structure of Blood Vessels YONG, A. C. — Study of the Nephrotoxicity of Analgesic Related Compounds

MSc Theses in Progress GALL, J. A. M. — Studies in Experimental Cholestasis HOLMES, D. R. P. - (Na+ + K* )-A TPase. Biochemical and Histochemical Studies of Us Involvement in Cholestasis MARKS, G. N. — Effects of Progesterone and Medroxyprogesterone Acetate on 7,12- Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene-induced Mammary Carcinogenesis in the Sprague-Dawley Rat SZTYNDA, T. — Studies on Vascular Endothelium in Normal and Abnormal Slates

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Hormonal Inhibition of Experimental Breast Carcinogenesis: Mechanisms of Action. NH & MRC: Mechanisms of Cholestasis. NH & MRC: Structure and Function of Normal and Injured Vascular Endothelium. Nicholas: Studies on Nephrotoxicity. Rowden White Trust: Studies on Toxicity of Abnormal Amino Acids. PATHOLOGY

AUSTIN HOSPITAL AND REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL Chairman of department: Professor H. D. Attwood Full-time Officers Professor HAROLD DALLAS ATTWOOD Deputy Chairman and Senior Lecturer CHRISTOPHER JOHN LOUIS Senior Lecturer (Repatriation General Hospital) SHEUNG TO CHOU Senior Tutor XENIA DENNETT Part-time Officers Professorial Associate in Pathology PETER ANTHONY CASTALDI Senior Associate in Pathology (Repatriation General Hospital) BEN MacMAHON WADHAM Associate in Pathology HENRY JOHN COOK IRETON Research Associate in Pathology JOHN MICHAEL CONNELLAN Research Assistant GILLIAN BARTON ROSE Tutor EDWARD WOODALL GAULT Hospital Staff JOSEPH MICHAEL XIPELL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Studies in Anatomical Pathology. 2. Computerised scanning programme for quantitative assessment of bone histology. 3. Comparative anatomy of arachnoid villi in the brain and spinal cord of Dasyurid marsupials. 4. Histochemical and ultrastructural studies of skeletal muscle. 5. Mechanism of suppression of malignancy using human/human and human/mouse hybrid cells. 6. Electron microscopic study of undifferentiated tumours. 7. Surface dependent platelet reactions. 8. History of Medicine in general and history of the Austin Hospital in particular.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. ATTWOOD, H. D. and KENNY. G. eds - Festschrift for Kenneth Fitzpatrick Russell. Queensbcrry Hill Press, Melbourne (1978). 2. LOUIS, C. J. - Tumours. Basic Principles and Clinical Aspects. Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh (1978).

Chapters in Books 3. CASTALDI, P. A. - Haemopoiesis and Haemostasis, in Reproductive Phvsiologv, cd R. P. Shearman, Blackwells, Oxford, 2nd ed (1978). 4. CASTALDI. P. A. - The haemorrhagic Disorders — Vascular and Platelet Defects; Haemorrhagic Disorders due to Coagulation abnormalities; in Clinical Haematology in Medical Practice. 4th ed, by G. C. de Gruchy, Blackwells, Oxford (1978). 5. WESTERMAN, R. A., CHAN, H. S., XICCONS. S. P., SRIRATANA, D., DENNETT, X. and TATE, K. A. - Plasticity of motor reinnervation in the kitten, in I.B.R.O. National Symposium on Developmental Neurobiology, eds M. A. B. Brazier and E. Meisami. Raven Press. New York (1978).

Articles 6. ATTWOOD, H. D. and CHOU. S. T. - The Longevity of Clonorchis sinensis. Pathologv 10: 153-156 (1978). 7. CHOU, S. T. and HALL, J. - An Appendicular diaphragm. Pathology 10: 83-85 (1978). 8. LOUIS, C. J. and ROSE, G. B. — Suppression of malignancy in mouse-man hybrid cells. Pathology 10: 343-350 (1978). 9. MADARAS, F„ BELL. W. R. and CASTALDI, P. A. - Isolation and ^solubilization of human F.VIII by affinity chromatography. Haemostasis. 7(6): 321 (1978).

175 176 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ATRF: Lung Carcinogenesis. NH & MRC: A platelet contribution to the initiation of coagulation. A study ofthe platelet — contact factor interrelationship. NH & MRC: Study of the mechanism of suppression of malignancy. PHARMACOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor M. J. Rand Reader WILLIAM JOHN LANG Reader in Applied Pharmacology, joint appointment with Department of Medicine, St. Vincents Hospital MAURICE LAURENCE MASHFORD Senior Lecturers MAX RAPHAEL FENNESSY MARIAN WYN McCULLOCH DAVID FREDERICK STORY Lecturers FRANCIS JOSEPH LASKA MICHAEL WILLIAM NOTT Principal Tutor WAN SOON GAY Tutors ROBERT GEZA PADANYI CATHERINE SARANTOS Senior Academic Associates JOSELYN NINA O'NEIL COLIN RAPER Senior Research Fellow JANINA STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK Research Officers ROSLYN KUSHINSKY DAVID ALAN TAYLOR Research Assistant IAIN CHARLES MEDGETT

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Studies on the release, uptake and metabolism of the sympathetic transmitters adrenaline and noradrenaline in the peripheral nervous system. 2. Modes of action of clonidine, prazosin and beta-adrenoreceptor antagonist drugs in hypertension. 3. Effects of nicotinic agonists on noradrenergic transmission. 4. Neurochemical basis of drug abuse. 5. Mechanisms of blood pressure control: renin-angiotensin system and hypercapnia. 6. Role of prostaglandins in mediation of renal and cardiovascular effects ofa novel diuretic drug, MK-447. 7. Prostaglandins and hyperalgesia. 8. Effects of levodopa and metabolites on skeletal muscle contractions and the cardiovascular system. 9. Involvement of cyclic nucleotides in neuronal and vascular responses to antihypertensive agents. 10. Pharmacodynamics of beta-adrenoceptor antagonists. 11. Pharmacology of vasodilator mechanisms. 12. Behavioural aspects of drug dependency. 13. The use of anticonvulsant drugs in pregnancy. 14. Monitoring of drug use in a hospital. 15. Pharmacokinetics of cytarabine. 16. Effects of liver disease on drug metabolism.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BELL, C„ LANG, W. J. and LASKA, F. J. - Dopamine-containing axons supplying the arterio-venous anastomoses ofthe canine paw pad. J. Neurochem. 31: 1329-1333 (1978). 2. BELL, C. and LANG, W. J. — Histochemical and biochemical estimations of dopamine in postganglionic autonomic nerves. Symposium on Peripheral Dopaminergic Receptors, eds J. Schwartz and J-L. Imbs. Pergamon Press. 3. BELL, C. and LANG, W. J. — Effects of renal dopamine receptor and p-adrenoreceptor blockade on rises in blood angiotensin after haemorrhage, renal ischaemia and frusemide diuresis in the dog. Clin. Sci. Mol. Med. 54: 17-23 (1978). 4. BELL, C, LANG, W. J. and LASKA, F. J. — Dopamine-containing vasomotor nerves in the canine kidney. J. Neurochem. 31: 77-83 (1978). 5. BOWMAN, W. C. and NOTT, M. W. - Peripheral muscle effects of levodopa in the anaesthetized cat. Clin. exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 5: 305-312 (1978). 6. BURY, R. W. and KEARY, P. J. - Determination of cytosine arabinoside in human plasma by high pressure liquid chromatography. J. Chromat. 146: 350-353 (1978).

177 178 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

7. FENNESSY, M. R. and TAYLOR, D. A. - Antagonism of the effects on thermoregulation of A'-tetrahydrocannabinol by clomipramine in the rat. Br. J. Pharmac. 63: 267'-273 (1978). 8. FENNESSY, M. R. and LASKA, F. J. — Narcotic antagonists: basic pharmacologv and therapeutic nntential. A.J.A D D. 5: 54-57 (1978). 9. HOPE, VV.,' McCULLOCH, M. W., RAND, M. J. and STORY, D. F. - Modulation of noradrenergic transmission in the rabbit ear artery by dopamine. Br. J. Pharmac. 64: 527-537 (1978). 10. LAMBERT, G. A., LANG, W. J., FRIEDMAN, E., MELLER, E. and GERSHON, S. - Pharmacological and biochemical properties of isomeric yohimbine alkaloids. Europ. J. Pharmac. 49: 39-48 (1978). 11. LASKA, F. J. and FENNESSY, M. R. - Induction of physical dependence on cyclazocinc and pentazocine in the rat. Europ. J. Pharmac. 48: 57-65 (1978). 12. LASKA, F. J. and FENNESSY. M. R. - Modification of brain biogenic amines by Met5- enkephalin amide in thc rat. Clin. exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 5: 95-98 (1978). 13. MASHFORD, M. L., NILSSON, G., ROKAEUS, A. and ROSELL, S. - The effect of food ingestion on circulating neurotensin-like immunoreactivity (NTLI) in the human. Acta

Phvsiol. Scand. 104: 244-246 (1978). 0 14. MASHFORD, M. L., NILSSON, G., ROKAEUS, A. and ROSELL, S. - Release of neurotensin-like immunoreactivity (NTLI) from the gut in anaesthetized dogs. Acta Physiol. Scand. 104: 375-376 (1978). 15. MASHFORD, M. L. and ROBERTSON, M. B. - How many drugs do pregnant women take? Editorial, Curr. Ther.. 14-16 (November 1978). 16. MEDGETT, I. C, McCULLOCH, M. W. and RAND, M. J. - Partial agonist action of clonidine on prejunctional and postjunctional o-adrenoceptors. Naunvn-Schmiedeberg's Arch. Pharmac. 304: 215-221 (1978). 17. NOTT, M. W. and HEAD, G. A. — Actions of tetrahydropapaveroline on the cardiovascular system and skeletal muscles of the anaesthetized cat and on guinea-pig soleus muscle in vitro. Clin. exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 5: 313-323(1978). 18. OEI, T. P. S., SINGER, G., JEFFREYS, D., LANG, W. and LATIFF, A. - Schedule induced self injection of nicotine, heroin and methadone by naive animals, in Stimulus Properties of Drugs: Ten Years of Progress. F. C. Colpaert, and J. A. Rosecrans, eds, Amsterdam, Elsevier-North Holland, Biomedical Press (1978). 19. RAND, M. J., McCULLOCH, M. W. and STORY, D. F. - Prejunctional catecholamine receptors in sympathetic noradrenergic transmission. Proc. Aust. Physiol. Pharmac. Soc. 9: 83-90 (1978). 20. RAND, M. J. and NOTT, M. W. - Autonomic innervation of the heart, in Workshop on Cardiac Arrhythmias, eds T. Assaykeen and D. T. Kelly, Astra Chemicals Pty. Ltd., 1-21 (1978). 21. ROSS, J. W., LASKA, F. J. and FENNESSY, M. R. - Brain biogenic amines and intravenous self-administration of cocaine in rats. Clin. exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 5: 351-359 (1978). 22. SINGER, G., SIMPSON, F. and LANG, W. J. - Schedule induced self injections of nicotine with recovered body weight. Pharmac. Biochem. and Behav. 9: 387-389 (1978). 23. STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. — Participation of the sympathetic and the renin-angiotensin system in blood pressure control during hypercapnia in the anaesthetized dog. Eur. J. Pharmac. 49: 441-444 (1978). 24. STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. — Role of renal prostaglandins in circulatory homeostasis. Com. Nephrol. 11: 179-188 (1978). 25. TAYLOR, D. A. and FENNESSY, M. R. - Relationship between body temperature and brain monoamines during the development of tolerance to A'-tetrahydrocannabinol in thc rat. Psychopharmacologv 56: 279-285 (1978). 26. TAYLOR, D. A. arid FENNESSY, M. R. - 'Antagonist'-precipitated withdrawal in the rat after chronic A'-tetrahydrocannabinol treatment. J. Pharm. Pharmac. 30: 654-656 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. BRYANT, B. J. - Catecholamine release and uptake in guinea-pig hypothalamus 2. HOPE, W. — Factors influencing the release of noradrenaline from adrenergic nerves in cardiovascular tissue 3. LASKA, F. J. — Behavioural, physiological and biochemical parameters associated with opiate dependence 4. LAW, M. — Modification of noradrenergic transmission by adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists 5. TAYLOR, D. A. — Pharmacological and biochemical parameters associated with the acute and chronic use of cannabis PHARMACOLOGY 179

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress COLE, H, A. — Mode of action of antihypertensive drugs DEECHOI, P. — Receptor interactions of autonomic transmitters FINN IN, B. — Pharmacology of melatonin GOLDIE, R. — Interactions between steroids and catecholamines HOROWITZ, J. D. — Reactivity of an isolated vein preparation and its use to characterize vasoaetivity of plasma proteins LATIFF, A. A. — Conditional factors in administration of nicotine and related alkaloids MAJEWSKI, H. - Studies on local mechanisms controlling transmitter noradrenaline release MEDGETT, I, C. - Structure-activity relationships of a series of phenyl-2-iminoimidazolidine derivatives MERICAN, Z. — Effects of levodopa and its metabolites on skeletal muscle in the cardiovascular s ystem MILLER, R. C. — Comparative studies on myocardial and coronary responses to drugs PADAN YI, R. G. — Studies on circulatory changes due to vasoactive agents and brain stimulation QUINN, M. J. — Pharmacological characterization of opiate-like peptides SARANTOS. C. — Effects of nicotine on adrenergic neurotransmitter mechanisms SIN, Y. O. — The role of prostaglandins in cutaneous nociception SUNBHANICH, M. — Pharmacodynamics of beta-adrenoceptor antagonists TUNG, L. H. — Transmitter dynamics in relation to antihypertensive activity WOODMAN, O. L. — Studies on the cardiovascular actions of dopamine

MSc Theses in Progress EDDIE, G. A. — Identification of central and peripheral nerve pathways involved in vasodilator responses FINNIGAN. D. — Adrenergic innervation of the lung

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: NHF: Modulation of cardiac and vasomotor sympathetic transmission ARGC: Investigation of the neural pathways concerned in non-cholinergic vasodilatation. ATRF: Conditional factors concerned with nicotine as a reinforcer of behaviour. NH & MRC: Effects of levodopa on skeletal muscle contraction. NH & MRC: Induction of, and biochemical correlates of, tolerance and physical dependence on A'- tetrahydrocannabinol (A'-THC) in rats. NH & MRC: Mechanisms of blood pressure control. NH & MRC: Physiological mechanisms involved in the regulation of peripheral autonomic transmitter release. PHYSIOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor I. Darian-Smith Professors IAN DARIAN-SMITH ALLAN JOHN DAY Readers TREVOR GORDON REDGRAVE SANDFORD LLOYD SKINNER EVERTON ROWE TRETHEWIE Senior Lecturers CHRISTOPHER BELL MARY HAZEL DEAN CHENNELLS KENNETH OLAFUL JOHNSON PATRICIA PRICE KEOGH JOHN SIMON McKENZIE KENNETH HILL SHANKLY ELVIE MARELYN WINTOUR-COGHLAN Lecturers JOHN MICHAEL DAVIS ANTONY WILFRED GOODWIN ROBERT EDWARD KEMM Senior Tutors PAUL KENINS FELIX ALEXANDER SHAMGAR Tutors ANDREW PAUL BENDRUPS JOHN ROBERT PHILLIPS LESLEY WALKER Senior Associates RODGER HENRY WATSON JOHN KIRK McKENZIE Principal Research Fellow JOHN KERR FINDLAY Research Fellows JAMES CLEMENT CERINI MILDRED ELSIE DUNCAN CERINI IAIN CLARKE Junior Research Fellows RONALD SAMUEL CARSON ROGER DONALD HOOLEY Senior Research Officers FRANK ROWLAND EDWARDS JEFFREY ALAN McDONELL Graduate Research Assistants CHRISTOPHER CHAUNDY NOELENE COLVIN JOHN SWANEY Visiting Research Fellows MARCIA HARRINGTON THOMAS HARRINGTON BARRY SESSLE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Coding of information about changes in skin temperature in the primate cutaneous nerve. 2. Coding of information in primate cutaneous nerve about textured and patterned surfaces moving on the skin. 3. Tactile pattern recognition: psychophysical and neural studies. 4. Single neuron activity in somatosensory cortex in the alert, discriminating monkey. 5. Functions of the caudate nucleus and its output targets. 6. Neurophysiological properties of thalamo-striatal projection neurones. 7. Studies of model, systems for abnormal motor behaviour. 8. Discharge behaviour of Gamma Motoneurones. 9. Characteristics and purification of prorenin. 10. Cellular mechanisms of hormone secretion from isolated superfused glomeruli. 11. Effects of gastro-intestinal hormones on renal function. 12. A morphological and micropuncture study of glomerular membrane permeability in experimental aminonucleoside nephrosis. 13. Relation between intravenal control of filtration rate and body fluid homeostasis. 13a. The influence of gastrointestinal tract hormones on renal function. 14. Foetal fluid and electrolyte balance. 15. Development of foetal adrenal. 16. Endocrinology of the oestrous cycle and early pregnancy in sheep. 17. Clover infertility in sheep. 18. Endocrinology of lactation in sheep. 19. An immunological test for pregnancy in sheep, pigs and horses.

180 PHYSIOLOGY 181

20. Mechanism of development of genetic hypertension in rats. 21. Presynaptic control of autonomic transmission. 22. Identification of dopaminergic neurones in the autonomic nervous system. 23. Distribution of vascular amine receptors in the dog limp. 24. Physiological correlates of physical fitness. 25. Role of prostaglandins in atherogencsis. 26. Effect of drugs on lipid turnover in arterial smooth muscle cells in culture. 27. Formation and Metabolism of chylomicron remnant particles. 28. The Metabolism of dietary cholesterol. 29. Regulation of cholesterol synthesis.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books 1. FINDLAY, J. K., CERINI, M., STAPLES, L. D. and CUMMING, I. A. - The endocrinology of early pregnancy in the ewe. Proc. Sym. Endocr. Pregnancy, Vlth Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocrinology. Singapore, 200-205 (January 1978). 2. FINDLAY, J. K., JONAS, H. A. and CUMMING, I. A. - Thc role of FSH and LH in controlling ovarian function in the ewe. Proc. Sym. Vet. Endocr., Vlth Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocrinology, Singapore, 152-157 (January 1978).

Articles 3. BELL, C. and KUSHINSKY, R. — Involvement of uptake, and uptake, in terminating the cardiovascular activity of noradrenaline in normotensive and genetically hypertensive rats. J. Physiol. 283: 41-51 (1978). 4. BELL, C, LANG, W. J. and LASKA, F. - Dopamine-containing vasomotor nerves in the dog kidney. J. Neurochemlstry 31: 77-83 (1978). 5. BELL, C, LANG, W. J. and LASKA, F. - Dopamine-containing axons supplying the arterio-venous anastomoses of the canine paw pad. J. Neurochemistry 31: 1329-1333 (1978). 6. BELL, C. and MALCOLM, S. J. - Observations on the loss of catecholamine fluorescence from intrauterine adrenergic nerves during pregnancy in the guinea-pig. J. Reprod. Fert. 53: 51-58 (1978). 7. BELL, C. and STUBBS, A. — Localization of vasodilator dopamine receptors in the canine hindlimb. Br. J. Pharmac. 64: 253-257 (1978). 8. BENDRUPS, A. P. and McKENZIE, J. S. - Stimulation ofthe entopeduncular nucleus: suppression of its tonic output activity. Proc. Aust. Physiol, and Pharmacol. Soc. 9: 206P (1978). 9. BROWN, E. H„ COGHLAN, J. P., HARDY, K. J. and WINTOUR, E. M. - Aldosterone, Corticosterone, Cortisol, 11 Deoxycortisol and 11 Deoxycorticosterone concentrations in the blood of chronically cannulated ovine foetuses: The effect of ACTH. Acta Endocr. 88(2): 364- 374 (1978). 10. BURCHELL, A., McKENZIE, J. S. and ROGERS, D. K. - Regional properties of dorsal and ventral hippocampus in suppression of intralaminar thalamic unit responses. J. Neuroscience Res. 3: 37-54 (1977). 11. CAHILL, F., COGHLAN, J. P., SCOGGINS, B. A., WHITWORTH, J. A. and WINTOUR, E. M. - Blood pressure and metabolic effects of adrenocorticotrophin after administration to pregnant sheep. J. Endocr. 78: 301-302 (1978). 12. CARSON, R. S., MATTHEWS, C. D„ FINDLAY, J. K., SYMONS, R. G. and BURGER, H. G. - Biological and immunological lutcnizing hormone releasing hormone (LH-RH) activity of the ovine pineal. Neuroendocrinology 24: 221-225 (1978). 13. FULKERSON, W. J., HOOLEY, R. D. and FINDLAY, J. K. - Improvement in milk production of first calf heifers by multiple suckling. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 29: 351-357 (1978). 14. HEMSWORTH, P..H., FINDLAY, J. K. and BEILHARZ, R. G. - The importance of physical contact with pigs during rearing and on the sexual behaviour ofthe male domestic pig. Anim. Prod. 27: 201-207 (1978). 15. HOOLEY, R. D., CAMPBELL, J. J. and FINDLAY, J. K. - The effect of ergocryptine on mammogenesis, lactogenesis and galactopoeisis in the ewe. J. Endocr. 79: 301-310 (1978). 16. KAR, S. and DAY, A. J. - Composition and metabolism ofslipid in macrophages from normally fed and cholesterol fed rabbits. Exp. Molec. Path. 28: 65-75 (1978). 17. KEMM, R. E. and WESTBURY, D. R. - Some properties of spinal gamma-motoneurones in the cat, determined by micro-electrode recording. J. Phvsiol. 282: 59-71 (1978). 18. KENINS, P., KIKILLUS, H. and SCHOMBERG, E. D. - Short and long latency reflex pathways from neck afferents to hindlimb motoneurones in the cat. Brain Research 149: 235- 238 (1978). 182 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

19. KUNZE, W., McKENZIE, J. S. and BENDRUPS, A. P. - Electrophysiological investigations of thalamo-caudate projection neurones. Proc. Ausi. Phvsiol. and Pharmacol. Soc. 9: 207P (1978). 20. LINGWOOD, B., HARDY, K. J., COGHLAN, P. J. and WINTOUR, M. - Effect of aldosterone on urine composition in the chronically cannulated ovine foetus. J. Endocr. 76: 553-554 (1978). 21. LINGWOOD, B., HARDY, K. J., HORACEK, I., McPHEE. M. L., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WINTOUR, M. - The effects of antidiuretic hormone on urine flow and composition in the chronically cannulated ovine foetus. Quart. J. Exp. Phvsiol. 63: 315-330 (1978). 22. PEEL, C. J., TAYLOR, J. W., ROBINSON, I. B., McGOWAN, A. A., HOOLEY, R. D. and FINDLAY, J. K. - The importance of the milking stimulus and prolactin release in the artifical induction of lactation in cows. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 31: 187-195 (1978). 23. RADFORD, H. M., NANCARROW, C. D. and FINDLAY, J. K. - Effect of anaesthesia o on ovarian follicular development and ovulation in the sheep subsequent to prostaglandin- induced luteolysis. J. Endocr. 78: 321-327 (1978). 24. RICHARDS, A. C, SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Automatic collection of expired "CO, for liquid scintillation counting. Analytical Biochemislrv 91: 199-208 (1978). 25. SCHOMBERG, E. D., ROESLER, J. and KENINS, P. - On the function of thc fast long spinal inhibitory pathway from forelimb afferents to flexor digitonum longus motoneurones in cats and dogs. Neuroscience Letters 7: 55-59 (1978). 26. SHULKES, A. A., GIBSON, R. R. and SKINNER, S. L. - The nature of inactive renin in human plasma and amniotic fluid. Clinical Sci. and Molecular Med. 55: 41-50 (1978). 27. SKINNER, S. L. - Normal blood pressure and its measurement. Aust. J. Optometrv61: 120- 122 (1978). 28. STAPLES. L. D., LAWSON, R. A. S. and FINDLAY, J. K. - The occurrence of antigcn(s) associated with pregnancy in the ewe. Biol. Reprod. 19: 1076-1082 (1978). 29. WHIPP, G. T., COGHLAN, J. P., SHULKES, A. A., SKINNER, S. L. and WINTOUR, E. M. - Regulation of Aldosterone in the Rat: Effect of oestrous cycle, pregnancy and sodium status. Awn. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 56: 545-551 (1978). 30. WHITWORTH, J. A., D'APlCE, A. J. F., KINCAID-SMITH, P., SHULKES, A. A. and SKINNER, S. L. - Antihypertensive effect of plasma exchange. Lancet 205 (June 3, 1978). 31. WINTOUR, E. M., BARNES, A., BROWN, E. H., HARDY, K. J., HORACEK, I., McDOUGALL, J. G. and SCOGGINS, B. A. — Regulation of amniotic fluid volume and composition in the ovine foetus. Obstets. Gynecol. 52: 689-693 (1978). 32. WINTOUR, E. M., COGHLAN, J. P., ODDIE, C. J., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WALTERS, W. A. W. — A sequential study of adrenocorticosteroid level in human pregnancy. Clin. Exp. Pharm. Physiol. 5: 399-403 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. HOOLEY, R. D. - Endocrine control of lactation in the ewe 2. JONAS, H. A. — Control of secretion of FSH and GnRH in the ewe 3. ROGERS, D. K. — Hippocampus and caudate nucleus - influences on medial thalamus

Master of Science 4. BROWN, E. J. - Adrenocortical steroids in the ovine foetus 5. VAKAKIS, N. - Uptake of remnants by isolated hepatocytes

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BENDRUPS, A. P. — Functions of the caudate nucleus CARSON, R. S. — The endocrine control of follicular maturation FREEMAN, A. F. — Transduction mechanisms of tactile mechanoreceptors HENNESSY, D. - Foetal fluid and electrolyte balance HUDSON, K. - The effect of hormones on atherosclerosis in the rabbit PHILLIPS, J. R. — Perception of stationary tactile patterns: neural and psychophysical mechanisms TELFORD, R. D. — Studies in human power and capacity PHYSIOLOGY 183

MSc Theses in Progress

BROWN. A. - The influence of the embryo on the production and release of prostaglandin F,a by the ovine uterus DAVIDSON, I. — Neural mechanisms of texture perception GILLAM, I. - Tachyphylaxis of exercise induced asthma (Jointly supervised by Dept. Thoracic Med.. Royal Childrens Hospital) KUNZE, W. A. A. — A study of thalamic-basal ganglia neural interactions LAMB, G. — Neural patterns evoked by moving patterns on the skin LINGWOOD, B. — Regulation of amniotic fluid volume and composition in the sheep

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Australian Equine Research Fund: Reproductive endocrine studies in thc mare. Australian Kidney Fund: A morphological and micropuncture study of glomerular membrane permeability in experimental aminonucleoside nephrosis. Australian Meat Industry Research Committee: Thc regulation of follicular development in the ovary of the ewe. Australian Research Grants Committee: The hormonal mechanisms in the recognition of pregnancy in the sheep. Australian Wool Research Trust Fund: (a) Physiology of circulating hormones in the ewe. (b) Physiology and pathology of clover disease. (c) Endocrine control of lactation in the ewe. Boehringer Mannheim GmbH: Investigation of the effect of Bezafibrale on lipid turnover in arterial wall cells grown in tissue culture. Ford Foundation: Hypothalamic mechanisms and gonadotrophins. National Health and Medical Research Council: (a) Neural determinants of somatic sensation in thc primate. (b) Role of prostaglandins in atherogenesis. (c) Discharge behaviour of gamma-motoneurones. National Heart Foundation in Australia: Characterisation and purification of prorcnin. HOWARD FLOREY INSTITUTE OF EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY AND MEDICINE Director: Professor D. A. Denton Professor DEREK ASHWORTH DENTON Principal Research Fellows JOHN PAUL COGHLAN - Deputy Director BRYAN HUDSON HUGH DAVID NIALL Consultant ROY DOUGLAS WRIGHT - Professor Emeritus of Physiology Senior Research Fellows JOHN REGINALD BLAIR-WEST BRUCE ALAN SCOGGINS GEOFFREY WILLIAM TREGEAR Research Fellow HUGH WILLIAM GORDON BAKER Senior Research Officers KINGSLEY JOHN FRASER ALLEN BJORN WILHELM BORJESSON JAMES SHING KOON FAN (to 28/2/78) ROSS TERRENCE FERNLEY (to 30/9/78) JOHN GORDON McDOUGALL (from 5/10/78) MICHAEL JOSEPH McKINLEY (to 31/3/78) JOHN FREDERICK NELSON RICHARD STUART WEISINGER Research Officers ALDONA BUTKIS AUSMA MIROVICS CATHERINE JANE ODDIE SHIRLEY ATHELE PAMELA SIMPSON JOHN RAMSAY WALSH Research Assistants MEGAN DALLMORE COLLIER ANGELA PASSMORE GIBSON RUTH EMILY HIGGINSON ROBERT JOHN JAMES (to 14/7/78) MARIE JOHN ADRIENNE RAIE McGREGOR (from 13/2/78) JENNIFER DIANE PENSCHOW (from 17/4/78) HANNA SALI (from 16/1/78 to 22/12/78) DENNIS BERNARD SCANLON (from 31/7/78) MARGARET HELEN SMITH BRIAN TALBOT (from 28/8/78) MERELYN ANNE THOMPSON Collaborators GRAHAM DENE BURROWS - First Assistant, Department of Psychiatry KENNETH JOHN HARDY - Professor of Surgery, Austin Hospital JOHN SIMON McKENZIE - Senior Lecturer, Department of Physiology IVAN HORACEK - Assistant Director of Pathology, Royal Womens Hospital PETER MAXWELL ROBINSON - Senior Lecturer, Department of Anatomy GRAEME BRUCE RYAN - Professor of Anatomy JUDITH ANN WHITWORTH-Physician, Department of Nephrology, Royal Melbourne Hospital ELVIE MARELYN WINTOUR - Senior Lecturer, Department of Physiology Visiting Scientists RICHARD MONROE BERGLAND - Research Fellow, Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation RALPH ARDEN BRADSHAW - Research Fellow, Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation DAVID RICHARD MOUW - Research Fellow. Fogarty International Research Fellowship RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Control of aldosterone secretion. 2. Steroid synthesis by isolated adrenal cells. 3. Foetal physiology. 4. Pituitary secretion directly to the brain. 5. The control of electrolyte secretion in parotid saliva. 6. The properties of parotid carbonic anhydrase. 7. Characteristics of male infertility. 8. Purification of inhibin. 9. Relationship between prolactin and adrenal androgen production. 10. Steroid hormone secretion in hirsute women.

184 HOWARD FLOREY INSTITUTE 185

11. The metabolism of angiotensin. 12. Ovine renin substrate purification. 13. Regulation of renin and antidiuretic hormone and the renal excretion of sodium and water during changes in body fluid balance. 14. Hypothalamic control of salt and water balance. 15. Factors influencing salt appetite in sodium deficiency. 16. Renal and adrenal morphology in salt deficiency. 17. Hormonal control of salt appetite during pregnancy and lactation. 18. Phosphate appetite in phosphorus deficiency. 19. The mechanism of ACTH and adrenal steroid hypertension. 20. Renal hypertension. 21. Synthesis of human chorionic gonadotrophin peptides for the study of immunological regulation of human fertility. 22. Isolation and sequence determination of relaxin. 23. Synthesis of relaxin. 24. Development of radioreceptor assay for relaxin. 25. Sequence determination of human prolactin. 26. Development of radioreceptor assay for prolactin. 27. Synthesis of structural analogues and fragments of human parathyroid hormone. 28. Development of improved methodologies for solid state synthesis of peptides. 29. The measurement and pharmacokinetics of psychotropic drugs.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books 1. WINTOUR, E. M., BROWN. E. H., DENTON, D. A., HARDY. K. J., McDOUGALL, J. G., ROBINSON, P. M„ ROWE. E. J. and WHIPP, G. T. - In vitro and in vivo Adrenal Cortical Steroid Production by Foetal Sheep: Effect of Angiotensin II, Sodium Deficiency, ACTH, in Research on Steroids, VII. ed Conti, Elsevier-North Holland, 475-485 (1977). 2. DENTON, D. A., McKINLEY, M. H.. NELSON, J. F. and WEISINGER, R. S. - Pregnancy, Lactation and Hormone Induced Mineral Appetites, in Food Intake and Chemical Senses, eds Y. Katsuki, M.Sato, S. Taki and Y. Oomura, University of Tokyo Press, Tokyo, 247-261 (1977). 3. MOUW, D. R., VANDER, A. J., ABRAHAM, S. F„ BLAIR-WEST, J. R., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., McKINLEY, M. J. and SCOGGINS. B. A. - Effects of Changing CSF-NaCl Concentration on Renal Function, Renin, Angiotensin, and Aldosterone, in Central Actions of Angiotensin and Related Hormones, eds J. P. Buckley and C. M. Ferrario, Pergamon Press, Great Britain (1977). 4. NIALL, H. D. - Automated Methods for Sequence Analysis in The Proteins, Vol. Ill, eds H. Neurath and R. L. Hill, Academic Press, New York, 179-238 (1977). 5. NIALL, H. D. — Evolution of Structure and Function in Natural Peptides, in Peptides, eds M. Goodman and J. Meienhofer, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 127-135 (1977). 6. NIALL. H. D. - Modern Micromethods for Sequence Analysis, in Protein Structure and Evolution, eds L. Fox, Z. Deyl and A. Blazej. Marcel Dekker, New York, 5-22 (1976). 7. NIALL, H. D. - Peptide Hormones: Evolutions of a Sequence Dependent Communications Svstem, in Protein Structure and Evolution, eds L. Fox, Z. Deyl and A. Blazej, Marcel Dekker, New York, 429-438 (1976). 8. SCOGGINS, B. A. - Adrenal Steroid Production by the Koala, in Taronga Symposium on Koala Biology Management and Medicine (Svdnev). Publ. Zoological Parks, Board of NSW, ZI98(I978). 9. de KRETSER, D. M„ BREMNER, W. J., BURGER, H. G., HUDSON, B.. IRBY. D. C, KERR, J. B. and LEE, V. W. K. - The Interaction Between the Hypothalamus, Hypophyseal System and the Testis in Mammalian Species, in Reproduction and Evolution. Proc. 4th Symposium of Comparative Biologv of Reproduction, eds J. H. Calabv and C. I I. Tvndale- Biscoc. Australian Acad. Sci. Press, 111-119 (1977). 10. SCOGGINS, B. A. and MAGUIRE. K. P. - Measurement of Tricyclic Antidepressant Drugs, in Handbook of Studies on Depression, ed G. D. Burrows, Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 151-157 (1977).

Articles 11. McKINLEY, M. J., DENTON, D. A. and WEISINGER, R. S. - Sensors for Antidiuresis and Thirst - Osmoreceptors or CSF Sodium Detectors. Brain Res. 141: 89-103 (1978). 12. TREGEAR, G. W. - The Chemistry and Physiology of Parathy roid Hormone. Proc. 6th Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocrinology I: 53-56 (1978). 186 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

13. BRADSHAW, R. A. and NIALL, H. D. - Insulin-Related Growth Factors. Proc. 6th Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocrinology I: 358-364 (1978). 14. ISAACS. N.. JAMES. R.. NIALL, H. D.. BRYANT-GREEN-WOOD, G., DODSON. G., EVANS, A. and NORTH, A. C. T. - Relaxin and Its Structural Relationship lo Insulin. Nature 27i: 2/S-28 i (i 978). 15. LINGWOOD, B., HARDY, K. J.. COGHLAN, J. P. and WINTOUR. E. M. - Thc Effect or Aldosterone on Urine Composition in the Chronically Cannulated Ovine Foetus. J. Endocr. 76: 553-554 (1978). 16. DENTON, D. A., McKINLEY, M., NELSON. J. and WEISINGER, R. S. - Thc Hormonal Genesis of Mineral Appetites. Xlth Acta Endocrinologica Congress (Lausanne), Acta Endocrinologica 85. (S2I2): 3-4 (1977). 17. DENTON, D. A., BLAINE. E. H.. McKINLEY, M. J., NELSON, J. F. and WEISINGER, R. S. - The Chemical and Hormonal Control of Salt and Water Intake. Proc. 27th Int. Congr. Phvsiol. Sci. (Paris). XII: 31-32 (1977). 18. McKINLEY, M. J., BLAINE. E. H., DENTON, D. A., HATZIKOSTAS, S. and WEISINGER, R. S. - Furosemide Induced Water Drinking in Sheep. Proc. Vlth International Conference on the Physiology of Food and Fluid Intake (Paris) (1977). 19. WEISINGER, R. S., DENTON, D. A. and McKINLEY, M. J. - Effect of Sell-Determined Intravenous Infusion of Various Solutions in the Satiation of Sodium Appetite of Sodium Deficient Sheep. Proc. Vlth International Conference on the Phvsiologv of Food and Fluid Intake (Paris) (1977). 20. NIALL. H. D. - Microscquence Analysis of Biologically Active Proteins and Peptides. Pure and Appl. Chem. 49: 1323-1328 (1977). 21. WANG, C, YOUNG. R. T. T., COGHLAN, J. P., ODDIE, C. J.. SCOGGINS. B. A. and STOCKIGT, J. R. — Hypertension Due to 17a Hydroxylase Deficiency in a Chinese Female. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 8: 295-299 (1978). 22. BAKER, H. W. G., BURGER, H. G., de KRETSER, D. M., EDDIE, L. W., HIGG1NSON, R. E., HUDSON, B. and LEE, V. W. K. - Studies on Purification of Inhibin from Ovine Testicular Secretions Using an in vitro Bioassay. Intern. J. Adnrologv. Suppl. 2: 115-124 (1978). 23. SCOGGINS, B. A., BUTKUS, A., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., FAN, J. S. K„ HUMPHERY, T. J. and WHITWORTH, J. A. - ACTH-induced Hypertension in Sheep: A Model (or the Study or the Effect of Steroid Hormones on Blood Pressure. Circ. Res.43(]): 176-81 (1978). 24. BROWN, E. H., COGHLAN, J. P., HARDY, K. J. and WINTOUR. E. M. - Aldosterone, Corticosterone, Cortisol, 11-Deoxycorticosterone, 11-Deoxycortisol Concentrations in the Blood orChronically-Cannulatcd Ovine Foetuses: Effect of ACTH. Acta Endocrinologica 88: 364-374 (1978). 25. BLAIR-WEST, J. R., BROOK, A. H., GIBSON, A., MORRIS. M. and PULLAN, P. T. -Antidiuretic Hormone/Plasma Renin Concentralion (PRC) Relation in Rehydration. Proc. Vllth International Congress of Nephrology (Montreal): U2 (1978). 26. DENNERSTEIN, L., WOOD, C, HUDSON, B. and BURROWS, G. - Clinical Features and Plasma Hormone Levels After Surgical Menopause. Obst. N.Z. J. Obst. and Gvn. 18: 202- 205 (1978). 27. WEISINGER, R. S., DENTON, D. A., McKINLEY, M. J. and NELSON, J. F. - ACTH Induced Sodium Appetite in the Rat. Pharmacol. Biochem. and Behav. 8: 339-342 (1978). 28. WINTOUR. E. M„ COGHLAN, J. P., ODDIE, C. J., SCOGGINS. B. A. and WALTERS, W. A. W. — A Sequential Studv of Adrenocorlicosleroid Levels in Human Pregnancy. Clin. Exp. Pharm. Physiol. 5: 399-403 (1978). 29. ROSENBLATT, M..SEGRE, G. V., TREGEAR, G. W., SHEPARD. G. I... TYLER, G. A. and POTTS, J. T. Jr. - Human Parathyroid Hormone: Synthesis and Chemical, Biological, and Immunological Evaluation of the Carboxvl-Terminal Region. Endocrinology I03(i): 978- 984 (1978). 30. BURROWS, G. D., VOHRA, J., DUMOVIC, P., MAGUIRE, K., SCOGGINS, B. A. and DAVIES, B. - Tricyclic Antidepressant Drugs and Cardiac Conductions. Neuro- Psychopharmac. 1: 329-334 (1977). 31. BURROWS, G., MAGUIRE, K.. STEVENSON, J„ SCOGGINS, B. A. and DAVIES. B. - Plasma Nortriptyline and Clinical Response: A Study Using Changing Levels. Psychol. Med. 7: 87-91 (1977). 32. MAGUIRE, K. P., BURROWS, G. D., NORMAN, T. R. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - A Radioimmunoassav for Nortriptyline (and Other Tricyclic Antidepressants) in Plasma. Clin. Chem. 24(4): 549 (1978). 33. EDDIE, L. W., BAKER, H. W. G., DULMANIS, A.. HIGGINSON, R. E. and HUDSON, B. - Inhibin from Cultures of Rat Seminiferous Tububles. J. Endocrin. 78(2): 207-224 (1978). HOWARD FLOREY INSTITUTE 187

34. GOLTZMAN, D., CALLAHAN, E. N„ TREGEAR, G. W. and POTTS, J. T. Jr. - Influence of Guanvl Nucleotides on Parathyroid Hormone - Stimulated A'denylyl Cyclase Activity in Renal Cortical Membranes. Endocrinology, 103(4): 1352-1361 (1978). 35. BUTKUS, A., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A.', FAN, J. S. K., HUMPHERY, T. J., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WHITWORTH, J. A. - ACTH induced Hypertension in Sheep: a Model for the Study of the Effect of Steroid Hormones on Blood Pressure. Proc. 6th Asia and Oceania Congress of Endocrinology 2: 557-565 (1978). 36. WEISINGER, R. S„ DENTON, D. A. and McKINLEY, M. J. - Effect of Self-Determincd Intravenous Infusion of Hypertonic NaCl on Na Appetite of Sheep. J. Comp. Phvsiol. Psvchol. 92: 552 (1978). 37. LINGWOOD, B., HARDY, K. J., HORACEK, I., McPHEE, M. L., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WINTOUR, E. M. - The Effect on Antidiuretic Hormone on Urine Flow and Composition in the Chronically-Cannulatcd Ovine Foetus. Qrtly. J. Exp. and Phvsiol. 63: 315-330 (1978). 38. WHIPP, G. T., COGHLAN, J. P., SHULKES, A. A., SKINNER, S. L. and WINTOUR, E. M. - Regulation of Aldosterone in the Rat Effect of Oestrous Cvclc, Pregnancy, and Sodium Status. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci.. 56(5): 545-551 (1978). 39. FERNLEY, R. T., COGHLAN, J. P., CRAN. E. J., FEI, T. W., SCOGGINS, B. A. and McGREGOR, A. - Conversion of Angiotensin I to Angiotensin II in the Sheep. Clin. Exp. Pharm. and Physiol.. 5(5): 439-448 (1978). 40. McDOUGALL, J. G., BARNES, A. M., COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., FAN.J.S. K., SCOGGINS, B. A. and WHITWORTH, J. A. - Thc Effect of Corticotropin (ACTH) Administration on the Pressor Action of Angiotensin II, Noradrenaline and Tvramine in Sheep. Clin. Exp. Pharm. and Phvsiol.. 5(5): 449-455 (1978). 41. BURROWS, G. D'., NORMAN. T. R., MAGUIRE, K.'P., RUBENSTEIN, G., SCOGGINS, B. A. and DAVIES, B. - A New Antidepressant Butriptyline: Plasma Levels and Clinical Response. Med. J. Aust. 2: 604-606 (1977). 42. BURROWS, G. D., VOHRA, J., DUMOVIC, P., SCOGGINS, B. A. and DAVIES, B. - Cardiological Effects of Nomifensine, A New Antidepressant. Med. J. Aust. I: 341-343 (1978). 43. CAHILL, F., COGHLAN, J. P., SCOGGINS, B. A., WHITWORTH, J. A. and WINTOUR, E. M. - Blood Pressure and Metabolic Effects of ACTH Administration in Pregnant Sheep. J. Endocrinol. 78: 301-302 (1978). 44. BRADSHAW. R. A. and NIALL, H. D. - Insulin-Related Growth Factors. Trends in Biochem. Sci.. 3(12): 274-278 (1978). 45. COGHLAN, J. P., FAN, J. S. K., SCOGGINS. B. A. and SHULKES, A. A. - Measurement of Extracellular Fluid Volume and Blood Volume in Sheep. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 30: 71-83 (1977). 46. WEISINGER, R. S.. COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON. D. A., FAN, J.. HATZIKOSTAS, S., McKINLEY, M. J., NELSON, J. F. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - ACTH Induced Sodium Appetite. Proc. Inter. Union Phvsiol. Sci. XIII: 806 (1977). 47. McKINLEY, M. J., DENTON, D. A. and WEISINGER. R. S. - Sensors in thc Brain for Antidiuresis and Thirst - Osmoreceptors or CSF (Na) Detectors? Proc. Inter. Union. Phvsiol. Sci. XIII: 495 (1977). 48. BAKER, H. W. G. - Scientific Basis of Contraception in thc Male. Bulletin of The Post- Graduale Committee in Medicine, University of Sydney, 34(2): 34-41 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. FEI, D. T. — The Metabolism of Angiotensin 2. WHITWORTH, J. A. - Hormonal and Renal Factors in Experimental and Clinical Hypertension

Master of Science 3. BROWN, E. H. — Adrenal Steroidogenesis in the Ovine Foetus 4. HATZIKOSTAS, S. - Influence of the Central Nervous System on Sodium and Water M etabolism

PhD Theses in Progress EDDIE, L. W. - Studies in the Regulation of Gonadotrophin Secretion HUMPHERY. T. J. — Experimental Hypertension in Sheep 18B FACULTY OF MEDICINE

MSc Theses in Progress VERONI, M. O. - Synthesis and Evaluation of Relaxin Related Peptides LINGWOOD, B. — Regulation of Amniotic Fluid Volume and Composition GRAHAM, W. F. - Mechanisms of Steroid Induced Hypertension

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: NH & MRC: Institute Grant. State Government of Victoria: Institute Grant. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Prolactin Receptor Studies. Avenal Investments: Institute Grant. Ford Foundation: Reproductive Endocrinology. McGarrcn Trust Fund: Hypertension. National Heart Foundation: Angiotensin Metabolism and ACTH Hypertension. Searle (Australia): Hypertension. Utah Foundation: Automatic Processing of Data from Hypertension Studies. World Health Organization: Peptide Chemistry Research and Reproductive Research. PSYCHIATRY Chairman of department: Professor B. M. Davies Cato Professor of Psychiatry BRIAN MICHAEL DAVIES Professor/Senior Psychiatrist, St. Vincent's Hospital JAMES RICHARD BALDWIN BALL Reader RUSSELL AINSLIE MEARES First Assistants GRAHAM DENE BURROWS IVOR HUGH JONES Second Assistants HERBERT MICHAEL BOWER (half-time) EDMOND CHIU PAUL EDWARD DEBENHAM Third Assistant EDWIN HARARI Senior Lecturers in Medical Psychology DAVID JAMES deLANCY HORNE MURRAY OSBORNE McLACHLAN Tutor in Medical Psychology ROBB OWEN STANLEY Clinical Supervisor LORRAINE DENNERSTEIN Research Social Worker BETTY TELTSCHER Research Fellow TREVOR RONALD NORMAN Research Officer JEANNETTE FRIEDMAN

AUSTIN HOSPITAL RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Studies of mother-infant interaction. 2. Studies of cortical evoked potentials in mental illness. J. The cerebral effects of tobacco smoking. 4. Psychological aspects of hypertension. 5. Habituation in normality and mental illness.

PUBLISHED WORK 1. MEARES, R. and GROSE, D. - On Depersonalization in Adolescence: A Consideration from the Viewpoint of Habituation and "Identity". Brit. J. Med. Psychol. (1978). 2. FRIEDMAN, J. and MEARES, R. - Comparison of Spontaneous and Contraceptive Menstrual Cycles on a Visual Discrimination Task. Aust. N.Z. J. Psychiat. (1978). 3. MEARES, R. and HOBSON, R. - The Persecutory Therapist. Digest of Neurology and Psychiatry, Institute of Living, Connecticut, 52 (1978). 4. MEARES. R.. GRIMWADE. J. and WOOD. C. - A Possible Relationship Between Anxiety in Pregnancy and Peripheral Depression. Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature. Vol. 5. eds D. Olson and K. Dahl, St. Paul, University of Minnisota, Family of Social Science (1977- 1978).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: NH & MRC: A physiological study of attachment. Australian Tobacco Research Foundation: A study of the effect of tobacco smoking on an individual's interrelationship with his sensory and social environment.

ROYAL MELBOURNE HOSPITAL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The in vitro effect of drugs on platelet monoamine oxidase activity. 2. The effect of lithium on platelet monoamine oxidase activity. 3. Cardiological studies with lithium and antidepressant drugs. 4. Measurement of antidepressant drugs by gas liquid chromatography, radioimmunoassay and double dilution assay. 5. Lithium and tricyclic antidepressant drug interactions.

189 190 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

6. Pharmacokinetics oT antidepressants. 7. Long term effects of prophylactic lithium treatment. 8. Endocrine studies in depressive illness. 9. Biofeedback and anxiety states. 10. Comparison of biofeedback and hypnosis in hypertension. 11. Psychological controls of pain. 12. Hypnotizability and phobic disorders. 13. Study of chronic facial pain. 14. Hypnosis in dentistry. 15. Establishment of register of Huntington's Disease throughout Australia - continued. 16. Huntington's Disease: Measurement of thc degree of knowledge of patients who are 50% at risk ofthe disease and their attitudes towards the predictive tests. I 7. The nature and use of immagery in therapy.

ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Closed head injury. 2. Homicide, and abnormal sexual behaviour. 3. Transsexual follow-up. 4. Education in psychiatry — undergraduate and postgraduate. 5. Abnormal sexual behaviour - reasons for referral. 6. Epilepsy and pseudo-epilepsy. 7. Non-verbal behaviour. 8. Aborigines. 9. Self-injury. 10. Migrants. 11. Suicide. 12. Schizophrenia (date of birth). 13. Survey of ethological literature.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. BALL, J. R. B., LLOYD, J. H., MAWDSLEY, J. A. and NEWGREEN. D. B. - Modern Psychotropic Drugs in Medical Practice. Presented to the 86th session of the National Health and Medical Research Council (October 1978). 2. BURROWS, G. D. and CHIU. E. eds - Research in Affective Disorders. York Press, Melbourne (1978). 3. CHIU, E., COX, D., DILEO, T., McKENZIE, A. and TAYLOR, J. - An Uneasy Transition. Migrant Children in Australia. International Association for Child Psychiatry and Allied Professions, Melbourne (1978). 4. DENNERSTEIN. L. and BURROWS, G. D. eds - Obstetrics. Cvnaecologv and Psvchiatrv. Hi Impact Press. Melbourne (1978). 5. DENNERSTEIN, L., BURROWS, G. D., COX. L. and WOOD, C. - Cvnaecologv Sex and Psyche. M.U.P., Melbourne (1978). 6. THOMPSON, G. G. and BALL, J. R. B. et al. - A Resident's Guide lo Psychiatric Education, Plenum Press, Melbourne (1978). 7. JONES, I. H. - Developments in Schizophrenia. Pub. Ethnor Pty. Ltd. (1978).

Chapters of Books 8. BALL, J. R. B. - Breast Symbolism and Body Image, in Obstetrics. Gynaecology and Psychiatry. Hi Impact Mail Marketing and Publishing. Melbourne, 105-118 (1978)." 9. BRANTON, L. J.. BURROWS, G. D. and MANN, J. .1. - Recent studies of lithium from Royal Melbourne Hospital Clinic, in Research in Affective Disorders, eds G. D. Burrows and E. Chiu, York Press. Melbourne. 37-40 (1978). 10. BURROWS, G. D. - A Preliminary Review of New Antidepressants, in Research in Affective Disorders, eds G. D. Burrows and E. Chiu, York Press, Melbourne, 67-72 (1978). I I. BURROWS. G. D. - Pain, in Obstetrics. Gynaecology and Psychiatry, eds L. Denncrstein and G. D. Burrows. Hi Impact Press. Melbourne (1978). 12. DENNERSTEIN, L. - Contraception, in Gynaecology. Sex and Psyche, eds L. Denncrstein, G. D. Burrows, L. Cox and C. Wood, M.U.P., Melbourne (1978). ' PSYCHIATRY 191

13. DENNERSTEIN, L. - Psychosexual dysfunction: An overview, in Gynaecology. Sex and Psyche, eds L. Dennerstein, G. D. Burrows, L. Cox and C. Wood, M.U.P., Melbourne (1978). 14. DENNERSTEIN. L. — Sexuality and Hormones, in Women's Health in a Changing Society. Vol. 3: Behavioural Aspects of Health, Australian Government Publishing Service. Canberra (1978). 15. DENNERSTEIN, L. - Specific Sex Therapies, in Gynaecology, Sex and Psyche, eds L. Dennerstein. G. D. Burrows, L. Cox and C. Wood, MiU.P., Melbourne (1978).' 16. DENNERSTEIN, L. - The Menopause, in Gynaecology. Sex and Psyche, eds L. Dennerstein, G. D. Burrows, L. Cox and C. Wood,'M.U.P., Melbourne (1978). 17. DAVIES, B. M. — Biochemical Theories of Affective Disorders, in Research in Affective Disorders, eds G. D. Burrows and E. Chiu, York Press, Melbourne, 11-13 (1978). 18. NORMAN, T. R. - The Chemistrv of Lithium, in Research in Affective Disorders, eds G. D. Burrows and E. Chiu, York Press, Melbourne, I5-1S (1978). 19. PROPERT, D. N. - Genetic Studies in Affective Illness, eds G. D. Burrows and E. Chiu. York Press. Melbourne, 55-59 (1978).

Articles 20. BALL, J. R. B. and EMMERSON, R. - A Case of Personation, in Med. J. Aust. 2: 198-201 (1978). 21. BALL. J. R. B. - Alcoholism and the Medical Model. Presented al thc Autumn School of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs at St. Vincent's Hospital (May 1978). 22. BRACKENRIDGE, C. J., CASE, J., CHIU, E„ PROPERT, D., TELTSCHER, B. and WALLACE, D. - A Linkage Study ofthe Loci for Huntington's Disease and Some Common Polymorphic Markers. Ann. Hum. Genet. Lond. 42: 203-211 (1978). 23. BURROWS, G. D.. DAVIES, B. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Unique tubular lesion after lithium, Lancet I: 1310 (1978). 24. BURROWS, G. D., DAVIES, B., MAGUIRE. K. P., NORMAN, T. R., SCOGGINS, B. A., HULLIN, R. P. and BURCH, J. - Intcrlaboratory comparison of nortriptyline levels, Biochem. Med. 20: 125-127 (1978). 25. BURROWS, G. D., VOHRA, J., DUMOVIC, P., SCOGGINS. B. A. and DAVIES. B. M. - Cardiological effects of nomifensine, a new antidepressant, Med. J. Aust. !: 341-343 (1978). 26. BURROWS, G. D., DAVIES, B. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - Plasma amitriptyline and clinical effect. Lancet I: 497 (1978). 27. CHIU, E. and TELTSCHER, B. - Huntington's Disease: Thc establishment ofa National Register. Med. J. Aust. 2: 394-396 (1978). 28. DENNERSTEIN, L. and BURROWS, G. D. - A review of studies of thc psychological symptoms found at the menopause, Maturitas I: 55-64 (1978). 29. DENNERSTEIN, L., BURROWS. G. D., HYMAN, G. and SHARPE. K. - Hormone therapv and affect, Maturitas I: 131 (1978). 30. DENNERSTEIN, L., BURROWS, G. D.. HYMAN. G. and WOOD, C. - Menopausal hoi flushes: a double blind comparison of placebo, ethinyl oestradiol and norgeslrel, Brit. J. Obstet. Gynaec. 85: 852-856 (1978). 31. DENNERSTEIN, L., BURROWS, G. D., SENIOR, J. and WOOD, C. - Hormone replacement therapy at the menopause: a double blind controlled studv of women's preferences. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 18: 139-143 (1978). 32. DENNERSTEIN, L., LABY, B., BURROWS, G. D. and HYMAN, G. M. - Headache and sex hormone therapy. Headache 18: 146-153 (1978). 33. DENNERSTEIN, L., WOOD, C, HUDSON, B. and BURROWS, G. - Clinical features and plasma hormone levels after surgical menopause. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 18: 202- 205 (1978). 34. ELTON, D. and BURROWS, G. D. - Specific use of imagery in treatment by hypnosis: thc secret room, Aust. J. Clin. Exp. Hypn. 6: 17-25 (1978). 35. ELTON, D., BURROWS. G. D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Relaxation, physiotherapist and the psychiatric patient, Aust. J. Phvsiolherap. 14: 6-8 (1978). 36. ELTON, D.. BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Relaxation - Theorv and practice. Aust. J. Phvsiolherap. 14: 143-149 (1978). 37. ELTON, D., QUARRY, P. R„ BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY. G. V. - A new test or pain reactivity. Perceptual and Motor Skills 47: 125-126 (1978). 38. ELTON, D., QUARRY. P. R„ BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Thc Melbourne Pain Apperception Film, Melb. Psychol. Rep. 45: 1-7 (1978). 39. ELTON, D„ QUARRY, P. R„ STANLEY, G. V. and BURROWS. G. D. - A study of perceptual and psychophysical correlates of pain — the Melbourne pain apperception film (MPAF), Ausi. Psvchol. 13: 26 (1978). 40. ELTON, D., STANLEY, G. V. and BURROWS, G. D. - Self esteem and chronic pain,./. Psychosomatic Res. 22: 25-30 (1978). 192 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

41. JONES, I. H. and BARRACLOUGH, B. M. - Auto-mutilation in animals and its relevance to self-injury in man. Acta Psvchial. Scand. 58: 40-47 (1978). 42. MAGUIRE. K. P., BURROWS, G. D., NORMAN, T. R. and SCOGGINS. B. A. - A radioimmunoassay for nortriptyline (and other tricyclic antidepressants) in plasma, Clin. Chem. 24: 549-554 (1978). 43. MANN, J. and CHIU, E. - Platelet monoamine oxidase activity in Huntinnton's Chorea. J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiat. 41: 809-812 (1978). 44. PROPERT, D. N. - The relation of sex, smoking status, birth rank and parental age to P:- glycoprotcin I levels and phenotypes in a sample of Australian Caucasian adults. Hum. Genet. 43: 28I-2S8 (1978). 45. VERGHESE, A., LARGE, T. and CHIU, E. - Relationship between body build and mental illness. Brit. J. Psychiat. 132: 12-15 (1978). 46. VOHRA, J., BURROWS, G. D., McINTYRE. I. and DAVIES, B. - Cardiovascular effects of nomifensine on overdose. Lancet II: 903 (1978). 47. Continuing Education for Psychiatrists - Proceedings on Ethnic Communities and Mental Health Seminar. Ecumenical Migration Centre Melbourne, 33-34 (1978). 48. Worker's Attitudes Towards Occupational Health Nurses in Melbourne - Proceedings of Australian Occupational Health Nurses Association Congress, Melbourne (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. DUMOVIC, P. — The effects of psychotropic drugs on the cardiovascular system 2. MAGUIRE, K. P. - Studies on the interaction and clinical response to psychotropic drugs 3. PROPERT, D. N. — Some studies of genetic markers in the blood plasma of normal subjects and patients with various psychiatric disorders

Doctor of Medicine 4. MANN, J. J. — Platelet monoamine oxidase activity in psychiatric disorders

Bachelor of Medical Science 5. CRAIN, G. - Non-verbal Behaviour 6. SIM, M. — Personality studies in alcoholic women

Master of Science 7. PANSA. M.. — Non-verbal Behaviour

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BRANTON, L. J. - The Physiology of Hypothalamic Releasing Hormones in Affective Disorders DENNERSTEIN, L. — The effects of steroid hormones on sexuality, mood and behaviour

MSc Theses in Progress ALEXANDER, L. - Migrants CUMMINS, P. D. - Aspects of Psychiatric Evidence in Legal Trials SHAW, J. M. - The Uses of Rating Scales in Studies of Depression STANLEY, R. O. - Relationship of Physiological to Subjective Changes associated with the Use of Imagery in the Behavioural Treatment of Anxiety WARYSZAK, R. Z. - Community adjustment of post-hospitalized psychiatric patients

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: NH & MRC: Measurement of psychotropic drugs in biological fluids. Mental Health Research Fund: Social Causes of Psychogenic Symptoms in Migrants. RADIOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor W. S. C. Hare Edgar Rouse Professor WILLIAM SAMUEL CALHOUN HARE First Assistant BRIAN MAXWELL TRESS Senior Associates (Roval Melbourne Hospital) JAMES SYME LEON SLONIM' Senior Associate (St Vincent's Hospital) ERIC JOHN GILFORD Senior Associate (Austin Hospital) DAVID POWELL THOMAS Senior Associate (Peter McCallum Hospital) JOHN JOSEPH MARTIN Associates (Roval Melbourne Hospital) MAURICE MALCOLM McKEOWN JOSEPHINE KAVANAGH PETER ROSS WILLIAM JOSEPH ROGERS Research Fellow RAYMOND S. BUDD

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Diagnostic yields from CT. 2. Assessment of renal vein renins. 3. Morphology of the foetal pyelogram. 4. Fluid intake of patients presenting for IVP. 5. Factors affecting the radionuclide uptake of bone tumours and their detection by imaging investigations. 6. Audio-visual systems in teaching radiology. 7. The accuracy of ultrasound diagnosis in non-functioning gall bladders. 8. Patients reaction to Amipaque myelography. 9. The incidence of complications in cerebral angiography. 10. Evaluation of soluble oral cholecystography media for demonstrating the common bile duct.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books 1. HARE, W. S. C. - Anatomy of the Kidney: Its importance in interpreting urograms, in Diagnostic Radiology, eds A. R. Margulis, C. A. Gooding, Pub. Universitv of Calif.. San Francisco, 13-16 (1978). 2. HARE, W. S. C. - LIrographic abnormalities caused by disease in neighboring structures, in Diagnostic Radiology, eds A. R. Margulis, C. A. Gooding. Pub. University of Calif.. San Francisco, 49-61 (1978).

Articles 3. ANDREWS, J. T. and TRESS, B. M. - Gross jugular venous reflux during radionuclide brain scan dynamic phase. Aust. Radiol. 22(2): 105-107 (June 1978). 4. HARE, W. S. C. - Thc consultant surgeon and mammographv, in Aust. and N.7.. J. of Surg. 47(5): 580-584 (Oct. 1977). 5. KING, J., RICHARDS, M. and TRESS, B. M. - Cerebral Arteritis associated with heroin abuse. Med. J. Aust. 2: 444-445 (1978). 6. McKAY. W. J., ANDREWS, J. T. and THOMAS, D. P. - Thc value or the bone scan in thc early diagnosis of infective skeletal pathology. Aust. Radiol. 22: 165 (1978). 7. SEPHTON, R. and MARTIN, J. - Physical aspects of mammography. Aust. Radiol. 2/(4): 375 (December 1977).

THESIS IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress BUDD, R. S. — Factors affecting the radionuclide uptake of bone tumours and their detection by imaging in vesligations

193 SURGERY

AUSTIN HOSPITAL AND REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL Chairman of department: Professor K. J. Hardy Professor KENNETH JOHN HARDY Professor (Repatriation Genera! Hospital) GABRIEL ANDREW KUNE First Assistant (Austin Hospital) MALCOLM CHARLES DOUGLAS First Assistant (Austin Hospital) ANDREW ROBERT McLEISH First Assistant (Repatriation General Hospital) AVNI SALI First Assistant (Austin Hospital) JOHN EDWARD CRITCHLEY (Part-time) Senior Lecturer ANDREW KINGSLEY ROBERTS Senior Lecturer TREVOR JONES (Part-time) Research Fellow ARTHUR AARON SHULKES Trainee Fellow in Vascular Surgery NIGEL DAVID FOX Research Registrar ANANTHASWAMY NAGESH Gastrointestinal Research Sisters LYNNE MARGARET WINES ROBYN FRANCES GRIGG LEE STREET (Part-time) Graduate Research Assistant CHRISTINE CROWE Research Assistant MAIREAD KOLAVCIC Senior Associates (Austin Hospital) DAVID COLLIS BURKE BRIAN FOWELL BUXTON NEIL JOHNSON JOHN PATRICK RICHARDSON JOHN PETERSON ROYLE Senior Associates (Repatriation General Hospital) MALCOLM JOHN BROWN WARREN JOHNSON BRUCE MACCALLUM JONES KENNETH JOHN MILLAR Associates (Austin Hospital) ROBERT JOHN BARTLETT GEOFFREY ALAN GUTTER IDGE JOHN MICHAEL WOODWARD Associates (Repatriation General Hospital) IAN CHARLES FARMER JOHN HENRY ISER MURRAY WILLIAM JOHNS ANANTHASWAMY NAGESH JAMES CAMPBELL BOYD PENFOLD BARCLAY GEORGE REID RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS AUSTIN HOPITAL 1. Ontogeny of foetal sheep bile acids. 2. Regulation and control of amniotic fluid. 3. Control of foetal sheep adrenal steroid secretion. 4. Transport and excretory function of foetal liver. 5. Ontogeny of foetal gastrin secretion. 6. Role of vasoactive intestinal peptide in the human. 7. The control of gastric inhibitory peptide. 8. Distribution of peptide hormones in sheep brain. 9. The portal and local circulation of gastrin. 10. Cigarette smoking and gastric biliary reflux. 11. Gore-Tex arterial grafting, animal and patient studies. 12. Intra-extracranial arterial anastomosis for stroke. 13. Clinical review of carotid artery stenosis. 14. The Austin Hospital results for coronary artery bypass surgery. 15. Clinical review of Total Hip Replacement surgery. 16. Bladder function after spinal cord transection. 17. Immunoglobulin studies following renal transplantation in the rat. 18. The natural history of paraosteoarthropathy. 19. Antibody mediated destruction of normal tissue and tumours.

194 SURGERY 195

REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL 1. Controlled trial of preoperative total parenteral nutrition in malnourished patients. 2. Total parenteral nutrition and exercise tolerance preoperatively. 3. Assessment of risk factors before surgery. 4. Assessment of immune status before surgery. 5. Patient fears and expectations before surgery. 6. Epidemiology and bacteriology of surgical wound infection. 7. Controlled clinical trial of methods of wound closure, preventative antibiotics and wound infection in colon surgery. 8. Delayed hypersensitivity skin tests and postoperative infections. 9. Value of percutaneous transhepatic cholangiography in hepato-biliary disease - a multicentre study. 10. Bile salt metabolism, diet and the dissolution of cholesterol gallstones. 11. Study of citrate excretion in bile. 12. Estimation of fibre content in nutrients. 13. Controlled study of fibre treatment and anorectal conditions. 14. Cancer of the pancreas — a Pan-Australian case-control epidemiological study. 15. Colorectal cancer — A case-control epidemiological study.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles

1. BROWN, E. H., COGHLAN, J. P., HARDY, K. J.. WINTOUR. E. M. - Aldosterone, Corticosterone, Cortisol, Deoxycorticosterone, 11-deoxycortisol concentrations in the blood of chronically cannulated ovine foetuses, effect of ACTH. Acta Endocr. 88: 364 (1978). 2. BURKE, D. C. — The early management of spinal cord injuries. Med. J. Ausi. I: 145 (1978). 3. BURKE, D. C. and HALL, J. C. - Diving injury resulting in tetraplegia. Med.J. Ausi. I: 171 (1978). 4. BUXTON, B., BUTTERY, B. - Measurement of abdominal aortic aneurysms. Ausi. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 387 (1978). 5. BUXTON, B., REEVES, L. and ROBERTS, A. K. - Distal profunda femoris to popliteal artery bypass for patients with a short length of long saphenous vein. Surgerv 83: 245 (1978). 6. BUXTON, B., REUL, Jr. G. and COOLEY. D. A. - Transdiaphragmatic approach to the descending thoracic aorta for proximal control during surgery on the abdominal aorta. Am. J. Surg. 135: 726 (1978). 7. DOR RICOTT, N. J., McLEISH, A. R., A L EX A N DER - WI LL IA M S, J.. ROYSTON, C. M. S., COOKE, W. M., SPENCER, J., DeVRIES, B. C. and thc late H. MULLER - Prospective randomized multicentre trial of proximal gastric vagotomy and antrectomy for chronic duodenal ulcer: Interim results. Brit. J. Surg. 65: 152 (1978). 8. GOLDBERG, S. M. and McLEISH, A. R. - Large bowel polvps: What are they? How are they treated? Mod. Med. Canada 5: 116 (1978). 9. ISER, J. It.. MATON, P. N., MURPHY, G. M., DOWL1NG, R. H. - Resistance In chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA) treatment in obese patients with gallstones. Brit. Med. J. I: 1509 (1978). 10. JOHNS, M. and DORE, C. - Sleep at home and in the sleep laboratory: Disturbance by recording procedures. Ergonomics 21: 325 (1978). 1 I. KUNE, G. A. - Life-threatening surgical infection: its development and prediction. Hunterian Lecture. Ann. R. Coll. Surg. Eng. 60: 92 (1978). 12. KUNE, G. A. - Future trends and themes in medicine. First Australian Pancreas Congress. Med. J. Aust. I: 482 (1978). 13. KUNE, G. A. - Accuracy in. Diagnosis of acute pancreatitis. Med. J. Ausi. I: 583 (1978). 14. KUNE, G. A. — Surgical intervention in acute pancreatitis, in Proc. of Simposio Int. De Cirugia Del Sur. Argentina. 4: 15 (1978). 15. KUNE, G. A. - Surgerv in chronic pancreatitis, in Proc. of Simposio Int. De Cirugia Del Sur, Argentina. 4: 22 (1978)' 16. KUNE, G. A. — Life-threatening surgical infections: Recent advances in management, in Proc. of Simposio Int. De Cirugia Del Sur. Argentina, 5: 16 (1978). 17. KUNE, G. A., THOMAS, R. J. and RUSSELL. H. - External pancreatic fistula: A recent advance in management. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 287 (1978). 18. KUNE, G. A., HOBBS, J. B., BUTTERFIELD, D., SALI, A. - Cancer ofthe pancreas in young adults. Med. J. Aust. 2: 626 (1978). 19. LINGWOOD, B., HARDY, K. J., COGHLAN, J. P., WINTOUR, E. M. - Effect of aldosterone on ovine composition in the chronically cannulated ovine foetus. Endocr. J. 76: 553 (1978). 196 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

20. LINGWOOD, B., HARDY, K. J., HORACEK, I., McPHEE, M. C. SCOGGINS, B. A., WINTOUR, E. M. — The effect of antidiuretic hormone on urine flow and composition in the chronically cannulated ovine foetus. Quart. J. Exp. Physiol. 63: 315 (1978). 21. LINGWOOD, B.. HARDY. K. J., COGHLAN, J. P., WINTOUR, E. M. - The effect of aldosterone on urine comDOsition in the chronically cannulated ovine foetus../. Endocr. ?6: 553 (1978). 22. MYERS, K. A., KING, R. V., SCOTT, D. F., JOHNSON, N. and MORRIS, P. J. - Surgical treatment of the severely ischaemic leg: ( Survival Rates. Brit. J. Surg. 65: 460 (1978). 23. MYERS, K. A., KING, R. V., SCOTT, D. F., JOHNSON, N. and MORRIS, P. J. - The effect of smoking on the late patency of arterial reconstructions in the legs. Brit. J. Surg. 65: 267 (1978). 24. PRIDMORE, S. A., RODDA, R. A. and FARMER. I. C. - Elastofibroma dorsi. Med. J. Aust. 2: 215 (1978). 25. ROBERTS, A. K. and JOHNSON. N. — Aneurysm formation in an expanded microporous polytetrafluoroethylene graft. Arch. Surg. 113: 211 (1978). 26. SALI, A. - Colon Cancer and bile salt binding. Lancet 2: 424 (1978). 27. SHULKES, A. A., GIBSON, R. R. and SKINNER, S. L. - The nature of inactive renin in human plasma and amniotic fluid. Clin. Sci. and Molec. Med. 55: 41 (1978).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Austin Hospital Medical Research Foundation: Ontogeny of ovine gastric secretion. Australian Apple and Pear Corporation: Nutrition and disease. Australian Canned Fruits Board: Determination of the fibre content of various nutrients. Department of Veterans' Affairs: Nutrition and disease. Medical Research Committee: Ontogeny of foetal bile acids. Medical Research Committee: A study of environmental factors in the development of colorectal cancer and pancreas cancer. National Health and Medical Research Council: Transport and Excretory function in foetal liver. Rowden White Foundation: Gut peptide hormone development. SURGERY

DEPARTMENT OF THE HUGH DEVINE PROFESSOR ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL

Chairman of department: Professor R. C. Bennett First Assistant DIMITRI TAKI CARIDIS Senior Lecturers JOHN GEORGE BULS (from 17/3/78) BRUCE NATHANIEL GRAY JOHN THOMAS GOODCHILD RENNEY (until 17/3/78) Part-time Staff Senior Lecturer ROY LAURENCE WILLIS FINK Lecturers THELMA JEAN BAXTER JOHN FRANCIS GURRY Research Fellow NECMETTIN SOKUCU Professorial Associates JOHN KEVIN CLAREBROUGH JOHN LEONARD CONNELL HENRY VERNON CROCK Senior Associates JOHN COUNDLEY DOYLE IVO DOMINIC VELLAR JONATHAN HOWELL RUSH PETER JOHN RYAN Associate ANTHONY MALCOLM STEWARD RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. CANCER INVESTIGATION 1. Investigation of methods to alter tumour cell surface immunogenicity. 2. Assessment of tumour antigen preparations to stimulate the immune system in animals and man. 3. Monitoring non-specific serum fractions in cancer patients as a guide to prognosis and recurrence. 4. Assessment of surgical adjuvant immunotherapy in colorectal cancer using BCG and neuraminidase treated tumour cells. 5. Colonoscopy - its usefulness in the early detection and management of colon cancer. 6. Immunological aspects of cancer with reference lo C.E.A. estimations and the immuno-lhcrupy of lung carcinoma. 7. Oestrogen receptor assay in carcinoma ofthe breast — its relationship to the natural history of the tumour and its responsiveness to hormonal manipulation.

B. GASTRO-ENTEROLOGY 1. The effect of cimetidine on endogenous histamine after small bowel resection. 2. The assessment of the E.E.A. stapler in low anastomosis following anterior resection. 3. The surgical control of oesophageal reflux. 4. Studies in the healing of colonic anastomoses.

C. VASCULAR SURGERY 1. The role of the Doppler flow meter in the assessment and management of patients with peripheral vascular disease. 2. An investigation into the effectiveness of various drug combinations in the prevention of post­ operative deep vein thrombosis. 3. The use of the isolated popliteal arterial segment for bypass grafting in peripheral vascular disease. 4. Thc role of the CAT. scan in the investigation of patients with T.I.A.'s. 5. Thc measurement of liver to brain uptake of radioactive seleno methionine as an indication of shunt patency after surgery for portal hypertension.

197 198 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

D. MICROSURGERY l. The histopathology of vessels following various micro-surgical techniques.

E. TRANSPLANTATION 1. The assessment of the drug niridazole. alone or in combination with azothiaprine and prednisolone as an immunosuppressive agent in canine renal allografts. 2. Recovery of renal function after total ureteric obstruction. 3. Assessment of ability of transplanted pancreatic islets to reverse diabetes mellitus and prevent vascular complications.

F. BONE PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 1. A study of the natural history of avascular necrosis in renal transplant paticnls. 2. Study of the blood supply of the articular surfaces of bone in chronic arthritis, particularly in rheumatoid arthritis.

G. CARDIAC SURGERY I. The evaluation of various cardioplegic solutions in the production of cardioplegia.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BAIRD, R. J., GURRY, J. F„ KELLAM, J. F., WILSON, D. R. - Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms: Recent Experience with 210 patients. J. Canadian Med. Assoc. 118: 1229 (1978). 2. BENNETT. R. C. cd - Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48:1^18:6 (1978). 3. BULS, J. G., GOLDBERG, S. M. — Modern Management of Hemorrhoids. Surg. Clinics of North America 58: 469 (1978). 4. CHISHOLM, D. J., ALFORD, F. P., HAREWOOD, M. S., FINDLAY, D. M„ GRAY, B. N. — Nature and Biological Activity of Extra-pancreatic Glucagon: Studies in Pancreatectomised Cats. Metabolism 27: 261 (1978). 5. COLLOPY, B., RYAN. P. - The Present Status of Proximal Gastric Vagotomy. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 132 (1978). 6. CONNELL, J. - Popliteal Vein Entrappment. Brit. J. Surg. 5: 351 (1978). 7. DAVIE, B. - Arthroscopy ofthe Knee. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 105 (1978). 8. DOYLE, J. — Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms and the Peripheral Circulation: A Personal View. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 436 (1978). 9. KING, K. F. — Recent Advances in the Treatment of Long Bone Fractures of the Lower Limbs. Med. J. Aust. I: 551 (1978). 10. KYRIAKIDES, G. K., SIMMONS, R. L., BULS, J. G., NAJARIAN, J. S. - Paratransplant Hernia. Three Patients with a New Variant of Internal Hernia. American J. Surg. 136: 629 (1978). 11. LOVE, B. R. T., KING, K. F. - A Recent Development in the Treatment of Severe Compound Fractures. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 102 (1978). 12. RYAN, P., COLLOPY, B., RAGAZZON, R. - Five Year's Experience with Proximal Gastric (Highly Selective) Vagotomy. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 136 (1978). 13. SULIANEGARA, R., RYAN, P., O'BRIEN, B. Mc, COLLOPY, B.T., P1ANTA, R. M. - Experimental Replacement of the Cervical Oesophagus with a Free Transverse Colon Autograft using Microvascular Anastomoses. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 463 (1978). 14. TAYLOR, T. K. F., DOOLEY, B. J. Antibiotics in the Management of Posl-operalive Disc • Space Infections. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 74 (1978). 15. TURNER, P. L.. HILL, H. F., ABERDEEN, J. B. - Papillarv Adenocarcinoma Arising in a Thyroglossal Cyst. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 426 (1978). 16. VELLAR, I. D., CHMIEL. R., CAHILL, J. - Localisation of a Pheochromocytoma Situated in thc Pelvis by Radionuclide Scanning. Brit. J. Surg. 65: 25 (1978). 17. VELLAR. I. D., CHMIEL, R. L.. LANDY. M., BOOTH, R., FISCHER, S. - The Early Diagnosis of Acute Occlusive Mesenteric Ischaemia: Experimental Results and Clinical Applications. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 454 (1978). SURGERY 199

18. VELLAR. I. D., GILFORD, E.. INCANI. I-'.. McCOY. .(.. BULS, I. G. - Instrumental Removal of Retained Stones after Cholcdochotomy. Ausi. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 567 (I978).

THESIS IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress GRAY. B. N. — Immunology of Cancer

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Rowden White Fund: Assessment of ability of transplanted pancreatic islets to reverse diabetes mellitus and prevent vascular complications. NH & MRC: Investigation of methods lo alter cell surface immunogenicity. NH & M RC: Monitoring non-specific serum fractions in cancer patients as a guide to prognosis and recurrence. University of Melbourne Medical Research Grant: Methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity and the monitoring of non-specific scrum fractions in cancer patients as a guide to prognosis and recurrence. SURGERY

DEPARTMENT OF THE JAMES STEWART PROFESSOR, ROYAL MELBOURNE HOSPITAL

Chairman of department: Professor G.J. A. Clunie

James Stewart Professor GORDON JAMES AITKEN CLUNIE First Assistant HARRY ROSS Senior Lecturers JOHN RODNEY ALLSOP BRIAN FOWELL BUXTON DAVID PILKINGTON CRANKSHAW JOHN FREDERICK FORBES ANTHONY ROBERT MOORE ROBERT JOHN SHEDDEN THOMAS Lecturer JOHN PAXTON COLLINS Visiting Research Fellow ROBERT HENRY WHITEHEAD Honorary Research Fellow WILLIAM MAXWELL WEARNE R. J. Fletcher Research Scholar BRIAN RICHARD HALL Graduate Research Assistant PAUL WILLIAM KENT Candidate for degree of PhD LYNETTE JOYCE DUMBLE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS A. ANAESTHESIA 1. Computer analysis ofthe electroencephalogram during anaesthesia — Crankshaw. 2. Measurement of acoustic impedance of the respiratory system - Hall and Crankshaw.

B. CANCER 1. Serum factors in malignancy — Clunie. 2. Carcinoma of the male breast - Collins. 3. Phase II evaluation of Tamoxifen in advanced melanoma — Forbes. 4. Phase III trial of endocrine versus cytotoxic therapy in advanced breast cancer — Forbes. 5. Phase IU trial of adjuvant therapy in early breast cancer — Forbes. 6. Therapy of solid tumours in nude mice — Forbes and Whitehead. 7. Review of surgery for carcinoma of the pancreas — Ross. 8. Effect of nutrition on experimental tumour growth - Thomas.

C. IMMUNOLOGY 1. Immunosuppressive activity of serum factors in pregnancy — Clunie. 2. Antibody dependent cytotoxicity in renal transplantation - Dumble.

D. MEDICAL HISTORY 1. The press and the profession - a survey of newspaper attitudes — Moore. 2. The medical mind of Montaigne — Moore. 3. Sir Thomas Browne and Seventeenth century thought - Moore.

E. SURGICAL METABOLISM 1. Glucose kinetics following thermal injury — Allsop. 2. Effect of nutrition on wound healing following chemotherapy - Thomas.

200 SURGERY 201

F. OTHER PROJECTS 1. Evaluation of the saphenous vein as a femoral graft — Buxton. 2. Preservation of kidneys by freezing — Clunie. 3. Enhanced renal preservation using hypothermia and oxygen perfusion - Ross.

PUBLISHED WORK Book l. MOORE, A. R. - The Missing Medical Text: Humane Patient Care. Melbourne University- Press, 249 (1978).

Articles 2. ALLSOP, J. R. and LEE, E. G. L. - Factors which influenced postoperative complications in patients with ulcerative colitis or Crohn's disease of the colon on corticosteroids. Gut 19: 729- 734 (1978). 3. ALLSOP, J. R., WOLFE, R. R. and BURKE, J. F. - Glucose kinetics following burn injury in gastrostomy fed rats. Fed. Proc. 37: 455 (1978). 4. ALLSOP, J. R., WOLFE, R. R. and BURKE, J. F. - The reliability of rates of glucose appearance in vivo calculated from constant tracer infusions. Biochem. J. 172: 407-416 (1978). 5. ALLSOP, J. R. and BURKE, J. F. - Constant access to the circulation and intestinal tract of thc unrestrained rat. J. Surg. Res. 25: 111-118 (1978). 6. ALLSOP, J. R., WOLFE, R. R. and BURKE, J. F. - Glucose kinetics and responsiveness to insulin in the rat injured by burn. Surg. Gynaec. and Obstet. 147: 565-573 (1978). 7. ALLSOP, J. R., WOLFE, R. R. and BURKE, J. F. - Tracer priming the bicarbonate pool./ Appl. Phvsiol. 45: 137 (1978). 8. AVELING, W., BRADSHAW, A. D. and CRANKSHAW, D. - The effect of speed of injection on the potencv of anaesthetic induction agents. Anaesthesia and Intensive Care6: 116 (1978). 9. BUXTON, B., BUTTERY, B. and BUCKLEY, J. - Measurement of abdominal aortic aneurysms. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 387-389 (1978). 10. BUXTON, B., REEVES, L. and ROBERTS, A. K. - Distal profunda femoris to popliteal artery bypass for patients with a short length of long saphenous vein. Surgery 83: 245-247 (1978). 11. BUXTON, B., REUL, G. R. and COOLEY, D. A. - Transdiaphragmatic approach to the descending thoracic aorta for proximal control during surgery on the abdominal aorta. Am. J. Surg. 135: 726-727 (1978). 12. CLARKE, F. M., MORTON, H. and CLUNIE, G. J. A. - Detection and separation or two serum factors responsible for depression of lymphocyte activity in pregnancy. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 32: 318-323 (1978). 13. COLLINS, J. P. and BUTTERFIELD, D. - The results or colonic anastomosis at thc Royal Melbourne Hospital. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 409-411 (1978). 14. DUMBLE, L. J., MACDONALD, I. M. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity in renal transplantation. Vllth Int. Congress of Nephrology. Montreal, Canada, G-20 (18-23 June, 1978). 15. FORBES, J. F. - The clinical significance or oestrogen receptors. Proc. Clinical Oncological Soc. Aust. 65 (1978). 16. FORBES, J. F. and MOORE, A. R. - Controlled trials in surgery. Lancet 11: 107-108 (1978). 17. GOUGH, I. R., BOLTON, P. M., CLUNIE, G. J. A. and BURNETT, W. - Chemoimmunotherapy of disseminated melanoma and colorectal carcinoma. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 296-300 (1978). 18. HUGHES, L. E. and FORBES, J. F. - Early breast cancer Part I. Surgical pathology and the pre-operative assessment. Br. J. Surg. 65: 753-763 (1978). 19. HUGHES, L. E. and FORBES, J. F. - Early breast cancer Part II. Management. Br. J. Surg. 65: 764-772 (1978). 20. KITAJIMA, J., WOLFE, R. R., TRELSTEAD, R. L., ALLSOP, J. R. and BURKE, .1. F. - Gastric musocal lesions after burn injury: Relationship to H+ back-diffusion and the microcirculation. /. Trauma 18: 644-650 (1978). 21. KUNE, G. A., THOMAS, R. J. S. and RUSSELL, J. - External pancreatic fistula: a recent advance in management. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 287-290 (1978). 22. MACDONALD, I. M., DUMBLE, L. J. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Increased frequency of HLA-B12 in analgesic nephropathy. Vllth Int. Congress of Nephrology. Montreal, Canada, G-20 (18-23 June, 1978). 202 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

23. MARSHALL, V. C. ROSS, H., SCOTT, D. F., MclNNES. S., THOMSON, N. and ATKINS. R. C. — Preservation of cadaveric renal allografts — comparison of flushing and pumping techniques. Proc. Eur. Dial. Transplant. Assoc. 14: 302 (1978). 24. MOORE. A. R. — Pre-anaesthetic mastectomy: A patient's experience. Sureerv 83: 200-205 (1978). 25. MOORE, A. R. - Surgery in the aged. Aust. Familv Phvsician 7: 1045-1051 (1978). 26. MOORE, A. R. - Old doctors for new. B.M.J. 2: 1363 (1978). 27. PRIESTMAN. T„ BAUM, M., JONES, V. and FORBES, J. F. - Treatment and survival in advanced breast cancer. B.M.J. 2: 1673-1674 (1978). 28. ROSS, H. and ESCOTT, M. - The effect of delay using a hypertonic flushing solution and ice storage on renal preservation. Transplantation 26: 473 (1978). 29. THOMAS, R. J. S. and ROSALION, A. - The use of parenteral nutrition in thc management of external gastrointestinal tract fistulae. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 4S: 535-539 (1978). 30. THOMAS, R. J. S. - The organisation, methods and experience of a parenteral nutrition service. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 539-544 (1978). 31. WEARNE, W. M., HARRIS, J. E. and POTTER, W. - Experience with the Melbourne knee prosthesis, based on the first 35 operations over a 3 vear period. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 48: 59-65 (1978). 32. WHITEHEAD, R. H., ROBERTS. G. P. and WORWOOD, M. - The factor causing depression of percentage T lymphocyte levels in breast cancer patients is not ferritin. New Engl. J. Med. 298: 280 (1978). 33. WHITEHEAD, R. H.. ROBERTS, G. P., HUGHES, L. E. and THATCHER, J. - Importance of methodology in demonstrating depression of T-lymphocyte levels. Br. J. Surg. 37: 28-32 (1978). 34. WHITEHEAD, R. H„ SHUKLA, H. S. and HUGHES, L. E. - A study and comparison of T-ccll depression following radiotherapy or surgery for Stage III breast cancer. Clinical Oncology 4: 101 (1978). 35. WOLFE, R. R„ ALLSOP, J. R. and BURKE, .1. F. - Glucose and lactate metabolism in experimental septic shock. Fed. Proc. 37: 456 (1978). 36. WOLFE, R. R„ ALLSOP, J. R. and BURKE, J. F. - Glucose turnover in man: responses to intravenous glucose infusion. Diabetes 27(2): 461 (1978). 37. WOLFE, R. R., ALLSOP, J. R. and BURKE, J. F. - Allibility ofthe intravenous glucose tolerance test as a measure of endogenous glucose turnover. Metabolism 27: 217-226 (1978). 38. WOLFE, R. R., ALLSOP, J. R. and BURKE. J. F. - Increased glucose production following neurotensin administration. Life Sciences 22: 1043-1048 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Science 1. DUMBLE, L. J. — Features of Antibody Dependent Cellular Cytotoxicity in Renal Transplantation

THESES IN PROGRESS MD Thesis in Progress ALLSOP, J. R. — Glucose kinetics in vivo and the response to thermal injury

PhD Theses in Progress DUMBLE. L. J. - Immune responsiveness in transplantation and tumour immunology HALL, B. R. - Measurement of the acoustic impedance of the respiratory system

MSc Thesis in Progress KENT, P. W. — Glucose kinetics in vivo following injury: the role of catecholamines

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: National Health and Medical Research Council: Preservation of Kidneys by Freezing. World Health Organisation Programme in Human Reproduction: Investigation ofa factor detected in early pregnancy. R. J. Fletcher Research Grant: Computer Analysis During Anaesthesia. MUSIC Chairman of department: Mr M. Cooke Professors PETER JOHN DENNISON GEORGE FREDERICK LOUGHLIN Readers MAX COOKE RONALD FARREN-PRICE PERCY JONES Senior Lecturers GRAHAM ALFRED REGINALD BARTLE MACK JOST JOHN KENNEDY MEREDITH MAXWELL MOON DONALD WILLIAM THORNTON Lecturers BARRY CONYNGHAM CHRISTOPHER MARTIN PETER RICHARD TAHOURDIN Associate RICHARD DIVALL Tutors ANTHONY GOULD BRIAN HOWARD GLYNN MARILLIER RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Direct synthesis of music. 2. Composing programmes. 3. Special disposition of music by means of computer controller output. 4. Interactive data input and output for music. 5. Development of algorithms for automated tonal analysis. 6. The evolution of theories concerning key relationship. 7. Contemporary methods of teaching music to children, leading to neuropsychological study of normal musical memory. 8. An analytical study of music and its times. 9. The musical language of Elgar. 10. Pelham Humfrey. 11. Purcell verse anthems with strings. 12. Methods to cultivate self-creativity at the keyboard. 13. The morphology of Wagner's Leitmotifs in Parsifal. 14. Three studies in Unrequited Love (Schubert, Schumann and Mahler). 15. Early printed books on music in Oxford libraries published before 1800. 16. Henri Duparc and his melodies.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books I. TAHOURDIN, P. R. — Robert Hughes, in Australian Composition in the Twentieth Century, eds F. Callaway and D. Tunley, Oxford University Press, Melbourne, 52-57 (1978).

Articles 2. COOKE, M. - Music Therapy Course at the University of Melbourne. Aust. J. Music Education, 54-55 (October 1978). 3. COOKE, M. - Statement from the Immediate Past President of ASME. Aust. J. Music Education. 93-94 (October 1978).

Compositions and Editions 4. DENNISON, P. - Purcell: Ode on St. Cecilia's Day 1692. Purcell Societv 8 (Sevenoaks, 1978). 5. TAHOURDIN. P. R. - Dialogue No. 3 for Flute and Double Bass.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Music 1. BEBBINGTON, W. - The Operas of G. W. L. Marshall-Hall 2. MADDEN. W. — Folio of Compositions

203 204 FACULTY OF MUSIC

Doctor of Philosophy 3. STEVENS, R. — Music in Stale-Supported Education in New South Wales and Victoria 1848- 1920

THESES IN PROGRESS MMus Theses in Progress ANDERSON, P. J. - The Innovations of Percy Grainger BLACKBURN, A. S. — The English, French and Italian Influences in the Church Music of Henry Purcell BRESCIANI, D. N, — Transfer Effects from Comprehensive Music Training to Other Areas of Learning in Children of Pre-school/Primary School Age CALLAGHAN, M. A. — A Comparison of the Music of certain Selected Puhlic Schools in the U.K. with that of Selected Independent Schools of a Similar Type in Australia DIVALL, R. - 'Pre Reform' Opera Seria of Gluck (I741-65)and anEdition of the Dramatic Ballet 'Allessandro''. ERDONMEZ, D, — Music Therapy — Overview of Literature and Research Project on "Factors Determining Preference for Musk in Hospitalized Psychiatric Patients". FITZGERALD, T. A. D. - Folio of Compositions ' GREEN BAUM, E. P. — The Role of Improvisation in Avant-Garde Music HARVEST, R. - Percy Grainger HOGG, N. — Primary Teachers' Competence in Music Teaching JAYASUNDERA, M. - Michael Tippett LEASK, .1. D. — Music Theatre and Drama in Schools MITCHELL, E. E. — Solo and Chamber Works of Georges Enesco RUFF, M. H. — Compositional Techniques in Selected Australian Piano Works of the I960's SABLINSKIS, P. V. — Contemporary Percussion from 1945 to the Present STEVENS, C. J. - The Development of Software for a Hybrid PDP 11/10 Svnthi 100 System STEVENSON, A. G. - Folio of Compositions STOCKIGT, J. B. - Investigation of Problems of Performance on the Baroque Oboe and the Preparation of a Set of Exercises for the Instrument TAYLOR, C. J. — A Study of Piano Teaching Techniques post-Beethoven io the Late Romantics THOMAS, A. A. — An Examination of the Approaches to and the Teaching of Contemporary Music (Composition. Performance, Listening and Analysis) in the Tertiary Institutions in the U.K. and California TURNER, P. - Composition and Analysis WEST, S. D. - Kodalv WHIFFIN. L. S. - Composition

MA Theses in Progress CANTWELL, A. - Classical Themes iri Later 18th Century Opera GREEN, A. M. — A Critical Survey of Mixed Media Composition in Australian Contemporary Music HOWARD, B. R. - The Operas of Luigi Daltapiccola MeDONALD, J. L. - Seventeenth Century English Music MURPHY, K. — Emotion and Meaning in Music

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Investigation into Computer Music Generation and related topics. Australia-Japan Foundation: Investigation of the Effects and Effectiveness of each of thc Main Contemporary Methods of Teaching Music to Children, leading to Neuropsychological Study of Normal Musical Memory in General. BOTANY Chairman of department: Dr D. M. Calder

Professors THOMAS CARRICK CHAMBERS ROBERT BRUCE KNOX Readers DAVID HUNGERFORD ASHTON DONALD MALCOLM CALDER TOM FINNIS NEALES KINGSLEY SPENCER ROWAN Senior Lecturers PETER MUECKE ATTIWILL SUZANNE LAWLESS DUIGAN HARING JOHANNES SWART GRETNA MARGARET WESTE Lecturers PAUL ADRIAN BROADY ADRIENNE ELIZABETH CLARKE GERALD THOMPSON KRAFT PAULINE YVONNE LADIGES DAVID RONALD MURRAY RICHARD WETHERBEE Principal Tutor OLIVE BESSIE LAWSON Tutors KEVIN ALLEN CLAYTON-GREENE PHILIP GEORGE LADD PATRICK JOSEPH SHARKEY Research Fellows BARRY FRANCIS CLOUGH DAVID CHARLES HORSMAN JOHN MICHAEL PETTIT ILMA GRACE STONE Junior Research Fellow HIPPAWANA IGNATIUS MANILAL VASANTHE VITHANAGE Research Associate JENNETH MERIEL SASSE Professor Emeritus JOHN STEWART TURNER Professorial Associate FRANCIS GORDON LENNOX Senior Associates MARGARET BLACKWOOD SOPHIE CHARLOTTE DUCKER Graduate Research Assistants NERINA DU PREEZ ROBERT EAGER SUSAN HARRISON VALDA LIEPINS DOUGLAS NEWTON KUMUDINI VITHANAGE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS (Name of research director only shown)

A. AEROBIOLOGY

1. Pollen and spores in the Melbourne atmosphere - R. B. Knox. 2. Grass pollen and allergic diseases - R. B. Knox.

B. AQUATIC BOTANY

1. The biology of Australian seagrasses: development of the male and female inflorescences of Amphibolis antarctica - S. C. Ducker and R. B. Knox. 2. The biology of Australian seagrasses: pollen development and the mechanism of pollination in Amphibolis antarctica — S. C. Ducker and R. B. Knox.

205 206 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

C. CELL BIOLOGY 1. Pollen development and pollination in Acacia. Helianlhus and Lolium - R. B. Knox. 2. Localization of allergens in grass pollens - R. B. Knox. 3. Pollen-stigma interaction in Gladiolus and sweet cherry. Prunus avium - R. B. Knox. 4. Development of the grape [Vitis vinifera) inflorescence flower and fruit - R. B. Knox. 5. Plant cell recognition — form and function of plant cell surface glycoproteins and proteoglycans — A. E. Clarke. 6. Cell biology of protein and carbohydrate storage in legumes — R. D. Murray. 7. Plant cell recognition: pollen-stigma interactions and other systems. Antigenic determinants of plant organs — R. B. Knox and A. E. Clarke. 8. Plant cell recognition: Mating interactions of unicellular algae - A. E. Clarke and R. Wetherbee. 9. Plant cell recognition: Adhesion of micro-organisms to root surface — A. h. Clarke and G. M. Weste.

D. ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION 1. Ecology and regeneration of mature Eucalyptus regnans F. Muell. forest, Wallabv Creek — D. H. Ashton. 2. Allelopathic effects on E. regnans forests — D. H. Ashton. 3. The ecology off. camaldulensis — E. viminalis boundaries in Victoria, especially lhat along the Yarra Valley - D. H. Ashton. 4. The autecology of Pitiosporum undulatum in relation to its westward spread in Victoria — D. H. Ashton. 5. The water relations of heath and rainforest species at Tidal River, Wilson's Promontory — D. H. Ashton. 6. The effect of fire on Murray River red gum forest and the comparison of the heat resistance of E. regnans. E. obliqua and E. camaldulensis - D. H. Ashton. 7. The comparative ecology of five different riverine environments in thc Westernport Bay catchment — D. H. Ashton. 8. The occurrence of coastal tree ferns at Merricks. Westernport Bay — D. H. Ashton. 9. Ecology and conservation of seashore communities — D. M. Calder. 10. The autecology of Callitris columellaris in south-eastern Australia — K. A. Clayton-Greene. 11. Variation in Eucalyptus obliqua occurring on acidic and alkaline soils - P. Y. Ladiges. 12. Variation in Eucalyptus baxteri — P. Y. Ladiges. 13. A study of thc dieback of Phragmites australis and subsequent shoreline erosion in the Gippsland Lakes — P. Y. Ladiges. 14. Salinity and waterlogging tolerance of Melaleuca ericifolia - P. Y. Ladiges. 15. A study of the wetlands of the basalt plains, Victoria — P. Y. Ladiges.

E. ECOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY 1. Nutrient cycling and productivity in mangrove and seagrass communities in Westernport Bay - P. M. Attiwill. 2. Nutrient cycling in terrestrial ecosystems — P. M. Attiwill.

F. EVOLUTION, SYSTEMATICS AND TAXONOMY 1. Variation and evolution of Craspedia glauca - D. M. Calder. 2. Floral biology of mistletoes in Victoria - D. M. Calder. 3. Studies on spore morphology of the genus Blechnum: light and scanning electron microscopy — T. C. Chambers. 4. A world monograph on the genus Blechnum — T. C. Chambers. 5. The Lower Devonian vascular flora of Victoria — T. C. Chambers. 6. A fossil flora at the Siluro-Devonian boundary — T. C. Chambers. 7. The genus Cheilanthes in Australia - a taxonomic and geographic study - T. C. Chambers. 8. Pollen analyses of Victorian Quaternary deposits — S. I.. Duigan. 9. Taxonomy of Victorian angiosperms — S. L. Duigan. 10. Quaternary vegetation history and palaeoclimatcs in south-eastern Australia — P. G. Ladd. 11. Study of the genera Ditrichum, Dislichium and Pseudodistichium in Australia — R. D. Seppelt. BOTANY 207

12. Study of the bryoflora of Macquarie Island - R. D. Seppelt. H Study of the floristics and ecologv of the vegetation of Australian Antarctic Territory - R. D. Seppelt/ 14. A new species, Tortula oleaginosa from semi-arid regions in Australia — I. G. Stone. 15. A new species of Acaulon from the arid zone in Australia - I. G. Stone. 16. Study of a new moss genus growing on calcareous soils near salt lakes, in Victoria, South Australia and Western Australia - I. G. Stone. ] 7. Study of spores in the genera Acaulon, Phascum, Trematodon and Goniomilrium by scanning electron microscope, transmission electron microscope and light microscope, and an evaluation oftheir usefulness in distinguishing species within these genera — I. G.Stone.

G. MORPHOGENESIS

1. Development of the endodcrmis on the root and shoot of Hibbertia - T. C. Chambers. 2. Drought tolerance of the gametophyte of Cheilanthes - T. C. Chambers.

H. MYCOLOGY

1. Conidium structure in relation to the taxonomy of some Coelomycetes - H. J. Swart. 2. A study of leaf-inhabiting fungi - H. J. Swart. 3. Chlamydospores of Phytophthora cinnamomi: their production in soils of dry sclerophyll forest and savannah woodland — G. M. Weste. 4. Chlamydospore survival and behaviour in various soils and gravels over a range of soil water potentials - G. M. Weste. 5. Zoosporangial production by Phytophthora cinnamomi in soils of eucalypt forest and Banksia woodland - G. M. Weste. 6. Comparative mineral analysis of diseased and unaffected plant tissues - G. M. Weste. 7. Physiology of root rot due to Phytophthora cinnamomi — G. M. Weste. 8. A comparison of root-associated fungal flora of susceptible and resistant plants in diseased and disease-free forest — G. M. Weste. 9. Litter senescence on Macquarie Island - G. M. Weste. 10. Mycological studies of Antarctic soils - G. M. Weste. 11. Rare Victorian Discomycetes - G. M. Weste.

I. PHYCOLOGY

1. The history of phycology in Australia - S. C. Ducker. 2. A study of articulated coralline algae from the southern Australian coast — S. C. Ducker. 3. Studies on selected species, genera and families of marine red algae - G. T. Kraft. 4. Distribution and ecology of marine algae in northern Port Phillip Bay — G. T. Kraft. 5. Deep water algae of the Great Barrier Reef - G. T. Kraft. 6. The marine algae of Lord Howe Island - G. T. Kraft. 7. Taxonomy and distribution of Victorian encrusting coralline red algae - G. T. Kraft. 8. The marine algae of Macquarie Island - G. T. Kraft. 9. Mechanism of calcification in coralline algae - K. S. Rowan. 10. Mechanism controlling polarity in germinating eggs of Hormosira banksii — K. S. Rowan. 11. Nitrogen cycling in marine macrophytes at Werribee - K. S. Rowan. 12. The location of floridorubin in Lenormandia prolifera - K. S. Rowan. 13. The effect of light intensity and flow rate on the photosynthetic rate bf Caulerpa - K. S. Rowan. 14. Processes of subcellular evolution - R. Wetherbee. 15. Post-fertilization development in Nemalion - R. Wetherbee. 16. Ultrastructural investigations of deep water red algae from the Great Barrier Reef — R. Wetherbee. 17. Red algal parasites: recognition and attachment - R. Wetherbee. 18. Guide to the common phytoplankton genera of Port Phillip Bay — R. Wetherbee. 208 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

J. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 1. Ozone pollution studies — D. M. Calder. 2. Control of gas exchange in CAM plants — T. F. Neales. 3. Gas exchange patterns in pineapple — T. F. Neales. 4. The physiology of the halophyte, Disphyma australis - T. F. Neales. 5. Physiological ecology of Banksia integrifolia — T. F. Neales. 6. Responses to water stress of Pinus radiata seedlings — T. F. Neales. 7. Effects of heat stress on the physiology of Eucalyptus obliqua — K. S. Rowan. 8. The physio-ecology of Pitiosporum undulatum — K. S. Rowan. 9. Senescence in heath at Tidal River, Wilson's Promontory — K. S. Rowan. 10. The biology of podolactone-type inhibitors - K. S. Rowan. 11. Podolactone-type inhibitors in Podocarpaceac and other conifers - .1. M. Sasse. 12. Growth-inhibiting substances in Garrya elliptica - J. M. Sasse. 13. Structure/activity relationships of naturally-occurring plant growth inhibitors - J. M. Sasse.

K. PHYTOCHEMISTRY 1. Chromatographic and chemical studies of leaf and pollen from three varieties of Primus avium (Cherry) - F. G. Lennox. 2. Variation in thc pattern of fluorescent phenols from Borya intida growing at various sites in Australia — F. G. Lennox. 3. Characterization of a fluorescent yellow component in some specimens formerly classed as Eucalyptus ovata — Y. G. Lennox.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books 1. KNOX, R. B. and CLARKE, A. E. - Localization of proteins and glycoproteins by binding to labelled antibodies and lectins in Electron Microscopy and Cytochemistry of Plant Cells, ed J. L. Hall, Elsevier/Holland Biomedical Press, Amsterdam, 149-185 (1978). 2. WESTE, G. — Environmental factors controlling severity of disease due to Phytophthora cinnamomi in Victoria in Microbial Ecology, ed M. W. Loutit and J. A. R. Miles, Springer- Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 369-370 (1978).' 3. CALDER, D. M. - Ecological Reality in Energy. Agriculture and the Built Environment, ed R. King, C. E. S. Publication, Melbourne, 15-24 (1978).

Articles 4. ANDERSON, C. A. and LADIGES, P. Y. - A comparison of three populations of Eucalyptus obliqua L'Herit. growing on acid and calcareous soils in southern Victoria. Aust. J. Bot. 26: 93-109 (1978). 5. ASHCROFT, W. J. and MURRAY, D. R. - Selective mobilization of albumins from the cotyledons of Acacia ileaphvlla. Proc. Joint Aust. Biochem. Soc.-N.Z. Biochem. Soc. Meeting on Plant Proteins. 15 (1978). 6. ASHTON. D. H. and MOORE, G. M. - Vegetation of Pleistocene block streams and block fields in Victoria: a successionat interpretation. Aust. J. Ecol. 3: 43-56 (1978). 7. ATTIWILL, P. M. and CLOUGH, B. F. - Productivity and nutrient cycling in the mangrove and seagrass communities of Westernport Bav. Report to Ministry for Conservation, Victoria. 87 pp. (1978). 8. ATTIWILL. P. M., GUTHRIE, H. B. and LEUNING. R. - Nutrient cycling in a Eucalyptus obliqua L'Herit. forest. I. Litter production and nutrient return. Aust. J. Bot. 26: 79-91(1978). 9. BEATON, G. and WESTE. G. M. — Two new fruit-inhabiting Helotiales species from Australia. Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 70: 73-76 (1978). 10. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - Two new species of Australian Helotiales. Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 70: 77-80 (1978). 11. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - The genus Sphaerozone. Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 7/(1): 164-167 (1978). 12. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - Four inoperculate discomycetes from Victoria, Australia. Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 7/(2): 215-221 (1978). 13. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. — Five small fungi newly recorded from Victoria, Australia. Vic. Nat. 9.5: 178-187 (1978). 14. BROWN, V. B. - A seagrass thrives in an eutrophic environment. Helobiae Newsletter 2: 6-8 (1978). BOTANY 209

15. CANTERFORD, G. S.. BUCHANAN, A. S. and DUCKER. S. C. - Accumulation of heavy metals by the marine diatom Ditvlum brightwellii (West) Grunow. Ausi. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 29: 61.1-622 (1978). 16. CHAUDHRI, M. A., LEE, M. M. and ROUSE, J. L. with WESTE, G. - Proton activation studies of changes in mineral composition of Eucalyptus obliqua due lo Phytophthora cinnamomi. Int. J. App. Radiation and Isotopes 29: 585-587 (1978). 17. CLARKE, A. E, ABBOTT, A.. MANDEL, T. and KNOX, R. B. - Freeze fracture of stigma surface of Gladiolus gandavensis. Proc. Aust. Soc. of Electron Microscopy (1978). 18. CLARKE, A. E., ANDERSON, R. and STONE, B. A. - Form and function of arabinogalactans and arabinogalactan proleins. Phvtochemistrv 17: 1-22 (1978). 19. CLARKE. A. E., GLEESON, P. A., JERMYN, M. A. and KNOX, R. B. - Characterization and localization of B-lectins in lower and higher plants. Aust. J. Plant Phvsiol. 5: 707-722 (1978). 20. CLARKE, A. E., GLEESON, P. A., JERMYN, M. A. and KNOX, R. B. - Isolation and structure of an arabinogalactan protein from thc female reproductive tissue of Gladiolus. Proc. IXth Int. Svmp. on Carbohydrate Chemistrv. Chem. Soc, London, 497 (1978). 21. CLARKE, A. E„ HARRISON, S. and KNOX, R. B. - Plant cell recognition. Glycoproteins from pollen wall sites and stigma surface of Gladiolus gandavensis. Proc. IXth Int. Symp. of Carbohydrate Chemistrv, Chem. Soc, London, 465 (1978). 22. CLARKE, A. E. and KNOX, R. B. - Cell recognition in flowering plants. Quart. Rev. of Biology 53: 3-28 (1978). 23. CRUMP, J. A. and MURRAY, D. R. - Changes in multiple hydrolase activity during proteolysis in bean cotyledons. Proc. Aust. Biochem. Soc. II: 26 (1978). 24. DEL MORAL, R., WILLIS, R. J. and ASHTON, D. H. - Suppression of coastal heath vegetation by Eucalyptus baxteri. Aust. J. Bot. 26: 203-219 (1978). 25. DREHER, T. W„ GRANT, B. R. and WETHERBEE, R. - The wound response in the siphonous alga Caulerpa simpliciuscula C. Ag.: Fine structure and cytologv. Protoplasma 96: 189-203 (1978). 26. DUCKER, S. C. and KNOX, R. B. - Alleloparasitism between a seagrass and algae. Naturwiss. 65: 391-392 (1978). 27. DUCKER, S. C, PETTIT. J. M. and KNOX, R. B. - Biology of Australian seagrasses: pollen development and submarine pollination in Amphibolis antarctica and Thalassodendron ciliatum (Cvmodoceaceac). Aust. J. Bol. 26: 265-285 (1978). 28. EAGER, R' W. and CALDER, D. M. - Mistletoes in Victoria: a review. Report to Natural Resources Conservation League, pp.96 (1978). 29. FARRELL, T. P. and ASHTON, D. H. - Population studies on Acacia melanoxylon R. Br. 1. Variation in seed and vegetative characteristics. Aust. J. Bot. 26: 365-379 (1978). 30. GLEESON, P. A., CLARKE, A. E., JERMYN, M. A. and KNOX, R. B. - Arabinogalactan proteins of the female reproductive tissues of Gladiolus gandavensis. Proc. Aust. Biochem. Soc. 11: 33 (1978). 31. GILLESPIE, R., HORTON, D. A., LADD, P., MUCUMBER, P. G„ RICH, T. H., THORNE, R. and WRIGHT, R. V. S. - Lancefield swamp and the extinction of thc Australian megafauna. Science 200: 1044-1048 (1978). 32. GORDON, K. H. J., PEOPLES, M. B. and MURRAY. D. R. - Ageing-linked changes in photosynthetic capacitv and in fraction I protein content ofthe first leaf of Pea, Pisum sativum L. New Phvtol. 81: 35-42 (1978). 33. GUTHRIE, H. B., ATTIWILL. P. M. and LEUNING, R. - Nulrient cycling in a Eucalyptus obliqua (L'Herit.) forest. II. A study in a small catchment. Aust. J. Bol. 26: 189- 201 (1978). 34. HILL, D. J., MUNRO. D. A., WEST, P. J., KNOX, R. B. and WESTON, R. H. - Asthma in Melbourne Children. Med. J. Aust. 1: 614-615 (1978). 35. HOCKING. P. J.. PATE, J. S„ ATKINS, C. A. and SHARKEY, P. J. - Diurnal patterns of transport and accumulation of minerals in fruiting plants of Lupinus angustifolius L. Ann. Bot. 42: 1277-80 (1978). 36. KENNKDY, J. and WESTE, G. M. - Disease due to Phytophthora cinnamomi in the Grampians, Victoria. Phytophthora Newsletter 6: 17-18 (1978). 37. KRAFT, G. T. - Studies of marine algae in the lesser-known families of the Gigartinales (Rhodophyta). II. The Dicranemaceae. Aust. J. Bot. 25: 219-267 (1977). 38. KRAFT, G. T. - Transfer ofthe New Zealand red alga Tvlotus proliferus (Gracilariaccac, Gigartinales) to thc genus Gracilaria. N.Z. J. Bot. 15: 495-502 (1977). 39. KRAFT, G. T. - The marine algae of Lord Howe Island. J. Phycol. 13: 37 (1977). 40. KRAFT, G. T. — Studies of marine algae in the lesser-known families of the Gigartinales (Rhodophvta). III. The Mvchodeaccae and Mychodcophyllaccae. Aust. J. Bol. 26: 515-610 (1978). 41. LADD, P. G. - Vegetation historv at Lake Curlip in lowland eastern Victoria, from 5200 B.P. to present. Aust. J. Bol. 26: 393-414 (1978). 210 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

42. LADD, P. G. — Vegetation and climatic "history" on the Delegate River in eastern Victoria, and its relation to some other pollen sites. Aust. Quat. Newsletter 12: 34-36 (1978). 43. LARKUM. A. W. D., BOROWITZK A, M.A. and KRAFT, G. T. - Deep water red algae of the southern Great Barrier Reef. /. Phycol. 13: 38 (1977). 44. LEuNING, K. and Ai li'wiLL, V. M. - Mass, heat and momentum exchange between a mature Eucalyptus forest and the atmosphere. Agric. Met. 19: 215-241 (1978). 45. LEWIS, J., O'BRIEN, C. and KRAFT. G. T. - Acts of man, God and nature (respectively) as causal factors in the succession of marine algae in northern Port Phillip Bay (Melbourne region). /. Phycol. 13: 41 (1977). 46. MURRAY, D. R. and ASHCROFT. W. J. - Comparative studies of the seed proteins of Acacia sophorae and A. longifolia. Proc. Joint Aust. Biochem. Soc. — N.Z. Biochem. Soc. Meeting on Plant Proteins. 14 (1978). 47. MURRAY, D. R., ASHCROFT, W. J., SEPPELT, R. D. and LENNOX, F. G. - Comparative biochemical and morphological studies of Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R. Br. and A. longifolia (Andrews) Willd. Aust. J. Bot. 26: 755-771 (1978). 48. NEALES, T. F. and NICHOLLS, A. O. - Growth responses of young wheat plants to a range of ambient CO- levels. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 5: 45-59 (1978). 49. PATE, J. S.. SHARKEY, P. J. and ATKINS, C. A. - Nutrition of a developing legume fruit. Functional economy in terms of carbon, nitrogen and water. PI. Physiol. 59: 506-510 (1977). 50. PETTIT, J. M., DUCKER, S. C. and KNOX, R. B. - Amphibolis pollen has no exine. Helobiae Newsletter 2: 19-22 (1978). 51. RAFF, J. W., HUTCHINSON, J., McKENZIE, I. F. C, KNOX, R. B. and CLARKE, A. E. — Relationship between cellular determinants of plant organs and their derived callus cells. Proc. Aust. Biochem. Soc. II: 34 (1978). 52. SCHOLEFIELD, P. B., NEALES, T. F. and MAY, P. - Carbon balance of the sultana vine (Vitis vinifera L.) and the effects of autumn defoliation by harvest-pruning. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 5: 561-570 (1978). 53. SEPPELT, R. D. - Studies on the bryoflora of Macquarie Island. I. Introduction and checklist of the species. The Brvologist 80: 167-170(1977). II. Ulota phvllantha Brid. N.Z.J. Bot. 16: 21-23 (1977). 54. STONE, I. G. — Tortula oleaginosa. a new moss from Australia. J. Bryol. 10: 15-21 (1978). 55. SWART, H. J. Some Ascomycetes found on decaying Eucalyptus leaves in low rainfall areas of Australia. 1.M.C.2 Abstracts. 647 (1977). 56. SWART, H. J. - Some leaf inhabitants of Australian native plants. I.M.C.2 Abstracts. 648 (1977) . 57. SWART, H. J. — Some Melanconiales causing leaf spots on Eucalyptus. A .P.P.S. Third Nat. Plant Pathology Conf. Abstracts, 32 (1978). 58. TOWNSEND, R. A. and KRAFT, G T. - Preliminary studies of Victorian crustose coralline algae. J. Phvcol. 13: 68 (1977). 59. VEBLEN, f. T. and ASHTON, D. H. - Catastrophic influences on the vegetation of the Valdivian Andes, Chile. Vegetatio 36: 149-167 (1978). 60. VITHANAGE, H. I. M. V. and CLARKE, A. E. - The nature of callose produced during rejection of self pollen by rye, Secale cereale. Proc. IXth Int. Symp. on Carbohydrate Chemistry, Chem. Soc., London, 65 (1978). 61. WESTE, G. — Comparative pathogenicity of six root parasites towards cereals. Phvtopath. Z. 93: 41-55 (1978). 62. WESTE, G. M. and CHAUDHRI, M. A. - Change in mineral composition of plants infected with Phytophthora cinnamomi. Phytophthora Newsletter 6: 16 (1978). 63. WESTE, G. and VITHANAGE, K. - Effect of Phytophthora cinnamomi on microbial populations associated with the roots of forest flora. Aust. J. Bot. 26: 153-167 (1978). 64. WESTE, G. M. and VITHANAGE, K. — Seasonal variation in numbers of chlamydospores in Victorian forest soils infected with Phytophthora cinnamomi. Aust. J. Bot. 26: 657-662 (1978) . 65. WESTE, G. M. and VITHANAGE, K. - The effect of invasion by Phytophthora cinnamomi on the microflora associated with the roots of forest species. Phytophthora Newsletter 6: 67-69 (1978). 66. WETHERBEE, R. - The presence of tubular plasmalemmal structures during carposporogenesis in the red alga Polysiphonia. Protoplasma 94: 341-345 (1978). 67. WETHERBEE, R. - Differentiation and continuity of the Golgi apparatus during carposporogenesis in Polysiphonia (Rhodophyta). Protoplasma 95: 347-360 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Science 1. DUCKER, S. C. - Studies in Marine Botany BOTANY 211

Doctor of Philosophy 2. FRIEND, D. A. - The ecology of Amsinckia (Amsinckia spp.) in Wheat Crops in Victoria 3. PARR-SMITH, G. A. - Taxonomy of Atriplex vesicaria and related species 4. SKINNER, M. F. - Chemical and Microbiological Aspects ofthe Growth o/Pinus radiata D. Don in Eastern Victoria 5. VITHANAGE. H. I. M. V. — Pollen wall proteins and breeding systems of plants

Master of Science 6. CONN. B. J. - The genus Geniostoma 5. Str. (Loganiaceae) 7. KASSABY, F. Y. - A Study of Phytophthora cinnamomi as a major factor of disease in Eucalypt forest of East Gippsland 8. LEWIS, J. A. — The Ecology of benthic marine algae at Gellibrand Light. Northern Port Phillip Bay. Victoria

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ANDERSON, C. A. - The variation in Eucalyptus obliqua growing on calcareous and acidic soils in ihe Otway Ranges BAKER, T. G. — Studies in the distribution and cycling of nitrogen in forests BARSON. M. M. - Plant ecology of wetlands on the basalt plains of Victoria BERNHARDT, P. — The pollination biology of some Australian plants CONSIDINE, J. A. — Cell wall morphogenesis in the dermal layer of fruit GLEESON, P. A. - Study of Arabinogalactan proteins in the reproductive tissue of Gladiolus HINCH, J. M. - Physiology of root rot in Phytophthora cinnamomi HOWLETT, B. — Characterisation of pollen allergens KERRY. E. — Phylloplane ecology of three sub-Antarctic plants from Macquarie Island LEWIS, S. — Investigation into some aspects of ihe physiology and phosphate metabolism of Zostera muclleri MARTIN, J. - Population studies on Craspedia glauca MASON, A. J. - Studies of productivity in the seagrass Zostera muellcri MEYER, C. - The control of mode of carbon assimilation in Bryophyllum daigremontiana MOORE, G. - The effects of heat on the physiology of Eucalyptus obliqua seedlings RAFF. J. — Cell interactions in plants RAMM, S. M. - The fine structure of poslferlilization development in some of the primitive Florideophycean algae (Rhodophyta) SEPPELT, R. D. - A Revision o/Ditrichum, Distichium and Pseudodistichium in Australasia and ihe moss flora of Macquarie Island SMART, I. — Immunological responses to allergens SQUIRE, R. - Studies of growth and water relations in Pinus radiata D. Don TIMS, J. D. - Studies of the Lower Devonian flora of Victoria WILLIS. E. J. — Allelopathy in Eucalyptus regnans

MSc Theses in Progress BLAZE, K. — The estimation of indole-3-acetic acid BROWN, V. B. — Nitrogen cycling in marine macrophytes at Werribee CLUCAS. R. — Study ofthe dieback of Phragmitcs australis in the Gippsland Lakes FARAGHER, J. - A study of the physiology of anthocycanin synthesis in apple skin GLEADOW, R. - The physio-ecology of Pitiosporum undulatum HARRISON. T. F. — Mechanism of calcification in coralline algae HARTNEY, V. J. - The physiology of Agave americana /.. HUNT, L. J. — The ecology ofthe cliff vegetation from Eastern View to St. Georges River in the Otways, with a view to understanding the processes of erosion and colonization KENRICK. .1. B. W. — Pollen development and the breeding system in Acacia MARGINSON, J. C. - Variation and autecology of Eucalyptus baxteri and closely related members of series Capitellatae (Pryor & Johnson) O'BRIEN, C. E. - Ecology of the benthic marine algae in the Hobson's Bay area PARK, A. J. E. - Ecology of near-natural vegetation of Seaford. Victoria QUIRK, H. M. - The genus Cheilanthes in Australia — a general study of its systematic; and biology with particular reference to southern Australia REEDER, M. — The development of the shoot and root o/Hibbcrtia wilh particular reference to the vascular-cortical boundary of H. astrotricha TOWNSEND, R. - Taxonomy, distribution and ecology of crustose corallines in Victoria WILLIAMS, R. — Ecology of Antarctic saline lakes 212 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Victorian Ministry for Conservation: The comparative ecology of five different riverine environments in the Westernport Ba17 catchment' The occurrence of coastal tree ferns at Mcrr'cks Westernport Bay; A study of the dieback of Phragmites australis and subsequent shoreline erosion in the Gippsland Lakes: Nutrient cycling and productivity in mangrove and seagrass communities in Westernport Bay; Nitrogen cycling in marine macrophytes at Werribee. ARGC: The biology of marine flowering plants (seagrasses) with special reference to pollination mechanisms; Botany of Australian Acacias with special reference to pollen and pollination mechanisms; Cell biology of protein and carbohydrate storage in legume seeds; Cell recognition in plants, with special reference to pollen-wall protein/stigma interactions and the human allergic response; The taxonomy and ecology of Lord Howe Island benthic marine algae; Carbon dioxide assimilation patterns in plants and the variation induced by environmental factors; A taxonomic investigation and critical revision of Australian mosses in the order Dicranales and Pottiales; Colonization and survival in forest soils by Phytophthora cinnamomi; The evolution of subcellular processes with special reference to development in primitive and highly specialised members of the Rhodophyta. APM Forests Pty. Ltd.: Some aspects of the relationship between soils and pine growth in eastern Victoria. Department of Primary Industry, Forestry and Timber Bureau: Distribution and cycling of nitrogen in forests. Rowden White Estate, Felton Bequests' Committee, Asthma Foundation of Victoria, Allen and Hanbury: Pollen research under the direction of Professor R. B. Knox. Dried Fruits Research Committee, Department of Agriculture: Development of the grape inflorescence flower and fruit. Antarctic Division, Department of Science: Litter senescence on Macquarie Island; Mycological studies on Antarctic soils; Study of the bryoflora of Macquarie Island; Study of the floristics and ecology of the vegetation of Australian Antarctic Territory; The marine algae of Macquarie Island. Natural Resources Conservation League: Review of Mistletoes in Victoria. Victorian Institute of Marine Science: Bass strait phytoplankton survey. CHEMISTRY Chairman of school: Dr T. A. O'Donnell Chairman and Reader in Inorganic Chemistry BERNARD FOSTER HOSKINS Chairman and Professor of Organic Chemistry DONALD WILLIAM CAMERON Chairman and Reader in Physical Chemistry COLIN GRANT BARRACLOUGH Professor of Inorganic Chemistry VACANT Professor of Physical Chemistry THOMAS WILLIAM HEALY Readers in Inorganic Chemistry RAY COLTON THOMAS ALOYSIUS O'DONNELL Readers in Organic Chemistry RAYMOND GREAYER COOKE REGINALD BASIL JOHNS Reader in Physical Chemistry FRANCIS EDWARD TRELOAR (from July 1978) Senior Lecturers in Inorganic Chemistry ALLAN TERENCE CASEY RICHARD ROBSON Senior Lecturers in Organic Chemistry IAN CAMPBELL CALDER DAVID PATTERSON KELLY JOHN MICHAEL LAWLOR QUENTIN NOEL PORTER EMILY FAY MORRISON STEPHENSON Senior Lecturers in Physical Chemistry RONALD COOPER ROBERT ARROL CRAIG RICHARD DAVID HARCOURT ALAN ARTHUR HUMFFRAY PETER TREMBATH McTIGUE JOAN TREASURE RADFORD PETER JAMES THISTLETHWAITE Senior Lecturers in Chemistry NORMAN HENRY" OLVER JAMES DAVID SMITH COLIN LESLIE YOUNG Lecturers in Inorganic Chemistrv GEOFFREY ALAN LAWRANCE PETER ALLAN TREGLOAN Lecturer in Organic Chemistry MARGARITA MINGIN Lecturer in Chemistry HEATHER MARGARET GRANT Principal Tutors JOAN ALICE CHONG VALDA MAY McRAE Senior Tutors PAUL FRANCIS ALEWOOD ROGER DAVID ALEXANDER DAIN1S DAKTERNIEKS HELMUT MARTIN HUGEL (from August 1978) MALCOLM JAMES McCORMICK COLIN DAVID PANNAN (to May 1978) ROBERT JOHN SPEAR (to July 1978) EILEEN GRUEN (in conjunction with RAAF Academy) Visiting Professor ALAN STUART BUCHANAN Honorary Research Professor VICTOR MARTIN TRIKOJUS Research Fellows ALAN MAXWELL BOND (to August 1978) GEOFFREY IAN FEUTRILL Research Fellows - Melbourne University Research Fellowships DONALD NEIL FURLONG SOREN ROSENDAL JENSEN Senior Associates ALAN MAXWELL BOND (from September 1978) GEORGE WINTER A. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

RESEARCH TOPIC'S IN PROGRESS 1. Electrochemical investigations of carbonyl complexes - A. M. Bond, R. Colton. 2. Theoretical electrochemistry — A. M. Bond.

213 214 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

3. Development of microprocessor and mini-computer controlled electrochemical instrumentation - A. M. Bond. 4. Analytical uses of electrochemical techniques - A. M. Bond. 5. Stability constants of fluoride complexes in non-aqueous solvents - A. M. Bond. 6. Measurements of thermodynamics of complex formation of nieial-Scliiff base complexes — A. T. Casey. 7. Magnetic study of some vanadyl-Schiff base complexes - A. T. Casey. 8. Electrochemical study of some derivatives of the bis(r|-cyclopentadienyl)vanadium(lV) cation — A. T. Casey. 9. X-ray structural studies of carbonyl derivatives - R. Colton. 10. X-ray crystallography and structural chemistry of transition and non-transition metal complexes - B. F. Hoskins. 11. Defect fluorite-related structures — B. F. Hoskins with D. J. M. Bcvan (Flinders University of South Australia) and R. L. Martin (Monash University). 12. Inorganic reaction kinetics at high pressures — G. A. Lawrance. 13. Characterization of binuclear dioxygen dicobalt complexes from Raman spectoscopy - G. A. Lawrance. 14. Electronic, Raman, e.s.r. and n.m.r. spectroscopic studies of transition metal cations in anhydrous hydrogen fluoride — T. A. O'Donnell. 15. Voltammetric oxidation of transition metal, lanthanide and actinide ions in anhydrous hydrogen fluoride — T. A. O'Donnell. 16. Crystallographic investigation of the structures of species crystallized from anhydrous hydrogen fluoride — T. A. O'Donnell. 17. Complexes of tailor-made ligands - R. Robson. 18. Biological and chemical actions of transition metal chelates and related substances — A. Shulman. 19. Drug action in the central and peripheral nervous systems - A. Shulman. 20. Reactions of oceans to trace metal inputs — J. D. Smith. 21. Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in marine sediments — J. D. Smith. 22. Behaviour of phosphate in estuarine and coastal waters — J. D. Smith. 23. Determination, distribution and behaviour of aluminium and silicon species in estuaries — J. D. Smith. 24. Behaviour of iodine and bromine species in the marine environment — J. D. Smith. 25. Trace metal and sulphur diagenesis in sediments - J. D. Smith. 26. Substitution kinetics of labile metal ions - P. A. Tregloan. 27. High pressure temperature Jump Kinetic Studies — P. A. Tregloan. 28. Metal thiolate complexes - G. Winter.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BARRACLOUGH, C. G.. LAWRANCE, G. A. and LAY, P. A. - Characterization of Binuclear u-Peroxo- and u-Superoxo-Cobalt(III) Amine Complexes from Raman Spectroscopy. Inorg. Chem. 17: 3317 (1978). 2. B1XLER, J. W. and BOND, A.M.- Stability of Alkaline Earth Monofluoride Complexes in Methanol. Inorg. Chem. 17: 3684 (1978). 3. BLUTSTEIN, H. and BOND, A. M. - Simultaneous Measurement of thc In-Phase and Quadrature Components ofthe Signal in A.C. Polarography Using Multiplier Circuitry. J. Electroanal. Chem. 89: 75 (1978). 4. BOND, A. M., COLTON, R. and JACKOWSKI, J. J. - Electrochemical Reduction of Seven-Coordinate, Substituted Molybdenum (II) and Tungsten (II) Halocarbonvls. Inorg. Chem. 17: 105 (1978). 5. BOND, A. M. and O'HALLORAN, R. J. - Fundamental and Second Harmonic Alternating Current Cyclic Voltammetric Theory and Experimental Results for Simple Electrode Reactions Involving Amalgam Formation. Anal. Chem. SO: 216 (1978). 6. BOND, A. M., DRAKE, K. F. and VAN DUYNE, R. P. - Cyclic Differential Pulse Voltammetry: A Versatile Instrummental Approach Using a Computerized System. J. Electroanal. Chem. 89: 231 (1978). 7. BOND, A. M. and GRABARIC, B. S. - Alternating Current Polarography Using a Non- Linear, Potential-Time Ramp to Generate the D.C. Potential. J. Electroanal. Chem. 87: 251 (1978). 8. BOND, A. M., GRABARIC, B. S. and GRABARIC, Z. - Kinetic and Thermodynamic Study of Reactions of Some Substituted Manganese (I) and Manganese (II) Tricarbonyl Complexes Using Spectrophotometric and Electrochemical Techniques. Inorg. Chem. 17: 1013 (1978). CHEMISTRY 215

9. BOND, A. M., O'HALLORAN. R. J., RUZIC, I. and SMITH, D. E. - A.C. Cyclic Voltammetry: A digital Simulation Study of the Slow Scan Limit Condition for a Reversible Electrode Process. J. Electroanal. Chem. 90: 381 (1978). 10. BOND, A. M. and GRABARIC, B. S. - Use of Computerized Instrumentation for Psuedo- Derivative Direct Current and Normal Pulse Polarography with Correction for Charging Current. Anal. Chim. Acta 101: 309-318 (1978). 11. BOND, A. M„ GRABARIC, B. S. and JACKOWSKI, J. J. - Investigation of Isomerization Rales and Mechanism of Some 17- and 18-Electron Substituted Carbonyl Complexes of Chromium, Molybdenum, and Tungsten Using Double Potential Step Chronoamperometrv. Inorg.Chem. 17: 2153 (1978). 12. BOND. A. M„ COLTON, R. and MeDONALD. M. E. - Chemical and Electrochemical Studies of Tricarbonvl Derivatives of Manganese and Rhenium. Inorg. Chem. 17: 2S42 (1978). 13. BOND. A. M., KEENE, 1-. R.. RUMBLE, N. W., SEARLE, G. H. and SNOW, M. R. - Polarographic Studies of the Geometric Isomers of thc Bis(diethvlenetriaminc)cobalt(IlI) and - cobalt(II) Cations in Acetone. Inorg.Chem. 17: 2847 (1978).' 14. BURNS, R. C, O'DONNELL, T. A. and WAUGH, B. - A Specific Method for the Preparation of Manv Transition Metal and Actinide Oxide Tctrafluorides. J. Fluorine Chem. 12: 505-517 (1978).' 15. COLTON. R., McCORMICK, M. J. and PANNAN, C. D. - Carbonyl halides orGroup VII Transition Metals Part VII. Reactions of Palladium(I) Halocarbonyls with Bis(diphenvlphosphino)methane and bis(diphenyIarsino)methane and Crystal Structures of these Derivatives. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 1425 (1978). 16. DAKTERNIEKS, D. R., ORLANDIN1, A. and SACCONI, L. - Synthesis and Structural Characterization of an Unexpected 1:1 Adduct of Nickel(II) Diacetyl-bisbenzoylhydrazonate with o-phenanthroline. Inorg. Chim. Acta 29: L205 (1978). 17. DAKTERNIEKS, D. R., ROSCHENTHALER, G. -V. and SCHMUTZLER, R. - Preparation and Characterization of Some Phosphorancs Containing thc Hexafluoroisopropoxy Group. J. Fluorine Chem. II: 387 (1978). 18. DAKTERNIEKS, D. R., ROSCHENTHALER, G. -V. and SCHMUTZLER, R. - Preparation and characterization of some Stable Acydic Oxvphosphoranes. J. Fluorine Chem. 12: 413 (1978). 19. DAKTERNIEKS, D. R., ROSCHENTHALER, G. -V. and SCHMUTLZER, R. - Svnthesis of Chiral and Non-Chiral Phosphites Containing the Hexafluoroisopropoxv Group. Z. Naturforsch. 33b: 507 (1978). 20. HAWKINS, C. J., LAWRENCE, G. A. and PALMER, .1. A. - Circular Dichroism Spectra of Tetraamminecobalt(II) Complexes of Amino Alcohols. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 2399 (1978). 21. HOSKINS. B. F., MARTIN, R. L. and TAYLOR. D. - A Structural Theory for Non- Stoicheiometry. Part 4. Defect Fluorite-type Structures: Vacancy Superstructures in Ordered Calcium Oxide - Hafnium Dioxide Ternary Oxides. J. Chem. Soc. (Dalton Trans.): 320-8 (1978). 22. KENDALL, P. L., LAWRANCE, G. A. and STRANKS. D. R. - Volumes of Activation for Isomerization and Acid-Catalyzed Aquation Reactions of Diaquobis(oxalato)- and Diaquobis(malonato)-chromium(III) Complexes from High-Pressure Studies in Solution: Inorg. Chem. 17: 1166 (1978). 23. KEPERT, D. L., RASTON, C. L., WHITE, A. H. and WINTER, G. - Crystal Structure and Stereoisomerism of Tris(0-ethylxanthato)antimony(III) in its Lattice Hemiadduct with 4, 4'-Bipyridyl. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 757-64 (1978). 24. SUVACHITTANONT, S. and LAWRANCE, G. A. - Thc Volume of Activation for Aquation of ira/!^-Chlorobis(dimethylglvoximato)urcacobalt(III) from High Pressure Solution Kinetics: J. Sci. Soc. Thailand 4: 52 (1978). 25. LAWRANCE, G. A. and STRANKS. D. R. - Volumes of Activation for Racemization and Aquation of Tris( 1,10-phenanthroline) Complexes of Nickel(II) and Iron(ll) in Solution. Inorg. Chem. 17: 1804 (1978). 26. LAWRANCE. G. A. and SU VACHITTANONT. S. - Volumes of Activation for Racemization of Mixed 1,10-Phenanthroline and 2,2'-Bipyridye Complexes of Nickel(Il) from High Pressure Solution Kinetics. Inorg. Chem. 17: 3322 (1978). 27. McFADYEN, W. D., ROBSON, R. and SCHAPP. H. A. - Complexes of Binucleating Ligands. X. Some Coppcr(ll). Nickel(II), Palladium(II) and Platinium(Il) Complexes of Sulphur Containing Ligands. J. Coordination Chem. 8: 59-67 (1978). 28. O'DONNELL. T. A. - Hydrogen Fluoride - A Simpler Solvent than Water? J. Fluoride Chem. II: 467-480 (1978). 29. O'DONNELL, T. A. and PEEL, T. E. - The Molal Lowering of the Vapor Pressure of Hydrogen Fluoride. J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 40: 381-385 (1978). 30. RASTON. C. L.. WHITE, A. H. and WINTER, G. - Synthesis and Structure of Tctraethvlammonium (Dithiocarbamato-S,S')- bis(ethvlxanthato)cobaltate(III). Aust. J. Chem. 31: 291-6 (1978). 216 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

31. RASTON, C. L., TENNANT, P. R„ WHITE, A. H. and WINTER, G. - Reaction of Tin(II) and Tin(IV) Xanthates: Crystal Structure of Tetrakis(0-ethylxanthato)tin(IV). Ausi. J. Chem. 31: 1493-500 (1978). 32. RASTON, C. L., WHITE, A. H. and WINTER, G. - Crystal Structure of Tetraethylammoniiim Te.trnkis(0-pthvlY;inthntnihicrniithate(!!!) A.ust J Chem 3T 2207-12 (1978). 33. RASTON, C. L., WHITE, A. H. and WINTER, G. - Crystal Structure of Bis(0- ethylxanthato)bis-(quinolin-8-olato)tin(IV). Aust. J. Chem. 31: 2641-6 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. HOUCHIN, M. R. — Complexes of Potentially Strong u-Donor Ligands 2. PANNAN, C. D. — Crystal Structures of Monothioacelylacetone Derivatives 3. SULLIVAN, T. R. — High Pressure Studies of Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ARBLASTER, C. I. — Studies of the Mechanism of Action of Selected stimulent and Depressant Drugs on the Central and Peripheral Nervous Systems BUTLER, E. C. V. — Behaviour of Halogens in the Marine Environment CARR, J. — Solvent Effects in Metal Ion Substitution Processes COCKMAN, R. W. — Spectroscopic Investigations of Heavy Metal Ions in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride FARNWORTH, P. G. - Biological Actions of 1.10-Phenanthroline Transition Metal Chelates and Related Substances GOODMAN, B. G. - Substitution Reactions of Group 111 Cations JACKOWSKI, J. J. — Electronchemical Investigations of Group VI Carbonyl Complexes MYERS, R. J. — Structural Studies of Certain Transition Metal Compounds RICHARDS, M. J. - Kinetics Involving Inorganic Reaction Intermediates SUVACHITTANONT, S. — Kinetics Studies of Inorganic Reactions al High Pressure TRAVERSO, I. P. — Thermodynamics of Complex Formation

MSc Theses in Progress BAKER, A. T. - Some Studies of Heavy Metal 1,1-Dithiolale Complexes DAVEY, F. W. - Occurences of Heavy Metals in Marine Sediments HASHEM, Md. A. — Magnetic Studies of Some Vanadyl-Schiff Base Complexes KELSON, R. - Complexes of Binucleating Ligands Containing a Bridging Sulphur Atom MILNE, P. J. - Silicon and Aluminium Species in Estuaries MeDONALD, M. E. - Metal Carbonyl Chemistry

MAppSc Theses in Progress LONGMORE, A. - Behaviour of Phosphate Species in Estuaries MAHER, W. - Polynuclear Aromatic Hydroncarbons in Sediments

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Voltammetric Spectroscopic and Crystellographic Investigations of Species Dissolved in or Derived from Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. ARGC: Chemistry and Electrochemistry of the Early Transition Elements. ARGC: Development of a Rapid Scan Spectrometer. ARGC: Reactions of Oceans to Trace Metal Inputs. ARGC: Complexes of Binucleating Ligands Containing a Bridging Sulphur Atom. ARGC: Development and Application of Modern Electroanalytical Techniques. ARGC: High Pressure Temperature Jump Kinetic Studies. Ministry for Conservation: Heavy Metals in Corio Bay. US — Australia Cooperative Science Program (NSF): Study of Fluoride Complexes in Non- Aqueous Media. CHEMISTRY 217

B. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Insect Pigments and Related Metabolites. 2. Quinones and Nucleophiles: Polycyclic Aromatic Systems. 3. Chemistry of Plant Products. 4. Studies in Aldehyde Synthesis. 5. Rearrangements in the Diene Synthesis. 6. Mass Spectrometric Studies. 7. Photochemical Studies. 8. The Chemical Basis for the Toxicity of Analgesics. 9. Synthesis and Reactions of Hydroxamic Acids. 10. The Mechanism of Drug Metabolism. 11. "C Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Studies of Reactive Intermediates. 12. Chemical Studies of Coal Structures. 13. Biological Diagenesis of Chlorophyll and Phytol. 14. Diagenetic Pathways for Lipids in Intertidal Sediments. 15. Chemical Studies of Food Chain Webbs in Copepods and Barrier Reef Corals.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. ADDAE-MENSAH, I. and CAMERON, D. W. - Colouring Matters of the Aphidoidea XLIV. A Survev of Long Chain Acid Derivatives from Aphid Lipids compared with those of Related Insects'Glycerides of 2,4,6-Octatrienoic Acid. Ausi. J. Chem. 31: 2085-2090 (1978). 2. BANKS, H. J., CAMERON, D. W. and RAVERTY, W. D. - Hydroxylation or Anthraquinones in Sulphuric Acid. Ausi. J. Chem. 31: 2271-2282 (1978). 3. CALDER, I. C, HEALEY, K., YONG, A. C, CROWE, C. A., HAM, K. N. and TANGE, J. D. — N-Hydroxyparacetamol - its role in the metabolism of paracetamol. Biological Oxidation of Nitrogen (Elsevier) ed J. W. Gorrod, 309-318 (1977). 4. CAMERON, D. W. and CROSSLEY, M. J. - Nucleophilic Alkenes IV. Addition of 1,1- Dialkoxyethenes to 1,4-Benzoquinones. The I: l-Process. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 1353-1362(1978). 5. CAMERON. D. W„ CROSSLEY, M. J., FEUTRILL. G. I. and GRIFFITHS, P. G. - Nucleophilic Alkenes III. Addition of 1,1-Dialkoxyethcncs to 1,4-Naphthoquinones. The 1:2- Process. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 1335-1352 (1978). 6. CAMERON, D. W., CROSSLEY, M. J., FEUTRILL, G. I. and GRIFFITHS, P. G. - Chemistry of the Coccoidea V. Synthesis of 2-Acetylemodin and of Deoxycrythrolaccin. Ausi. J. Chem. 31: 1363-1370 (1978). 7. CAMERON. D. W., DEUTSCHER, K. R. and FEUTRILL, G. I. - Nucleophilic Alkenes VI. Addition of 1,1-Dimethoxyethene to 1,2-Naphthoquinones and 9,10-Phenanthraquinones. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 2259-2270 (1978). 8. CAMERON, D. W., FEUTRILL, G. I., GRIFFITHS, P. G. and HODDER, D. J. - Synthesis of thc Insect Dvestuff Kermesic Acid and Related Anthraquinones. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 688-689 (1978). 9. CAMERON, D. W„ FEUTRILL. G. I., PATT1, A. F., RASTON, C. L., RAVERTY, W. D. and WHITE, A. H. - Chemistry of the Coccoidea VI. Pigments of the Lac Insect Auslrotachardia acaciae (Hemiptera): Chemistry and Crystal Structure. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 2651-2658 (1978). 10. CAMERON. D. W„ FEUTRILL, G. I. and SEFTON. M. A. - Nucleophilic Alkenes V. Formation of a Naphthalenic System by Addition of 1,1-Dimethoxyethene to 2-Acetyl-l,4- benzoquinone and Subsequent Transformation. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 2099-2101 (1978). 11. CAMERON, D. W„ RASTON, C. L. and WHITE, A. H. - Crystal Structure of a Polychloroquinone Soil Pigment. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 2441-2444 (1978). 12. CAMERON, D. W. and SIDELL, M. D. - 1,3,6,8,1 1,13-Hexachloro-4.10- dihydroxydinaphtho[2.l-b:r,2"-d]furan-5.9-dione. A Polychloro Quinone from Green Soils. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 1323-1333 (1978). 13. FEUTRILL, G. I. and MIRR1NGTON. R. N. - Studies with Bicyclo[2,2,2]octcncs VIII. Synthesis of the Tricvclo[5,2,2,0',!]undecane Skeleton Related to Eremolactonc, Aust. J. Chem. 31: 1809-1815 (1978). 14. FEUTRILL, G. I. and MIRRINGTON, R. N. - 8-Methyl-5.6,7,8-tetrahydrocoumarin, J. Heterocyclic Chem. 15: 693-694 (1978). 15. GREEN, I. R., GILES, R. G. F., PAY, M. H. and CAMERON, D. W. - Proton Magnetic Resonance and Polarographic Studies of some Aminated Naphthoquinones. 5. Afr J Chem 31: 37-39 (1978). 218 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

16. HEALEY. K., CALDER, I. C, YONG, A. C. CROWE. C. A., FUNDER. C. C, HAM, K. N. and TANGE, J. D. - Liver and Kidney Damage Induced by N- Hydroxyparacctamol. Xenohioiica 8: 403-411 (1978). 17. JOHNS, R. B., VOLKMAN, J. K. and GILLAN. F. T. - Kerogen Precursors. Chemical and Biological Alterations of Lipids in the Sedimentary Surface Laver. The Ausi. Petroleum Exploration Assoc. J. 18: 157-60 (1978). 18. KELLY, D. P. and SPEAR, R. J. - Carbon-13 N.M.R. Studies or Carbocations II. An Investigation oT the Correlation Between Carbon Chemical Shifts ando+ Constants for I- Phenylcthyl Cations. Ami. J. Chem. 31: 1209-1221 (1978). 19. OLVER, N. H. — Making and Using Videotapes as an Integral Element or Laboratory Teaching in Chemistry, Proc. Roy. Aust. Chem. Inst. Chem. Educ. Divn. Nat. Conf.. Adelaide (Feb. 1978). 20. PERRY. G. J., GILLAN, F. T. and JOHNS, R. B. - Lipid Composition or a Prochlorophyte, J. of Phvcologv 14: 369-371 (1978). 21. PORTER, Q. N. and UTLEY, j. H. P. - Electrochemical Removal o( 1,3-Dithian Protecting Groups. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 255-256 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. PERRY, G. J. — Lipids in the Marine Environment 2. VOLKMAN, J. K. — Studies of Biological Diagenesis in Recent Marine Sediments

Master ofScience 3. IAKOVIDIS, D. - Mass Spectrometric Studies

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ANDERSON, J. E. — Pyrroles as Synthetic Intermediates DAGLEY, I. J. — Isolation and Synthesis of Pigments from Macropidia fuliginosa DEUTSCHER, K. R. - Synthetic Organic Chemistry FERNANDO, C. R. — Synthesis and Reactions of N-Acetyl p-Benzoquinone Imines GRIFFITHS, P. G. — Synthesis of Anthraquinone Pigments HART, S. J. - Identification of Metabolites of Analgesics and their Role in Nephrotoxicity HEALEY, K. — Chemistry and Pathology of Analgesic Metabolism McKAY, P. G. — Synthetic Studies of Natural Quinones PATTI, A. F. — Studies on Naturally Derived and Synthetic Quinones PEARSON, J. R. - Synthesis and Diels-Alder Reactions of 3-Vinylbenzofurans PERLMUTTER, P. — Synthetic Approaches to Insect Quinones YONG, A. C. — Study of Analgesic Metabolites in Rats

MSc Theses in Progress CHAFFEE, A. L. - Chemical Structures of Coal LAMBERT, J. D. - Vinylindoles in the Diels-Alder Reaction MILNE, P. J. — Aspects of Suspended Matter — Dissolved Species Interaction in Estuarine Systems PANNAN, L. J. H. - Approaches towards the Synthesis of a Naturally Occurring Binaphthofuranquinone

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Insect Constituents. ARGC: Biological Diagenesis of Some Plant Alcohols. ARGC: ''C-H Coupling Constants in Carbocations. ARGC: Ion Structures and Rearrangements in Mass Spectrometry. ARGC: New Heterocyclic Syntheses. ARGC: Toxicity or Analgesics. APM Ltd: Chemical Mechanism or Wood Pulping. National Coal Research Advisory Committee: An Approach to Oil Formation from Coal. CHEMISTRY 219

C. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Colloid and surface chemistry — Prof. T. W. Healy. 2. Picosecond spectroscopy - Dr R. Cooper. Dr P. J. Thistlethwaite. 3. Pulse radiolysis of gases — Dr R. Cooper. 4. Photochemistry of tryptophan and related molecules — Dr P. J. Thistlethwaite. 5. Valence theory - Dr R. D. Harcourt. 6. Thermodynamic properties of liquid mixtures - Dr C. L. Young. 7. Electrochemistry and measurement of activity coefficients - Dr P. T. McTigue. 8. Effect of pressure on equilibria and rates of reaction in solution — Dr R. D. Alexander. 9. Fluorescence probe studies of polyelectrolytes - Dr F. E. Treloar. 10. Thermoluminescence dating of South-East Asian pottery - Dr F. E. Treloar. 11. Polymer chain dynamics - Dr F. E. Treloar. 12. Spectroscopic studies of metal ions in liquid hydrogen fluoride - Dr C. G. Barraclough. 13. Applications of Raman spectroscopy to the study of molecules adsorbed onto solids — Dr C. G. Barraclough. 14. Rate studies on some organic substitution reactions — Dr A. A. Humffray. 15. Chemistry in New Zealand in the 19th century — Miss J. T. Radford.

PUBLISHED WORK Book 1. RADFORD, J. T. - The Chemistry Department of the University of Melbourne. Its Contribution to Australian Science 1854-1959. Hawthorn Press, Melbourne (1978).

Chapters of Books 2. HARDING, I. H. and HEALY, T. W. - Cadmium Uptake on Organic and Inorganic Constituents of Soil, in Proc. Int. Conf. on Land Methods of Waste Water Treatment and Utilization. Melbourne, Australia, 19 (1978). 3. HEALY. T. W. - Fundamentals of Adsorption from Aqueous Solution, in Adsorption from Aqueous Solution, ed D. E. Yates, Royal Australian Chemical Institute, Melbourne, 7: 73-102 (1978). 4. MARSH, K. N., WILLIAMSON, A. G., McLURE, I. A., HICKS, C. P. and YOUNG, C. L. — A Bibliography of Thermodynamic Quantities for Binary Fluid Mixtures, in Chemical Thermodynamics, ed M. L. McGlashan, The Chemical Society, London. 2: 275-538 (1978).

Articles 5. ALEXANDER, R. D„ DUDENEY, A. W. L. and IRVING, R. J. - Effect of Temperature on the Acid Dissociation Constants of 1,10-Phenanthroline and some related Bases in Water. J. Chem. Soc. Faraday I 74: 1075-1080 (1978). 6. ALEXANDER, R. D., BUISSON, D. H., DUDENEY. A. W. L. and IRVING, R. .1. - Spectrophotometric Investigations of Aqueous Solutions at Elevated Temperatures. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav I 74: 1081-1088 (1978). 7. ALEXANDER, R. D. - A Comparison of Two Empirical pKa(T) Equations from 298 to 448 K for 2,9-Dimethyl-l, 10-Phenanthroline. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 1145-1149 (1978). 8. ALEXANDER, R. D. and HOLPER. P. N. - Temperature and Pressure Dependence of

Nitro-Nitrito Equilibria in the Complexes Ni(N,N-dimethylethvlcnediamine);(ONO); and

Ni(N,N-diethylethylenediamine), (ONO)2. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Letters 14: 309-314 (1978). 9. BARNES, C. E., BROWN, J. M„ CARRINGTON, A., PINKSTONE, J., SEARS, T. J. and THISTLETHWAITE, P. J. - The EPR Spectrum of the HO: Radical and Determination of Ground State Parameters. J. Molec. Spectrv. 72: 86-101 (1978). 10. BARRACLOUGH, C. G., LAWRANCE, G. A. and LAY, P. A. - Characterization of Binuclear p-Peroxo and u.-Superoxo Cobalt(III) Amine Complexes from Raman Spectroscopy. Inorg. Chem. 17: 3317-3322 (1978). 11. BOS, S. S. and TRELOAR, F. E. — The Ionization and Dissociation of Triphncylmethyl Chloride in 1,2-Dichloroethane-Styrene Mixtures. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 2445-2453 (1978). 12. FLEMING, G. R., MORRIS, J. M.. ROBBINS, R. J.. WOOLFE, G. J., THISTLETHWAITE, P. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. - Nonexponential Fluorescence Decay of Aqueous Tryptophan and Two Related Peptides by Picosecond Spectroscopy. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75: 4652-4656 (1978). 220 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

13. FURLONG, D. N. and PARFITT, G. D. - Electrokinetics of Titanium Dioxide. J. Colloid and Interface Sci. 65: 548-554 (1978). 14. HARCOURT. R. D. - Huckel Theorv with Overlap for the Three-Electron Bond. Aust. .1. Chem. 31: 199-201 (1978L_ 15. HARCO'u'Ri, R. D. — i hrec-ticctron Bonds and a Vaicnce-Bond Studv ofthe Rotation Barrier for N!0'. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 1635-1647 (1978). 16. HARCOURT, R. D. - A Circular Orbit Theory of Valence. Speculations in Sci. and Tech. I: 339-358 (1978). 17. HARCOURT, R. D. - Increased-Valence when the Octet Rule is obeyed: A Reply to a Challenge. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 100: 8060-8062 (1978). 18. HARCOURT, R. D. - A Restatement of the Concerted Diradical Mechanism for 1,3- Dipolar Cycloaddition Reactions. Tetrahedron 34: 3125-3127 (1978). 19. HARCOURT, R. D. and ROSO, W. - Valence-Bond Studies of4-Electron 3-Centre Bonding

Units. I. The n-Electrons of 03, NO, and CH,N;. Canad. J. Chem. 56: 1093-1101 (1978). 20. HEALY, T. W. and WHITE, L. R. - Ionizable Surface Group Models of Aqueous Interfaces. Adv. in Colloid and Surface Sci. 9: 303-345 (1978). 21. HICKS, C. P., HURLE, R. L., TOCZYLKIN, L. S. and YOUNG, C. L. - Upper Critical Solution Temperatures of Hydrocarbon and Fluorocarbon Mixtures. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 19-25 (1978). 22. SCHAEFER, B. A. - Thermal Contributions to the Response of thc Flame Ionisation Detector. J. Chromat. Sci. 16: 211-217 (1978). 23. THULBORN, K. R., TRELOAR, F. E. and SAWYER, W. H. - A Microviscosity Barrier in the Lipid Bilayer due to the Presence of Phospholipids containing Unsaturated Aryl Chains. Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 81: 42-49 (1978). 24. TRELOAR, F. E. - The Composition of Gold Artifacts from Santubong and Gedong, Sarawak. Sarawak Museum J. 46: 9-18 (1978). 25. WATERSON, S. D. and YOUNG. C. L. - Gas-Liquid Critical Temperatures of Mixtures containing an Organosilicon Compound. Aust. J. Chem. 31: 957-962 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. BRUCE, R. L. - Electrophilic Substitution of Naphthalene 2. RALSTON, J. — Heavy Metal Ion Activation of Zinc Sulphide

Master ofScience 3. F'RAYNE, J. T. — A Spectroscopic Studv of Ion Solvation in Mixed Solvents 4. TOCZYLKIN, L. S. - Phase Behaviour of Binary Mixtures

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress HEATON. J. A. (formerly ROPER) — Electronic Excitation in Electron Irradiated Gases IMBERGER, H. E. - Oxidation of Organic Sulphides KEW, D. J. — Vibrational Spectra of Some Transition Metal Compounds KOLARIK, L. O. - Surface Chemistry of the Iron Oxide-Water Interface ROBBINS, R. J. — Studies in Picosecond Fluorescence Spectroscopy SCHAEFER, B. A. — The Mechanism of Formation of Ions in Flames WOOLF'E, G. J. — Picosecond Fluorescence Studies of Excited Stales

MSc Theses in Progress LYONS, J. S. - Studies of Monodispersed Colloids TAN, K. T. — Fluorescence Studies of the Conformation of Poly(methacrylic acid) YOUNG, J. G. — Absolute Emission Yields from Electron Irradiated Gases

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Time Resolved Fluorescence Studies of Conformational Transitions in Synthetic Polyelectrolytes. ARGC: Excitation Processes in Electron Irradiated Gases. CHEMISTRY 221

AINSE: Pulse Radiolysis Studies of Gases. ARGC: Kinetics of Adsorption at the Solid-Liquid Interface. ARGC: Hydrophobic Solids and Natural Floatability. ARGC: Molecular Photokinetics, Spectroscopy and Energy Transfer. ARGC: Nanosecond Pulse Radiolysis Study of Gaseous OH Radicals. COMPUTER SCIENCE Chairman of department: Professor P. C. Poole Professor PETER CYRIL POOLE Senior Lecturers WILLIAM ROY FLOWER REX FHILIF HARRIS PETER GEORGE THORNE Lecturers LLOYD ALLISON JEAN-LOUIS LASSEZ KENNETH JOHN McDONELL PRABHAKER MATETI Senior Tutor CALVERT LEONARD COOK (to 14/7/78) Research Fellow PAUL ALEXANDER DUNN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Factorization of formal languages. 2. Computer design. 3. Information system design. 4. Computer synthesis of music. 5. Numerical analysis. 6. Operating systems. 7. Programming methodology. 8. Software engineering techniques. 9. Analysis and synthesis of vocalizations. 10. Data-base implementation.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles

1. ALLISON, L. - Phrase Structures, Non-determinism and Backtracking. Information Processing Letters (April 1978). 2. ALLISON, L. - On non-deterministic control structures. SIGPLAN (July 1978). 3. ALLISON, L. and WILDE, D. - Phrase structures in PASCAL. Programming Language Systems, eds Newey, Stanton, Wolfendale, ANU Press 29-39 (1978). 4. LASSEZ. J-L. — Timbre ofthe KIAI. Joint Meeting of the Acoustical Society of America and Acoustical Society of Japan. Hawaii (November 1978). 5. LASSEZ, C, LASSEZ. J-L. and ROSS, M. — Digital Analvsis of babies cries. Computing 78: Riverina (1978). 6. POOLE. P. C. - Software Engineering Education. Proc. of Aust. Universities Computer Sciences Seminar. 288-296 (1978). 7. VAN DER KNIJFF, D. J. J. - Software Physics and Program Analvsis. Aust. Computer J. 10(3), (Aug. 1978).

Reports 1. ALLISON, L. — Phrase Structures, Non-determinism and Backtracking. Technical Report 2. Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1978). 2. AVENT, R. A. and ALLISON. L. — A Study of Human Errors in Game Playing and Decision Making. Technical Report 6, Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1978). 3. DUNN, P. - General Purpose Macroprocessors. Technical Report 4. Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1978). 4. MATETI, P. — A Decision Procedure for the Correctness ofa Class of Programs. Technical Report I, Department of Computer Science. University of Melbourne (1978). 5. McDONELL, K. J. — Documentation for a Bibliographic Maintenance System. Technical Report 5. Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1978). 6. SEMKIW, J„ DIX, T. I.. DUNN, P. A. and THORNE. P. G. - A High Speed Vector Display Svstem. Technical Report 7. Department of Computer Science, Universitv of Melbourne, (1978). 7. VAN DER KNIJFF, D. J. J. - Software Physics and Program Analysis. Technical Report 3. Department of Computer Science. University of Melbourne (1978).

222 COMPUTER SCIENCE 223

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. DUNN, P. A. — A Distributed Logic Computer 2. SACKS-DAVIS, R. — Numerical Initial Value Problems in Ordinary Differential Equations

Master ofScience 3. OWEN, J. - The Adaptability of Janus

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DIX, T. I. — Language Facilities for Modular Programming KYNE, A. P. — Use of Formal Methods of Limited Domain Programming

MSc Theses in Progress HATZI, T. — Processing Capability in Address Translation Hardware KANCHANASUT, K. - Graph Representation in the Computer ROSS, M. — Evaluation of the Parametric Representation of Vocalizations VAN DER KNIJFF, D. J. J. - Language Power and Compiler Complexity VERBYLA, J. L. — Pattern Recognition and Literary Dala Classification WILDE, W, D. - Implementation of a Translator Writing System

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: The development and evaluation of techniques for producing portable and adaptable computer software. ARGC: Direct Synthesis of Music by Computer. ARGC: A Portable Operating System for a Multi-Computer Environment. GENETICS Chairman of department: Professor M. J. Whitten Professor MAXWELL JOHN WHITTEN Senior Lerturers RARRY THOMAS fiWFNI LEF JON MARTIN Lecturers RAJAGOPALAN ANANTHAKRISHNAN (died 11/11/78) JOHN MICHAEL DEARN JOHN ALEXANDER McKENZIE DAVID LAURENCE PORTER ANN JACOB STOCKER Senior Tutors DONALD FORSYTH GARTSIDE ANDREW HING CHING KUNG Tutor PHILIP RALPH LEHRBACH Graduate Research Assistants JENNIFER CHENEY RICHARD GIBBS Research Fellows WILLIAM PURINGTON HALL HI FAYE PAULA IMRAY WILLIAM DORSEY STUART (until 23/5/78) RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Radiation genetics and DNA repair mechanisms in the cellular slime mould Dictyastelium discoideum — F. P. Imray. 2. Plasmid modification of radiation and chemical-mutagen sensitivity in Pseudomonas aeruginosa - P. R. Lehrbach and B. T. O. Lee. 3. Photoreactivation of UV-induced DNA damage in Pseudomonas aeruginosa — A. H. C. Kung. 4. Amino acid transport in Neurospora crassa and mammalian cells — W. D. Stuart. 5. Cell-surface RNA-structure and function - W. D. Stuart. 6. Scanning electron microscope studies of human chromosomes — W. D. Stuart. 7. RNA-DNA in situ hybridization - W. D. Stuart and D. L. Porter. 8. Genetic aspects of antiproteases in neonatal liver disease — R. Ananthakrishnan. 9. Genetic variability, structure-function relationship of human antithrombin III - S. D'Souza and R. Ananthakrishnan. 10. Functional and structural variation of a,-macroglobulin and its relation to disease — R. Ananthakrishnan. 11. Elastase and clastase-inhibitors variation and their role in pulmonary disease — H. McPhee and R. Ananthakrishnan. 12. Evolution of insecticide resistance in the Australian Sheep Blowfly - M. J. Whitten, J. M. Dearn and J. A. McKenzie. 13. Hybrid zones, evolution of sympatry and speciation processes in anurans — D. F. Gartside. 14. Genetic variation and the effects of management practices in honevbees — Apis mellifera - D. F. Gartside and M. J. Whitten. 15. Cvtogenetics. oogenesis and chromosome mechanics of the Australian Sheep Blowfly - M'. J. Whitten and J. Cheney. 16. Genetics of storage proteins in the Australian Sheep Blowfly and cyto-evolution of higher diptera — D. Boon. 17. Theoretical and experimental studies on genetic fitness — D. Colgan. 18. Thc ecological genetics of the colour pattern and alary polymorphisms in Phaulacridium vittatum — J. M. Dearn. 19. Studies on the alcohol dehydrogenase polymorphism in natural populations of Drosophila melanogaster — J. A. McKenzie. 20. Extreme environment heterosis and fitness estimation in laboratory populations of Drosophila — M. J. Kohane and J. A. McKenzie. 21. Studies of comparative cytogenetics, hybridization, speciation and evolution in New World Iguanid lizards and Australian scincid and agamid lizards — W. P. Hall. 22. Comparative cytogenetics of Iranian lizards and ruminants. - W. P. Hall. 23. Cytological. metrical and biochemical studies of Chironomus oppositus — .1. Martin, B. T. O. Lee and R. Ananthakrishnan. 24. Population cytogenetics and cytotaxonomy of thc Midges - J. Martin and D. L. Porter. 25. Sex determination in Chironomus teutons — J. Martin. 26. Inversion polymorphism in Polypedilum nubifer (Diptera: Chironomidae) - D. I.. Porter. 27. Evolution of heterochromatin and ribosomal genes in Chironomus — A. J. Stocker and G. Lentzios. 28. Cytotaxonomy. development and ecology of native sciarids — A. J. Stocker.

224 GENETICS 225

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. ANANTHAKRISHNAN, R. and D'SOUZA, S. - Effect of Phospholipases on Factor-VIII Activity in Hum. Genet. 40: 185-191 (1978). 2. DEARN, J. M. - Polymorphisms for wing length and colour pattern in the grasshopper Phaulacridium vittatum (Sjdst). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17: 135-137 (1978). 3. LEHRBACH, P. R., KUNG, A. H. C. and LEE, B. T. O. - R plasmids which alter UV-lighl sensitivity and enhance UV-light induced mutability in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Gen Microbiol. 108: 119-123 (1978). 4. McDONNELL, L. J., GARTSIDE, D. F. and LITTLEJOHN, M. J. - Analysis ora narrow hybrid zone between two species of Pseudophryne (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in south-eastern Australia. Evolution 32: 602-612 (1978). 5. McKENZIE, J. A. - The effect of developmental temperature on population flexibility in Drosophila melanogaster and D. simulans. Aust. J. Zool. 26: 105-112 (1978). 6. McKENZIE, J. A. and McKECHNIE, S. W. - Ethanol tolerance and the Adh polymorphism in a natural population of Drosophila melanogaster. Nature 272: 75-76 (1978). 7. MARTIN, J., LEE, B. T. O. and CONNOR, E. - Apparent incipient speciation in thc midge Chironomus oppositus Walker (Diptera: Chironomidae). Aust. J. Zool. 26: 323-329 (1978). 8. STOCKER, A. .1. — Correspondence of silver banding with rRNA hybridization sites in Rhynchosciara hollaenderi. Exp. Cell Res. 14: 429-434 (1978). 9. STOCKER. A. .!.. FRESQUEZ, C. and LENTZIOS, G. - Banding studies on the polytcne chromosomes of Rhynchosciara hollaenderi. Chromosoma (Berl.) 68: 337-356 (1978). 10. STUART, VV. D. and PORTER, D. L. - An improved in situ hybridization method. Exp. Cell Res. 113: 219-222 (1978). 11. WEBB, G. C, WHITE. M.J. D.. CONTRERAS, N. and CHENEY, J. - Cytogenetics of the parthenogenetic grasshopper Warramaba (formerlv Moraba) virgo and its bisexual relatives. Chromosoma (Berl.) 67. 309-339 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master ofScience 1. KRUMINS, E. J. - The role of meiotic drive in the speciation of the genus Vandiemenella (Eumastacidae: Morabinae) 2. NEWTON, G. E. - DNA studies of normal and altered wallaby cells

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BOON, D. — Characterization and genetics of storage proteins in Lucilia cuprina COLGAN, D. - Genetic Fitness D'SOUZA. S. - Investigations on the biochemical and genetics aspects of Antithrombin III KUVANGKADILOK, C. - Studies on the genetic variability in populations of Ch. oppositus LEHRBACH. P. R. - Repair and mutagenesis in Pseudomonas aeruginosa

MSc Theses in Progress KOHANE. M. - Estimation of fitness in laboratory populations of Drosophila LENTZIOS, G. — Banding studies on Chironomid chromosomes McPHEE, H. - The role of human antiproteases in the physiopathology of lung disease MORLEY, N. - Population structure of the Brush Tailed Possum Trichosurus vulpecula WOOD, D. - Investigations into polymerases of Pseudomonas aeruginosa

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Insect cytogenetics; especially the role of chromosomal rearrangements in the adaption and differentiation of populations, races and species. ARGC: Speciation in Chironomus oppositus: the role of cytogenetic, biometric and biochemical parameters in the differentiation of populations and races of Ch. oppositus and its Australian relatives. ARGC: The maintenance of the alcohol dehydrogenase polymorphism in natural populations of Drosophila melanogaster 226 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

ARGC: A demonstration of a new class of RNA using hybridization techniques. ARGC: Population genetics of insecticide resistance in the Australian sheep blowfly. AINSE: Genes controlling radiation response in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. AINSE: Radiation genetics, repair and development in the lower eukaryote, Diayosielium discoideum. Anti-Cancer Council: A search for mutagenic DNA polymerase in leukaemic cells. NH & MRC: Investigation of some genetic aspects of an a , antitrypsin a, macroglobulin and antithrombin III in neonatal liver disease. Australian Wool Corporation: Genetic studies in the Australian sheep blowfly in relation to its control by genetic means. Australian Wool Corporation: Cytogenetics of sex chromosomes of L. cuprina and genetics of storage proteins in L. cuprina. GEOLOGY Chairman of department: R. W. Le Maitre Professor JOHN FRANCIS LOVERING Readers ROGER WALTER LE MAITRE ROBERT JOSEPH WILLIAM McLAUGHLIN Senior Lecturers ALDO CUNDARI REID RODERICK KEAYS MARCUS ALDRIDGE HUDSON MARSDEN REGINALD TERRENCE MATHEWS OWEN PEMBER SINGLETON GEORGE ANTHONY THOMAS CHRISTOPHER JOHN LASCELLES WILSON Lecturers EDMUND BERNARD JOYCE JOHN BODLEY KEENE LINDSAY THOMAS Tutors ANGUS KEITH FERGUSON KENNETH GEORGE McQUEEN Curator TERENCE GEORGE RUSSELL Honorary and Emeritus Professor EDWIN SHERBON HILLS Research Officer DAVID KENNETH BLACKWOOD SEWELL Associates THOMAS LARUE LINTON DOUGLAS WAYNE ORCHISTON GUY ANTHONY TRAVIS Research Fellow-Queen Elizabeth II Fellowship ANDREW JOHN WARD GLEADOW Graduate Research Assistant ADRIAN CHRISTOPHER GRIFFIN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. COSMOCHEMISTRY AND LUNAR STUDIES 1. Geochemistry of the earth's earliest crust. 2. Condensation of platinum metals in the early solar system. 3. Magnesium isotopic study and !sMg/!,,Ar dating of inclusions in the Allende meteorite. 4. Determination of the sequence of condensation of the early solar system.

B. ECONOMIC GEOCHEMISTRY 1. Volatile element studies of the Mt Isa ores and host rocks. 2. Hydrometallurgical extraction processes.

C. GEOMORPHOLOGY, ARCHAEOLOGY 1. Cainozoic volcanism in South-eastern Australia. 2. Geological conservation in Victoria. 3. Quaternary geology of Flinders Island. 4. Sedimentary processes and deposits in thc Martian polar regions. 5. Man-megafaunal relations in prehistoric Australia. 6. Pleistocene material cultural change in South-eastern Australia. 7. Late Quaternary sea level changes and man in Bass Strait. 8. Chronology of the earliest Homo erecttts remains from Java.

D. GEOLOGICAL DATING AND ISOTOPE GEOCHEMISTRY 1. Improved calibrations of fission track dating parameters. 2. Radiometric dating of Victorian granitic rocks. 3. Fission track dating of early man sites in East Africa.

227 228 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

4. Fission track age patterns in Tertiary intrusive rocks from Greenland. 5. Fission track dating of volcanogenic minerals from the Lower Cretaceous sandstones of the Otway Basin, Victoria. 6. Apatite fission track ages and the uplift history of pan of the Himalayas. 7. Evolution of rifted continental margins in relationship to apatite fission track age patterns, 8. Fission track geochronology of Pre-Cambrian rocks from Commonwealth Bay to Enderby Land, Antarctica. 9. Oxygen isotope studies of selected leucite-bearing rocks.

E. GEOPHYSICS

1. Geological prospecting using electrical and electromagnetic methods. 2. Seismic ground-noise mapping in W. Victoria. 3. Sub-bottom profiling in Port Phillip Bay and Lake Alexandrina.

F. GLOBAL TECTONICS AND ANTARCTIC GEOLOGY

1. Geological evolution of Antarctica and resources of Antarctica. 2. Geochronology and evolution of Indian, Australian, Antarctic Archaean sheild areas. 3. Tectonic and magmatic evolution of S.E. Australia in relation to continental rifting. 4. Fission track geochronology of Enderby Land and thc Prince Charles Mountains, Antarctica. 5. Structure and metamorphism of Amundsen Bay. Antarctica.

G. MINERALOGY, PETROLOGY, GEOCHEMISTRY

1. Statistics of geochemistry of igneous rocks. 2. International data bases. 3. Origin and development of Cainozoic acid intermediate lavas in East Australia. 4. Petrology and chemistry of Lower Cretaceous Otway Group sediments. 5. Neutron activation analysis of Mid-Atlantic Ridge basalts. 6. Alkaline igneous rocks near Benambra, Victoria. 7. Petrology of some analcime bearing lavas in Victoria. 8. Composition of clinopyroxenes in alkaline lavas. 9. The development of the proton microprobe for geological analysis. 10. Dissolution of geological material with phosphoric acid. 11. Trace element analysis by solvent extraction. 12. Inductively coupled plasma analytical procedures for the analysis of geological material. 13. Trace and minor element analysis using LiBO; fusion and X.R.F. measurement. 14. Sulphur determination in trace and major concentrations by X.R.F. 15. Diffusion of U, Li and B in deformed rocks. 16. Silica diagenesis in Tertiary marine strata of Southern Australia. 17. Rare earth elements in selected leucite-bearing lavas and their constituents. 18. Petrogenetic aspects of leucite-bearing rocks from Birunga, S.W. Uganda. 19. Petrology, geochemistry and mineralogy of the leucite-bearing lavas from the Roman region. Italy. 20. Experimental studies and petrogenesis of leucite-bearing lavas. 21. Petrology, mineralogy and petrogenesis of the Gaussberg leucitite, Antarctica. 22. Relationship between tectonics and magmatism in the Tyrrhenian basin, and related volcanic suites from Sardegna and Roman region. 23. Petrogenetic significance of the ultramafic ejecta associated with the leucite-bearing rocks in the Roman region, Italy. 24. Metamorphism of nickel sulphide deposits at Widgiemooltha, W.A. 25. Geochemistry of metamorphosed Komatiitcs. 26. Geochemical criteria for distinguishing sulphide-bearing Komatiitic peridotites. 27. Scanning electron microscope image enhancement using scattered electrons. 28. Computer programmes for automated electron probe X-ray microanalysis. GEOLOGY 229

H. PALAEONTOLOGY 1. Tertiary Molluscan faunas. 2. Tertiary Bryozoan faunas. 3. Permian Spirifcrids and other Brachiopods of the Callytharra formation, VV. Australia. 4. Upper Devonian fishes from N.S.W.

I. ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY 1. Migration and alteration of Barrow Island oil. 2. Origin of oil of Candeias field, Brazil.

J. SEDIMENTOLOGY 1. Sediment characteristics resulting from swamp drainage, Western Port. 2. Distribution and movement of sediment in Corio Bay. Victoria. 3. Pilot sediment transport studies. 4. Stratigraphy and petrology of Tertiary sedimentary sequences. 5. Sediments from erosion in northern Western Port Bay, Victoria. 6. Sedimentology of marine and terrestrial conglomerates. 7. Fluvial scdimentology.

K. STRUCTURE 1. The structure, metamorphism and geochemistry ofthe retrograde shear zones. Broken Hill, N.S.W. 2. Deformation of the Swiss Alps. 3. Folding in multilayered ice samples. 4. Preferred orientation in experimentally deformed ice. 5. Microstructures (T.E.M. and optical) associated with deformed mica, quartz and feldspar. 6. Structure of the South Range, Koolyanobbing W. Australia. 7. Structural geology of the Mallacoota region. Victoria. 8. Morphotectonics - the relationship between present topography and tectonics, both local and continental - with special reference to Australia.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BIRCH, W. D., GLEADOW, A. J. W., NOTTLE, B. W„ ROSS, J. A. and WHATELY, R. - Geology and structural development of the Ccrbcrean Cauldron. Central Victoria. Mem- Nat. Mus. Vic. 39: 1-17 (1978). 2. CAMPBELL, I. H. and KELLY, P. R. - The geochemistry of Loveringite. a uranium-rarc- carth-bearing accessory phase from the Jimberlana intrusion of Western Australia. Min. Mag. 42: 187-93 (1978). 3: CONT1, L. and CUNDARI. A. — Differentiation of leucite-bearing lavas from thc Sabatinian Complex, Roman Volcanic Region: The Laguscllo suite. Geologica Romana 16: 81-86 (1977). 4. CUNDARI. A., RENARD. .1. G. R. and GLEADOW. A. J. W. - Uranium-potassium relationship and apatite fission track ages for a differentiated leucitite suite from New South Wales, Australia. Chem. Geol. 22: 11-20 (1978). 5. ERREY, K. and FLANNERY, T. - The neglected megafaunal sites or thc Colongulac region, Western Victoria. The Artefact 3(2): 101-106 (1978). 6. FERGUSON, A. K. — A note on a ramsayitc bearing pcgmatoidal clot in a mela-nephelinitc from the Older Volcanics near Bacchus Marsh. J. Geol. Soc. Aust. 24: 491-494 (1977). 7. FERGUSON, A. K. - Hollow aenigmatite crystals from a late stage vein in a trachyte flow near Turritablc falls. Upper Maccdon, Victoria. Aust. Mineralogist 14: 71-72 (1978). 8. FERGUSON, A. K. — The occurrence of ramsayite, titan-lavenite and a fluorine-rich eucolite in a nepheline-svenite inclusion from Tenerifc, Canary Island. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 66: 15-20 (1978). 9. FERGUSON, A. K. — Ca enrichment in olivines from volcanic rocks. Liihos II: 189-194 (1978). 230 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

10. FERGUSON, A. K. - The crystallization of pyroxenes and amphiboles in some alkaline rocks and the presence of a pyroxene compositional gap. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 67: 11-15 (1978). 11. FERGUSON, A. K. - Reply to G. Rossi on the "pretended'" occurrence of aegirine-neptunitc auiuuuii. \.i/nuiu. Jviltterui. It'troi. oo. III-IIZ (17/0). 12. FERGUSON, A. K. - A mineralogical investigation of some trachytic lavas from Camel's Hump and Turntable Falls, Central Victoria. J. Geol. Soc. Ausi. 185-197 (1978). 13. GATEHOUSE, B. Pvt., GREY, I. E., CAMPBELL, I. H. and KELLY, P. R. - The crystal structure of Loveringite, a new member of thc crichtonitc group. Amer. Mineral. 63: 28-36 (1978). 14. GLEADOW, A. J. W. — Anisotropic and variable track etching characteristics in natural sphenes. Nucl. Track Detection 2: 105-118 (1978). 15. GLEADOW, A. J. W. - Comparison of fission track dating methods: effects of anisotropic etching and accumulated alpha-damage. Short papers of the 4th Int. Conf. Geochron. Cosmochron. Isotope Geol. U.S. Geol. Surv. Open-File Report 78-701: 143-145 (1978). 16. GLEADOW, A. .1. W. — Fission track evidence for the evolution of rifted continental margins. Short papers of the 4th Int. Conf. Geochron. Cosmochron. Isotope Geol. U.S. Geol. Surv. Open-File Report 78-701: 146-148 (1978). 17. GLEADOW, A. J. W. and EDWARDS, A. C. - Fission track age ofa basic inclusion from the Kayrunnera kimberlitic breccia pipe. J. Geol. Soc. Aust. 25: 359 (1978). 18. GLEADOW, A. J. W. and LOVERING, J. F. - Thermal history or granitic rocks from western Victoria: a fission track dating study. J. Geol. Soc. Aust. 25: 323-340 (1978). 19. GLEADOW, A. J. W. and LOVERING, J. F. - Fission track geochronology of King Island, Bass Strait, Australia: relationship to continental rifting. Earth Planet. Sci. Lett. 37: 429-437 (1978). 20. GROVES, D. I., BARRETT. F. M. and McQUEEN, K. G. - "Geochemistry and origin of cherty metasediments within ultramafic flow sequences and their relationship to nickel mineralization" in Archaen cherty metasediments: Their scdimentology, micropalaeontology, biogeochemistry and significance to mineralisation (J. E. Glover and D. 1. Groves, eds) Geology Department and Extension Service, Univ. West Aust. 2: 57-69 (1978). 21. HANNAKER, P. and HUGHES, T. C. - An analytical scheme for chondritic meteorites: Meteoritics 13(\): 89-100 (1978). 22. HANNAKER, P. and HUGHES, T. C. - The determination of carbon and hydrogen in geological materials by thermal decomposition. Chem. Geol. 22: 331-339 (1978). 23. HANNAKER, P. and HUGHES, T. C. - Improved stepwise solvent extraction scheme for geochemical trace analysis using flame atomic absorption. J. Geochem. Ex. 10: 169-180(1978). 24. HANNAKER. P. and HUGHES, T. C. - Metallic phase analysis of multicomponent systems using a potassium cuprochloride-tartaric acid leach. Anat. Chem 5(7(8): 1197-1201 (1978). 25. HARRIS, J. E., HINWOOD, J. B., MARSDEN, M. A. H. and STERNBERG, R. W. - Water movements, sediment transport and deposition, Western Port, Victoria, in Marsden M. A. H. ed Sedimentary Processes and Water Circulation in Western Port, Victoria, Australia. A Contribution to a Major Environmental Studv: Marine Geology Special Issue 30: 131-162 (1979). 26. HAUKKA, M. T., HUGHES, T. C. and THOMAS, I. L. - The performance of a 1500 watt Rhodium X-ray tube for X.R.F. analvsis of silicate rocks. Siemens Review XLV: 255-260 (1978). 27. HAUKKA, M. T. and THOMAS, I. L. - Total X-ray fluorescence analysis of geological samples using a low dilution lithium metaborate fusion method. Matrix corrections for major elements: X-ray Spectrom. 6: 204-211 (1977). 28. HAUKKA, M. T. and THOMAS, I. C. - Practical solution for matrix effects in X-ray fluorescence analysis, by mathematical methods. Anal. Chem. 50: 592-596 (1978). 29. HILLS, E. S. - The Delineation and Classification of Semi-Arid Lands: the Physical Basis, in Frontiers of the Semi-A rid World: an International Symposium. ICASALS'Publication No. 77-2, Lubbock, Texas, 7-24 (Dated 1977 - appeared 1978). 30. HILLS, E. S. - Geological Actualities in Relation to Aspects of the Tectonics of Australia, in Proc. ofthe Regional Conf. on the Geol. and Min. Resources of Southeast Asia. Indonesian Assoc. of Geologists, Jakarta; printed bv the Geological Survey of Indonesia, S. Wiryosujono and A. Sudrajat, eds 15-24 (1978). 31. HILLS, E. S. - Elementos de Geologia Estructural: Ariel, Barcelona: Translated by M. Gich from the second English ed, 577 (1978). 32. JOYCE, E. B. - Quaternary studies at the Universitv of Melbourne. Aust. Quaternary Newsletter 11: 31-37 (1978). 33. LEACH. J. H. J. - Discovery of an artefact associated with megafauna at Lake Ondit, in Western Victoria The Artefact J(3): 133-137 (1978). 34. LE MAITRE, R. W. and FERGUSON, A. K. - The Clair Data Svstem. Computers and Geoscience 4: 65-76 (1978). GEOLOGY 231

35. MCGOLDRICK, P.J. and GLEADOW, A.J. W. - Fission track dating of Lower Palaeozoic sandstones at Tatong, north central Victoria. J. Geol. Soc. Ausi. 24: 461-464 (1978). 36. MARSDEN, M. A. H. (Chairman) - The Bass Strait study - phase I. Report ofthe Study Planning Committee, Vic. Institute of Marine Sciences. 75 (1978). 37. MARSDEN, M. A. H. - Circulation patterns from seabed-drifter studies. Western Port and inner Bass Strait, in Marsden M. A. H. ed Sedimentary Processes and Water Circulation in Western Port, Victoria, Australia. A Contribution to a Major Environmental Studv: Marine Geology Special Issue 30: 85-100 (1979). 38. MARSDEN, M. A. H., MALLETT, C. W. and DONALDSON, A. K. - Geological and physical setting, sediments and environments. Western Port, Australia, in Marsden M. A. H. ed Sedimentary Processes and Water Circulation in Western Port, Victoria, Australia. A Contribution to a Major Environmental Study: Marine Geologv Special Issue 30: 11-46 (1979). 39. MARSDEN. M. A. H. and THOMAS, L. - Development of microcomputer-controlled seafloor instrumentation (sedisystems) and measurements of parameters relevant to sediment transport in Western Port. Publication No. 218, Environmental Studies Series, Ministry for Conservation. 36 (1978). 40. ORCHISTON, D. W. - Australia and Oceania before the coming of the Europeans. In, G. Barraclough ed, The Times Atlas of World Historv. London, Times Books (1978). 41. ORCHISTON, D. W. - On the supposed Javan affinities of thc tula "adze-Dakc" from Australia. Modern Quaternary Research in Southeast Asia 4 (I978). 42. ORCHISTON, D. W. — Preserved Maori heads and Captain Cook"s three voyages to the South Seas: a studv in ethnohislorv. Anlhropos 73 (1978). 43. ORCHISTON, D.'W. and GLEN IE. R. C. - Residual Holocene populations in Bassiania: Aboriginal man at Palana, northern Flinders Island. Ausi. Archaeologv 8: I27-14) (1978). 44. ORCHISTON, D. W., PATRICK, J., DAVIES, W. D., GALLUS, A. and FERGUSON. A. K. - Problems in artifact identification: an "edge-ground axe" from thc Dry Creek archaeological site near Keilor. The Artefact 3: 17-27 (1978). 45. RODER, G. H. — Fold shape: the problem, expansion of use of dip isogons, and implications of preliminary investigation. Tectonophvsics 51: TI-T7 (I97X). 46. SIESSER, W. G. and ORCHISTON, D. W. - Micropalaeontological re-assessment of the age of Pithecanthropus Mandible C from Samgiran, Indonesia. Modern Quaternary Research in Southeast Asia 4 (1978). 47. THOMAS, I. C. and HAUKKA, M. T. - X.R.F. determination of trace and major elements using a single fused disc, Chem. Geol. 21: 39-50 (1978). 48. THOMAS, I. C. and HAUKKA, M. T. - A simple X.R.F. fusion method for mineral exploration samples: Determination of nickel and gallium. Proc. Aust. Inst. Min. Metall. 267: 55-60 (1978). 49. THOMAS, L. and KOELLE, A. - Transformation of dipole soundings obtained along a crooked line. Geophysical Prospecting 26: 631-636 (1978). 50. WARK, D. A. - The Allende Meteorite: An assemblance of cosmic grains, in: Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Dust formation in the Space Medium, Lunar and Planetary Institute. Houston, LP I Contrib. 330: 59-63 (1978). 51. WARK, D. A. — Early solar system stratigraphy: The condensation sequence from Allende lo Chondrites, and the origin of chondrules, in Lunar and Planetary Science IX: 1208-1210 (1978). 52. WARK, D. A. and LOVERING, J. F. - Refractory/platinum melals and other opaque phases in Allende Ca-Al-rich inclusions (CAI's). Lunar and Planetary Science IX: 1214-1216 (1978). 53. WARK, D. A. and LOVERING, J. F. - Classification of Allende coarse-grained Ca-Al-rich inclusions. Lunar and Planetary Science IX: 1211-1213 (1978). 54. WHITE, S H. and WILSON. C. J. L. - Microslructures of some quartz pressure fringes. N. Jb. Miner. AM. '134: 33-51 (1978). 55. WILSON, C. J. L. - Deformation in the Theodul-Rolhorn zone (Zermatt. Switzerland). Eclogue. Geol. Helv. 71: 517-549 (1978). 56. YAGI. K., LOVERING, J. F., SHIMA, M. and OKADA, A. - Petrology of the Yamalo meteorites (s), (k), (I) and (m) from Antarctica. Meteoritics /J(l): 23-45 (1978). 57. YAGI, K., LOVERING, J. F., SHIMA, M. and OKADA, A. - Mineralogical and petrographical studies of the Yamato meteorites, Yamalo -7301 (j), -7305(k), 7308(1) and - 7303(m) from Antarctica (1978). In Proc. of the Second Symposium on Yamato Meteorites. T. Nagata, ed Memoirs of National Institute of Polar Research Special Issue 8: 121-141 (1978). THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. GOLDING, L. Y. — Mineralogy, geochemistry and origin of the Kalgoorlie Gold deposits. Western Australia 232 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

2. HAMLYN, P. R. - Petrology of the Panton and Mcintosh layered intrusions Western A ustralia. wilh particular reference to the genesis of the Panton chromite deposits 3. MALLET, C. W. — Studies in Victorian Tertiary Foraminifera Neogene Planktonic Faunas 4. O'CONNOR, B. T. - The sedimentary and tectonic structures of the Lower Devonian Liptran Formation. Victoria, Australia 5. RODER, G. H. — Structure and metamorphism in a contact aureole: the Ararat granitic intrusion

Master of Science 6. BLACK, K. P. — Wave transformation over a coral reef 7. EMMETT, .!. K. - A Study of the influence of Mineral Catalysis on the Formation of Hydrocarbons in Non-Marine Sediments 8. SEEDSMAN, R. - The composition, concentration and movement of suspended matter in Hastings Bight, Western Port.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress AHMAD, R. — Structural and metamorphic studies in the retrograde schist zones at Broken Hill, N.S. W. ARCHBOLD, N. VV. - West Australian Permian Brachiopoda. A study of their taxonomy, biostratigraphy and provincialism COOPER, M. F. — Studies on Australian Cainozoic Bryozoa CRAWFORD, A. J. — Geochemistry and petrology of Victorian Cambrian greenstones DUDDY, I. R. — Geology. Sedimentology and Geochemistry ofthe Lower Cretaceous Otway Group EMMETT, J. K. - Source rock investigations on the Candeias oil field. Brazil FERGUSON, A. K. — The petrology of leucite-bearing rocks GRIFFIN, A. - Structural evolution ofthe Koolyanobbing Range, Western Australia, and its bearing on iron ore genesis HUGHES, T. C. — The geochemistry ofS. Se, Te, Hg, Tl and Bi /by neutron activation analysis) MACKENZIE, D. — Volcanoes ofthe Papua New Guinea Highlands: volcanism on a continental margin and its relationship to subduction MCGOLDRICK, P. - Volatile metal study of the copper and lead-zinc orebodies of Mt. Isa. Qld. MORLEY, M. E. - Tectonics and magmatic evolution in relation to continental rifting in south­ eastern Australia REECKMAN, S. A. - Geology and environmental interpretation of selected sedimentary sequences in south-eastern Australia THOMAS, I. L. — Geochemistry of nickel sulphide occurrences, Ml. Clifford. Western Australia

MSc Theses in Progress ERREY, K. - Fission track dating studies of granitic rocks from the southern coast of W.A. and S.A. LANG, A. J. — Fission track dating: computer applications and error analysis LEACH, J. — Sedimentary processes and deposits in the Martian polar regions as seen in space imagery, compared with possible Earth analogues MARKOVICS, G. - Sea water interaction with basalts O'BRIEN, P. — The sedimentology and geochemistry of the Permian glaciogenic sediments of central Victoria REDMAN, B. — Precious metal study of Western Australian Archaean greenstones to investigate stratigraphic and for geographic control and relation to Au or Ni ores STORER, R. M. - Petrology and geochemistry of the Ml. Hunt-Kamhalda-Kalgoorlie greenstone belt VINCHON, C. - Geochemical and mineralogical studies of the bottom sediments of Western Port catchment main rivers WARK, D. — Early evolution of the solar system WALDRON, H. - Studies of element mobility during regional metamorphism WILK, R. — Delineation ofthe Plio-Pleistocene boundary by the w>e of calcareous nannoplankton

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC and Potter Foundation: Quaternary man and environment in Bass Strait. GEOLOGY 233

ARGC: Experimental study of leucite bearing rocks and associated assemblages at atmospheric pressure. ARGC: Recrystallization of deformed silicates. ARGC: Deformation of ice-rock models. ARGC: Origin and development of Cainozoic acid intermediate lavas in E. Australia. ARGC: The geochemistry of the earth's earliest crust - an ion microprobe/electron microprobe approach. Australian Heritage Commission: Survey of geological features of the National Estate in Victoria. Ministry for Conservation, Victoria: Development of microprocessor-controlled seafloor instrumentation and measurements of parameters relevant to sediment transport in Western Port. Ministry for Conservation, Victoria: Sediment characteristics resulting from swamp drainage. Western Port. HUMAN MOVEMENT STUDIES Chairman of department: Dr A. W. Willee Reader ALBERT WILLIAM WILLEE Senior Lecturers EUNICE ELIZABETH PERROTT GILL SIGMUND ALAN LEPHART BRIAN NETTLETON ERIC ROY SANDSTROM Lecturers CHRISTOPHER ALEXANDER BRIGGS LORNA JEAN McCONCHIE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The effects of an activity/recreation programme in an industrial work setting on individual health and fitness patterns - C. A. Briggs and B. Nettleton. 2. Continued development of functional fitness measures suitable for team sports — C. A. Briggs and B. Nettleton. 3. The administration and analysis of tests to selected groups - C. A. Briggs. B. Nettleton and E. R. Sandstrom. 4. Determination of the effects of protracted periods of weight lifting on adolescent and adult weight lifters — C. A. Briggs. 5. Historical survey of Victorian Physical Education - E. E. P. Gill. 6. Investigation of parameters of human body segments — S. A. Lephart. 7. Attention demands of complex tracking tasks - B. Nettleton. 8. The role of the teacher of physical education in relation to school and community physical recreation - B. Nettleton. 9. Effects of aerobic activity on a group of senior public servants — A. W. Willee.

PUBLISHED WORK Books I. NETTLETON, B - Role of the Teacher of Physical Education In Relation To School and Community Physical Recreation. Victorian Department of Youth, Sport and Recreation (1978).

Articles 2. NETTLETON, B. — Educational Innovation and the Teacher of Physical Education. Proc. of Post Primary Conf. Victorian Education Department, 1-18 (1977). 3. NETTLETON, B. — Who Plavs and Why. Sport Australia. Confederation of Australian Sport. Sydney (1978). 4. NETTLETON, B. — Physical Education Teachers in England and Australia. Br. J. Phvs. Educ. 9(1): 13-14 (1978). 5. NETTLETON, B. - The Performer as an Information Processing System. Sport Australia. Confederation of Australian Sport. Sydney (1978). 6. NETTLETON, B. - Sport for All. Aust. J. Health. Phvs. Educ. and Recreation 81: 7-13 (1978). 7. NETTLETON, B. - A philosophy of outdoor recreation. Nal. Outdoor Educ. Conf. Report, Melbourne State College, 3-11 (1978). 8. NETTLETON, B. - An approach to understanding skill in volley ball. Community Recreation Council, Western Australia. Sports Coach 2(3): 43-47 (1978). 9. SANDSTROM. E. R. — Speed of Movement - The Improvement of Rapid Acceleration. Sports Coach 2(4) (Spring 1978). 10. TELFORD, R. D., BRIGGS, C. A. and CHENNELLS, M. H. D. - Cardiorespiratory fitness of untrained and trained Australian males and females. Aust. J. Sports Medicine 10. 59- 66 (1978). 11. WILLEE. A. W. — Physical Fitness and Work Performance. Aust. Productivity Action J(l) (February 1978). 12. WILLEE, A. W. - That Was Humanism? Aust. J. Health, Phvs. Educ. and Recreation 79: 27- 32 (March 1978).

234 MATHEMATICS Chairman of department: Professor C. J. Thompson Professors CHARLES FREDERICK MILLER SIMON ROSENBLAT LEON SIMON COLIN JOHN THOMPSON Readers BRUCE DESMOND CRAVEN ROGER HAMILTON JAMES GRIMSHAW WILLIAM WILSON WOOD Senior Lecturers JOHN RICHARD JAMES GROVES DEREK ALLAN HOLTON JAROM1R JOSEPH KOLIHA JOHN ANTHONY RICKARD ALLAN MAURICE RUSSELL EDGAR RODERICK SMITH CHRISTOPHER JOHN FINNS UPTON RAYMOND TREVOR WAECHTER Lecturers JAMES JOSEPH CROSS JOHN WYLIE LLOYD JAMES STEPHEN RICHARDSON JOACHIM HYAM RUBINSTEIN GRAHAM HALE WILLIAMS DAVID JOHN WILSON Senior Tutor RICHARD JOHN HUNTER Tutors DAVID BILLINGTON BRONWEN FULLER BORIS VICTOR SALIVIN JOHN ZELEZNIKOW Honorary and Emeritus Professor ERIC RUSSELL LOVE University of Melbourne Research Fellow JOHN HANNAH ARGC Research Fellow CLIFFORD CECIL WRIGHT Senior Associate ROBERT EDWARD JOHNSTON RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. ALGEBRA AND LOGIC - Groves, Hannah, Miller, Richardson, Zeleznikow 1. Representations of finitely generated nilpotent groups. 2. Finitely presented soluble groups. 3. Maximal quotient rings of group algebras. 4. Burnside problem in exponent five. 5. Existence of a section of order 5" in the Fibonacci group F(2,9). 6. Balanced presentations of fundamental groups. 7. Semigroups and rings. 8. Effectiveness, modules, and group embeddings. 9. Algebraically closed groups.

B. ANALYSIS - Koliha, Lloyd. Love, Russell. Salivin, Simon, Upton, Williams 1. Iyengar's inequality. 2. Closure theorems. 3. Lebesgue points of fractional integrals. 4. Approximate continuity and Lebesgue points. 5. Spectral theory of affine operators. 6. Banach algebras of functions of generalized variation. 7. Generalized Stieltjes integrals. 8. Boundary regularity for parametric minimal surfaces. 9. Gradient estimates in the theory of equations of mean curvature type. 10. Application of the theory of minimal surfaces to the topology of 3-manifolds. 11. Non-parametric surfaces of prescribed mean curvature. 12. Variational inequalities. 13. Almost periodic functions.

235 236 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

C. APPLICABLE MATHEMATICS - Rosenblat, Waechter 1. Asymptotic methods for bifurcation and stability problems. 2. Bifurcation from infinity. 3. Stochastic effects in bifurcation problems. 4. Stefan's problem and matched asymptotic expansions. 5. Inverse eigenvalue problems.

D. CONTINUUM MECHANICS - Grimshaw, Rosenblat, Wood 1. Resonant over-reflexion. 2. Wave induced mean flows. 3. Coupled oscillators. 4. Variable solitons. 5. Coastal trapped waves. 6. Long wave resonance. 7. Oscillations of non-Newtonian fluids. 8. The eigenspectrum for small natural oscillations of fluids rotating in a convex axisymmetric container.

E. GRAPH THEORY AND COMBINATORICS - Billington, Holton, Rickard 1. Degree sequences of certain multihypergraphs that have only one realization. 2. Vertex-deleted subgraphs of lexicographic products. 3. Transitive graphs with fewer than twenty vertices. 4. Spectral conditions for the reconstructibility of a graph. 5. Feasibility conditions for the existence of walk-regular graphs. 6. The number of subgroups of given index in thc modular group. 7. GRR's for finitely generated groups. 8. Path realizations of multigraphs. 9. The matching polynomial of a graph. 10. Hamiltonian paths or circuits in regular or nonrcgular graphs.

F. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS - Cross 1. History of Green's theorem and associated ideas.

G. MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS - Rickard, Russell 1. Problems in finance. 2. Optimization algorithms with application to monopolistic firms. 3. Dynamics of duopoly output games. 4. Cournot problem.

H. MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY - Thompson 1. Statistical description of chaos. 2. Reconstruction of phylogenetic trees. 3. Stability of translation and transcription.

I. OPTIMIZATION, CONTROL, GAME THEORY - Craven Holton. Johnston. Rickard. Wilson 1. Necessary and sufficient conditions for optimality of convex programming problems. 2. Augmented Lagrangians. MATHEMATICS 237

3. Minimization of vector functions and vector duality. 4. Multi-criteria optimization. 5. Two-dimensional brick packing. 6. Maximum change problem. 7. Linear program for solving the travelling salesman problem. 8. Linear programming model of the transportation and processing of zinc ores. 9. Universal and equivocal surfaces in differentiable games.

J. STATISTICAL MECHANICS - Fuller, Smith, Thompson, Wright 1. Statistical mechanics of fluids. 2. Phase behaviour of mixtures of adhesive-hard-sphere fluids and Yukawa fluids. 3. Single component hard-sphere Yukawa fluid. 4. Model for liquid metals. 5. Graph-theoretical aspects of adsorption processes. 6. Reference interaction site model for molecular fluids. 7. Ergodic properties of discrete dynamical systems. 8. Random walks with repulsion. 9. n-tensor model of magnetism. 10. Perturbation theory for the radial distribution function of simple liquids. 11. The Percus-Yevick closure to the Ornstein-Zernike equation.

K. TOPOLOGY AND GEOMETRY - Rubinstein 1. Homeotopy groups of Lens spaces. 2. 3-manifolds which are not sufficiently large. 3. Homeotopy 4-spheres and exotic 4-manifolds. 4. Heegaard splittings of 3-manifolds.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. CRAVEN, B. D. — Mathematical Programming and Control Theorv. Chapman and Hall, London (1978). 2. HOLTON, D. A. and LLOYD, J. W. - Algebra and Geometry. Charles Babbage Research Centre, Winnipeg, Canada (1978).

Chapters of Books 3. SMITH, E. R. — Boundary Conditions for Numerical Simulation of Fluids with Dipolar Interactions, in Progress in Liquid Phvsics. ed C. A. Croxton, Chapter 3, Wiley-Interscience (1978).

Articles 4. CRAVEN, B. D. - Optimizing with Multiple Objectives. Proc. Nth Annual Conf. of the Operational Res. Soc. of N.Z. I: 11-18 (1978). 5. CRAVEN, B. D. - A Generalization of Lagrange Multipliers: Corrigendum. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc. 18: 159-160 (1978). 6. GATES, D. J., RICKARD, J. A. and WILSON. D. J. — A Market Related Game Strategy. J. Math. Economics 5: 97-109 (1978). 7. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - Long Nonlinear Internal Waves in Channels of Arbitrary Cross- section. J. Fluid Mech. 86: 415-431 (1978). 8. GROVES, J. R. J. — Some Criteria for the Regularity of a Direct Product of Regular p- Groups. J. Aust. Math. Soc. 24 (A): 35-49 (1977). 9. GROVES, J. R. J. - Soluble Groups with Every Proper Quotient Polycyclic. Illinois J. Math. 22: 90-95 (1978). 10. GROVES, J. R. J. - Finitely Presented Centre-by-Metabelian Groups. / London Math. Soc. (2) 18: 65-69 (1978). 11. GROVES, J. R. J. - Soluble Groups in which Every Finitely Generated Subgroup is Finitely Presented. J. Aust. Math. Soc. 26 (A): 115-125 (1978). 238 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

12. GROVES, J. R. J. and BRYANT, R. M. - Wreath Products and Ultraproducts orGroups. Quart. J. Math. Oxford (2) 29: 301-308 (1978). 13. HOLTON. D. A. and SIMS, J. A. - The Cartesian Product of Two Graphs is Stable, in Theorv and Application of Graphs. Springer Lecture Notes in Mathematics No. 642: Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 286-303 (1978). 14. HOLTON, D. A. - Reconstruction. Aust. Math. Soc. Gazette 5: 15-19 (1978). 15. KIM, D. and THOMPSON, C. J. - Critical Properties of Dyson's Hierarchical Model II. Essential Singularities ofthe Borderline Ising Case. J. Phvs. A. 11: 375-384 (1978). 16. KIM, D. and THOMPSON, C. J. - Critical Properties of Dyson's Hierarchical Model III. The n-Vector and Heisenberg Models. J. Phvs. A. 11: 384-401 (1978). 17. LANDMAN, K. A. and ROSENBLAT, S. - Bifurcation from Multiple Eigenvalues and Stability of Solutions. SIAM J. Appl. Math. 34: 743-759 (1978). 18. LANDMAN, K. A. and ROSENBLAT, S. - Stability of Solutions Bifurcating from a Multiple Eigenvalue. Applic. Analysis 7: 153-158 (1978). 19. LOVE, E. R. - Linear Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients. Int. J. Math. Educ. Sci. Technol. 8: 445-448 (1977). 20. LOVE, E. R. - Some Inequalities for Fractional Integrals, Linear Spaces and Approximation. Proc. Conf. Math. Res. Institute Oherwolfach, ISNM 40 Biekhauser. 1977: 177-184 (1978). 21. MORRISS, G. P. and SMITH, E. R. - Effective Interaction Potential in Adsorbed Monolayers. Chem. Phvs. Letters 58: 625 (1978). 22. MURRAY, I. W. and RICKARD, J. A. - The Dynamics of some Discrete Time Duopoly Price Games Involving Cournot and Related Best-Response Strategics. Economica 45: 297- 303 (1978). 23. PEA RCE, P. A. and THOMPSON, C. J. - The High Densitv Limit for Lattice Spin Models. Commun. Math. Phvs. 58: 131-138 (1978). 24. PERRAM, J. W. and SMITH, E. R. - A New Boundary Condition for Simulations of Systems with Charge Interactions. Phvs. Letters 66A: 271 (1978). 25. RICKARD, J. A. and MURRAY, I. W. - The Dvnamics of some Duopoly Games Involving the Market Share and Nichol Strategies. J. Econ. Th. 17: 51-65 (1978). 26. ROSENBLAT, S. - Flow Reversal in non-Newtonian Fluids. J. Fluid Mech. 85: 387-400 (1978). 27. ROSENBLAT, S. - Stability of Fluid Motions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 84: 96-103 (1978). 28. RUSSELL, A. M. - Some Comments on the Teaching of Scries and Infinite Integrals. Int. J. Math. Educ. Sci. Technol. 9(1): 43-46 (1978). 29. RUSSELL, A. M. - Further Results on an Integral Representation of Functions of Generalized Variation. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc. 18: 407-420 (1978). 30. THOMPSON, C. J. - The Statistical Mechanics of Phase Transitions. Conlemp. Phvs. 19: 203-224 (1978).

Reports

31. CRAVEN, B. D. and ZLOBEC, S. — Complete Characterization of Optimality for Convex Programming in Banach Spaces. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 29 (1978). 32. CRAVEN, B. D. — Strong Vector Minimization and Duality. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 36 (1978). 33. CRAVEN, B. D. - Multi-Criteria Optimization. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 37 (1978). 34. CUMMINGS, P. T. and SMITH, E. R. - Solution of the Ornslein-Zernike Equation for Hard Spheres with Yukawa Closure and Applications. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 26 (1978). 35. CUMMINGS, P. T. - Exact Solution of the MSA for a Model Liquid Metal Potential I. Method of Solution. Univ. of Melh. Maths. Res. Rep. 38 (1978). 36. EGGLETON, R. B. and HOLTON, D. A. - Path Realizations of Multigraphs 1. The Disconnected Case. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 33 (1978). 37. EGGLETON, R. B. and HOLTON, D. A. - Path Realizations of Multigraphs 11. Thc Connected Case. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 34 (1978). 38. GODSIL, C. D. and McKAY, B. D. - Spectral Conditions for the Reconstructibilitv ofa Graph. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 20 (1978). 39. GODSIL, C. D. and McKAY, B. D. - Feasibility Conditions for the Existence of Walk- Regular Graphs. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 24 (1978). 40. GODSIL, C, IMRICH, W. and RAZEN, R. - On the Number of Subgroups ofGiven Index in the Modular Group. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 31 (1978). 41. GODSIL, C. D. - GRR's for Non-solvable Groups. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 32 (1978). MATHEMATICS 239

42. GODSIL. C. D. and GUTMAN, I. - On the Matching Polynomial ofa Graph. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 35 (1978). 43. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - Nonlinear Wave Packets, Wave Action and Mean Motions. Univ. of Melb. Res. Rep. 18 (1978). 44. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - Linearly Coupled, Slowly Varying Oscillators. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 27 (1978). 45. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - Mean Flows Induced by Internal Gravity Wave Packets Propagating in a Shear Flow. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 30 (1978). 46. HINES, D. F. and THOMPSON, C. J. - A One-dimensional Random Walk with Repulsion. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 15 (1978). 47. HOSKINS, C. S. and SMITH, E. R. - Effects of Boundary Conditions on Monte Carlo Simulations of Dense Systems of Hard Spheres with Embedded Point Charges. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 19 (1978). 48. HUNTER, R. J. - The Variety Generated by Weakly Compactly Generated Banach Spaces. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 39 (1978). 49. JOHNSTON, R. E. — Approximate Solutions to the Cardinality Constrained Cutting Stock Problem. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 21 (1978). 50. KOLIHA, J. J. - Spectral Theory of Affine Operators I. Continuous Operators. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 23 (1978). 51. LANDMAN, K. A. - Bifurcation and Stability of Periodic Solutions. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 11 (1978). 52. McKAY, B. D. — Transitive Graphs with Fewer than Twenty Vertices. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 16 (1978). 53. ROSENBLAT, S. and DAVIS, S. H. - Bifurcation from Infinity. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 6 (1978). 54. ROSENBLAT, S. - Asymptotic Methods for Bifurcation and Stability Problems. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 10 (1978). 55. RUSSELL, A. M. - Representation of Bounded Linear Functionals II. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 8 (1978). 56. RUSSELL. A. M. - Further Results on an Integral Representation of Functions of Bounded klh Variation. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 9(1978). 57. RUSSELL, A. M. - A Commutative Banach Algebra of Functions of Generalized Variation. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 13 (1978). 58. SIMON. L. and HARDT, R. - Boundary Regularity and Embedded Solutions for the Oriented Plateau Problem. Univ. of Minnesota Preprint (1978). 59. SIMON, L. and HARDT, R. - Boundary Regularity and Embedded Solutions for the Oriented Plateau Problem (Research Announcement). Univ. of Minnesota Preprint (1978). 60. SIMON. L. — On G-convergence of Elliptic Operators. Univ. of Minnesota Preprint (1978). 61. SIMON, L. and ALMGREN, F. J. Jr. - Existence of Embedded Solutions of Plateau's Problem. Univ. of Minnesota Preprint (1978). 62. STACEY, K. C. and HOLTON, D. A. - Vertex-Deleted Subgraphs of Lexicographic Products. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 12 (1978). 63. VER EECKE, P. - Calculus of Jets and Higher Order Connections - Ch. I and II. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. I (1978). (Translated from the French and Spanish, ed and with revisions by J. J. Cross and F. R. Smith.) 64. VER EECKE, P. - Calculus of Jets and Higher Order Connections - Ch. III. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 2 (1978). (Translated from the French and Spanish, cd and with revisions by J. J. Cross and F. R. Smith.) 65. VER EECKE, P. - Calculus of Jets and Higher Order Connections - Ch. IV. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 3 (1978). (Translated from the French and Spanish, ed and with revisions by J. J. Cross and F. R. Smith.) 66. VER EECKE. P. - Calculus of Jets and Higher Order Connections - Ch. V. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 4 (1978). (Translated from the French and Spanish, ed and with revisions by J. J. Cross and F. R. Smith.) 67. VER EECKE, P. - Calculus of Jets and Higher Order Connections - Ch. VI and VII. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 5 (1978). (Translated from the French and Spanish, ed and with revisions by J. J. Cross and F. R. Smith.) 68. WILLIAMS, G. H. - Surfaces of Prescribed Mean Curvature with Inequalities on the Boundary. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 14 (1978). 69. WILLIAMS, G. H. - Smooth Solutions for Variational Inequalities with Obstacles. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 22 (1978). 70. WILLIAMS, R. J. - Sufficient Conditions for Nash Equilibria in N-Person Games over Reflexive Banach Spaces. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 17 (1978). 71. WILLIAMS, R. J. - Mixed Strategy Solutions for Quadratic Games. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 25(1978). 72. WILSON, D. J. - A Mathematician's Miscalculation? Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 28 (1978). 240 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Science I. JOHNSON, C. H. J. — Some Mathematical Problems in Statistical Mechanics and in Heat and Mass Transfer

Doctor of Philosophy 2. LANDMAN, K, A. - Bifurcation and Stability of Solutions-

Master of Science 3. MURRAY. I. W. - Multiperiod Duopoly Models 4. GARDINER, C. J. - Seifert Fibre Spaces 5. HATHAWAY, N. J. - Phase Plane Techniques 6. WONG, A. C. Y. — Convergent and Stable Elements in Hermitian Algebras 7. CHIDZEY, K. G. — Fixing Subgraphs and Smoothly Embeddable Subgraphs 8. CAMERON, J. R. - Mathematical Modelling of Ecosystems 9. RAY, A. E. — Nash Bargaining in Differential Games 10. SMITH, F. R. — Higher Order Bundle Theory: An Application in Continuum Mechanics 11. WILLIAMS, R. J. — Differential Games with Incomplete Information

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ARMOUR. L. J. - An Investigation of Some Possible Profit Maximizing Algorithms for a Monopolist under a Free Auction System ARMSTRONG. C. M. - The Statistical Mechanics of Adsorption BILLINGTON, D. — Degree Sequences in Hypergraphs COLLINGS, I. L. - Continental Shelf Dynamics CUMMINGS, P. T. — Statistical Mechanics of Liquids GODSIL, C. D. — Graphs wilh Prescribed Regular Automorphism Group HATHAWAY, N. J. — Topics in Mathematical Economics HUNTER, R. J. — Weakly Compactly Generated Topological Linear Spaces McAVANEY, K. L. - Studies in Graph Theory McKAY, B. D. — Computational Algorithms in Graph Theory WHEELER, G. R. — Dynamics of Spin Systems WILLIAMS, P. Y. S. — Waves in the Atmosphere and Ocean

MSc Theses in Progress AITCHISON, I. R. - Handle-body Structures of 4-Manifolds BERESFORD, J. A. - Finitely Presented Soluble Groups COLAIDIS, A. J. - History of Differential Equations HUNTER, M. N. — On Tauberian Theorems Associated wilh Infinite Divergent Series KAY, G. L. — Hermitian Algebras MARTINI, C. A. - Stochastic Description of Chaos MORRISS. G. P. — The Statistical Mechanics of Adsorption Processes ROFF, G. L. — Singular Surfaces in Differential Games RULE, T. M. - Differential Equations SALIVIN, B. V. - Generalized Calculus on Banach Spaces STEPHENS, R. W. - Combinatorial Group Theory TAFFE, J. R. — An Investigation of Models for a Proposed Inventory Scheme for Australian Wool TOBIN, P. C. - Mathematical Neurophysiology

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Balanced presentations of fundamental groups. ARGC: Statistical mechanics of liquids and liquid-solid interfaces. METEOROLOGY Chairman of department: Dr D. Jenssen Senior Lecturers TIMOTHY TRAVERS GIBSON (on Study Leave from February) MARTIN JAMES DITMAR JENSSEN Lecturers ROBERT CHARLES LILE BARBARA FRANCES VAN MEURS Senior Academic Associates WILLIAM FRANCIS BUDD REGINALD HARRY CLARKE Academic Associate IAN ALLISON Research Fellow (AN HERBERT SIMMONDS Research Workers ROGER TAPP KENNETH WILSON Assistant Programmer BARRY JOHN MC INNES Research Assistant SRALOEUNG KEP

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY I- Climatology of southern hemispheric surface pressure systems. 2. Southern hemisphere monitoring of climatic change. 3. Australian climate studies: Rainfall, pressure variations, tropospheric phenomena and interrelationships. 4. Sea surface temperature anomalies. 5. Physical and synoptic differences between a wet and a dry winter. 6. Sea ice and ocean heat budget studies. 7. Glacier-climate relationships: The magnitude and nature of climatic change required to induce observed changes in some glacier systems of Europe. 8. The response of glaciers and ice sheets to climate changes: The Greenland and the Laurenlide ice sheet growth and decay.

B. URBAN METEOROLOGY 1. Development of a tethered sounding system: Vertical profiles of horizontal winds within an urban environment. 2. Mesoclimatic studies in Albury-Wodonga. 3. Surface wind trajectories: The Melbourne area. 4. Surface air movement in Melbourne at low wind speeds. 5. Air pollution - Weather correlations at Melbourne and Laverton. 6. Climatology of conditions associated with severe air pollution in Melbourne. 7. Meteorological conditions associated with various levels of air pollution. 8. Data collection: Temperature, EPAV pollution and Laverton wind data. 9. Computer film: Weak surface wind flow and reconstructed air trajectories in the Melbourne region.

C. METEOROLOGICAL COMPUTER MODELLING (WEATHER) 1. Development of a spectral model of atmospheric processes. 2. Model modifications.

D. METEOROLOGICAL COMPUTER MODELLING (CLIMATE) 1. Data base: Locating and analysing data enabling the specification of ozone, cloud, albedo, sea surface temperatures and sea ice distribution for March and September. 2. Development of a climatological cloud cover field: Satellite derived planetary reflectance data were analysed for 1967-70 to provide September and March climatologies for thc three- dimensional cloud cover.

241 242 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

3. Sea-ice studies: To clarify the role of sea-ice in climate. 4. Diffusion effects: Experiments were performed to find the optimum level of internal diffusion effects within the model. 5. Mode! integrations "sing revised cloudiness. 6. Analysis of model integrations: Diagnostic programs. 7. Development of mapping package: A set of programs designed to produce maps of any of the model variables, at any requested pressure level has been developed. 8. Energy diagnostics: Necessary for correct interpretation of model runs is an analysis of energy- processes, conversions, and interactions. 9. Further model development: Two parameterisations of the Antarctic katabatic winds are being incorporated in the model to prevent the spurious accumulation of atmospheric mass in the Polar regions.

F. MESO METEOROLOGY 1. Observations on thc "Morning Glory" weather phenomenon ofthe Gulf of Carpentaria coast. 2. Simulation of the "Morning Glory" by a numerical model. 3. Modelling the formation and dissipation of super-refractive effects in the atmosphere (in association with the Australian Numerical Meteorology Research Centre).

G. GLACIOLOGY 1. Antarctic ice core isotope analysis. 2. Ice core flow properties: The crystal properties and deformation rates of the ice core to near bed from Cape Folger in conjunction with the measured borehole deformation. 3. Ice sliding experiments: Simulating ice sliding over various rock type surfaces with normal loads up to 40 bars. 4. Movie of ice sliding: A colour movie of the ice-rock interface during sliding. 5. Flow properties of laboratory ice: The low stress low temperature studies of ice under compression have been extended to higher stresses and temperatures very close to pressure melting point. 6. Automatic ice crystal fabric analyser. 7. Effect of anisotropy on creep rate: Development of a linear model to incorporate effects of anisotropy into the flow law for ice completed. Development of a non-linear model. 8. Surging of ice sheets: The two-dimensional model used to study glacier surges and the surge potential of the Antarctic Ice Sheet used for the Laurentide Ice Sheet. 9. Steady-state thermodynamics: A theory of steady state temperature distributions for the case of ice ablating from the surface and the relevant computer programs. 10. Modelling of temperature and velocity interactions in ice masses. 11. Sea-ice drifting buoys and Antarctic automatic stations. 12. Ice movement survey, Enderby Land, Antarctica. 13. Traverses with USSR Antarctic Expedition: N. Young accompanied a Soviet traverse from Mirny to Dome C to remeasure markers established the previous season (1976-77); V. Morgan went on the 1978-79 expedition to remeasure further stations. 14. Geodetic and geophysical traverses inland of Casey, Antarctica.

PUBLISHED WORK Book 1. PITTOCK, A. B., FRAKES, L. A., JENSSEN, D., PETERSON, J. A. and ZILLMAN, J. W. eds — Climatic Change and Variability. A Southern Perspective. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, 470 (1978).

Articles 2. ALLISON, I. and AKERMAN, G. - Sea ice and Ocean Energy Balance Studies at Mawson, Antarctica. Symposium on Sea Ice Processes and Models. ICS1/AIDJEX, Seattle, Preprint Vol. II, 137-146 (1977). 3. BUDD, W. F. — A Review of the Physical Marine Sciences of the Southern Ocean. Report on Seminar on Marine Science, Canberra, 1-2 February, 1978. Department of Science Publication (1978). METEOROLOGY 243

4. BUDD, W. F. and MclNNES, B. J. - Modelling Surging Glaciers and Periodic Surging of the Antarctic Ice Sheet. Climate Change and Variability — A Southern Perspective, A. B. Pittock et al eds Cambridge University Press, 228-234 (1978). 5. BUDD, W. F. and MclNNES, B. J. - Thc Periodically surging Medvezhi Glacier matched with a General Ice Flow Model. Proc. of the Int. Workshop "Dynamics of Glacier Variations". Data of Glaciological Studies, Chronicle, Discussion, Section of Glaciology ofthe Soviet Geophysical Committee and Institute of Geography of thc Academy of Sciences of thc USSR. Pub. No. 32 (English 247-260, Russian 143-161) (1978). 6. JENSSEN, D. - Climatic and Topographic Changes from Glaciological Data. In Pittock etal eds. Climatic Change and Variability, Cambridge University Press, 77-82 (1978). 7. LILE, R. C. - A New Instrument for the Rapid Crystallographic Analysis of Thin Ice Sections. Zeitschrift fur Gletscherkunde und Glazialgeologie. Bd. 13, No. 1 /2: 267-273 (1977). 8. LILE, R. C. - The Effect of Anisotropy on thc Creep of Polvcrvstalline Ice. J. Glaciology 2/(85): 475-483 (1978). 9. MORGAN, V. I. and BUDD, W. F. - The Distribution, movement, and melt rates of Antarctic Icebergs. Iceberg Utilisation. Proc. of the First Int. Conf. held at Ames. Iowa. A. A. Husseiny cd, Pergamon: 220-228 (1978). 10. SIMMONDS, I. - Comments on the paper 'Updating Prediction Models by Dynamical Relaxation: an Examination of the Technique". Quart. J. Rov. Meteor. Soc. 104: 527-528 (1978). I I. SIMMONDS, I. — The Application of a Multi-level Spectral Model to Dala Assimilation. J. Atmos. Sci. 35: 1321-1339 (1978). 12. STERN, H. - The Spatial Variability of Melbourne's Rainfall. Roval Meteorological Soc. Aust. Branch Newsletter 26: 16-17 (1978). 13. STERN, H. — Near Record Snowv River Flood. Roval Meteorological Soc. Aust. Branch Newsletter 32: 40-43 (1978).

Departmental Publication 14. WILDING, J. R. — Atmospheric Temperature Inversions in the Lowest 1500 Melres over Melbourne. Meteorology Department. Pub. No. 22, 63 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Science 1. HASLETT, W. E. — A Climatological Studv of Southern Australian Weather Systems 2. KRUSS, P. - A Flexible Numerical Model'of Glaciers

Doctor of Philosophy I. STEPHENS. G. - The Transfer of Radiation in Cloudy Atmospheres

THESES IN PROGRESS MSc Theses in Progress BLUNDY, N. - Ice Sliding and Friction CROUD. M. - Study of the Meteorological Factors Responsible for the Distribution of Radio Nuclides (fallout) over Australia JACKA, T. — Laboratory Studies of Ice Flow and Measured Flow of the Antarctic Ice Sheet KELLY, P. D. — Laboratory Modelling of Energy Dispersion in Atmospheric Circulation KIM, K. — Paramaterisation of Evaporation for Large Scale Numerical Models MEIGHEN. P. J. - Radar Studies of Tropical Cyclones MORGAN, V. I. — Oxygen Isotope Analysis of Antarctic Snow and Ice NEAL, A. B. - Convection in the Trades NICHOLLS, N. — The Monsoon of Northern Australia and its Relationship to the General Circulation RICH, M. J. - The Flow Properties of Anisotropic Polvcrvstalline Ice RUSSELL-HEAD, D. S. - Properties and Ages of Polar Ice STERN. H. — An Objective Weather Forecasting System for Melbourne WILDING, J. R. - Urban Meteorology WILSON. J. C. — Climatic Implications Derived from Ice Core Analysis WOODCOCK. F. - Features ofthe Australian Winter Circulation in'1970 and 1973 WRIGHT. W. - The.Nature of Wet and Dry Seasons in Victoria 244 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

PhD Theses in Progress ACKLEY, S. K. - Antarctic Sea [ce LILE, R. C. - Rheology of Polycrystalline Ice MAINE, R. — Numerical Simulation of Atmospheric Convection Processes SMITH, I, N. - Numerical Modelling of Ice Masses YOUNG, N. W. — The Interdependence of Temperature and Flow Velocity in Ice Masses

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Meso-term Climatic Change in the Southern Hemisphere. Environmental Protection Authority of Victoria: Urban Meteorology Studies. OPTOMETRY Chairman of department: Professor B. L. Cole Professor BARRY LEIGHTON COLE Reader HERMANN BARRY COLLIN Senior Lecturer ALAN WILLIAM JOHNSTON Lecturers LEO GERARD CARNEY GEORGE SMITH Senior Academic Associates DAVID MICHAEL COCKBURN JONATHAN NATHAN Academic Associates TERENCE HOLYOAKE BLAKE SHEILA MARGARET CREWTHER ANTHONY JOHN GIBSON EDWIN RONALD HOWELL JANETTE ELIZABETH KITCHIN JAMES CARSTAIRS LOWSON JOHN EDWARD McGIBBONY HELEN GAIL ROBBINS MICHAEL JOHN WILLIAM SMITH RICHARD THOMAS ERNEST VOJLAY Research Fellow KENNETH JOHN BOWMAN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Early vascularization of the rat cornea — Dr Colin and Miss Hoban. 2. Ultrastructural studies of human corneal and conjunctival biopsy material — Dr Collin. 3. Architecture of the human cornea - Dr Carney, Dr Smith and Miss Kiely. 4. Physiological response of the cornea and tears to environmental stress — Dr Carney, M r Efron and Mr Fullard. 5. Control of myopia - Dr Carney. 6. Investigation of thc optical properties of low vision aids — Dr Johnston, Dr Smith and Dr Jacobs. 7. Assessment of functional visual loss in the low vision patient — Dr Johnston and Mr Guest. 8. Techniques to simulate low vision - Dr Johnston and Mr Liubinas. 9. Effect of visual impairment on mobility and personal navigation skills — Dr Johnston and Mr Guest. 10. Clinical assessment of the anterior angle - Mr Cockburn. 11. Aberrations and image quality on real and schematic eves — Dr Smith, Mr Atchison and Miss Kiely. 12. Acquision of visually displayed information — Professor Cole and Dr Jacobs. 13. Conspicuity of objects — Professor Cole and Mr Jenkins. 14. Judgement ol distance at night — Professor Cole and Mr Bowman. 15. Judgement of aircraft orientation by colour coded navigation lights — Professor Cole and Mr Bowman.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles and Reports 1. BOWMAN. K. J. - The effect of illuminance on colour discrimination in senile macular degeneration. Mod. Probl. Ophthal. 19: 71-76 (1978). 2. BOWMAN, K. J. — Some aspects of acquired colour vision defects. Aust. J. Optom. 61: 164- 170 (1978). 3. BOWMAN, K. J. and CARNEY, L. G. - The effect of non-contact tonometry on corneal topography, J. Amer. Optom. Assoc. 49: 1389-1390 (1978). 4. CARNEY, L.G. — Near vision difficulties with flexible contact lens wear, A ust. J. Optom. 61: 357-360 (1978). 5. COCKBURN, D. M. - Fundus signs of vascular disease, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 124-136(1978). 6. COCKBURN, D. M. - A foot operated camera tip for the Nikon Photo Slit Lamp, Am. J. Optom. Physiol. Optics 55: 62-63 (1978). 7. COLE, B. L. and JENKINS, S. E. - Conspicuity of Traffic Control Devices. Aust. Road Res. Board Internal Report, AIR 218-1 (1978). 8. COLE, B. L., JOHNSTON. A. W., GIBSON, A. J. and JACOBS, R. J. - Visual detection of commencement of aircraft takeoff runs, Avial. Space Environ. Med. 49: 395-405 (1978). 9. COLLIN, H. B. - Iris atrophy, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 382-389 (1978).

245 246 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

10. COLLIN, H. B. - Occupational eye diseases; their causes and cures, Aust. Safely News 49: 48-58 (1978). 11. COLLIN, H. B. — Limbal vascular response prior to corneal vascularization, Exp. Eve Res. 16: 443-455 (1978). 12. COLLIN, H. B., DONSHIK, P. C, BORUCHOFF. S. A.. FOSTER, C. S. and CAVANAGH, H. D. — The fine structure of nuclear changes in superior limbic keratoconjunctivitis, Invest. Ophthal. and Vis. Sci. 17: 79-84 (1978). 13. COLLIN, H. B., DONSHIK, P. C, FOSTER, C. S., BORUCHOFF, S. A. and CAVANAGH, H. D. - Keratinization of the bulbar conjunctival epithelium in superior limbic keratoconjunctivitis in humans. An electron microscope study, Acta Ophthalmologica 56: 531-543 (1978). 14. COLLIN, H. B. and LARSEN, H. D. - Rupture of Dcsccment's membrane of the cornea, Int. Contact Lens Clinics 5: 152-156 (1978). 15. DONSHIK, P. C, COLLIN, H. G., FOSTER, C. S., CAVANAGH, H. D., BORUCHOFF. S. A. and MAGEE, A. G. - Conjunctival resection, treatment, and ultrastructural histopathology of superior limbic keratoconjunctivitis, Amer. J. Ophthal. 85: 101-110 (1978). 16. EFRON, N. - Refractor heads: An ergonomic view, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 295-302 (1978). 17. GUTTERIDGE, I. F. - Hypertension — referral criteria for optometrists, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 134-136 (1978). 18. HESS, R. F. — Assessment of stimulus field-size factors in strabismic amblyopia, Amer. J. Optom. Physiol. Optics 54: 292-299 (1977). 19. HESS, R. F. — Eye movements and grating acuity in strabismic amblyopia, Ophthal. Res. 9: 225-237 (1977). 20. HESS, R. F. — On the relationship between eccentric fixation and strabismic amblyopia, Brit. J. Ophthal. 61: 767-773 (1977). 21. HESS, R. F. — Interocular transfer in strabismic amblyopia; a cautionary note. Perception 7: 201-205 (1978). 22. HESS, R. F. and HOWELL, E. R. - The luminance dependent nature of the visual abnormality in strabismic amblyopia, Vision Res. 18: 931-936 (1978). 23. HESS, R. F. and HOWELL, E. R. - The influence of field size for a periodic stimulus in strabismic amblyopia. Vision Res. 18: 501-503 (1978). 24. HESS, R. F., HOWELL, E. R. and KITCHIN, J. E. - On the relationship between pattern and movement perception in the strabismic amblyopia, Vision Res. 18: 375-377 (1978). 25. HESS, R. F. and SMITH, G. — Do optical aberrations contribute to visual loss in strabismic amblyopia? Amer. J. Optom. Physiol. Optics 54: 627-633 (1977). 26. HESS, R. F. and WOO, G. - Vision through cataracts. Invest. Ophthal. and Vis. Sci. 17: 428- 435 (1978). 27. JOHNSTON, A. W. - The making of a low vision clinic, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 42-45 (1978). 28. JOHNSTON, A. W. - The low vision clinic, Aust. Familv Physician — College Reporter 7: 10-11 (1978). 29. KIELY, P. M. and CARNEY, L. G. - Influence of ophthalmic solutions on corneal contour, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 6-8 (1978). 30. KIELY, P. M. and CARNEY, L. G. - Influence of lid pressure on corneal topography, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 390-392 (1978). 31. ROBBINS, H. G. - The low vision patient of tomorrow, Aust. J. Optom. 61: 54-64 (1978). 32. SMITH, G. and BRYANT, J. F. M. - The Optical properties of tilted wind-screens under practical conditions, Proc. 9th Conf. Brisbane 1978. Aust. Road Res. Board. 1-7 (1978). 33. SMITH, G. and WEIR, R. — Laboratory visibility studies of directional symbols used for traffic control signals, Ergonomics 21: 247-252 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. HOWELL, E. R. — The detection and perception of large objects 2. JACOBS, R. J. — Legibility of extended alphabetic displays

Master of Science in Optometry 3. ATCHISON, D. A. — An investigation of the effect of central defocus on visual field measurement 4. BOWMAN, K. J. - The effect of illuminance on colour discrimination in senile macular degeneration 5. HOBAN, B. P. - A study of the effects of sodium salicylate and a steroid on PMNL emigration and corneal vascularization OPTOMETRY 247

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress EFRON, N. - Physiological factors relevant to the success of extended wear lenses FULLARD, R. J. — Investigation ofthe physiological significance of human tear enzymes KIELY, P. M. - Corneal geometry: its stability, variation and optical significance JENKINS, S. E. - Visual conspicuity of objects

MScOptom Theses in Progress GUEST, D. I. — The relationship between visual loss and performance at orientation and mobility tasks LIUBINAS, J. — A functional analysis of methods of simulating low vision

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Association for the Blind: The optical performance of low vision aids. Association for the Blind (Hecht trust): Orientation and mobility services for the low vision patient - (a) Methods of simulating low vision; (b) The visual demands of orientation and mobility. Australian Road Research Board: Conspicuity of objects. Australian Department of Transport: Judgement of aircraft orientation. National Health and Medical Research Council: The assessment of visual performance for non- alphanumeric tasks in patients with low vision. National Health and Medical Research Council: Tear chemistry. Bausch and Lomb Soflens: Cornea and contact lens research. Cooper Laboratories: Cornea and contact lens research. Hydron Australia Pty. Ltd.: Cornea and contact lens research. PHYSICS Chairman of department: Professor B. H. J. McKellar Professors HERBERT HOWARD BOLOTIN BRUCE HAROLD JOHN McKELLAR GEOFFREY IVAN OPAT BRIAN MILTON SPICER Readers NORMAN EDWARD FRANKEL KENNETH CHARLES HINES ANTHONY GEORGE KLEIN EDMUND GERARD MUIRHEAD JOHN LAYTON ROUSE Senior Lecturers KENNETH ALBERT AMOS ZWI BARNEA GIRISH CHANDRA JOSHI GEORGE JAMES FERGUSON LEGGE SHUI-YIN LO COLIN DOUGLAS McKENZIE VICTOR CHARLES OFFICER DENIS GRAHAM SARGOOD GEOFFREY GAY SHUTE ALAN EDWIN CHARLES SPARGO MAXWELL NORMAN THOMPSON STUART NORMAN TOVEY JOHN WILLIAM GRAYDON WIGNALL ROBERT HARVEY WILKINSON Lecturers RAYMOND LUDDINGTON ABBEY ADA PHYLLIS BOOTH LESLIE ARTHUR BURSILL EUNICE DELL McKENZIE (died 10/10/78) GRAHAM CHESNEY MASON Senior Tutors HILARY JANET STEPHEN DAVID VERNON WEBB Tutors ANGELO ERMINIO DELSANTE MARGARET MARY MALONE TURID PEDERSEN-SHANMUGAM IMANTS DZINTARS SVALBE Research Staff Emeritus Professor COURTNEY BALTHAZAR OPPENHEIM MOHR Research Fellow CHRISTOPHER JOHN HAMER ARGC Research Fellows RICHARD ALLEN BRANDENBURG BRUCE HENRY KELLETT IAIN MORRISON RICHARD JOHN PETTY PETER FREDERICK PRICE AINSE Research Fellow JOHN EARL TIBBALLS Queen Elizabeth II Fellow ZYGMUNT EDWARD SWITKOWSKI

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. DIFFRACTION PHYSICS

X-ray Diffraction 1. High-temperature neutron studies of anharmonic thermal vibrations and their temperature dependence (with the Brookhaven National Laboratory) and similar studies at Lucas Heights (under AINSE auspices). 2. A new computer controlled x-ray diffractometer used for wavelength dependent x-ray studies - Z. Barnea.

Electron Diffraction 3. Development of periodic continuation and other techniques for the accurate calculation of electron diffraction amplitudes - A. E. C. Spargo.

248 PHYSICS 249

Solid State Physics 4. Theoretical analysis and prediction of superstructures in solids, especially crystallographic shear and superionic tunnel structures — L. A. Bursill.

THESES IN PROGRESS IN DIFFRACTION PHYSICS PhD Theses in Progress BARRY, J. C. - High-resolution electron microscope studies of defects in crystals, especially diamonds CUTHBERTSON, R. A. - Investigation of TiO, from the dielectric function obtained hy electron energy-loss spectrum methods NETHERWAY, D. J. — Theory of Crystallographic shear plane arrays SELF, P. G. — Scattering factors and electron diffraction WHITELEY, B. K. - Anharmonic thermal vibrations in hexagonal crystals WILSON, A. R. — Electron microscopy in crystals WITHERS, R. L. — Structural implications of the charge-density-wave/periodic structural distortion model for phase transitions in transition metal dichalcogenides WOOD, G. J. — Defect structure analysis in reduced rutile

B. LOW ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS Betatron 1. Isospin effects in photonuclear cross sections from "Ca to "Fe; A study of the cross sections for (ld-2s) nuclei using (y,n), (Y,P) and (Y,Y) reactions; Measurement of photoproton cross sections to excited states for nS, "Al, "Mg. — M. N. Thompson. 2. Elastic gamma ray scattering in the E2 region for :o,Pb; a study of the J!S(y,d) reaction near threshold; K shell ionisation cross sections for Cu, Ni, Ag, Au; a study of the (e,2e) reactions to deduce inner shell wave functions — B. M. Spicer. 3. Measurement of the (y,n) and (y ,2n) cross sections of !°'"Ne; a study of the (Y,n), (y ,2n) and (y, Y) reactions in '"'Ar; the photoneutron angular distribution for m,Pb below the giant dipole resonance; measurement of electron spectra in tissue and the perturbation effect of an ionisation chamber on the measurement of absorbed dose - E. G. Muirhead. 4. High resolution measurement of "0(Y,n) cross section; high resolution measurement of (y,n), (y,p) and (y,y') cross sections of "Si and ,0Si — E. G. Muirhead and M. N. Thompson. 5. The design and construction of an energv-loss, matched dispersion magnetic spectrometer — D. V. Webb. 6. Nuclear excitations by electron transitions; instrumentation for external electron beam facility — R.J. Petty.

Pelletron 1. Nuclear structure studies: Lifetimes and level structure of '"'•'"Pt and a critical comparison with the Interacting Boson Approximation model; level structure and lifetime determinations of excited states in "Cr; determination of lifetimes of states in "Cu; exploitation of enhanced transient fields for measurement of gyromagnetic ratios of short-lived excited nuclear states; lifetime determinations of excited nuclear states by Doppler-shift methods - H. H. Bolotin. 2. Study of (p.y) resonance strengths in the (s.d) shell; threshold effects in proton and a-particle induced reactions on intermediate mass nuclei — D. G. Sargood. 3. Analysis of chrome-black solar absorber surfaces; studies of nuclear reactions on light nuclei, of relevance to the solar neutrino problem - Z. E. Switkowski - The Pelletron Group produces a Progress Report and one is available for 1977-78.

THESES IN PROGRESS ON THE BETATRON PhD Theses in Progress ALLEN, P. D. — Photoneutrons from Neon and Argon BOAL, T. J. - The E2 giant resonance in !0'Pb HELSTROOM, R. — Atomic excitations by relativistic electron bombardment MILLAR, R. M. — Measurement of electron energy spectra in air and tissue, and a study ofthe perturbative effect of the presence of an ionisation chamber on the measurement of absorbed dose PYWELL, R. E. — Isospin studies around "Ca RYAN. P. J. P. — De-excitation gamma ray studies around A = 40 WEISE, J. - Isospin effects in the If shell ZALCMAN, L. B. - A study of "K and "P by means of de-excitation gamma rays 250 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

MSc Theses in Progress FARMER, R. J. — The photoneutron cross section of "Ca GROSS, E. - K-, L-. and M-shell ionisation cross sections in heavv atoms SUTTON. R. - Pkotoreac'.ions or. "A

THESES IN PROGRESS ON THE PELLETRON PhD Theses in Progress KENNEDY, D. L. - Lifetimes and level structure of excited states in f-p shell nuclei KENNETT, S. R. — Measurement of some nuclear reaction cross sections of astrophysical significance LINARD, B. J. — Lifetimes and level structure of excited slates in "Ti PAINE. B. M. — (p.y) resonances in the (s.d) shell

MSc Thesis in Progress STUCHBERY, A. E. - Measurement of gyromagnetic ratios of short-lived excited nuclear stales

THESES IN PROGRESS(CYCLOTRON) PhD Theses in Progress HAVLOUJ1AN, J. - Helium-i induced reaciions WILD, L. W. J. — Proton induced reactions of Oxygen-18 and the study of the reactions "Li(y.p)"Be and 'Be+p'

C. HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS 1. Study of the possibility of measuring the 1° lifetime using the Primakoff effect — J. Keren. 2. (i) Nuclear excitation by electron transitions in Tantalum — development of a rapidly pulsed X-ray source; (ii) Adsorbed surface hydrogen and the problem of long time storage of ultracold neutrons; (iii) The problem of observation removal in the holographic production of neutron lenses - A. G. Klein. 3. (i) Search for narrow resonant NN states in pd interactions near threshold in the reaction pd —PX_; (ii) Analysis of strange particle production in pn interactions — G. C. Mason. 4. (i) Studies of antiproton -proton interaction at 4.1 GeV/c in the Argonne 12 foot TST bubble chamber; (ii) Investigation of the possibility of an electromagnetic detector for gravitational radiation; (iii) Development of the theory of Fresnel zone plate lenses for cold neutrons - G. 1. Opat. 5. (i) Search for direct leptons in the reaction pp-»-e+e~X°; (ii) Partial wave analysis of the reaction pn -*-TT-r-rT~n—— S. N. Tovey. 6. (i) Analysis of 4n final states ofthe reaction pn-»-4rr below 1 GeV/c; (ii) Development of computer programs for the analysis of bubble chamber photographs in large track-sensitive-target bubble chambers - J. W. G. Wignall.

THESES IN PROGRESS IN HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS PhD Theses in Progress CHAPMAN, G. J. — Studies of antiproton annihilation in a TST huhhle chamber KASPER, P. H. - Nucleon-antinucleon annihilations into pions MARTIN, L. J. — Antiproton annihilations to strange particles in deuterium

MSc Thesis in Progress CIMMINO. A. — Electric properties of accelerated matter PHYSICS 251

D. THEORETICAL PHYSICS Particle Physics 1. High energy proton-proton scattering. Neutrino induced processes. Yang-Mills Gauge Theories. Quark confinement potentials — S. Y. Lo. 2. Factorisation principles in hadron scattering. Quarkonium. Heavy meson spectroscopy. Multiquark hadrons. Instanton effects for heavy quark potentials - G. C. Joshi. 3. Lattice models of field theories - C. J. Hamer. 4. The renormalisation group — B. H. Kellett. 5. Models of weak interactions - B. H. J. McKellar.

Nuclear Physics 6. (p,p') (p,2p) and (p.n) reactions on nuclei. Shell model, Hartree-Fock and group theoretic approaches to nuclear structure and their applications. R matrix theory of nuclear reactions, rr nuclear reactions — K. A. Amos. Nuclear parity violation. The pion vector function. The nucleon-nucleon potential. Many body forces in nuclei — B. H. J. McKellar. 7. The elastic scattering of heavy ions — C. B. O. Mohr. Statistical Physics 8. Relativistic electron gas in an intense magnetic field and its applications to astrophysics. Many body effects in charged quantum systems in one and two dimensions. Amorphous magnetic systems - N. E. Frankel.

Plasma Physics 9. Dielectric response of non ideal and intermediate quantum plasmas with applications in astrophysics and solid state physics. Relatavistic plasma physics and controlled thermonuclear reactors. Finite size effects in plasma physics — K. C. Hines.

Atomic and Molecular Physics 10. Atomic and molecular structure studies using configuration interaction and Hartree-Fock methods. The structure of heavy atoms — K. A. Amos. 11. Eikonal methods in the three body problem. Three body forces between Helium atoms — B. H. J. McKellar.

Optics 12. Atmospheric turbidity - B. H. J. McKellar.

Information Processing 13. Pattern specification and recognition — S. Y. Lo and Z. Barnea.

THESES IN PROGRESS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS PhD Theses in Progress ANDERSON, R. — Dual resonance models in strong interactions CARR, A. R. - The averaged-Lagrangian method in plasma physics applied lo the propagation of Alfven waves CASS, A. — The nucleon-nucleon interaction DELSANTE. A. E. — Relativistic gases in strong magnetic fields ELLIS, R. G. — A/ = '/: rule in nonleptonic decays FOX, G. R. — Conformed Invariance and Particle Interactions HINES, D. F. — Studies in statistical physics KOVACS, E. - Yang-Mills gauge field theory KOWALENKO. V. — Higher order correlations in electron gases MALONE, M. — Geometrical models in panicle physics MITROY, J. — Fine structure effects in atoms RIKUS, L. J. - The R-matrix method of reaction analysis and nuclear structure WARNER, R. C. - Quark confinement

MSc Theses in Progress CLARKE, D. J. - Study of elastic proton proton scattering above 10 GeV/c in geometrical picture RAVALLI, G. - A calculation of the pair emission lifetime of the 7.65 MeV state of "C 252 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

E. APPLIED NUCLEAR AND RADIATION PHYSICS Proton Microprobe 1. Applications of the proton microprobe to elemental analysis in minerals; investigation of nuclear backscattering as a technique for measurement of surface porosity - C. D. McKenzie. 2. Marine studies — heavy metal uptake; elemental pathways and distributions in wheat leaves and seeds; heavy metal metabolism and toxicity in plants; copper metabolism in mammalian tissues at the cellular level; instrumentation of a scanning proton microprobe for elemental microanalysis; scanning analysis programme for the total collection, storage and interactive handling of maps and spectra with a microprobe; continuous X-ray spectrum from proton interactions with matter; defocussing of a microbeam by multiple Coulomb scattering - G. J. F. Legge. The Pelletron Group produces a Progress Report and one is available for 1977-78. Applied Nuclear 3. The application of nuclear techniques to (i) the non-destructive determination of C, F, Ca, P and other trace elements in teeth of known history and apatite; their distribution within the tooth and the investigation of their role in dental health — M. A. Chaudhri. (ii) elemental studies on various biological organs and the investigation of differences within diseased and healthy tissue — J. L. Rouse. Radiation Physics 4. (i) The absolute determination of the neutron flux produced by high energy bremsstrahlung and electrons in various materials and the calculation of gamma induced neutron spectra in human tissue — M. A. Chaudhri. (ii) The production of therapy neutron beams, the filtering of neutron spectra, the attenuation of neutrons in human tissue and neutron dosimetry - M.A. Chaudhri.

THESES IN PROGRESS IN APPLIED NUCLEAR AND RADIATION PHYSICS PhD Thesis in Progress MAZZOLINI, A. — Elemental analysis of biological material by means ofa proton microprobe

MSc Theses in Progress PAPPER, C. S. — Some applications of nuclear analytical techniques CHITTLEBOROUGH, C. W. - Non-destructive depth profiling by charged particle induced reactions REEN, E. — Determination of fluorine in biological and geological samples through the "F(/>,ay/40 reaction

F. INTERMEDIATE ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS 1. The (p,2p) reaction as a means of studying highly excited residual states, using the ,0Ca(p,2p), "Si(p,2p) and "Mg(p,2p) reactions; The 40Ca(d,3He)"K reaction at 76 MeV; Inelastic proton scattering from «Li, "C, "0 - V. C. Officer, G. G. Shute, B. M. Spicer. 2. Analysis of knock-out reaction geometries — D. W. Devins. 3. Development of position-sensitive focal plane detectors — V. C. Officer.

THESES IN PROGRESS IN INTERMEDIATE ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS PhD Theses in Progress HENDERSON, R. S. - Proton reactions with "C and "0 at intermediate energies - (p,2p) and fp.p') reactions SVALBE, I. D. - (p,2p) reaciions on "C and "Ca

G. MISCELLANEOUS 1. Non-linear processing of images in medicine and its influence on the total performance ofthe detecting device — B. M. Spicer 2. Studies of variable stars and novae — R. H. Wilkinson. PHYSICS 253

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress GUIGNARD, P. — Non-linear processing of images in medicine, and its influence on the total performance of the delecting device

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. ALLEN, P. D. and SUTTON, R. - Photonuclear Reaciions in J0Ar. Lecture notes in Phvsics (Springer Verlag) 92 (1978). 2. ALLEN, P. D. and WEBB, D. V. - The Photoneutron Cross Section of !"Ne. Lecture notes in Phvsics (Springer Verlag) 92 (1978). 3. AMOS, K.. FAESSLER, A., MORRISON, I., SMITH, R. and MUETHER, H. - Self Consistent Models of Collective and Single Particle Structures and their Test bv Inelastic Scattering: The case of !4Fe. Nucl. Phvs. A304: 191-219 (1978). 4. AMOS, K., MORRISON, I., MORTON, J. and SMITH, R. - Inelastic Proton Scattering to High Spin States of Unnatural Parity. J. Phvs. Soc. (Japan) 44: 552-556 (1978). 5. BOAL, T. J., MUIRHEAD, E. G. and BOWEY.'E. M. - Photoneutron Angular Distribution from ™Pb below the Giant Resonance. Lecture notes in Phvsics (Springer Verlag) 92 (1978). 6. BOLOTIN, H. H., STUCHBERY, A. E., AMOS. K. and MORRISON, I. - The Low Excitation Spectroscopy of !6'3,-s"Fe. Nucl. Phvs. A311: 75-92 (1978). 7. BOX, M. A. and McKELLAR, B. H. J. - Analytical Inversion of Multispectral Extinction Data in thc Anomalous Diffraction Approximation. Optics Letters 3: 91-93 (1978). 8. BOX, M. A. and McKELLAR, B. H. J. - Direct Evaluation of Aerosol Mass Loadings from Multispectral Extinction Data. Quart. J. R. Met. Soc. 104: 775-781 (1978). 9. BOX, M. A., LO, S. Y„ McKELLAR, B. H. J. and REICH, M. - The Application of Rayleigh Gans Approximation to Scattering by Polvdispersions. Quart. J. R. Met. Soc. 104: 959-968 (1978). 10. BRANDENBURG. R. A., McKELLAR, B. H. J. and MORRISON. I. - A Large Parity Admixture in !lNe. Phys. Rev. Letts. 41: 618-621 (1978). 11. BURSILL, L. A., DOWELL, W. C. T., GOODMAN, P. and TATE, N. - Investigation of Thin MoO, Crystals by Convergent-Beam Electron Diffraction. Acta Crvst. A34: 296-308 (1978). 12. BURSILL, L. A. and GREY, I. E. - High-Temperalure [ntergrowth Structures in the Fc,0,- TiOj System — Metal Atom Ordering in the Intergrowth Boundaries. Acta Crvst. B34: 2412- 2424 (1978). 13. BURSILL, L. A., NETHERWAY, D. J. and GREY. I. E. - Composition Waves in Iron- doped Rutile and the Relationship between Young's Modulus Minima and Crystallographic Shear Orientations. Nature 272: 405-410 (1978). 14. BURSILL. L. A., BARRY, J. C. and HUDSON, P. R. W. - Fresnel Diffraction at {100} Platelets in Diamond: An Attempt at Defect Structure Analvsis by High-resolution (3 A) Phase-contrast Microscopy. Phil. Mag. .437: 789-812 (1978). 15. BURSILL, L. A. and HUDSON, P. R. W. - High-resolution (3 A) Phase Contrast Studies of Defects in Diamond. Diamond Research. 11-16 (1978). 16. CASS, A. and McKELLAR, B. H. J. - Test ofthe Vcncziano-Like rrNN Form Factor. Phvs. Rev. DIS: 3269-3272 (1978). 17. CHAN, S. C. LO, S. Y., LOW. H. B. and PHUA, K. K. - Thc Implications ofthe Chou- Yang Model in np Elastic Scattering. Phvs. Rev. D17: 802-805 (1978). 18. CHAUDHRI, M. A., LEE, M. M., ROUSE, J. L. and WESTE, G. - Proton Activation Studies of thc Changes in Mineral Composition of Eucalyptus Obliqua due to Phytophthora Cinnamomi. Int. J. Appl. Radial. Isotopes 29: 585-588 (1978). 19. CHAUDHRI, M. A. - Activation Analysis of Dosimetric LiF (TLD-100) by Cyclotron Produced Neutrons. Int. J. Appl. Radial. Isotopes 29: 683 (1978). 20. CHAUDHRI. M. A.. PAPPER, C. S., PAINE, B. M.. HAUKKA. M., dc BRUIN, H. J. and ROUSE, J. L. - Corrosion Analysis of the Inner Surface of a Toothpaste Tube. Bull. Am. Phvs. Soc. 23: 1062 (1978). 21. CHAUDHRI, M. A. and REEN, E. - Non-destructive F-depth Profiles in Teeth bv the "F(p,oY)"0 Reaction. Bull. Am. Phys. Soc. 23: 1062 (1978). 22. CHAUDHRI, M. A., LEE, M. M., ROUSE, J. L. and SPICER, B. M. - Analysis of Industrial Coke Samples bv Activation with Cvciolron Protons. Bull. Am. Phvs. Soc. 23: 1056 (1978). 23. CHAUDHRI. M. A., ALLEN. P. and MILLAR. M. - Absolute Determination of the Neutron Flux Produced bv the Interaction of High Energy Bremsstrahlung with Tissue. Bull Am Phys. Soc. 23: 1058(1978). 254 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

24. CHAUDHRI, M. A. — Determination of Calcium and Phosphorous in Small Bone Biopsies by Activation with Cyclotron Produced Neutrons. Proc. 2nd Aust. Conf. on Nuclear Techniques of Analvsis (Aust. Inst. Nucl. Sci. Eng.): 41-44 (1978). 25. CHAUDHRI, M. A., de BRUIN, H. J.. ROUSE, J. L. and FANNING, E. A. - Nuclear Techniques in Dental Research. Paper presented at thc 18th Annual Meeting of Int. Assoc. for Dental Res. (Aust. and N.Z. Branch), Wellington, New Zealand, in thc book of Abstracts. 69 (August 1978). 26. CHEW, C. K. and LO, S. Y. - Suppression Factor in the Decays of theiMamily. Phvs. Rev. DIS: 2495-2502 (1978). 27. CHITTLEBOROUGH, C. CHAUDHRI, M. A. and ROUSE, J. L. - A Simple Method for Depth Profiling. Proc. 2nd Aust. Conf. on Nuclear Techniques of Analvsis (Aust. Inst. Nucl. Sci. Eng.): 61-64 (1978). 28. DELSANTE, A. E. and FRANKEL. N. E. - Relativistic Degenerate Electron Plasma. Phvs. Lett. 66A: 481-483 (1978). 29. DELSANTE, A. E. and FRANKEL, N. E. - Relativistic Degenerate Electron Plasma in an Intense Magnetic Field. Phvs. Lett. 67A: 279-281 (1978). 30. DELSANTE, A. E. and FRANKEL, N. E. - Equation of State of Ideal Neutrons in an Intense Magnetic Field. Phvs. Lett. 67A: 435-438 (1978). 31. HAFF, P. K., SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Solar Wind Sputtering of the Martian Atmosphere. Nature 272: 803 (1978). 32. HAMER, C. J. — Connected Diagram Expansion for Lattice Hamiltonian Models. Nucl. Phys. B146: 492-508 (1978). 33. HAMER. C. J„ KOGUT, .1. B. and SUSSKIND, L. - The Phases of Two-dimensional Heisenberg Spin Systems from Strong-coupling Expansions. Phvs. Rev. Letts. 41: 1337-1340 (1978). 34. HINES, D. F., FRANKEL, N. E. and MITCHELL, D.J. - Hard-Disc Bose Gas. Phvs. Lett. 68A: 12-14 (1978). 35. HINES, D. F. and FRANKEL, N. E. - Relativistic Charged Bose Gas. Phvs. Leu. 69A: 301- 303 (1978). 36. JOSHI, G. C. and MITRA, A. N. - e e Annihilation Studies in the 'Upsilon' Region. Lett. Nuovo Cim. 22: 5-10 (1978). 37. JOSH 1, G. C. and MITRA, A. N. - A Centrifugal and Harmonic Oscillator Potential for Heavy Meson Spectroscopy. Hadronic J. I: 1591-1598 (1978). 38. KELLETT. B. H. — The Renormalization Group Invariant Charge and Confinement. Phvs. Letts. 74B: 85-89 (1978). 39. KENNEDY. D. L., BOLOTIN. H. H„ MORRISON, I. and AMOS, K. - Study ofthe Level Structure of "Ni. Nucl. Phvs. A308: 14-26 (1978). 40. KEN WAY, R. D. and HAMER, C. J. - More about thc Massive Schwinger Model. A'i«7. Phys. B139: 85-124 (1978). 41. KLEIN. A. G. and OPAT, G. I. — Applications of Fresnel Diffraction of Neutrons. Proc. Int. Workshop on Neutron Interferometry. Grenoble (Oxford Univ. Press) (1978). 42. KLEIN, A. G. and MARTIN, L. J. - Fresnel Diffraction - Three Film Loops produced with the cooperation of the Educational Technology Section of the Centre for the Study of Higher Education. (Distributed by the American Assoc. of Physics Teachers) (1978). 43. LINARD, B. J.. KENNEDY. D. L„ MORRISON. I.. HEGGIE. J. C. P. and BOLOTIN. H. H. - Level Structure and Lifetimes of Excited Stales in JSTi. Nucl. Phvs. A302: 214-236 (1978). 44. LO, S. Y. - A Classical Solution. Nuovo Cim. A44: 187-190 (1978). 45. LO. S. Y. and CHANG. C. Y. - Classification of Weakly Interacting Particles. Lett. Nuovo Cim. 22: 567-572 (1978). 46. LO, S. Y., KELLETT. B. II. and JOSHI. G. C. - Factorization in the Central Region of Inclusive Reactions. Nuovo Cim. A47: 281-286 (1978). 47. McINTYRE. G. J. and BARNEA, Z. - A Diffractometer Technique for the Precise Orientation of Simple Crystals. J. Appl. Crvst. II: 125-127 (1978). 48. McINTYRE. G. J. and BARNEA, Z. - The Geometrv of Reflection from Extended-face Crystals. Acta Cryst. A34: S336 (1978). 49. McINTYRE. Ci. J. - A Prediction of Bijvoet Intensity Differences in thc Noncentrosymmetric Structure of Selenium and Tellurium. Acta Cryst. A34: 936-939 (1978). 50. McKELLAR, B. H. J. and LASSEY, K. R. - Parity Violating Observables in Low Energy Nucleon-Nucleon Scattering. Phvs. Rev. C17: 842-846 (1978). 51. McKELLAR, B. H. J. - The Parity Violating Nucleon-Nucleon Interaction. A.I.P. Conf. Proc. 41: 432-442 (1978). (Proc. of 2nd Int. Conf. on Nucleon-Nucleon Interactions, Vancouver. June 1977.) 52. MALONE, M. M. and LO, S. Y. - Quark Fragmentation Model. Nuovo Cim. A46: 455-467 (1978). PHYSICS 255

53. MELBOURNE H. E. P. GROUP - Resonance Production in the Reaction pd — ps TT+TT-TT-TT0 at 0.4 - 0.9 GeV/c. Proc. XIX Int. Conf. on High Energy Physics ITokvo). (August 1978). 54. MELIA, F. and LO, S. Y. - Linear Plane Wave Solutions ofthe Yang-Mills Theorv. Phvs. Leu. 77B: 71-72 (1978). 55. MORRISON. I., SMITH, R., NESCI, P. and AMOS, K. - Thc Low Excitation Structure of "0. Phys. Rev. CI7: 1485-1495 (1978). 56. MOSS, G. - Bonding Effects in Graphite. Acta Crvst. A34: 91-94 (1978). 57. NORBUR Y, J. W., THOMPSON, M. N., SHODA, K. and TSUBOTA. H. - Photoneutron Cross Section of "Fe. Aust. J. Phvs. 31: 471-475 (1978). 58. NORBURY, J. W. and THOMPSON. M. N. - The Photodeuteron Yield from ;;S below 30 MeV. Lecture notes in Physics (Springer Verlag) 92 (1978). 59. NOTRE DA ME/ARGONNE/TENNESSF.E/MELBOURNE COLLABORATION - Neutral Particle Production in 4.1 GeV/c pp Interactions using the 12-foot Bubble Chamber with TST. Proc. XIX Int. Conf. on High Energy Phvsics (Tokyo), (August 1978). 60. PAINE, B. M., KENNETT, S. R. and SARGOOD. D. G. - (p.y) Resonance Strengths in the s-d Shell. Phvs. Rev. CI7: 1550-1554 (1978). 61. PAPPER. C. S., CHAUDHRI, M. A. and ROUSE, J. L. - The Elimination of Charging in the PIXE Analvsis of Thick Biological Samples. Nucl. Instr. and Melh. 154: 219-222 (1978). 62. PAPPER. C. S'. - PIXE Studies of Changes in Host Mineral Composition of Plants due to Photophthora Cinnamomi. Proc. 2nd Aust. Conf. on Nuclear Techniques of Analysis (Aust. Inst. Nucl. Sci. Eng.). 75-77 (1978). 63. PAPPER, C. S„ CHITTLEBOROUGH, C, KENNETT. S. and CHAUDHRI. M. A. - Detection Sensitivity of Fluorine in Dental Enamel through the ,vF(p,p'y)"F Reaction. Proc. 2nd Aust. Conf. on Nuclear Techniques in Analysis (Aust. Inst. Nucl. Sci. Eng.). 108-110 (1978). 64. PAPPER. C. S. and CHAUDHRI, M. A. - Fluorine Concentration Measurements in International Geological Standards using the "F(p,ay),60 reaction. Proc. 2nd Aust. Conf. on Nucl. Techniques of Analysis (Aust. Inst. Nucl. Sci. Eng.), 111-112 (1978). 65. PYWELL, R. E., THOMPSON, M. N.. WEISE, J. and HICKS, R. - Isospin Splitting in the Giant Dipole Resonance at ™Ti. Lecture notes in Phvsics (Springer Verlag). 92 (1978). 66. ROOS, P. G., CHANT, N. S., DFVINS, D. W., FRIESEL, D. L., JONES, W. P., ATTARD.A.C, H EN DERSON. R. S.. SVALBE, ID., SPICER, B.M., OFFICER, V. C. and SHUTE, G.G. - Experimental Test of the Factorization Approximation in the Reaction 4°Ca(p,2p)"K at 148.2 MeV. Phys. Rev. Letts. 40: 1439-1443 (1978). 67. RYAN, P., THOMPSON, M. N.. SHODA, K„ SUGAWARA. M., SAITO, T. and URANO. T. — Photoprotons from "A I and "Mg. Lecture notes in Physics (Springer Verlag) 92 (1978). 68. SARGOOD, D. G. — On the use of Float Glass in Lecture Demonstration Experiments in Optics. Am. J. Phys. 46: 187-188 (1978). 69. SARGOOD, D. G. - On Abbe's Theorv of Imaging: A simple Lecture Room Demonstration. Am. J. Phys. 46: 185-187 (1978). 70. SMITH. R.. MORTON, J., MORRISON, I. and AMOS, K. - Analyses of Inelastic Scattering to High Spin States of Unnatural Parity. Aust. J. Phys. 31: 1-8 (1978). 71. SOLOMON, S. B. and SARGOOD, D. G. - Stellar Reaction Rates for 4!Sc(p,y)J'Ti. Aslrophvs. J. 223: 697-703 (1978). 72. SOLOMON. S. B. and SARGOOD, D. G. - Cross-section Measurement for "Sc(p,yrTi. Nucl. Phys. A312: 140-149 (1978). 73. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E., HEGGIE, J. C. P. and MANN, F. M. - Wigner Cusps in the ,! 6! Cu(p,yrZn and Cu(p,a0)«Ni Reactions. Phvs. Rev. CT7: 392-395 (1978). 74. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E., HEGGIE, J. C. P. and MANN. F. M. - Threshold Effects in Proton- induced Reactions on Copper. Aust. J. Phvs. 31: 253-265 (1978). 75. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E., OVERLEY, J. C.', WU, S-C, BARNES. C. A. and ROTH, J. - Depth Profiling of Implanted Neon with Resonant Nuclear Reactions. J. Nucl. Mat. 7S: 64-76 (1978). 76. JATA/MEI.BOURNE COLLABORATION - A Search for Direct Electron Production in pp Interactions at 2.0 GeV/c. Proc. XIX Int. Conf. on High Energy Phvsics ITokvo), (August 1978). 77. THOMPSON, M. N. — Gamma Nucleon Reactions. Lecture notes in Phvsics (Springer Verlag) 92 (1978). 78. THOMPSON, M. N„ PYWELL, R. E., WEISE, J., NORBURY, J., FARMER, R., SUTTON. R., HICKS, R.. SHODA, K., TSUBOTA, H.. SUGAWARA, M. and SAITO, T. — Svstematics of Photonuclear Cross Section in the lf'/2 Shell. Lecture notes in Physics (Springer Verlag) 92 (1978). 256 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

79. TOVEY. S. N.. PARKER, K. R.. CHAPMAN, G., de ROACH. .1., GOLD, F... KASPER. P., KING, P. A.. KLEIN, A. G., MARTIN. L. J., MASON, G. C. OPAT, G. 1. and WIGNALL, J. W. G. - The Reaction pn—«-n_TT~n+ at Incident Momenta below I GeV/c. Phvs. Rev. 1)17: 2206-2215 (1978). 80. WHITF.I.EY, R,, MOSS, G. and RARNEA, 7. - Generalised Temperature. Factor Formalism with Applications to Cadmium Selenide and other Wurtzitcs. Acta Crvst. A34: 130-136 (1978). 81. WOHL. C. G.. BARLOUTARD, R.. BORG, A., DEN EG R IS, D., PONS. Y„ SPIRO. M., PALER. K.. COMBER. C, TOVEY. S. N., CHAURAND. B., DRJiVILLON. B., JAGO, J. M.. SALMERON, R. A. - Some Three-Bodv Final Stales in K p Reactions at 14.3 GeV/c. Nucl. Phvs. BI32: 401-428 (1978). 82. WRIGHT. P. C, STORF.R, R. G. and McCARTHY. 1. R. - Theorv of (p,2p) Reactions al Medium Energies. Phvs. Rev. C17: 473-492 (1978). 83. WU. S-C. OVERLEY. J. C, BARNES. C. A. and SWITKOWSKI, Z. L. - "N and '"B Fusion and Elastic Scattering Cross Section Measurements. Nucl. Phys. A312: 177-200(1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Science I. GOODMAN, P. — The Measurement anti Interpretation of Convergent Beam Diffraction Patterns and Micrographs

Doctor of Philosophy 2. BOEHM. J. M. — Extinction and Anharmonic Vibration in the Diffraction of X-rays by Crystals 3. DE ROACH. J. N. — Annihilation of Antiprotons in Deuterium 4. McINTYRE, G. J. — The Generalized Structure Amplitude — Its Consequences and Measurement 5. MOSS. G. J. — Bonding and Anharmonic Vibration in some High Symmetry Crystals 6. NESCI, P. — Inelastic Proton Scattering as a Test of Nuclear Spectroscopy 1. RUZZENE, F. - Inelastic Alpha Panicle Scattering 8. SMITH, D. J. — Applications of Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopes 9. SOLOMON, S. B. - Total Gamma-Ray'Yield from the Reaction "Scfp.yf'Ti 10. SU SU - Some Photoneutron Cross Section Studies 11. TEMPLER, J. L. — Investigation in thc Mirror Nuclei "N and "0 and in the Giant Dipole Region of'O and the ' Li(p ,n f Be Reaction as a Possible Neutron Source for Medical Therapy

Master ofScience 12. NORBURY, J. W. - The "Fefy.nl and '-'S(y.d) Cross Sections

Master ofScience — External 13. BU RROWS, R. D. - Coupled Electromagnetic Field Rate Equations for a Plasma in a Static External Magnetic Field 14. HIGGINS, P. J. — The Absorption of Low Energy Electrons in Rarified Nitrogen

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Studies of Knock-out Reactions: Isospin and Deformation Effects on the Photonuclear Cross Section of Nuclei around "Ca; The Photodisintegration of :°Ne using a Cryogenic Target: Study of the Photo Cross Sections for (ld-2s) Shell Nuclei using (y.n), (y,p) and (y.Y ) Reactions: Improved Yield Curve Analysis and thc Measurement of thc Structure in the (v.n) Cross Section of Deformed Nuclei: Atomic Physics Experiments with Relativistic Electrons; Weak Interaction: Many-body Forces; Principle of Factorization: High Energy Reactions in a Track-Sensitive Target: Nuclear Structure Studies and Measurement of Nuclear Reaction Cross Sections of Importance in Nucleosynthesis in Stars; Experimental Tests of the Statistical Model of Nuclear Reactions: High Resolution Electron Microscope Study ofthe Interactions between Extended Defects in Crystals: Diffraction Studies of Bonding and Anharmonicity; Giant Resonance Effects in Inelastic Nuclear Scattering: High Energy Proton Microprobe Analvsis of Trace Metal Uptake and Localization in Plants. RAAF ACADEMY: UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT

A. CHEMISTRY Head of department and Dean of university studies: Professor V. D. Hopper Supervisor: Professor of Physical Chemistry, University of Melbourne Senior Lecturer BERNARD ARTHUR SCHAEFER Lecturers DONALD MARDER DOUGLAS JAMES OLIVER SAWYER Senior Tutor EILEEN GRUEN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Determination of temperatures of dilute micro hydrogen-air diffusion flames. 2, Sea surface hydrocarbons, sampling and analysis. J. The hydrogeochemistry of an igneous sedimentary structure, thc origin of cations in mineral spring waters. 4. Problems in teaching thermodynamics.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. SCHAEFER, B. A. — Thermal Contributions to the Response of the Flume Ionization Detector. J. Chromatog. Sci. 16: 211-217 (1078).

THESIS IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress SCHAEFER. B. A. — Flame Temperature and the Mechanism of Ion Production in Flames

B. MATHEMATICS Chairman of department: Professor M. A''. Brearley Professor MAURICE NORMAN BREARLEY Senior Lecturer MICHAEL JOHN CHRISTOPHER BAKER Lecturer ELIZABETH ALICE SONENBERG Senior Tutors JOHN LLEWELYN HOPPER VAN TU LE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Combinatorial geometry. 2. Convexity. 3. Ergodic theory. 4. Multifunctions. 5. Non-standard models in mathematical logic. 6. Mathematical education. 7. Rehabilitation engineering. 8. Stochastic processes in biology.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BAKER, M. J. C. - The Friendship Theorem. James Cook Math. Notes 17: 7-8 (1978). 2. BAKER. M. J. C. - Covering with Triangles III. James Cook Math. Notes 17: I I (1978). 3. BREARLEY. M. N. and MOTLOCH, W. M. - A Mechanically-actuated Wave Mattress. J. Int. Soc. Prosthetics and Orthotics 2: 79-80 (1978). 4. HOPPER. J. L. and BROCKWELL, P. J. - A Stochastic Model for Cell Populations with Circadian Rhythms. Cell and Tissue Kinetics II: 205-225 (1978).

257 258 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

5. HOPPER. J. L. and BROCKWELL, P. J. - Analysis cl Dala from Cell Populations with Circadian Rhythm, in Biomathematics and Cell Kinetics, eds A-J. Valleron and P. D. M. Macdonald, Elsevier/North Holland Biomedical Press, Amsterdam, 211-222 (1978). 6. HOPPER. J. L. - A Stochastic Model Applicable to both Normal and Stimulated Cell Populations, ir. Biomathemaiics and Cell Kinetics, cus A-j. Vaiieron and P. u. M. Macdonald, Elsevier/North Holland Biomedical Press, Amsterdam. 83-88 (1978). 7. LE, V. T. - The Radon-Nikodym Theorem for Multimeasures. Proc. Edinb. Math. Soc. 21: 167-173 (1978). 8. LE. V. T. - The Range of a Multimeasure. J. Aust. Math. Soc. Series A. 25: 1-10 (1978). 9. SONENBERG, E. A. - On the Elementary Theory of Inductive Order. Arch. Math. Logik u. Grundlagenforschung 19: 13-22 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. LE. V. T. — On Multifunction^ and Multimeasures

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DENHOLM, J. V. - Mathematical Modelling of Plant Growth, with Particular Application to Wheat HOPPER, .1. L. — Applications of Stochastic Processes in Biology

MEd Thesis in Progress BAKER, M. J. C. - The Mathematical Curriculum

SUBSTANTIAL GRANT RECEIVED The following grant has been received: ARGC: Development of a manually-operated collapsible stairclimbing wheel chair.

C. PHYSICS Head of department and Dean of university studies: Professor V. D. Hopper Professor VICTOR DAVID HOPPER Reader JOHN ANGAS THOMAS Senior Lecturers IAN ARTHUR BOURNE JOHN FRANCIS DARBY JEAN ELIZABETH LABY Lecturers JOHN VICTOR DENHOLM BRIAN VAUGHAN DENEHY OWEN MACE GARRY ROBINSON Professorial Associate GLENN McKINLEY FRYE Senior Academic Associates YASUKO MAEDA DONALD ROSS WATSON Academic Associate HAROLD NEAL BRANN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Radiative transfer in circumstellar dust shells. 2. Infrared Scanning of dark cloud regions. 3. Infrared sources in the Large Magellanic Cloud. 4. Infrared source structure in the Carina region. 5. Airborne Infrared Astronomy. 6. Infrared survey of the southern skies. 7. Multiwavelength IR detector svstems. 8. UBVRI Photometry. 9. Acoustic Sounding of the Atmosphere. 10. Doppler Acoustic Radar Wind finding system. RAAF ACADEMY: UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT 259

11. Gamma Ray source search. 12. Infrared Orbiting Solar Cosmic Ray Detector. 14. Electric Field Measurements. 15. Stratospheric Aerosol Measurement. 16. Plant growth modelling. 17. Marine current velocity meter.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles and Reports 1. MITCHELL, R. M. and ROBINSON, G. - The Spectral and Spatial Distribution of Radiation from Eta Carinae. I. A Spericai Dust Shell Model Approach. Asirophvs. J. 220: 841 (1978). 2. HYLAND, A. R , THOMAS, J. A. and ROBINSON. G. - Infrared Studies of 30 Doradus. I. The 2 micron sources of the Inner Region. Astronnm. J. 83: 20 (1978). 3. WERNER, M. W.. BECKLIN, E. E., GATLEY, I.. ELLIS, M. J., HYLAND, A. R.. ROBINSON, G. and THOMAS, J. A. - Far Infrared Observations of Large Magellanic Cloud H II Regions. Mon. Not. Row Ast. Soc. 184: 365 (1978). 4. HAYAKAWA. S., MATSUMOTO, T., MURAKAMI, H., U Y A M A, K .. YAMAGAMI, T. and THOMAS, J. A. - Near Infrared Surface Brightness of our Galaxy. l.A.U. Asian-South Pacific Regional Meeting in Astrononiv. Wellington (Dec. 1978). 5. ZEICHNER, F. - Electric Field Mills used in Phvsics (R.A.A.F.) Dept. R.A.A.F. Acad. Res. Rep. 121 (1978). 6. ROBINSON. G. - Theory and Practice of Doppler Acoustic Wind Systems. R.A.A.F. Acad. Res. Rep. 122 (1978). 7. ALBATS. P., FRYE, G. M.. KOG.A, R., SCHINDLER, S. M., DENEHY, B. V., HOPPER. V. D. and MACE, O. B. — A Microprocessor-controlled Solar Neutron and Gamma Rav Telescope. Nuclear Instruments and Methods (1978). 8. HOPPER, V. D. - Acoustic Sounding of the Atmosphere. Endeavour (1978). 9. HOPPER, V. D. — Gamma Ray Astronomy. I.A.U. Asian-South Pacific Regional Meeting in Astronomy, Wellington (Dec. 1978). 10. BOURNE, I. A. and BRANN, H. N. - The Remote Sensing of Low Level Wind Shears near Airports. Airmet Conf. Canberra (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. LEHMANN, P. — Data Analysis Techniques for the studies of D-region partial reflection scattering cross sections Master ofScience 2. IMMANUEL. D. J. B. - UBVRI Stellar Photometry 3. MOON, T. T. - UBVRI Photometry (Delta Scuti Stars)

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DENHOLM, J. V. — Mathematical Mode/ling of Plant Growth with Particular Application to Wheat KEENAN, T. D. — A High Power Acoustic Sounder MITCHELL, R. - The Physics of Circumstellar Dust Shells SMITH, R. G. — Infrared Astronomy ofthe Southern Hemisphere WHITING, R. G. — Anomalous Propagation Over Bass Strait YOUNG, A. — Infrared Spectroscopy of the Atmosphere MSc Theses in Progress ANDERSON. G. - Infrared Astronomy ANTONIELLI, V. - Infrared Astronomy

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Gamma Ray Astronomy. ARGC: Infrared Astronomy. ARGC: Doppler Acoustic Wind finding Radar. Radio Research Board: Electric field measurements. Dept. Def. (Air): Physics and Chemistry Research Topics. STATISTICS Chairman of department: Professor E. J. Williams Professor EVAN JAMES WILLIAMS Reader HARRY COHN Senior Lecturer NORMAN MALCOLM HAMILTON SMITH Lecturers PETER GAVIN HALL KENNETH SHARPE RAYMOND KEITH WATSON Senior Tutors HARALD JURGEN GIELEWSKI BETTY LABY CLIVE LAWRENCE MORLEY Visiting Research Fellow DONNA RUHL BROGAN Visiting Professor NARAHARI UMANATH PRABHU

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Branching process theory — H. Cohn. 2. Potential theory - H. Cohn. 3. Asymptotic theory of a-fields - H. Cohn. 4. Crossing processes generated by continuous, stationary processes - K. Sharpe. 5. Epidemic and conflict theory - R. K. Watson. 6. Stochastic population models - R. K. Watson. 7. Traffic theory - N. M. H. Smith. 8. Regression theory and applications — E. J. Williams. 9. Limit theorv of probability - P. G. Hall. 10. Martingale "theory - P. G. Hall. 11. Extreme value theory — P. G. Hall. 12. Career attitudes of female and male medical students - D. R. Brogan.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BROGAN, D. and SEDRANSK, J. - Estimating the Mean of a Bivariate Normal Distribution after Performing a Preliminary Test of Significance. Communications in Statistics. Theory and Methods. A7(2): 173-186 (1978). 2. KUTNER, N. and BROGAN. D. - The Decision to Enter Medicine: Motivations, Social Support and Discouragement for Women. Psychology of Women Quarterly (1978). 3. KUTNER, N. and BROGAN. D. - A Comparison of thc Practice Orientations of Women and Men Students at Two Medical Schools. J. Amer. Medical Women's Assoc. (1978). 4. COHN, H. and PAKES, A. G. - A Representation for the Limiting Random Variable of a Branching Process with Infinite Mean and some Related Problems. J. Appl. Prob. 15: 225-234 (1978). 5. HALL. P. - On the Rate of Convergence of Moments in the Central Limit Theorem. J. Aust. Math. Soc. A25: 250-256 (1978). 6. HALL, P. — Some Asymptotic Expansions of Moments of Order Statistics. Stoch. Proc. and their Appl. 7: 265-275 (1978). 7. HALL. P. — Representations and Limit Theorems for Extreme Value Distributions. J. Appl. Prob. 15: 639-644 (1978). 8. DENNERSTEIN. L., LABY. B., BURROWS, G. D. and HYMAN, G. J. - Headache and Sex Hormone Therapy. Headache 18: 146-153 (1978). 9. SHARPE, K. - Some Properties of the Crossings Process Generated bv a Stationary X1 Process. Adv. Appl. Prob. 10: 373-391 (1978). 10. BRETH, M., MARITZ. J. S. and WILLIAMS, E. J. - On Distribution-Free Lower Confidence Limits for the Mean of a Nonnegative Random Variable. Biometrika 65: 529-534 (1978).

Reports I I. COHN, H. - On a Paper by Doeblin on Nonhomogcneous Markov Chains. Univ. of Melb. Stats. Pes. Rep. 7 (1978). 12. COHN, H. — Harmonic Functions for a Class of Markov Chains. Univ. of Melb. Stats. Res. Rep. 13 (1978). 13. COHN, H. - On the Asymptotic Events ofa Markov Chain. Univ. of Melb. Stats. Res. Rep. 14 (1978).

260 STATISTICS 261

14. HALL. P. — On the Extreme Terms of a Sample from thc Domain of Attraction of a Stable Law. Univ. of Melb. Stals. Res. Rep. I (1978). 15. HALL, P. — On thc Rate of Convergence of Moments in the Central Limit Theorem. Univ. of Melb. Slats. Res. Rep. 2 (1978). 16. HALL, P. - Some Asymptotic Expansions of Moments of Order Statistics. Univ. of Melb. Slats. Res. Rep. 3 (1978). 17. HALL, P. - A Note on Strong Law Behaviour for Extremes from an M-Dependent Sequence. Univ. of Melb. Stals. Res. Rep. 9 (1978). 18. HALL, P. - The Convergence of Moments in the Martingale Central Limit Theorem. Univ. of Melb. Slats. Res. Rep. 10 (1978). 19. HALL, P. — On the Rate Convergence of Normal Extremes. Univ. of Melb. Stats. Res. Rep. II (1978). 20. HALL. P. - On the Relative Stability of Large Order Statistics. Univ. of Melb. Stats. Res. Rep. 12 (1978). 21. DUDLEY, E. and HALL, P. - The Gaussian Law and Lacunarv Sets orCharacters. Univ. of Melh. Stats. Res. Rep. 5 (1978). 22. SHARPE, K. - Level Crossings ofa Constructed Process. Univ. of Melb. Slats. Res. Rep. 6 (1978). 23. WILLIAMS, E. J. — A Simple Derivation of thc Distribution of the Multiple Correlation Coefficient. Univ. af Melb. Slats. Res. Rep. 8 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master ofScience 1. ANDERSON. P. S. — Merging Processes on Freeways 2. TRENGOVE, C. D. - Bounds for the Mean Waiting Time in Queues

THESES IN PROGRESS MA Thesis in Progress MORLEY. C. L. — Experimental Design

MSc Theses in Progress G1ELEWSKI. H. J. - Time Series Analvsis HILTON, R. J. - Extreme-Value Theorv McDONNELL. R. A. - Demand for Motor Vehicles ZOOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor G. D. Campbell Professor GRAEME DUBRELLE CAMPBELL Reader in Zoology AL1STAIR GRAEME WILLIS D n »J », - ! — L7 I &*linf»A\/ ¥ /"\ ¥ ¥ X T ¥ I -T"T- ¥ ¥- I I X , KCaclCi III LiOivigv iviur\i\n I jwni> Ll I I l.uunj> Senior Lecturers JOHN REGINALD McLEAN ANGUS ANDERSON MARTIN DONALD CAMPBELL ROGERS DAVID GEOFFREY SATCHELL Lecturers BARBARA KAY EVANS RICHARD HAMOND RICHARD CECIL LIONEL HUDSON DAVID LINDSAY MACMILLAN DAVID GORDON SMITH GRAEME FIELD WATSON DAVID YOUNG Senior Tutors TERENCE MICHAEL BEATTIE RALPH HERBERT MILLER Tutor DONALD FRANCIS NEWGREEN Senior Associate FRANK HARVEY DRUMMOND Research Associate JOHN BARTON FURNESS Research Fellows PHILIP JOHN BERGER MICHAEL JOHN CAPRA ANGELA MARY RUTHERFORD

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. MARINE AND ESTUARINE ECOLOGY AND TAXONOMY 1. Distribution and diversity of zooplankton. 2. Taxonomic and ecological studies of annelids and crustaceans. 3. Structure and dynamics of benthic communities on hard and soft substrates. 4. Community relationships and biology of estuarine fishes.

B. NON-MARINE ECOLOGY, BEHAVIOUR, SPECIATION AND BIOGEOGRAPHY 1. Various ecological studies of representatives of all vertebrate classes. 2. Origin, structure and maintenance of narrow hybrid zones in amphibians. 3. Establishment and maintenance of spatial co-existence in closely-related species of amphibians. 4. Taxonomy, zoogeography and life-histories of Australian amphibians. 5. Acoustic communication in anuran amphibians. 6. Reproductive biology and behaviour of cichlid fishes. 7. Taxonomy and biology of syncarid crustaceans.

C. THE AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM (ANS) 1. Physiology and fine structure ofthe ANS of lower vertebrates. 2. 'Purinergic' nerves in the ANS. 3. Histochemistry and physiology of adrenergic neurones. 4. Neuroanatomy of vertebrate urinogenital organs.

D. VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY 1. Neuromuscular physiology and locomotion in fish. 2. Cardiovascular physiology of lower vertebrates. 3. Vertebrate gas exchange organs.

262 ZOOLOGY 263

E. NEUROETHOLOGY 1. Locomotion in insects and crustaceans. 2. Sound production in crustaceans. 3. Acoustic behaviour in cicadas.

F. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 1. Differentiation, migration and locomotion of neural crest cells. 2. Origin of gut plexuses.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. CAMPBELL, G. and DUXSON, M. J. - The sympathetic innervation of lung muscle in thc toad Bufo marinus: a revision and an explanation. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 60C: 65-73 (1978). 2. CAMPBELL, G., H ALLER, C. and ROGERS, D. - Fine structural and cytochemical study of the innervation of smooth muscle in an amphibian (Bufo marinus) luna before and after denervation. Cell Tiss. Res. 194: 419-432 (1978). 3. DORSEY, J. H. - A new species of Syllides (Polychaeta: Syllidae) with notes on Amhlyosyllis speciosa Izuka from San Clemente Island, California. Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci. 77: 22-27 (1978). 4. DORSEY, J. H. - A first report of Heteropodarke heteromorpha Hartmann-Schroder, (Polychaeta: Hesionidae) from California. Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci. 77: 82-87 (1978). 5. HALLER. C. and ROGERS, D. - The innervation and fine structure of parancuronic cells in an amphibian pulmonary artcrv. Cell Tiss. Res. 195: 411-423 (1978). 6. HOLMGREN, S. and CAMPBELL, G. - Adrenoceptors in the lung of the toad Bufo marinus: regional differences in responses to amines and to sympathetic nerve stimulation. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol. 60C: 11-18 (1978). 7. LITTLEJOHN, M. J. and WAINER, J. W. - Carabid beetle preying on frogs. Vic. Nal. 95: 251-252 (1978). 8. MARTIN, A. A. and TYLER. M. J. - The introduction into Western Australia ofthe frog Limnodynastes tasmaniensis Gunther. Aust. Zool. 19: 321-325 (1978). 9. McDONNELL. L..!., GARTSIDE, D. F. and LITTLEJOHN. M.J. - Analysis ofa narrow hvbrid zone between two species of Pseudophryne (Anura: Leptodactvlidac) in south-eastern Australia. Evolution 32: 602-612 (1978). 10. MORRIS, J. L. and CAMPBELL, G. - Renal vascular anatomv ofthe toad (Bufo marinus). Cell Tiss. Res. 189: 501-514 (1978). 11. MORTON, S. R. - An ecological study of Sminthopsis crassicaudata (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). I. Distribution, study areas and methods. Aust. WHdl. Res. 5: 151-162 (1978). 12. MORTON, S. R. - An ecological study of Sminthopsis crassicaudata (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). II. Behaviour and social organisation. Aust. Wildl. Res. 5: 163-182 (1978). 13. MORTON, S. R. - An ecological study of Sminthopsis crassicaudata (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). III. Reproduction and life history. Aust. Wildl. Res. 5: 183-211 (1978). 14. MORTON, S. R. - Torpor and nest-sharing in free-living Sminthopsis crassicaudata (Marsupialia) and Mus musculus (Rodentia). J. Mamm. 59: 569-575 (1978). 15. MORTON, S. R. and LEE, A. K. - Thermoregulation and metabolism in Planigale maculata (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). J. Therm. Biol. 3: 117-120 (1978). 16. MOSSE, P. R. L. — Thc distribution of capillaries in the somatic musculature of two vertebrate types with particular reference to teleost fish. Cell Tiss. Res. 187: 281-303 (1978). 17. NILSSON, S. - Sympathetic innervation ofthe spleen of the cane toad. Bufo marinus. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 61C: 133-139 (1978). 18. PARSONS, D. W. - A centrally programmed neural response in the abalonc. Haliotis laevigata. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol. 64A: 1-4 (1978). 19. PARSONS, D. W. and MACMILLAN, D. L. - The escape response of abalonc (Mollusca, Prosobranchia, Haliotidae) to predatory gastropods. Mar. Behav. Physiol. 6: 1-18 (1978). 20. ROBERTSON. A. I. and HOWARD, R. K. - Dicl trophic interactions between vertically- migrating zooplankton and their fish predators in an eelgrass community. Marine Biol. 48: 207-213 (1978). 21. ROGERS, D. and HALLER, C. - Innervation and cytochemistry of the neuroepithelial bodies in the ciliated epithelium in the toad lung (Bufo marinus). Cell Tiss. Res. 195: 395-410 (1978). 264 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

22. SATCHELL, D. G. and TWAROG, B. M. - Identification of 5-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin) released from the anterior byssus retractor muscle of Mytilus californianus in response to nerve stimulation. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol. 59C: 81-85 (1978). 23. SIMMONS, P. and YOUNG. D. - The tymbal mechanism and song patterns of the bladder cicada. Cvstosoma saundersii. J. Exp. Biol. 76: 27-45 (197S). 24. SMITH. A. J. and ROBERTSON. B. I. - Social organisation of bell miners. Emu 78: 169- 178 (1978). 25. SMITH. D. G. - Evidence for pulmonary vasoconstriction during hypercapnia in the load, Bufo marinus. Can. J. Zool. 56: 1530-1534 (1978). 26. SMITH. D. G. — Neural regulation of blood pressure in rainbow troul (Salmo gairdneri). Can. J. Zool. 56: 1678-1683 (1978). 27. SMITH, D. G. and GANNON, B. J. - Selective control of branchial arch perfusion in an air- breathing Amazonian fish, Hoplerythrinus marinus. Can. J. Zool. 56: 959-964 (1978). 28. PARRY, G. D. - Effects of growth and temperature acclimation on metabolic rate in the limpet. Cellana tramoserica (Gastropoda: Patellidac). J. Anim. Ecol. 47: 351-368 (1978). 29. PHLEGER, C. F.. SMITH, D. G.. MACINTYRE, D. H. and SAUNDERS. B. S. - Vascular and saccular lung phospholipids of the anaconda. Eunectes murinus. Can. J. Zool. 56: 1009-1013 (1978). 30. TYLER, M. J., DAVIES. M. and MARTIN. A. A. - A new species of hylid frog from the Northern Territory. Trans. Rov. Soc. S. Aust. 102: 151-157 (1978). 31. VERON, J. E. N. and HUDSON, R. C. L. - Ribbon reefs ofthe Northern Region. Phil. Trans. Rov. Soc. Lond. B. 284: 3-22 (1978). 32. WATSON, G. F. and LITTLEJOHN, M. J. - The Litoria ewingi complex (Anura: Hylidae) in south-eastern Australia. V. Interactions between northern L. ewingi and adjacent taxa. Aust. J. Zool. 24: 283-293 (1978). 33. WOODRUFF, D. S. - Hybridisation between two species of Pseudophrvne (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in the Sydney Basin, Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 102: 131-137 (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. FRI EN D, G. R. — A comparative study of the flora and fauna of exotic pine plantations and adjacent, indigenous eucalypt forests in Gippsland. Victoria 2. MARK. G. E. — Development and interaction of cultured sympathetic nerves and smooth and cardiac muscle cells 3. NEWGREEN. D. F. — 77it? neural crest of the chick embryo and its derivatives

Master of Science 4. ROUNSEVELL. D. W. - A population o/Nanorchestes antarcticus (Acari: Prostigmata) at the Vestfold Hills. Antarctic

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ALLAN, I. J. — Experimental studies in the development of the avian autonomic nervous system DANN, P. M. — Foraging strategies of wading birds in Westernport Bay DORSEY, J. H. — Ecology ofthe Nereidae (Polychaeta j at Werribee. Port Phillip Bay. Victoria GIBBINS, I. L. — Development of the autonomic nervous system in amphibians MacNALLY. R. C. — Dynamics of sympatry in congeneric anuran amphibians MORRIS, J. L. — Control of renal function in amphibians MOSSE, P. R. L. - Anatomical and metabolic inter-relationships between muscle fibre types in the lateral musculature of fish PARRY, G. D. — The life history strategies of five species of intertidal limpet PARSONS, D. W. — Tension reception in crustaceans QUINN. G. P. — The dynamics of molluscan predator-prey systems in the marine intertidal zone ROBERTSON, A. I. — Energy flow in an eelgrass (Zostera muelleri and Heterozostera tasman ica) system RUSS, G. R. — The ecology of communities on hard substrates in the marine suhtidal region SHERWIN. W. B. — Narrow zones of overlap and hybridisation in the genus Litoria (Anura: Hylidae) SYNNOT, R. N. - Aspects of community structure and predatory behaviour ofLepsiella vinosa (Lamarck. 1882) ZOOLOGY 265

MSc Theses in Progress BARCLAY. .1. H. — Population ecology of galaxiid fishes DOOLAN. J. — The auditory system and acoustic behaviour in cicadas HARRISON, P. A. — Acoustic territorial interactions within the Litoria ewingi complex (Anura: Hylidae) in south-eastern Australia HOWARD, R. K. — The ecology of caridean shrimps associated with seagrass flats in Westernport Bay OWEN, T. — Ecological genetic studies of the genus Ranidella (Anura: Leptodaclylidae) RIGBY, B. — The trophic ecology of fish in the Gippsland Lakes ROBERTSON, P. — Comparative life history strategies and ecology of Victorian scincid lizards ROBINSON, J. E. — Studies of the nervous system of marine invertebrates WAINER, .1. W. — Ecological interactions between Antechinus minimus (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae) and Rattus fuscipcs (Rodemia: Muridae) on a small island

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Microvascular anatomy of gas exchange organs. ARGC: Hormonal and nervous control ofthe heart and vasculature in elasmobranch fish. ARGC: Histochemistry and ultrastructure of chick embryo enteric neuron differentiation in vitro. ARGC: Investigation of the purinergic nerve hypothesis. ARGC: Relationships between neurosecretion, thc vascular system and sensory receptors in insect antennae. ARGC: Swimming behaviour in portunid crabs. ARGC: Swimming performance oT fish under controlled experimental conditions related to their neuromuscular physiology, muscular vascular circulation and energy stores. ARGC: In vitro study of the differences between male and female 'short' and 'long' adrenergic neurons ARGC: Selective gradients, disruptive selection and population differentiation in anuran amphibians. ARGC: Histochemical studies of autonomic neurones of the toad, Bufo marinus. ARGC: The breeding biology of Australian frogs. MA Ingram Trust: Thc ecological status of and the potential interaction between the Pacific Gull I.arus pacificus and the Dominican Gull l.arus dominicanus in Australia. MA Ingram Trust: The ecological status of and the potential interaction between Antechinus minimus and Rattus fuscipes on Glennic Island. Victoria. Ministry for Conservation: The ecological role of macrofauna in eelgrass communities of Westernport Bay. NH & MRC: Investigation of the non-adrenergic inhibitory nervous system in human airways. NH & MRC: The transmitter substance released by 'purinergic' nerves. Potter Foundation: Quantitative study of the chorusing behaviour of cicadas. VETERINARY CLINICAL SCIENCES

Chairman of department: Professor D. C. Blood

MEDICINE Professor of Veterinary Medicine and Chairman of Department DOUGLAS CHARLES BLOOD Senior Lecturers in Veterinary Medicine CLIVF. COLLINS GAY FREDERICK WILLIAM GRAHAM HILL VIRGINIA PERRYMAN STUDDERT Lecturer in Veterinary Epidemiology PHILIP THADDEUS DURFEE Senior Research Fellow FREDERICK WILLIAM HENRY MORLEY Technical Officer GARY ALAN ANDERSON

SURGERY Senior Lecturer in Veterinary Surgery BRUCE ANDREW CHRISTIE THOMAS ALFRED MASON VICTOR CECIL SPEIRS Lecturer in Veterinary Surgery WILLIAM THOMAS REYNOLDS Lecturer in Veterinary Radiology ROGER BERNARD LAVELLE

ANIMAL REPRODUCTION Senior Lecturer in Animal Reproduction DAVID BRUCE GALLOWAY Senior Lecturer in Veterinary Obstetrics VALENTINS SLOSS Lecturer in Animal Reproduction PATRICK .JOHN WRIGHT Research Fellow TEODOR STELMASIAK

VETERINARY HOSPITAL Registrar, Medical HAM1SH ROBERTSON Registrar, Reproduction RAYMOND JOSEPH HORSEY Resident STEPHEN CHARLES SKIPPER Internes THERESE CAMPBELL IAN HAINE DOUGLAS NEIL HAYWOOD JOHN VAN VEENENDAAL JILL WIDDERS ROBERT WRIGLEY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

MEDICINE 1. Blood pressure in thc horse. 2. Prevalence and cause of colic in horses. J. The assessment of shock in horses with colic. 4. The effect of gastro-intestinal nematodes and nematode larvae on dairy cattle production. 5. The further development of a dairy health and management dala system for seasonal herds. 6. Investigations into factors effecting fertility in dairy herds. 7. An investigation of the effect of over feeding on bone development in Great Danes. 8. Development of a preventive medicine segment for inclusion in a minimum labour input management program for commercial sheep flocks. 9. Development of a computer model of foot and mouth disease. 10. Epidemiology of nematode parasites.

266 VETERINARY CLINICAL SCIENCES 267

I I. Significance of specificity of diagnostic tests in eradication of brucellosis and similar diseases. 12. Investigation of sheep and traccback methods.

SURGERY 1. Hip Dysplasia in Dogs: (a) Evaluation of palpation of puppies as an early diagnostic procedure. (b) Evaluation of sodium ascorbate as a prophylactic. (c) Surgical techniques for treatment. 2. Aspects of cervical spondlolisthesis in dogs: heritability and surgical stabilisation. 3. Surgical treatment of deformities of the forelegs in young dogs caused by premature closure of the growth plates of the radius and ulna. 4. Osteochondrosis in dogs — its manifestations in the shoulder, elbow stifle and hock joints. 5. An investigation of the Biomechanics and structure of the suspensory apparatus of horses. 6. A study of the effects ofGamma Irradiation on the growth rate of periosteal new bone in horses. 7. Clinical application of stored corticol bone allografts for fracture repair in horses. 8. The radiographic appearance of tooth growth in horses.

ANIMAL REPRODUCTION 1. Endocrine background of serving inability and testicular dysfunction in bulls. 2. Endocrinology of reproductive efficiency in rams. 3. Definition of clinical syndromes associated with infertility in male domestic animals. 4. Pituitary function in pregnant and post partum ewes. 5. Endocrine studies on reproductive problems in the mare.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books

MEDICINE 1. MORLEY, F. H. W. — Animal Production studies on grassland. In Measurement of Grassland and Vegetation and Animal Production. L. t'Mannetje ed Commonwealth Agric. Bureau Bulletin No. 52: 103-162 (1978).

Articles

MEDICINE 2. VANSELOW. B.. McCARTHY, M. and GAY, C. C. - A phonocardiographic studv of equine heart sounds. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 161-170 (1978). 3. GAY. C. C. McCARTHY, M. and REYNOLDS, W. T. - Relationships between apex cardiogram and left ventricular pressure events in grevhound dogs. Amer. ./. Vet. Res. 39: 1322-1326 (1978). 4. GAY, C. C. and SPEIRS, V.C. — Parasitic arteritis and its consequences in horses. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 600-601 (1978). 5. GAY, C. C. SULLIVAN. N. D., WILKINSON, J. S., McLEAN. J. D. and BLOOD, D. C. - Hyperlipaemia in ponies. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 459-462 (1978). 6. I.AVELLE, R. B. - Radiological interpretation of the respiratory svstem of the cat. Vic. Vet. Proc. (1978). 7. MORLEY, F. H. W„ WHITE, D. H., KENNEY. P. A. and DAVIS, I. F. - Predicting ovulation rate from liveweight in ewes. Agric. Systems 3: 27-45 (1978). 8. MORLEY, F. H. W.. AXELSEN. A., PULLEN, K. G.. NADIN, .1. D., DUDZINSK1, M. L. and DONALD. A. D. - Growth of cattle on phalaris and lucerne pastures: Part 1 - Effect of pasture. Stocking rate and anthelmintic treatment. Agric. Systems 3: 123-145 (I97S). 9. MORLEY, F. H. W. - Book review: Study of Agricultural Svstcms. bv G. E. Dalton. ed. Agric. Svstems 3: 162-5 (1978). 10. McKINNEY. G. T„ MORLEY. F. H. W. and BENNETT, D. - Differences in sheep production between sites within a heterogeneous area. Agric. Systems 3: 169-182 (1978). 268 FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE

11. DONALD, A. D., MORLEY, F. H. W., WALLER. P. J., AXELSEN, A. and DONNELLY. J. R. — Availability to grazing sheep of gastrointestinal nematode infection arising from summer contamination of pastures. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 29: 189-204 (1978). 12. WALLER. P. J.. AXELSEN. A.. DONALD. A. D.. MORLEY, F. H. W„ DOBSON, R. J. and DONNELLY, J. R. - Effect of helminth infection and nutritional factors on growth of iambs and wooi production of ewes. Froc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Froci. i2: 275 (i97S). 13. WILLIAMSON, N. B.. MORRIS, R. S. and ANDERSON, G. A. - Pregnancy Rates and Non-Return Rates following Artificial and Natural Breeding in Dairy Herds. Aust. Vet. J. 54: I 11 (1978). 14. CANNON, R. M„ MORRIS. R. S.. WILLIAMSON, N. B.. CANNON. C. M. and BLOOD, D. C. - A Health Program for Commercial Dairy Herds. 2. Data Processing. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 216 (1978). 15. BLOOD, D. C, MORRIS, R. S„ WILLIAMSON. N. B.. CANNON, CM. and CANNON, R. M. - A Health Program for Commercial Dairv Herds. 1. Objectives and Methods. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 207 (1978). 16. MORRIS, R. S„ WILLIAMSON, N. B., BLOOD, D. C. CANNON, R.M. and CANNON, CM. — A Health Program for Commercial Dairy Herds. 3. Changes in Reproductive Performance. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 231 (1978). 17. MORRIS, R. S., BLOOD, D. C, WILLIAMSON, N. B., CANNON, C. M. and CANNON, R. M. - A Health Program for Commercial Dairy Herds. 4. Changes in Mastitis Prevalence. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 247 (1978). 18. WILLIAMSON. N. B., CANNON, R. M.. BLOOD, D. C. and MORRIS. R. S. - A Health Program for Commercial Dairv Herds. 5. Thc Occurrence of Specific Disease Entities. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 252 (1978). 19. WILLIAMSON, N. B. - Programmed Animal Health for Dairy Cattle - The Werribee Scheme. Proc. of Kendall Hall Seminar on Cattle Production. University of Melbourne Veterinary School I (1978). 20. WILLIAMSON. N. B. — Disease Incidence and Disposal in Victorian Herds. Proc. of Kendall Hall Seminar on Cattle Production. University of Melbourne Veterinary School, 35 (1978). 21. WILLIAMSON, N. B. - Management of Dairy Herds for Maximum Reproductive Efficiency. Proc. of Kendall Hall Seminar on Cattle Production. University of Melbourne Veterinary School, 129 (1978). 22. ANDERSON, G. A. and MORRIS, R. S. - Applications of Computer Simulation to Animal Disease Control. Proc. of S1MSIG-78 Simulation Conf. Simsig Convening Committee, Canberra, 95 (1978).

SURGERY 23. MASON, T. A. - Control of hip hysplasia. Vet. Rec. 19: 9 (July 1, 1978). 24. MASON, T. A. and BAKER, M. J. - The surgical management of elbow joint deformity- associated with premature growth plate closure in dogs. J. Small Anim. Pract. 19: 639-645 (1978) . 25. MASON, T. A. - Atresia of the nasolacrimal orifice in 2 Thoroughbreds. Eg. Vet.J. II: 19-20 (1979) . 26. MASON, T. A. — Strangulation ofthe Rectum of a Horse bv the pedicle of a mesenteric lipoma. Eq. Vet. J. 70(4) (1978). 27. SPEIRS, V. C. — An investigation of some effects of upper respiratory tract obstruction on airflow in horses, in Proc. 55th A.V.A. Conf. Sydney (1978). 28. SPEIRS, V. C. - Entrapment ofthe Epiglottis in Horses. J. Equine Med. Surg. I: 267-271 (1977).

REPRODUCTION 29. STF.LMASIAK, T„ BINDON, B. M.. GALLOWAY, D. - Pituitary LH pools ratio as an index of a ram's genotype for prolificacy. Aust. Soc. Reprod. Biol. Abstr. 70 (1978). 30. STELMAS1AK, T., GALLOWAY, D., WINFIELD, C. - Breed differences in pituitary- responsiveness to LH-RH. Aust. Soc. Reprod. Biol. Abstr. 71 (1978). 31. STELMASIAK, T., GALLOWAY, D., WRIGHT, P. J. - LH-RH priming effect in rams, untreated wethers pretreated wilh testosterone and with oestrogen. Aust. Soc. Reprod. Biol. Abstr. 72 (1978). VETERINARY CLINICAL SCIENCES 269

32. STELMASIAK, T.. WODSICKA-TOMASZEWSKA, M., O'SHEA, T., HECKER, J. F. - The modulation of pituitary function in the ewe by oestrogen. Aust. Soc. Reprod. Biol. Abstr. 84 (1978). 33. STELMASIAK, T., CUMMING, I. A., McPHEE, S. - Pituitary responsiveness to LH-RH during the oestrus cvcle in the bovine. Proc. Endocrine Soc. Ausi. 21: 23 (1978). 34. WRIGHT, P. J., JENKIN, G., HEAP, R. B. and WALTERS, D. E. - Pituitary responsiveness to LH-RH and TRH and the effects of progesterone or progesterone and oestradiol treatment in anoestrus in sheep. J. Reprod. Fert. 52: 343-348 (1978). 35. WRIGHT, P. J. and FINDLAY, J. K. - The effect of chronic oestradiol -17 p (E2) and 2-Br-o Ergocryptine (CB 154). Treatments on luteinising hormone (LH) synthesis and release in ovarieclomised ewes. Proc. 10th Annual Conf. Aust. Soc. Reprod. Biol., Sydney (1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES MEDICINE Doctor of Philosophy 1. HAWKINS, C. D. - The effect of disease on productivity. A study of liver fluke in sheep 2. MEEK, A. H. — Economically optimal control strategies for ovine fascioliasis Master of Veterinary Science 3. DURFEE. P. T. - Studies on epidemiology o/Leptospira Interrogans Serovars Balcanica and Hardjo

Other Degrees SURGERY Doctor of Veterinary Medicine (Bern) 4 SPEIRS, V. C. - Effects of upper respiratory tract obstruction on airflow in horses

THESES IN PROGRESS MEDICINE PhD Theses in Progress CALLINAN, A. P. L. — Computer models of the ecology of sheep and cattle parasites DONNELLY, J. R. — The efficiency of sheep meat production in grazing systems ELDER, J. - Management constraints in relation to control of the cattle tick (Boophilus microplus) in Queensland PARRY. B. — Studies on blood pressure in horses SMYTH, G. B. — Studies on the ileocaecal colic region of the horse

MVSc Thesis in Progress

MEDICINE PRAWADADISASTRA, S. - Studies on blood pressure in horses REPRODUCTION MAgrSc Thesis in Progress McCOLM, S. — Endocrine studies in mares

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: AM RC & WRTF: Endocrine background of serving inability and testicular dysfunction in bulls and Endocrinology of reproductive efficiency in rams. Wool Research Trust Fund: Development of a preventive medicine segement for inclusion in a minimum labour input management program for commercial sheep flocks. Australian Bureau of Animal Health: Development of a computer model of foot and mouth disease; Epidemiology of nematode parasites; Significance of specificity of diagnostic tests in eradication of brucellosis and similar diseases; Investigation of sheep traccback methods. VETERINARY PARACLINICAL SCIENCES Chairman of department: J. H. Arundel Professor Veterinary Pathologv and Dean of Faculty KENNETH VINCENT FINLAYSON JUBB ' Readers Veterinary Parasitology j'OHN HENRY ARUNDEL Veterinary Microbiology MICHAF.L JUSTIN STUDDERT Senior Lecturers Veterinary Microbiology KEITH LESLIE HUGHES Veterinary Parasitology MICHAEL DESMOND RICKARD Veterinary Pathology ANNE GILMORE JABARA WILLIAM PETER CLIFFORD RICHARDS RONALD JAMES HERBERT WELLS JOHN SYDNEY WILKINSON Lecturers Veterinary Microbiology KEVIN GEORGE WHITHEAR Veterinary Pathology KARL EDWARD HARRIGAN NEILL DERMOTT SULLIVAN Research Fellows RUTH ELIZABETH MOFFATT PAUL JOSEPH PRESIDENTE GUDEMARANAHALLI RANGAPPA RAJASEKARIAH Temporary Lecturer PETER MALTBY LORDING RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. MICROBIOLOGY 1. Mycoplasma-cell interactions. 2. Mycoplasma synoviae infection in meat chickens. 3. Virus diseases of horses. 4. Primary severe combined immunodeficiency disease (PSCID) of Arabian foals. 5. Feline caliciviruses. 6. Feline, porcine and canine parvoviruses. 7. Contagious equine metritis. 8. The bacteriology of Corynebacterium equi and its relation to mycobacteria.

B. PARASITOLOGY 1. Life cycle and pathogenicity of Eimeria acervulina. 2. Serological diagnosis of larval cestode infections. 3. Studies on mechanisms of immunity to Taenia cestodes in the intermediate host. 4. Vaccination of calves and lambs against T. saginata and T. ovis infection. 5. Purification of antigens stimulating protective immunity to cestode infections. 6. Vaccination of sheep against liver fluke (Easciola hepatica) infection. 7. Epidemiology of strongyle infection of the horse.

C. PATHOLOGY 1. Spontaneous canine neoplasms. 2. Metabolic encephalopathy in ruminants.

D. WILDLIFE 1. Pathogenicity of Easciola hepatica infection in marsupials (kangaroos, possums, wombats). 2. Pathogenicity of Leptospira interrogans serotype balcanica in brush-tailed possums (T. vulpecula). wombats (Vombatus ursinus), cattle, sheep and dogs. 3. Pathogenesis of Mycobacterium bovis infection in brush-tailed possums. 4. Histopathologic survey of 3 mammal and 4 avian species collected in the Gippsland Lakes area of Victoria. 5. The aetiology and pathogenesis of lumpy jaw in kangaroos. 6. Comparative and functional anatomy ofthe foregut of marsupials.

270 VETERINARY PARACLINICAL SCIENCES 271

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters of Books

1. ARUNDEL, J. H. — Diseases caused by helminth parasites. In Veterinary Medicine. 5th ed D. C. Blood, and O. Radostits. Baiilierc, Tindall and Cassell (I978). 2. ARUNDEL, J. H. — Diseases caused by arthropod parasites. In Veterinary Medicine. 5th ed D. C. Blood, and O. Radostits, Bailliere, Tindall and Cassell (1978).

Articles

3. ARUNDEL. J. H. - Parasites and parasitic diseases of marine animals. Proc. A'o. 36 Post Grad. Comm. in Vet. Science. Svdnev: 323-333 (1978). 4. ARUNDEL, J. H. - Wildlife Research at the Melbourne Veterinary School. Vic. Vet. Proc: 14-15 (1978). 5. ARUNDEL, J. H. - Parasitic diseases of the horse. Review A'o. IS Post Grad. Comm. in Vet. Science, Sydnev: 83 (1978). 6. BARKER. I. K., BEVERIDGE. I., BRADLEY, A. J. and LEE, A. K. - Observations on spontaneous stress-related mortality among males of the dasyurid marsupial, Antechinus stuartii Macleay. Aust. J. Zool. 26: 435-447 (1978). 7. BEARD, T. C, RICKARD, M. D. and GOODMAN, H. T. - Medical treatment for hydatids. Med. J. Aust. 1: 633-635 (1978). 8. BEVERIDGE, I. — Parasites of marsupials. Proc. No. 36 Post Grad. Comm. in Vet. Science. Sydney: 273-285 (1978). 9. BEVERIDGE, I. — A taxonomic revision of the genera Phascolostrongylus Canavan, and Oesophagostomoides Schwartz (Nematoda: Trichonematidae) from wombats. Aust. J. Zool. 26: 585-602 (1978). 10. BEVERIDGE, I. — A taxonomic revision ofthe genera Cittotaenia Riehm, 1881, Ctenotaenia. Railliet, 1893, Mosgovoyia Spasskii 1951 and Pseudocittotaenia Tenora, 1976. (Ccstoda: Anoplocephalidae) Memoires du Museum National D'Histoire Naturelle. Paris: 107 (1978). 11. BEVERIDGE, I. - Progamotaenia ruftcola sp. n. (Cestoda: Anoplocephalidae) from the red kangaroo, Macropus rufus (Marsupialia) J. Parasit. 64: 273-276 (1978). 12. BEVERIDGE. I.. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. and ARUNDEL, J. H. - Gnalhostoma spinigerum in a feral cat in New South Wales. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 46 (1978). 13. BURTON, J. D. - Diseases of Reptiles. Proc. No. 36 Post Grad. Comm. in Vet. Science, Sydney: 247-270 (1978). 14. CRAIG, P. S. - The serological diagnosis of cysticercosis in domesticated animals. Vic. Vet. Proc: 41-42 (1978). 15. DARVILL, F. M., ARUNDEL. ./. H. and BROWN, P. B. - The effect of anthelmintic treatment of maiden ewes in the periparturient period on pasture contamination and production of prime lambs. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 575-584 (1978). 16. DAVIES, C, RICKARD. M. D.. BOUT, D. T. and SMYTH, J. D. - Ultrastructural immunocytochemical localisation of two hydatid fluid antigens (antigen 5 and antigen B) in thc brood capsules and protoscoleces of ovine and equine Echinococcus granulosus and E. mullilocularis. Parasitology. 77: 143-152 (1978). 17. GAY, C. C, SULLIVAN,' N. D., WILKINSON, J. S., McLEAN, J. G. and BLOOD, D. C. - Hyperlipaemia in ponies. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 459-462 (1978). 18. GLEESON, L. J., STUDDERT, M. J. and SULLIVAN, N. D. - Pathogenicity and immunogenicity studies of equine adenovirus in specific pathogen-free foals. Am. J. Vet. Res. 39: 1636-1642 (1978). 19. HARRIGAN, K. E. — Parasitic diseases of caged and wild birds. Proc. No. 36 Post Grad. Comm. in Vet. Science. Sydney: 489-536 (1978). 20. HARRIGAN, K. E. and ARUNDEL, J. H. - Syngamus trachea infections in the white backed magpie (Gvmnorhina hypoleuca). Aust. Vet. J. 54: 360-361 (1978). 21. HILL, F. W. G. and SULLIVAN, N. D. - Histiocytic ulcerative colitis in a Boxer dog. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 447-449 (1978). 22. HILTON, R. J„ BARKER, I. K. and RICKARD. M. D. - Distribution and pathogenicity during development of Camelostrongylus menlulatus in the abomasum of sheep. Vet. Parasit. 4: 231-242 (1978). 23. HUGHES, K. L. - Equine contagious metritis. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 101 (1978). 24. JABARA, A. G. and FINNIE, J. W. - Four cases of clear-cell hidradenocarcinomas arising in the dog. J. Comp. Path. 88: 525-533 (1978). 25. MUNDAY. B. L., MASON, R. W.. HARTLEY, W. J., PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. and OBENDORF, D. L. — Sarcocystis and related organisms and Australian wildlife. I. Survey findings in mammals. J. Wildl. Dis. 14: 417-433 (1978). 272 FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE

26. OBENDORF. D. L. und PRESIDENTE. P. J. A. - Foreign body perforation of the oesophagus initiating traumatic pericarditis in an Australian fur seal. J. Wildl. Dis. 74.- 451-454 (1978). 27. O'SHEA, J. D. and STUDDERT. M. J. — Growth of an autonomously replicating parvovirus iTpjini* n!irj!eukooeniav kinetics and morr,ho"enc,is /!r~/: Virr1","" 'il' I07-! 2"* ^ 197°'' 28. PRESIDENTE/ J.' A. -Diseases of D^w.'v'ic.' Vet. 'pro7"si-5» (1978).'"" 29. PRESIDENTE. P. J. A. - Diseases seen in free ranging marsupials and those held in captivity. Proc. No. 36 Post Grad. Comm. in Vet. Science^Sydney: 457-471 (1978). 30. PRESIDENTE. P. .1. A. - Diseases and parasites of captive Rusa and Fallow deer in Victoria. Australian Deer 3(1): 23-28 (1978). 31. PRESIDENTE, P. .1. A..and BEVERIDGE. I. - Cholangitis associated wilh species ofthe genus Progamotaenia Nybclin, 1917 in the bile ducts of the Australian marsupials../. Wildl. Dis. 14(3): 371-377 (1978). 32. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A.. BUTLER, R., HORSEY, R.. DRAISMA, M., TAYLOR. P. G. and STUART, P. - The capture, sedation and immobilisation of wild ungulates, with special reference to deer. Part III. Drugs projectile svstems and their application. Auslralian Deer 3(4): 27-40 (1978). 33. PRESIDENTE, P. .1. A. and DRAISMA, M. - The capture, sedation and immobilisation of wild ungulates, with special reference to deer. Part I. Post capture problems. Australian Deer 3(2): 29-32 (1978). 34. PRESIDENTE, P. .1. A., TAYLOR, P. G. and DRAISMA. M. - The capture, sedation and immobilisation of wild ungulates, with special reference to deer. Part II. Mechanical means of capture. Australian Deer 3(3): 27-32 (1978). 35. RICKARD. M. D. — Vaccination of calves against infection with the beef-measles parasite Taenia saginata. Int. Conf. on Developments in Land Methods of Wastewater Treatment and Utilization: 35 (1978). 36. RICKARD. M. D. - The serological diagnosis of hvdalid disease. Proc. 55th Ann. Conf. Aust. Vet. Assoc.: 34-35 (1978). 37. STUDDERT. M. .1. - Primary, severe, combined immunodeficiencv disease of Arabian foals. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 411-417 (1978). 38. STUDDERT. M. J. - Caliciviruses. Arch. Virology 58: 157-191 (1978). 39. STUDDERT. M. J. - Antigenic homogeneity of equine adenoviruses. Ausi. Vet. J. 54: 263- 264 (1978). 40. STUDDERT, M. .1. and GLEESON. L. J. - Isolation and characterization of an equine rhinovirus. Zhl. Vet. Med. B26: 225-237 (1978). 41. STUDDERT. M. J., MASON, R. W. and PATTERN, B. E. - Rotavirus diarrhoea of foals. Aust. Vet. J. 54: 363-364 (1978). 42. VARELA-DIAZ, V. M„ COLTORTI, E. A., RICKARD, M. D. and TORRES. J. M. - Comparative antigenic characterization of Echinococcus granulosus and Taenia hydatigena cyst fluids by Immunoelectrophoresis. Res. Vet. Sci. 23: 213-216 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. NICHOLLS, T. J. - Immunological aspects ofthe pathogenesis of Marek's disease in chickens 2. SULLIVAN. N. D. — Polioencephalomalacia in sheep

Master of Veterinary Science 3. RUSSELL, R. G. — Studies of infectious laryngotracheitis viruses in relation to the selection of attenuated virus for vaccination

Master of Veterinary Studies 4. GLASTONBURY, J. R. W. - Veterinary Pathology 5. HINDMARSH, M. - Veterinary Pathology

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BARTON. M. D. - The bacteriology of Corynebacterium equi and its relation to mycobacteria CRAIG, P. S. — Diagnosis of taeniad infections in sheep and cattle HARRIGAN, K. E. - Thc life cycle and pathogenicity of Eimeria acervulina in the chicken LENGHAUS. C. — In vitro and in vivo studies of feline and porcine parvoviruses OBENDORF. D. L. - Comparative and functional anatomy of the oesophagus and stomach of macropods VETERINARY PARACLINICAL SCIENCES 273

M VSc Theses in Progress AJUFO, J. C. A. - Studies of Mycoplasma synoviae BURTON, J. D. — Studies of some aspects of the development ofthe disease of kangaroos known as "lumpy jaw" HOWARD, N. A. — Epidemiology of equine strongyles in Victoria LEW, A. M, — Studies of equine adenoviruses and of foals with a primary, severe, combined immunodeficiency disease

M VS in Progress LEE, W. Y. MOLINA, H. A.

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Arabian Horse Society Australian Equine Research Fund Australian Meat Research Committee Australian Research Grants Committee Chicken Egg and Meat Research Committee Estate of Sir Alfred Edward Rowden White National Health and Medical Research Council State Rivers and Water Supply Commission, Victoria. VETERINARY PRECLINICAL SCIENCES Chairman of department: Dr J. W. Watson Professor VACANT Readers JEREMY DAVID O'SHEA DONALD ALEXANDER TITCHEN JAMES WILLIAM WATSON Senior Lecturers JOHN GRIFFITHS McLEAN GORDON ANTONY STEWART Lecturer CHEE SEONG LEE Senior Tutors ELIZABETH ANN MONGER JOHN PATTERSON RAYMOND JOSEPH RODGERS MARGARET AGNES WYL1E - (Part-time) Tutor PETER LAURENCE FREEMAN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism in the cat — J. G. McLean and E. A. Monger. 2. Ovarian ultrastructure and changes during luteal regression - J. D. O'Shea and C. S. Lee. 3. Ultrastructure and cytology of the mammery gland - C. S. Lee. 4. l\u,uine electrocardiography and the heart score theory - G. A. Stewart. 5. Electrocardiographic wave forms in relation to training and changes in plasma electrolytes in the horse - V. M. Epstein and G.A.Stewart. 6. Electromyographic and manometric studies of oesophageal motility — P. C. Scott and D. A. Titchen. 7. Nervous and hormonal control of gastric secretion in ruminants - G. W. Reynolds and D. A. Titchen. X. Development of salivary and gastric function in the sheep and the pig - J. Patterson, G. W. Reynolds and D. A. Titchen. 9. Gastric parasitisms and gastric function in ruminants — G. W. Reynolds and D. A. Titchen.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapter of Book I. LASCELLES. A. K. and LEE, C. S. — Involution of the mammary gland in Lactation: A Comprehensive Treatise, ed B. L. Larson: 115-177 (1978).

Articles 2. CARR. D. H. and TITCHEN. D. A. - Postprandial changes in parotid salivary secretion in plasma osmolality and thc effects of the intravenous infusion of saline solutions. Quart. J. Exp. Phvsiol. 63: 1 -21'(1978). 3. LUBIS. D. and O'SHEA. J. D. - Development ofthe omasum in sheep. Acta Anal. 100: 400- 410 (1978). 4. O'SHEA. J. D., CRAN. D. G„ HAY, M. F. and MOOR, R. M. - Ultrastructure of the theca interna of ovarian follicles in sheep. Cell. Tiss. Res. 187: 457-472 (1978). 5. O'SHEA. J. D. and STUDDERT, M. J. - Growth of an autonomously replicating parvovirus (feline panlcukopenia): Kinetics and morphogenesis. Arch. Virol. 57: 107-122 (1978). 6. REYNOLDS. G. W„ STIFFE, G. E., HANSKY, J. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Serum gastrin levels and abomasal secretion in response to feeding in sheep on restricted food intakes. Proc. Ausi. Physiol. Pharmacol. Soc. 9: I8P (1978). 7. TITCHEN. D. A. - Cineradiography studies of swallowing in the suckled lamb. Ann. Rech. Vet. 8: 483 (1978). 8. TUDOR. E. McL, SCHOFIELD, G. C. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Structural and functional development of the gastric parietal cell population in the newborn pig. Ann. Rech. Vet. 8: 450- 459 (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Science I. PATTERSON. J. — Studies on the structure and secretory activity ofthe sheep's parotid gland

274 VETERINARY PRECLINICAL SCIENCES 275

THESIS UNDER EXAMINATION Doctor of Philosophy 1. WOOD, A. K. W. — A radiological study of oesophageal and gastric motility in the piglet

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress HOSSAIN, M. I. - Studies on the vasculature ofthe ovary REYNOLDS. G. W. — Studies on gastrin and gastric secretion in the sheep

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received on follows: ARGC: Comparative studies on the nervous and hormonal control of the gut with special reference to ruminants. ARGC: Control of antidiuretic hormone release especially following changes in body fluid balance and in children with meningitis. ARGC: Polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism in the cat. MUVRF: Studies on the corpus luteum. MUERF: The inheritance of heart score. A MRC: Physiological studies on intensive rearing practices in calves and parasitic gastritis. APIRC: Gastric development, early weaning and digestive disease in the new born pig. Dairy Research Committee: Local cellular immunity in the mammary gland. CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Director: Professor G. Seddon Professor GEORGE SEDDON Visiting Professor JULIUS GYULA FABOS Readers DAVID GORDON EVANS WILLIAM TERRANCE O'BRIEN Lecturers TERRY JAMES BROWN JEREMY PHILIP HUNGERFORD PIKE Senior Research Fellows ALAN STRATH ATKINS ROSS JAMES KING Research Fellows GRAEME CLYDE DANDY Grade 2 DESMOND ALFRED MILLS Research Fellows DEREK MAXWELL BURRAGE Grade I RUSSELL STANLEY COLMAN Graduate Research Assistant ANN MARION McGREGOR Senior Associates JONATHON BARRY HINWOOD KENNETH JOHN POLAKOWSKI

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS 1. Part 2 of social and economic impact study of the Port of Melbourne Authority's Forward Development Plan for the Port of Melbourne as part of the Port of Melbourne Environmental Study. 2. Phase 2 of an environmental assessment of the effects of proposed works at Webb Dock on the marine environment as part of the Port of Melbourne Environmental Study.

B. WATER RESOURCES PLANNING 1. Development and application of systems analysis models for salinity control in the Murray River basin.

C. ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 1. Development of an English cottage garden for Cook's Cottage, Fitzroy Gardens. 2. Preparation of a concept plan for the Fauna Park at Werribee. 3. Planning study of the Frankston-Baxter Corridor. 4. Townscape study of Sorrento. 5. Landscape and townscape study of Bright. 6. Landscape, streetscape and open space study of Hawthorn. 7. Development of procedures and methodologies for landscape classification and evaluation. 8. Establishment of a research program in parametric landscape assessment and evaluation for incorporation into multi-objective management of landscape and natural resources. 9. Landscape principles study of areas managed by the Upper Yarra Valley and Dandenong Ranges Authority.

D. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENTS OF URBAN RELATIONSHIPS AND STRUCTURE 1. Directory service aimed at researchers, policy-makers and groups with an interest in housing in Australia. 2. Review, evaluation and publication of housing research relevant to Australian conditions in the general fields of policy, management and design. 3. Development of guidelines for assessing the short-term and long-term social impact of changes in accessibility and/or of severance effects from transport or related changes.

276 CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 277

4. Study of the effect of the price and availability of housing finance and of house prices on options facing low income households, on consequent car dependency and on vulnerability to energy price rise. 5. Editing of titles in the Housing Research Series of the Building Technology Branch of the Department of the Environment, Housing and Community Development.

E. ENERGY PLANNING 1. Study of the role of energy pricing in the formulation of energy policy. 2. Energy analysis of proposed energy conversion systems. 3. Study of the conversion of coal to liquid fuels.

F. ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION 1. Preparation of a guidebook to selected parks, gardens and sites of scientific, scenic and historic interest in the metropolitan area of Melbourne and its close environs. 2. Editing the papers presented at a seminar on energy, agriculture and the built environment held at the University of Melbourne during 1976 and 1977.

PUBLISHED WORK Books 1. KING, R. J. ed — Energy, agriculture and the built environment: towards an integrative perspective. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne (1978). 2. McGREGOR, A. M. and SEDDON, G. — Somewhere to go on Sunday: a guide to outdoor Melbourne, Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne (1978).

Chapters of Books 3. ALLARDICE, D. J. and EVANS, D. G. - Moisture in coal, in Analytical methods for coal and coal products. Vol. I, ed C. Karr Jr, Academic Press, New York (1978). 4. EVANS, D. G. and ALLARDICE, D. J. - Physical property measurements on coals, especially brown coals, in Analytical methods for coal and coal products. Vol. I, ed C. Karr Jr, Academic Press, New York (1978). 5. EVANS. D. G. — The limits: technological possibility, in Energy, agriculture and the built environment, ed R. J. King, Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne (1978). 6. KING, R. J. — Energy, equity and lifestyle, in Energy, agriculture and the built environment. ed R. J. King, Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne (1978).

Articles 7. DUCKSTEIN, L. and O'BRIEN, W. T. - Joint control of salinity and waterlogging: an Australian case study, paper presented at Int. Seminar on Conjunctive Use of Multiple Sources of Water and its Role in Regional Development. Erice. Sicily (October 1978). 8. EVANS, D. G. and ATKINS, A. S. - Money, energy and the future. Energy and People Conf, Society for Social Responsibility in Science, Canberra (September 1978). 9. HOOPER, R. J. and EVANS, D. G. - Reaction of coal liquid with a hydrogen-donor solvent to form a carbon rich solid. Fuel 57: 799-801 (1978). 10. KERKIN. G. N. and EVANS, D. G. - The design of a'course in chemical engineering. The Chemical Engineer. No. 335/336: 664-667 (1978). 11. MILLS, D. A.. COLMAN. R. S. and DANDY, G. C. - Water movement of a complex estuarine embayment - a methodology for data collection and analysis, Proc. of the 4th Aust. Conf. on Coastal and Ocean Engineering. Adelaide (1978). 12. O'BRIEN, W. T. — Multiobjective planning for water resource management — results of AWRC research project 72/47, Proc. of the Water Planning Workshop 1978. AGPS, Canberra (1978). 13. PATHAK, J. P., MACMILLAN, R. H., EVANS, D. G. and MURRAY, D. R. - Thc effects of temperature on thc retention and denaturation of protein in lucerne leaves subjected to mechanical dewatering. J. Sci. Fd. Agric. 29: 835-838 (1978). 14. PIKE, J. P. H. - Site planning - cluster housing. Memo 2(29): 53-55 (1977). 278 CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

15. SEDDON, G. — Can we have too much open space? Ausi. Open Space 2000, Aust. Inst. oT Parks and Recreation (October 1977). 16. SEDDON, G. - Scenic roads, Victoria's Resources 20(2): (June 1978). 17. SEDDON, G. — Lessons of the Gogol: a cautionary tale, Viewpoint Newsletter 6 (September i mo\ "'»|. 18. SEDDON, G. - Essay review of J. H. Winslow ed, The Melanesian environment (A.N.U. Press, Canberra, 1977), Search 9(11): (November 1978). 19. SEDDON, G. — Essay review of J. Powell, Environmental management in Australia 1788- 1914, Geography Teacher 17(2): 108-115 (December 1977). Reports 20. BRADDOCK, M., TAN, Z. and ORTUZAR, S. - Review of housing research: the management of housing, MRI, ed by R. J. King. Report to the Aust. Housing Research Council (1978). 21. DAVIS, M. and BOYCE, H. - Directory of Australian pictorial resources. Draft report to the Department of Environment, Housing and Community Development (September 1977). 22. KING, R. J. — Social differentiation as a key to assessing the social effects of transport related changes. ARR No. 83, Aust. Road Research Board, Melbourne (1978). 23. KING, R. J. — Social impact of transport related changes: a classification of residential areas, AIR 268-1, Aust. Road Research Board, Melbourne (1978). 24. KING, R. J. — Accessibility and behaviour: initial case studies. AIR 268-2, Aust. Road Research Board, Melbourne (1978). 25. KING, R. J. — Housing research directory: addendum II. Report to the Aust. Housing Research Council (1978). 26. KING, R. J. — Review of housing research: studies of access to housing and of the housing problem, PR1. Report to the Aust. Housing Research Council (1978). 27. KING, R. J. — Review of housing research: policy evaluation studies. PR2. Report to the Aust. Housing Research Council (1978). 28. KING, R. J. — Review of housing research: housing location and energy. DR4. Report to the Aust. Housing Research Council (1978). 29. KING, R. J., PIKE, J. P. H. and SEDDON, G. - Hawthorn landscape, streetscape and open space studv. Report to Hawthorn City Council (1978). 30. LeFEVRE, J., LITTLE, P., MUELLER, W. and PHILIP. D. - Review of housing research: user studies. DR5, ed by R.J. King. Report to Aust. Housing Research Council (1978). 31. O'BRIEN, W. T., THORNLEY, A. A. and ATKINS, A. S. - Multi-objective planning for water resources management. Aust. Water Resources Council Technical Paper No. 27(1977). 32. PIKE, J. P. H. and CALDER, W. B. - Frankston-Baxter corridor study: stage one report. Report to Frankston City Council (1978). 33. PIKE, J. P. H. — Review of housing research and practice: landscape analysis and landscape design. Report to the Aust. Housing Research Council (1978).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. WILLIAMS, B. J. — A mathematical model for the management of waste water systems

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ATKINS, A. S. — Economic analysis and modelling of the economic consequences of resource allocation BISHOP, I. D. — Mathematical modelling in environmental decision-making BLAKE, A. M. — Planning for urban conservation in N.S.W. and Victoria GABRIC, A. J. — Mathematical modelling of thermal discharges in aquatic environments

MEnvS Theses in Progress BLAKE, T. - A quantitative study of vegetation-habitat patterns on the Warby Range. Victoria FITZPATRICK, C. R. — Salinity control in the Shepparton and Kerang irrigation areas KING, R. L. — Strategies for licensing extraction of sand and gravel al Dingley LIEW, P. H. — Recreation and environmental management in a coastal town McGREGOR, A. M. - Planning on the urban fringe PIESSE, R. D. — Case-history study: the 'GtenewarT project as an innovative approach lo education in land-use planning and management CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 279

RUSS, P. G. — Development ofa transport energy policy for Victoria WILLSTEED. P. G. - Natural systems coastal management study of an urban coastal zone within Port Phillip Bay in the Mt. Eliza area

ML Arch Theses in Progress 1TAMI, R. — The development of an assessment procedure jor predicting the impact of rural recreation on scenic landscapes LONGACRE, R. E. — Princes Hill urban neighbourhood open space study NIRAN, R. — Recreation strategy for the south bayside suburbs

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RLCKIVKI) Grants and fees have been received as follows: Australian Government Publishing Service Australian Research Grants Committee Australian Housing Research Council Australian Road Research Board City of Frankston City of Hawthorn City of Melbourne Department of Environment, Housing and Community Development Department of Minerals and Energy, Victoria Port of Melbourne Authority- Premier's Department, Victoria Reserve Bank of Australia Shire of Bright Shire of Flinders Upper Yarra Valley and Dandenong Ranges Authority Zoological Board of Victoria SOCIAL STUDIES Chairman of department: L. Arnold

Professor VACANT Reader LEONARD JAMES TIERNEY Senior Lecturers LOUISE ARNOLD LAURIE ROSE CAMPBELL O'BRIEN PETER ANDREW O'CONNOR DELYS SARGEANT CYNTHIA JOAN TURNER Lecturers THEA CHARLOTTE BROWN STEPHANIE ORMSBY CHARLESWORTH STUART WILLIAM EVANS MARGARET ANN HAMILTON WILLIAM PAUL HEALY CATHERINE MURIEL SCANTLEBURY JAMES JUDITH MARY LUMLEY CAROLYN MARY NOVARRA ELIZABETH ANNE OZANNE (on leave) PETER FRANCIS BECKETT RENKIN JOHN ROGER RIMMER ROBYN CHRISTINE ROBINSON Tutors NOELLE MARY BELCHER FIONA JANE LINDSAY MICHAEL ANTHONY MADDEN ANTHONY KENT MIDDLETON AMELIA MITCHELL PATRICIA ANN TRUEMAN Associates SHIRLEY HORNE MARILYN JOY KENNY DAVID SCOTT Visiting Fellow RAJESHWAR PRASAD Student Unit Supervisor FAY EVELYN JOHNS

SOCIAL BIOLOGY RESOURCES CENTRE

Associates JUDITH ANNE MULHOLLAND LAWRENCE ST. LEGER SISTER JANET WINSTANLEY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

1. The Supporting Mother's Benefit and Ex-Nuptial Mothers 1973-1978, in collaboration with Australian Department of Social Security - S. Charlesworth. 2. Bibliography of literature published since 1974 on ex-nuptial parents and children - S. Charlesworth. 3. Institutional provision for the destitute aged in Victoria 1851-1900 - L. O'Brien. 4. Study of medical social work in Victoria, between 1929 and 1945, in terms of an interpretation of ideological and career conflicts of an exclusively female, para medical occupation — C. Turner and L. O'Brien. 5. Research into the nature and development of fieldwork curriculum in professional social work education — M. Hamilton, S. Charlesworth and P. Renkin. 6. Social Work in rural and regional areas - new roles for Social Work - M. Hamilton. 7. Research into aspects of suburban neurosis among housewives - C. Novarra. 8. Programme Development in Community Welfare — L. Tierney. 9. Cross National Study of Service Systems and Family Policy - L. Tierney. 10. SASER Project. Undertaken in collaboration with two members of the Education Faculty of Monash University. This is a Schools Commission funded research proposal to link teaching of human sexuality with learning about male and female roles in society, with thc objective of encouraging more open attitudes to these roles amongst participants (students and teachers in selected Victorian secondary schools) - D. Sargeant and L. St. Leger.

280 SOCIAL STUDIES 281

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters in Books I. HEALY, W. P. - A task-focussed time-limited group, eds F. Pavlin, P. Boas and J. Crawley, in Readings in Ausi. Social Work. Aust. Int. Press (1978).

Articles

2. TIERNEY. L. J. - Making the Right Decisions in Child Welfare. Proc. of Residential Child Care Seminar. Perth (August 1978). 3. TIERNEY. L. J. - New Horizons in Child Care. Proc. of Child Care Conf. St. Marv's Alice Springs (July I978). 4. HAMILTON, M. A. — Perspectives on Prevention (a critique of the Medical Model). Proc. 197S Autumn School of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Melbourne, Aust. (1978). 5. HAMILTON, M. A. - Alcohol and the Familv. Supplement. Aust. Med. Assoc. /(4) (September 1978). 6. GERRAND. V.. HAMILTON, M„ KEIL. H. - Teaching Field Teachers. J. Contemporary Social Work Educ. 2(2) (August 1978). 7. CHARLESWORTH, S. - A Frame work for Looking at Causal Theories about changes in Ex-nuptial Birthrates. Aust. J. Social Issues 13(2) (1978). 8. LUMLEY. J. M. - Home Birth. SBRC Bulletin 2(5) (August 1978). (In 1978, Judith Lumley interviewed thc first fifty women to have had home birth deliveries by the G.P. practising home birth in Melbourne. At thc time of writing ofthe above article, thirty- three women had been interviewed.)

Reports and Papers

9. ARNOLD, L. - CAA Looks at Itself: Report on the Interaction of CAA's Formal National and Informal Local Groups. Communitv Aid Abroad (February 1978). 10. O'BRIEN. L. and TURNER, C. J. - Searching'for a Professional Identity in Health and Welfare: the English Conception of Medical Social Work as Hospilal Almoning and its Translation into Victoria as a i\'ew Occupation for Women in ihe 1930's. A paper delivered at the Aust. Historical Assoc. Conf. on Social Welfare Historv. The Flinders University (September 1978). 11. CHARLESWORTH. S. — Effects of hearing and rearing of children on the marriage of iheir parents. Paper delivered at the Helen Vale Foundation Conf.. Melbourne (November 1978). 12. CHARLESWORTH. S. - On Section 10 of ihc Family Law Act. 1975: concerning the jurisdiction of the Family Court with respect to children in the care of State authorities. Submission to Family Law Council, Canberra (1978). 13. CHARLESWORTH, S. - On the Training of Social Work Students for Counselling Duties in the Familv Court of Australia. Submission to Parliamentary Joint Select Committee on the Family Law Act. Canberra (1978). 14. O'CONNOR, P. A. - Is Psrchologv the New Religion? Paper delivered to thc Existentialist Society (March 1978). 15. NOVARRA. C. ed - A Study of Homeless Women in Melbourne, by .I.Edwards, Y. Zammit, H. Hakcndorf. H. Gayton. Report published by Dept. of Social Studies, University of Melbourne (1978). 16. HORNE, S., HARPER, R. .1. A., BUCHANAN, L. - Means Testing and Social Welfare Policy. Aust. Council of Social Service, Svdnev (1978). 17. HORNE. S. - The Inquiry into Child Care 1974-1976 and Child Welfare Policy in Victoria. (Unpublished Report) (December 1978). 18. HORNE. S. - Background to the Organization and Administration of Child Care in Victoria. Dept. of Social Studies. University of Melbourne (1978). 19. HORNE, S. — Background to the Organization and Administration of Social Security in Victoria. Dept. of Social Studies. University of Melbourne (1978). 20. HORNE, S. — Background to the Organization and Administration of Health Care in Victoria. Dept. of Social Studies. University of Melbourne (1978). 21. JAMES, C. — Explorations in ihe Use of Case Material in Teaching Social Work. Dept. of Social Studies, University of Melbourne (1978). 22. LUMLEY, J. — Student assessment of a new method of leaching vaginal examination. Paper presented at the Conf. ofthe Aust. Societv for Psvcho-Somatic Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Melbourne (May 1978). 23. MULHOLLAND, A.. ST. LEGER. L. and ROBINSON. R. - Methods oj Education in Innovative Programmes in Human Sexuality for Adolescents and Adults. Paper presented at the Fourth National Health Science Education Conf.. Sydney (October 1978). 282 SOCIAL STUDIES

24. MULHOLLAND, A. and ST. LEGER, L. - Health and Human Relationships Education: a Report on the Special Developments Undertaken by the Education Department Staff al the Social Biology Resources Centre, 1974-77. Melbourne, Social Biologv Resources Centre (1978). 25. ROBINSON, R. — Evaluation of Continuing Education Courses in Human Sexuality and Communication Skills — 1978. Paper presented at the 1978 Int. Communication Assoc. Convention, Chicago, U.S.A. (1978). 26. SARGEANT, D. and ROBINSON, R. - Adult Learning: in-service education in Sexuality and Communication Skills: Work in Progress al the Social Biology Resources Centre in the Development of Education Models. Research and Resources. Paper presented to the Nat. Conf. on Health Education, Canberra (October 1978). 27. SARGEANT, D. - 77t? Role of the Health Educator in Maintaining or Reducing the Autonomy of the Learner — or 'When you meet Buddha on the road, kill the Buddha'. Paper presented to the Nat. Conf. on Health Education, Canberra (October 1978). 28. ST. LEGER, L. — Tlie role of ihe parent and student in education programmes for community health educators/school health teachers. Paper presented at the Nat. Conf. on Health Education, Canberra (October 1978).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Arts 1. COULL, V. - The Role of the Family in ihe Resocializalion of First Offenders 2. GREIG, D. — The Vulnerability of Young Offenders to School Disengagement

Master of Social Work 3. DUNSTER, J. - Municipal Social Work - A Study of Social Work Practice in Local Government Settings 4. RYAN, M. - Social Aspects of Very Low Birth Weights

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress BROWN, T. — The Role of Local Government in the Development of Social Welfare Services in Victoria. 1834-1974 MSW Theses in Progress BELCHER, N. — Assessment of Families at Risk CHENG, L. — Vietnamese Refugees in Australia FORD, D. — An Examination of Selected Aspects of Family Policy FRIEDIN, S. - Personal Social Services for the Aged GIBSON, G. — Role Analysis of Social Workers in a Catholic Parish JAMES, C. — Explorations in Referral Theory and Practice McCUTCHEON, V. — Social Work in Selected Community Sellings McMAHON, H. — Family Theory and Foster Care MITCHELL, G. — An Evaluation ofthe Volunteer Program at St. Anthony's, a family welfare agency NETHERWAY, R. - Effect of Mobility on Naval Families STEWART, A. — Evaluation of the Family Supportive Grants Programme SWAIN, P. — The Development of a Family Support Programme URLINI, G. — A Study of Italian Families presenting at the Family Court MA Theses in Progress EVANS, S. - The Use of Simulation and Video Feedback Techniques in Teaching Basic Interviewing Skills to Social Work Students HO LL ING WORTH, P. - Welfare and the Local Anglican Church JOHNS, F. - What is the Supervisorv Process? MITCHELL, B. - Social Networks of Aboriginal Youth Offenders RENKIN. P. — Case Study: Analysis of a Community Worker at Lake Tyers

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Flora and Frank Leith Charitable Trust: Grant for Study of Programme Development. ARGC: Grant for Study of Service Systems and Family Policy. ARCHIVES Head of department: Mr F. Strahan University Archivist FRANK STRAHAN Senior Archivist CECILY CLOSE Archivists KAY DREYFUS ANDREW REEVES MARK RICHMOND Assistant Archivist HELEN GRIFFITHS

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS Note: By the nature of its essentially research function, Archives provides all of its staff with active daily involvement in a wide variety of client research projects as well as the continuing location and accumulation of historical research resources, and compilation of research inventories of its many collections. The following arc thc major collections acquired during 1978:

A. SOURCE MATERIAL CONCERNING UNIVERSITY HISTORY Accessions included personal papers of Professor A. G. Austin (Education), Professor G. N. Blainey (History), Mrs Barbara McMahon (Women's Staff Group) and the late Professor .1. D. Steel (Veterinary Science). Also received were records of the Departments of Classics and Geology, the Schools of Chemistry and Veterinary Science, the Science Club, thc Student Housing Board, the Students' Representative Council and the Union.

B. SOURCE MATERIAL CONCERNING THE HISTORY OF VICTORIA New collections of business records were received relating to the following: Cuming Smith & Co. Ltd. and Commonwealth Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd.: Leeds Dyeing & Chemical Works Pty. Ltd.: the Howey Estate; The Independent Order of Rechabites; and La Mama Theatre. Further material was added to the following collections: North Broken Hill Ltd.: Western Mining Corporation Ltd.; Henry Jones (IXL) Ltd.; Macpherson Smith & Co.: Tye Furnishing Co.; Melbourne Theatre Co.: R. B. Ritchie & Son Pty. Ltd.; Strathfieldsayc Estate. New collections from other organizations included the Australian Institute of Agricultural Science (Victorian Branch): the Building Industry Congress of Victoria: the Incorporated Association of Registered Teachers of Victoria. Further material came from thc Women's Electoral Lobby and Women's Liberation: the Victorian Farmers' Union; the Assistant Mistresses' Association of Victoria. There were new accessions of material from, or relating to. Sir Clive Fitts, M.D.; Dr Brian Stanmore; James McCleevc Duncan: the Beacham family; Walter Wells. The Essington Lewis. O. H. Woodward, Professor Donald Thomson, Heffey & Butler collections were augmented. New labour history accessions included material ofthe Victorian Operative Bricklayers Society; Australian Boot Trade Employees' Federation — New South Wales Branch: Amalgamated Metalworkers and Shipwrights Union (Amalgamated Society of Engineers and Amalgamated Engineering Union), Bendigo and Castlcmaine Branches; Castlcmaine Trades and Labour Council; Maryborough Trades and Labour Council; United Ironworkers, Tinsmiths and Japanners Society; Federated Moulders (Metals) Union of Australia, Melbourne, Geelong and Ballarat Branches; Melbourne Trade Union Equal Pay Committee; Pioneers ofthe Eight-Hours Day Association; the Castlemaine Branch of thc Australian Labor Party and the National Union of Mineworkers — South Wales area. As well, further records of the Melbourne Eight-Hour Day Committee, Locomotive F.ngincmen's Union and the Victorian Plaster Workers Industrial Union were received.

C. GRAINGER MUSEUM Letters from Grainger to Kai Rasmussen and Richard Fowler were received, as were music manuscripts and papers of the Melbourne composer Henry Tate, from the Mercer family.

283 284 ARCHIVES

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. DREYFUS. K. - Grainger Museum Catalogue I: Percy Grainger Music Collection Part One, Musk by' Percy Aldridge Grainger, Grainger Museum, University of Melbourne, 335 (1978). 2. DREYfUS, K. — Review essay 'Eugene Nannour's Beyouu Scliciikerism: the Need for Alternatives in Music Analysis, J. Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 505-507 (Summer 1978). 3. STRAHAN, F., CLOSE, C, REEVES, A. and DREYFUS, K. - Catalogue of the exhibition. Objects. Documents and Pictures to Reflect Upon, University Gallery, University of Melbourne (March 1978).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Conzinc Riotinto Australia Ltd: Listing and abstracting the personal papers of a senior executive. Vickers Ruwolt: Preparatory work towards a history of the company. THE LIBRARY University Librarian WALTER DENIS RICHARDSON Associate Librarian (Administration) GRAEME JAMES LENNOX MACFARLAN Associate Librarian (Resources) LYNN REAGAN HARD Associate Librarian (Services) RONALD LEE WEIHER University Bibliographer MARY EVELYN LUGTON Co-Ordinator, Staff Development LOIS HELENA SEMMENS Co-Ordinator, Branch & Departmental Libraries VALERIE RUTH SKENE TURNBULL Librarians FLORENCE HUNTER ARNOTT (resigned 16/3/78) EVLYN BARRETT JULIET ELLA FLESCH (appointed 20/4/78) WILLIAM FORD (resigned 17/3/78) ELISABETH ROSEMARY GARRAN ANNE HARRISON HELEN MARCIA HAYES MICHAEL JOHN HILL (appointed 6/6/78) JUDITH KEENE (appointed 10/7/78) NOLA DAWN McKINNON HELEN CHRISTINE MARTINDALE JENNIFER ANNE MURPHY MARGARET CHRISTINA MURPHY DONALD DAVID MURTAGH (resigned 31/3/78) ELIZABETH NEUMANN SUSANNE PETERS PATRICIA DOROTHEA PRENDERGAST DOROTHY FRANCIS PRESCOTT RAYMOND FRANCIS PRICE (appointed 16/1/78) ROBYN ELIZABETH RIDDETT-SMALLEY PATRICK SINGLETON NIGEL JOHN BOWKER SMITH (appointed 13/11/78) VIJA MARIANNA WALZ (appointed 17/7/78) Assistant Librarians DOROTHY HELEN BAKER ANDREW STUART BARCLAY CYNTHIA PHIPPS BLANCHE MAX WILLIAM BORCHARDT BRIAN DOUGLAS CARR ALISON RUTH CRAWN LOIS JEAN DAVEY GEOFFREY DOWN (appointed 11/9/78) ANN ENSTEN LYELL CLARE GOUGH CATHRYN MARIE HOWARD Ll-HUAN HSIEN HU MARGARET KENNEDY SANDRA LINTON (resigned 17/11/78) KATHLEEN VERONICA LYNCH (resigned 21/4/78) IAN McLAREN JOHN JAKWAY MASON NICOLE MEREDITH CLEEVE MURRAY-SMITH (resigned 31/12/78) HELEN ROSEMARY NEWTON JULIE ANNE OLSTON JUDITH ANN PURSER CAROLINE LUCILLE ROSS (resigned 21/4/78) MARGARET FLORENCE ROUTLEY (appointed 20/10/78) LYNETTE MARION STRAHAN PAMELA MARGARET TAYLOR (resigned 24/11/78) ANTHONY CHARLES VIVIAN (appointed 6/6/78) ELIZABETH WAKEF1LED CHRISTINE WATTS In 1978 the research resources of the Library were again strengthened greatly by means of U.C. Equipment Grants. In locating material used in research, the staff of the Baillieu Library and the Branch Libraries arc participating in many of the University's research projects.

285 286 THE LIBRARY

In addition the following research projects were either completed by members ofthe Library staff or were in progress in 1978.

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The etchings of Parmigianino. 2. A classification scheme for a large philatelic library. 3. A cumulative index lo volumes 1 to 20 of The Malayan Philatelist. 4. A union list of topographic map series held in Australian libraries and map collections. 5. ERIC and AUSINET: An analysis of the data base.

PUBLISHED WORK Chapters in Books 1. DOWN, G. - Stained glass windows in 19th century Melbourne: A Study in Taste, Ch 3, in Studies in Australian Art. ed A. Galbally and M. Plant, Department of Fine Arts. Melbourne University (1978).

Articles 2. PRESCOTT, D. F. - Some problems associated with book indexing, in Aust. Soc. oflndexers. Newletter 2 (September 1978). 3. PRESCOTT. D. F. - Map user surveys in Australia - requirements and aims, in Proc. 3rd Aust. Cartographic Conf.. Brisbane (October 1978).

THESIS IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress KEENE, J. - 77JC operation of small groups at the Isahelline court of Spain. 1X40-1868 STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE Director: Dr H. D. G. Hetherington Director HAROLD DUDLEY GRINDLEY HETHERINGTON Medical Officers JOHN BURTON COLE JANET D. FITZPATRICK PHILIPPA CARTER (part-time) SHIRLEY COOMBES (part-time) MARGARET JENSEN (part-time) JANET MATHER (part-time) JOAN MAXWELL (part-time) JUNE McMILLIN (part-time) JOAN MOWLAM (part-time) JOY NELSON (part-time) MARION SPENCE (part-time) Sister-in-Chargc MARGUERITE FAGG Sisters MARGARET BRADSHAW ROSALIND HAWKINS PATRICIA MARR

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. A survey of all new cases of dermatitis among students attending the Health Service. The aim is to determine the contribution of contact irritants to dermatitis at a primary care level, with particular reference to cosmetic preparations. 2. A comparative study of consultation and disease patterns between native and overseas students, in order to determine whether overseas students have any increase in psychiatric, psychological or organic disease problems over that of the native born population. 3. The isolation and classification of viruses from students with sore throats with particular reference to the incidence of herpes virus in such conditions. This project is being carried out with the co-operation of C.S.L.

287 UNIVERSITY ASSEMBLY Secretary: C. J. Mitchell Secretary COLIN JAMES MITCHELL Assistants to the Secretary F. C. L. BEIGHTON C. J. BORTHWICK' P. FITZGERALD In 1978 the Assembly continued its practice of having its administrative staff produce studies on various aspects of thc University's operations for the use and under the direction of working groups of Assembly members.

INVESTIGATIONS IN PROGRESS

1. Problems associated with recombinant DNA research. 2. The career plans of medical students. 3. The status of women in the university. 4. Childcare needs in thc university. 5. Completion rates of postgraduate students. 6. University assessment practices. 7. Student-number related funding systems. 8. Student discontinuation rates. 9. Course innovation. 10. Untenured staff: university staffing policies. 11. Confidentiality — access to information.

PUBLISHED WORK Articles 1. BEIGHTON, F. C. L. and VOWELS, L. - Student Parents at Melbourne University, Vestes 2/(3) & (4) (1978). 2. GARDNER, P. J. - Innovation at the University of Melbourne: Environmental Studies, Vestes 21(2) (April 1978).

288 4

Printed by McCarron Bird, Melbourne

Library Digitised Collections

Title: Research Report, 1978

Date: 1978

Persistent Link: http://hdl.handle.net/11343/24103

File Description: Research Report, 1978

Terms and Conditions: © University of Melbourne 2012